MURANGA SOUTH

233/1
PAPER 1
THEORY
2 HOURS
1. An atom of element A has mass number 23 and 12 neutrons.
(a) Write the electron arrangement of the atom (1 mark)
(b) State the period and group to which element A belongs
(c) State whether the element is a metal or a non-metal. (1 mark)
2. (a) What is an indicator? (1 mark)
(b) Name the indicator which can be used to determine the pH value of lemon juice.
Give a reason for your answer. (2 marks)
3. At 20OC, NO2 and N2O4 gases exist in equilibrium as shown in the equation below:

2NO2(g) N2O4(g); H = -ve

Brown pale yellow
State and explain the observation that would be made when;
(a) A syringe containing the mixture at 20 OC is immersed in ice-cold water. (1 ½ marks)
(b) The volume of the gaseous mixture in a syringe is reduced. (1 ½ marks)
4. A monomer has the following structure

(a) Draw the structure of its polymer that contains two monomers. (1 mark)
(b) A sample of the polymer formed from the monomer has a molecular mass of 4500. Determine the
number of monomers that formed the polymer (C= 12; H= 1; Cl=35.5). (2 marks)
5. (a) Name the gaseous pollutant produced during Contact Process (1 mark)
(b) Describe how scrubbing of the gas named in (a) above is done to reduce pollution. (1 mark)
6. Use the table below to answer the questions that follow. (The letters are not the actual symbols of
the elements)
Element Atomic number Boiling point (℃)
A 19 774
B 11 890
C 17 -35
D 13 2470
E 14 2360
(a) Identify an element that exists as a gas at room temperature. Explain. (2 marks)
(b) Using dots (●) and crosses(x) draw the bonding formed when element A and C react to form a
compound. (1 mark)
7. Lead (II) chloride can be prepared from lead (II) carbonate using the following procedure:
Step 1: Add excess lead (II)carbonate to dilute nitric (v) acid.
Step 2: Filter to obtain lead (II)nitrate solution as filtrate.
Step 3: Add sodium chloride solution to the filtrate.
Step 4: Filter off to obtain lead (II)chloride as residue.
Step 5: Wash the lead (II)chloride residue with distilled water dry between filter papers.
Why are the following steps necessary?
(a) Using excess lead (II)carbonate used in step 1 (1 mark)
(b) Using dilute nitric(V) acid instead of sulphuric (VI) or hydrochloric acid in step 1(1 mark)
Page | 1
(c) Washing the lead (II)chloride residue with distilled water in step 5 (1 mark)
8. Phosphorus is in group (V) of the periodic table. Explain the following observations.
(a) Phosphorus exhibits two melting points. (1 mark)
(b) The chloride of phosphorus forms musty fumes in damp air. (2 marks)
9. The apparatus below was used to separate a mixture of water and kerosene.

(a) State two properties of the liquids that make it possible to separate them using such apparatus.
(1 mark)
(b) Name the liquids A and B. (1 mark)
(c) Give the name of the above method of separation. (1 mark)
10. The set up below was used to obtain a sample of iron.

(a) Write two equations for the reactions which occur in the combustion tube. (2 marks)
(b) Identify Gas T (1 mark)
Chlorine gas was bubbled through potassium iodide solution.
(a) State the observation that would be made. (1 mark)
(b) Write the ionic equation for the reaction that took place in (a) above. (1 mark)
(c) Identify the oxidizing agent in the ionic equation (b) above. (1 mark)
11. Consider the reaction chain below.

(a) Identify the particles emitted in

(i) I (½ mark)
(ii) II (½ mark)
(b) Write the nuclear equation for the reaction that takes place in V. (1 mark)
(c) State one environmental effect of radioisotopes. (1 mark)
12. 25cm3 of 0.1M sulphuric (VI) acid required 20cm3 of sodium carbonate solution for complete
neutralization. Calculate the concentration of sodium carbonate in moles per litre. (3 marks)
13. Study the flow chart below.

(a) Write the molecular formula of alcohol K. (1 mark)

(b) Name
Page | 2
(i) Compound G …………………… (1 mark)
(ii)Process I ……………....… (1 mark)
14. (a) Define the term oxidation state. (1 mark)
(b) Calculate the oxidation states of chromium and manganese in the following ions.
(i) Chromium in Cr2O72- (1 mark)
(ii)Manganese in MnO4- (1 mark)
15. (a) What is a flame? (1 mark)
(b) Which type of flame is produced when the air hole of a Bunsen burner is closed? (1 mark)
(c) State one observable differences between a luminous and a non-luminous flame. (1 mark)
16. In an experiment to electroplate a copper spoon with silver, a current of 0.5A was passed for 18
minutes. Calculate the amount of silver deposited on the spoon (1 Faraday = 96500 coulombs, Ag
=108) (3 marks)
17. A measuring cylinder containing moist iron filings was inverted in a trough of distilled water as
shown in the diagram below.

(a) State and explain the observations made on the:

(i) Moist iron filings after four days; (1 mark)
(ii) Water level in the measuring cylinder after four days. (1 mark)
(b) What would be the effect of using iron filings moistened with tap water? (1 mark)
18. Below are properties of some elements in period 3 of the periodic table
Element Na Mg Al
Atomic radius (nm) 0.152 0.136 0.125
Melting points (OC) 97.8 650 660

(a) Explain the trend in the melting points (2 marks)

(b) Why is there a decrease in size of the atoms from Na to Al? (1 mark)
19. The flow chart below shows steps used in the extraction of zinc from one of its ores.

(a) Name the process that is used in step 2 to concentrate the ore. (1 mark)
(b) Write an equation for the reaction which takes place in step 3. (1 mark)
(c) State one use of zinc other than galvanizing. (1 mark)
20. (a) What is the type of the heat change that occurs when one mole of a substance burns completely in
oxygen? (1 mark)

Page | 3
(b) Methane reacts with oxygen according to the equation given below.
CH4 (g) + 2O2(g) → CO2 (g) + 2H2O (l) ∆H = 890 kJ mol-1
Calculate the volume of methane which would produce 111.25 kJ when completely burnt.
(Molar volume of a gas = 24 litres.) (2 marks)
21. (a) State the Graham’s law diffusion. (1 mark)
(b) The molar masses of gases W and X are 16.0 and 44.0 respectively. If the rate of diffusion of W
through a porous material is 12cm3s-1 calculate the rate of diffusion of X through the same material.
(2 marks)
22. Coal, oil and natural gas are major sources of energy. They are known as fossil. Hydrogen is also a
source of energy.
(a) State two reasons why hydrogen is a very attractive fuel compared to fossil fuels (2 marks)
(b) State one disadvantage of using hydrogen fuel instead of fossil fuels. (1 mark)
23. (a) Other than salt, identify two substances that are formed when an acid reacts with a
carbonate.
(b) When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water, the solution formed turns blue litmus
paper red but there is no effect on blue litmus paper, when the gas is dissolved in
methylbenzene. (2 marks)
24. When burning magnesium ribbon is introduced into a gas jar full of nitrogen, it continues to burn
producing a greenish yellow powder.
(a) Write an equation for the reaction between nitrogen and magnesium. (1 mark)
(b) Explain why magnesium continues to bum in nitrogen but sulphur does not. (2 marks)
(c) State one use of nitrogen. (1 mark)
25. Describe how the presence of calcium ions in a water sample can be tested in the laboratory.
(3 marks)
26. (a) Name the particles that are responsible for electrical conductivity in:
(i) Solids (½ mark)
(ii) Both melts and aqueous solution (½ mark)
(b) Give two properties of graphite that make it suitable for use as an electrode. (2 marks)
(c) State one precaution that is necessary when carrying out electrolysis of molten lead (II) bromide
(1 mark)

Page | 4
 MURANGA SOUTH
233/2
PAPER 2
THEORY
2 HOURS
1. a) What is radioactivity? (1 mk)
b) State two differences between chemical and nuclear reactions (2 mk)
c) The table below give the percentages of a radioactive isotope of Bismuth that remains after
decaying at different times.
Time (min) 0 3 6 11 19 31 50
Percentage of Bismuth 50 40.5 32.5 24 14.5 6 1.5
i) On a grid, plot a graph of the percentage of Bismuth remaining
(Vertical axis) against time. (3 mk)
ii) Using the graph, determine the:
I. Half – life of the Bismuth isotope (1 mk)
II. Original mass of the Bismuth isotope given that the mass that remained after 35 minutes was
0.08 g (2 mk)
d) Give one use of radioactive isotopes in the following fields;
i) Medicine (1 mk)
ii) Agriculture (1 mk)
iii) Food industry (1 mk)
2.. a) The reduction potentials of Mg(s) | Mg2+(aq) and Zn(s) | Zn2+(aq) half-cells are:
Mg2+(aq) + 2e– Mg(s) Eθ = – 2.37V
Zn2+(aq) + 2e– Zn(s) Eθ= – 0.76 V
Using the electrode potentials, answer the following questions.
i) Write an ionic equation for a cell made by combining the two half cells. (1mk)
ii) Draw an electrochemical cell made by combining the two half cells above. (3mk)
b) Use the cell representation below to answer the question that follows
Cu(s) | Cu2+(aq) | | Ag+(aq) | | Ag(s) Eθcell = + 0.46 V
Given that the E value for Ag+(aq) | Ag(s) is + 0.80 V, calculate the Eθ value for Cu(s) | Cu2+(aq)..
c) In an experiment to electrolyse copper (II) sulphate solution using copper electrodes, 0.2 amperes
were passed through the solution for 23 hours. Calculate the mass of copper deposited at cathode.
(1 Faraday = 96,500 coulombs, Cu = 64). (3mk)
d) The set-up below was used to electrolyse a bromide of lead. Study it and answer the questions that
follow.

(i) Write the equation for the reaction at electrode G (1 mk)

(ii) State the observation made at electrode Q (1 mk)
e) List any two applications of electrolysis. (1mk)

Page | 5
3. The set up below can be used to generate a gas without heating. This occurs when substance M
reacts with solid N.

a i) Complete the table below giving the names of Solution M and solid N if the gases generated
are chlorine and sulphur (IV) oxide. (2 marks)
Chlorine Sulphur (IV) Oxide
Substance M
Solid N
ii) Complete the diagram above to show how a dry sample of chlorine gas can be collected .
(b) Write balanced chemical equation to show how chlorine with cold and dilute sodium hydroxide.
(c) 600cm3 of dry chlorine gas were passed over excess heated iron powder in a combustion tube until
no further change.
i) State the observations made in the combustion tube. (1mk)
ii) Calculate the mass of the product formed. (MGV= 24dm3, Cl=35.5, Fe= 56) (3mk)
d) A soil sample was suspected to contain chloride ions. Describe a simple experiment that can used
to confirm the presence of the chloride ions. (3mk)
4. The extraction of aluminum from its ore takes place in two stages, purification stage
and electrolysis stage. The diagram below shows the set – up for the electrolysis stage.

a) i) Name the ore from which aluminium is extracted. (1mk)

ii) Outline the stages involved in the purification stage. (2mk)
b) i) Identify the electrode labelled B (1mk)
ii) The melting point of aluminium oxide is 2054oC, but electrolysis is carried out between
800 – 900oC.What is done to lower the temperatures? (1mk)
iii) The aluminium which is produced is tapped off as liquid. what does this suggest about its
melting point? (1mk)
iv) What makes it possible to tap aluminium from the lower side (1mk)
v) Write the half-cell equation for the reaction taking place at electrode Q (1mk)
vi) State two reasons that make aluminium be used to make cooking utensils. (1mk)
vii) Why can't aluminium be extracted through reduction method. (1mk)
5. a) Explain why a solution of hydrogen chloride gas in methylbenzene does not change a blue
litmus (1mk)
b) Compare the electrical conductivity of solution J with pH 6 and L pH 2. (2mks)
c) Name the process that takes place when:
i) Sulphur is heated with natural rubber.
ii) Fats or oils are hydrolyzed using an alkali.
d) i) Oxygen is obtained by fractional distillation of liquid air. Name two other gases which are
obtained from this process during distillation. (1mk).
ii) Give two industrial uses of oxygen gas. (1mk)
e) Describe the procedure used to obtain oil from groundnuts. (3mk)
Page | 6
6. The following is an extract of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow. (the
letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.)

a) In which other group can N be placed and why? (1mk)

b) i) Write the formulae of the compound formed when elements X and W reacts. (1mk)
ii) Comment on the electrical conductivity of the compound formed above. (2mk)
c) Choose;
i) The most unreactive element (1mk)
ii) The strongest reducing agent. (1mk)
d) State the nature of each of the following;
i) The chloride of W (1mk)
ii) The oxide of T (1mk)
e) What name is given to the group of elements where G and W belong? (1mk)
f) Use the letter B to show the position of an element that forms a divalent anion with three energy
levels in the periodic table (1mk)
g) Describe how a pure and solid sample of lead ii chloride can be separated from its solid mixture
with the chloride of G. (2mks)
7. a) List any two physical tests for water. (1mk)
b) A student wanted to prepare hydrogen gas in the lab. He reacted dilute hydrochloric acid with
copper metal but no gas was collected.
i) Explain this observation. (1mk)
ii) What adjustments would have been made in order to collect the gas. (2mks)
c) Metal E reacts with steam but not with cold water, metal M do not react with dilute acids, metal D
reacts with cold water vigorously while metal S reduces the oxide of D. arrange the metals starting
with the most reactive. (2mk)
d) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow

i) Classify the change in step 1 (1 mk)

ii) Name another substance that undergoes a similar change as hydrated copper (II) sulphate when
heated. (1 mk)
e) i) Explain why hydrogen is not commonly used as a fuel (1mk)
ii) Apart from rocket fuel, list any other two uses of hydrogen gas (1mk)

Page | 7
 MURANG’A SOUTH SUB - COUNTY
233/3
PAPER 3
TIME: 2¼ HOURS.
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the apparatus found in the laboratory each candidate should be provided with :-
1. 50cm3 of solution W.
2. 50cm3 of solution H .
3. 1 burette 50ml.
4. 1 pipette 25ml.
5. 1 thermometer (-10 – 110)0C.
6. 6 test tubes.
7. 2 boiling tubes.
8. Distilled water in a wash bottle.
9. Piece of tissue paper.
10. 60 cm3 of Jc.
11. Pipette filler.
12. 1 volumetric flask 250 ml.
13. 2 labels.
14. 2 conical flasks.
15. White tile.
16. Clamp + stand.
17. pH – chart.
18. 1 metallic spatula.
19. 1 filter funnel.
20. 100cm3 of solution Q.
21. 1 100ml beaker (empty)
22. 0.2 g of sodium carbonate
23. Solid F (1 spatula)
24. Liquid N
25. 1OOml measuring cylinder.
26. Test tube holder.
Access to:
1. 2M ammonia solution supplied with a dropper.
2. Source of heat.
3. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI) with a dropper.
4. Universal indicator supplied with a dropper.
5. 2M H2SO4 supplied with a dropper.
6. 2M sodium hydroxide supplied with a dropper
7. Acidified Barium nitrate solution supplied with a dropper
8. Liquid N is Glacial ethanoic acid.(8 cm3)
8. solid F is hydrated aluminium sulphate ( 1 spatula)
9. Phenolphthalein indicator in a bottle dropper
Preparations
• Solution W is made by dissolving 48g of NaOH pellets in about 800cm3 of distilled water and
diluting to 1 litre.
• Solution H is made by dissolving 51.6cm3 of concentrated HCl (1.18g/cm3) in 800cm3of distilled
water and diluting to 1 litre.
• Solution Q – Add 12.9cm3 of concentrated HCl (1.18g/cm3) in 500cm3 of distilled water and
diluting to 1 litre.
• Solution Jc – Dissolve 87.5g of Na2CO3.10H2O in 400cm3 of distilled water and top up with
distilled water to 1 litre.
Page | 8
 MURANGA SOUTH
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
TIME: 2 Hours 15 Minutes
1. You are provided with:-
i) Solution Q a monobasic acid 0.15M, HA
ii) Solution Jc, containing 7.0g of a metal J carbonate (whose formula is J2CO3. xH2O) in 80cm3 of the
solution.
You are required to:
(a) Prepare a dilute solution of the metal J carbonate solution Jc
(b) Determine the value of x in J2CO3. xH2O
Procedure I
- Using a pipette and a pipette filler place 50.0cm3 of solution Jc into a 250 ml volumetric flask. Add
about 150ml of distilled water. Shake well. Add more distilled water to make upto the mark. Label
this as solution Jd
Procedure II
- Fill a burette with solution Q.
- Using a clean pipette and pipette filler, place 25.0cm3 of solution Jd into a 250ml conical flask.
- Add two drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate with solution Q.
- Record your results in the table 1 below.
- Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table I below.
TABLE 1
I II III
Final burette reading
Initial burette reading
Volume of solution Q (cm3)
(a) Calculate the:
i) Average volume of solution Q used. (1 mark)
ii) Number of moles of the acid solution Q used (1 mark)
(b) Write an equation for the reaction that took place between the acid, HA and the metal J carbonate
(c) Determine the:
i) Number of moles of the metal carbonate in 25cm3 of solution Jd. (1mark)
ii) Number of moles of the metal carbonate in 50.0cm3 of solution Jc (1 mark)
iii) Molar mass of the metal carbonate (2 mark)
iv) Value of x in J2CO3. xH2O (1 mark)
(H = 1.0, C = 12.0, O = 16.0, J = 23.0)
2. You are provided with:-
• Sodium hydroxide solution prepared by dissolving 9.6g of sodium hydroxide in water to make
200cm3 of solution, labelled W
• 0.6M hydrochloric acid labeled, solution H
You are required to determine the molar heat of neutralization of sodium hydroxide with
hydrochloric acid .

Procedure
Fill the burette with solution H. Pipette 25.0cm3 of solution W into a 100ml beaker. Measure the
temperature of solution W in the beaker and record it in the table below. Run out exactly 5.0cm3 of
solution H from the burette into a clean test tube. Add the solution in the test tube (solution H) into
the beaker containing solution W and stir with a thermometer. Record the highest temperature of
the mixture in the table 2 below. Run out another 5cm3 of solution H into the test tube and transfer
it to the mixture already obtained above. Stir with the thermometer and record the highest
temperature attained. Repeat the procedure with four more portions of 5cm3 solution H. Record
your readings in the table 2 below.
Page | 9
(a) Table 2 (4 mk)
Volume of H added (cm3) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Volume of W used (cm3) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Temperature (0C)
(b) On the grid provided, plot a graph of temperature (Y- axis) against volume of H used. (3 marks)
(c) From the graph determine: -
i) The volume of H used to react with 25cm3 of solution W. (½ mark)
ii) The highest temperature change (½ mark)
(d) Assuming that specific heat capacity is 4.2 kJKg-1K-1 and taking density of solution as 1gcm-3,
determine enthalpy change for the reaction. (2 marks)
(e) Determine the moles of sodium hydroxide, solution W, used hence calculate the molar heat of
neutralization of the solution. (2 mark)
3. You are provided with liquid N and solid F. Carry out the tests below and write your observations
and inferences in the spaces provided.
a) (i) Pour a small portion of liquid N into a clean metallic spatula and ignite it using a non-luminous
flame of a Bunsen burner.
ii) Measure 1cm3 of liquid N into a test-tube, add about 2cm3 of distilled water and shake. Retain the
mixture for the test (iii) below.
iii) To the mixture in (a)(ii) above add two drops of universal indicator solution and determine its pH.
iv) To about 2cm3 of liquid N in a test tube add 1cm3 of ethanol followed by 2 drops of dilute
Sulphuric (VI) acid. Warm the mixture gently .
v) To about 1cm3 of liquid N in a test tube add 3 drops of acidified Potassium dichromate (VI)
solution and warm.
vi) To about 1cm3 of liquid N put half a spatula of powdered Sodium carbonate.
b)
I. Place a spatulaful of solid F in a dry test tube. Heat the solid gently .
II. Put the remaining F in a boiling tube and add 10cm3 of distilled water. Shake the boiling tube to
dissolve the solid. Divide the solution into three portions.
III. Add acidified barium nitrate to the first portion
IV. To the 2nd portion and sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.
V. To the 3rd portion, add ammonia solution dropwise until excess

Page | 10
 MURANGA SOUTH
233/1
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. An atom of element A has mass number 23 and 12 neutrons.
(a) 2.8.1
(b) Group (I) (½ mark)
Period 3 (½ mark)
(c) Metal
2. (a) A substance that shows different colours in acids and bases
(b) Universal indicator; 1 it indicates the strength of acidic or basic solutions1
3.
(a) Pale yellow intensifies. ½ Forward reaction is exothermic; ½ lowering temperature shifts the
equilibrium to the right hence more N2O4 is formed½
(b) Pale yellow intensified ½ reducing the volume of syringe increases the pressure ½ favouring
the forward reaction ½
4.
(a)

(b) RFM of the monomer = (12 x 2) + (1 x 3) + 35.5 = 62.5 1

No of monomers = 4500 = 72 1
62.5
5. (a) Sulphur (IV) oxide (Reject SO2)
(b) Passing the exhaust gases through chimneys lined with calcium hydroxide 1
OR
Ca(OH)2(aq) + SO2(g) → CaSO3(s) + H2O(l)
6.
(a) C;1 its boiling point is lower than room temperature 1
(b)

7. Why are the following steps necessary?

(a) To ensure all the acid has reacted
(b) Reacting lead (II)carbonate with H2SO4 or HCl would lead to formation of an insoluble salt ½
that would prevent further reaction ½
(c) To remove traces of sodium chloride
8.
(a) Phosphorous has two allotropes
(b) Chlorides of phosphorous hydrolyse 1 in moisture to form HCl(g) 1
9.
(a) Density ½
Immiscibility ½
(b) Name the liquids A and B.
A- water ½ (Reject H2O)
B- kerosene ½
(c) Use of a separating funnel / funnel separation

Page | 11
10.
(a)
i) 2C(s) + O2(g) → 2CO(g) 1
ii) CO(g) + FeO(s) → Fe(s) + CO2(g) 1
(Award ½ mark for a balanced equation with wrong states; zero mark for unbalanced equation)
(b) Carbon (IV)oxide / CO2 (Reject Co2)
11. a) The solution turns from colourless to brown
b) Cl2(g) + 2I−(aq) → 2Cl− (aq) + I2(s)
c) Cl2 / Chlorine Reject Cl− )
12. Consider the reaction chain below.
(a) Identify the particles emitted in
2𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻
4
(i) I / alpha particle
−1𝑒𝑒
0
(ii) II / beta particle
(b) Write the nuclear equation for the reaction that takes place in V.(1 mark)
210 206
84Po �⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯� 82Pb + 2𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻
4

(c) State one environmental effect of radioisotopes. (1 mark)

- Genetic mutation in living tissues causing cancers 1
- Mass destruction of property & lives when used be used as weapons
13. Moles of H2SO4 = 0.1 x 25 = 0.0025 moles ½
1000
Na2CO3(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) ½
Mole ratio 1 : 1 ½
Moles of Na2CO3 = 0.0025 x 1 = 0.0025 moles ½
Molarity = 0.0025 x 1000 ½
20
= 0.125 M ½
14. (a) C3H7OH
(b) (i) Compound G Propan -1, 2 - diol (1 mark)
(ii) Process 1 Dehydration (1 mark)
15. (a) Apparent charge that an element has in a compound or the charge on an ion
b) (i) 2Cr + 7(-2) = -2 ½
2Cr = +12
Cr = +6 ½
(ii) Mn + 4(-2) =-1 ½
Mn + -8-8 =-1+8
Mn = +7 ½
16. (a) Mass of burning gases
(b) Luminous flame
(c)
Non-luminous Luminous
(i) Has three zones. (i) Has four zones
(ii) Is short and steady (ii) Large and wavy.
(iii) Does not give out much light (iii) It gives out much light
(iv) Burns with a roaring sound (iv) Burns silently
(v) Does not produce soot. (v) Produces soot
(vi) Blue (vi) Yellow
−
17. Ag (aq) → Ag(s) + e
+

0.5A x 18 x 60 x 108 = 0.6044g  3 marks

1 x 96500
(Alternatively)

Page | 12
 Ag+ (aq) → Ag(s) + e−
1 Ag mole = 1 Faraday ½

Time = 18 x 60 = 1080 sec ½

Q = 0.5A x 1080 = 540C ½
108g→96500C
g? ← 540C ½
540Cx 108 ½
1 x 96500C

0.6044g ½
18.
(a) State and explain the observations made on the:
(i) Iron filings changed from grey to brown. Iron reacted with moisture and oxygen to form rust
(ii) Water level rise in the measuring cylinder to occupy the space left by oxygen during rusting.
(b) The iron filings would rust faster, salts contained in tap water accelerate rusting
19.
(a) Melting points increase from Na to Al; 1 due to decrease in atomic radius (accept increase in the
number of delocalised electrons) ½ which increases the strength of the metallic bonds ½
(b) Increase in nuclear charge (or number of protons) ½ across the period which pulls electrons
closer to the nucleus. ½
20.
(a) Froth floatation
(b) ZnCO3(s) → ZnO(s) +CO2(g)
(c) Making of outer casing in dry cells.
- To make brass, an alloy of copper and zinc which is used in to manufacture locks, hinges, gears,
bearings, ammunition casings, zippers, plumbing, hose couplings, valves and electrical plugs and
sockets
21. (a) Molar heat of combustion
(b) From the equation:
1 mole of methane produces 890kJ ½

Hence 890 kJ = 24 litres ½

111.25 kJ = 111.25 x 24 litres ½

890
= 3 litres ½
22. (a) At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to
the square root of its density.
b)
12 = √44 ½
RX √16

RX = 12 x √16 ½
√44

= 48 ½
6.63 = 7.24 cm3s-1 ½
23.
(a) Hydrogen burns to produce steam which is a non-pollutant/ does not cause pollution to the
environment.
- Hydrogen has a high energy content hence very small amount produce a lot of heat energy.

Page | 13
- Hydrogen is renewable hence cannot be exhausted/ used completed.
(b) A mixture of hydrogen and air is explosive when mixed ignited.
- It is expensive.
24. (a) Carbon (IV)oxide
- Water
(b) Hydrogen chloride dissociates/ionizes ½ in water because it is polar; producing hydrogen ions
while in methylbenzene it remains in molecular state½ hence no hydrogen ions½ ;
methylbenzene is non-polar
25. When burning magnesium ribbon is introduced into a gas jar full of nitrogen, it continues to burn
producing a greenish yellow powder.
(a) 3Mg(s) + N2(g) → Mg3N2(s)
(b) Burning magnesium produces a lot of heat½ that is enough to break N≡N triple bond ½ hence
reacts with it while burning of sulphur produce little heat½ not enough to break N ≡N triple
bond½.
(c) In refrigeration e.g. storage of semen for artificial insemination
- Manufacture of ammonia; Haber process
- In light bulbs to prevent oxidation of the filament by creating inert environment
26. Place 2 portions of the water sample in test tubes. ½
- To the first portion, add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until excess. ½
- To the second portion, add ammonia solution dropwise until excess. ½
- A white ppt½ insoluble in excess½ sodium hydroxide and no white ppt½ with ammonia
confirms the presence of calcium ions.
27. (a) Name the particles that are responsible for electrical conductivity in:
(i) Delocalised electrons
(ii) Mobile ions
(b) Good conductor of electricity due to the presence of delocalised electrons
- Unreactive (relatively)
(c) It must be carried out inside a fume chamber or in open air because the bromine vapour which is
evolved is poisonous

Page | 14
 MURANGA SOUTH
233/3
PAPER 3
I) Procedure II
Table 1…………………. 3 marks
(a) – Complete table (C.T) 1 Mark
Conditions
(i) Complete table with 3 titrations – 1 Mark
(ii) Incomplete table with 2 titrations – ½ Mark
(iii) Incomplete table with 1 titration – zero mark
Penalties:- Penalise ½ mark each
(i) Wrong arithmetic
(ii) Inverted table
(iii) Burette reading beyond 50cm (unless explained)
(iv) Unrealistic titre values i.e. 1cm3 or 100
(b) Use of decimals ( tied to 1st and 2nd rows only)
Conditions (½ mark)
(i) Accept 1 or 2 decimal points used consistently, if not penalise fully.
(ii) Where 2 decimal points used the 2nd decimal point should be “0” or “5” if not penalise fully.
(iii) Accept consistency in use of zero as initial burette reading i.e. 0, 0.0, 0.00
(c) Acuracy (Tied to correct titre value)…… (1 mark)
(i) Atleast one of candidate’s values is within ± 0.1 of s.v (1mark)
(ii) If non of candidates’ value is within ± 0.2 of s.v (0 mark)
(iii) If one of the candidates value is within ± 0.2 of the s.v (½ mark)
(d) Principles of Averaging ………………………………… 1 mark
Conditions
(i) - 3 consistent values averaged
- If 3 titrations done but only are consistent and averaged 1 mark
- If 2 titrations done and are consistent and averaged
Penalties
- Wrong arithmetic error is outside ± 0.2 units in d.p. ½ mark
- No working shown but answer is given correctly ½ mark
- Wrong workings with correct answer 0 mark
(e) Final accuracy (Tied to correct average titre) (1 mark)
Compare candidate’s average titre with the s.v
i) If the candidates value is in ± 0.1of the s.v. – (1 mark)
ii) If the candidate’s value is in ± 0.2 of the s.v. – (½ mark)
iii) If the candidate’s value is beyond ± 0.2 – (0 mark)
beyond ± 0.2 0 mark
(ii) number of moles of the acid used
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴.𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑎𝑎 (𝑖𝑖)
n= = �0.15𝑥𝑥 � = Ans _____ mole ½ mark
1000 1000
20.35
e.g. 0.15 x = 0.003053 mole
1000
(b) Equation
2HA(aq) + J2CO3.xH2O → 2JA(aq) + CO2(g) + (x + 1) H2O(l)  1 Mark
Or 2HA(aq) + J2CO3 → 2JA(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) 
States wrong/missing  ½ Mark, unbalanced 0 mk
(c) (i) No. of moles of metallic carbonate in 25cm3 of Jd.
1
= (Answer in a (ii) above x ) ½ mk
2
= Answer _______ mole  ½ Mark
1
e.g. 0.003053 x = 0.00153 mole
2

Page | 15
ii) No. of moles of the metallic carbonate in 50.00 cm3 of solution Jc  1 Mark
50cm3 of Jc has same No. of moles of carbonate as 250cm3 of Jd.
but 25cm3 of Jd → Answer in c (i) above.
250𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3
∴250cm3 of Jd has Ans. c (i) x ½ mk
25𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3
= Ans. ________ mole  ½ Mark
250
e.g. �0.00153 𝑥𝑥 � = 0.0153 mole
25
iii) Molar mass of the metallic carbonate
50cm3 of Jc → Ans. c (ii)
80cm3 of Jc → ?
80
∴Moles in 80cm of Jc = �𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴. 𝑐𝑐 (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝑥𝑥 � moles
3
50
but 80cm3 of Jc has 7.0g
80
⇒ �𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑐𝑐 (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)𝑥𝑥 � mole = 7.0g
50
1 mole - ?
1 𝑥𝑥 70
So molar mass = 〈 80〉 ½ mk
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑐𝑐(𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)𝑥𝑥
50
= Ans ______ g ½ mark
7.0 𝑥𝑥 1 7.0
e.g = 80 = = 285.5477g
�0.0153 𝑥𝑥 � 0.02448
50
(iv) Value of x in J2CO3.xH2O
Let molar mass = (23 x 12) + 12 + (16 x 3) + x (2 + 16)
= 106 + 18x
But molar mass = Ans. c (iii)
∴ 106 + 18x = Ans. c (iii)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴.𝐶𝐶 (𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)− 106
x=� �  ½ mark
18
= Ans _________
e.g. 106 + 18x = 285.5477
285.5477−106
x=
18
= 9.9749 ≈ 10 ½ mk

II) (a) Table …………………………………………………………3 ½ marks

1. Complete table 1 Mark
Conditions
i. Complete table with 7 readings 1 Mark
Incomplete table with 5 – 6 readings  ½ Mark
Incomplete table less than 5 readings 0 mark
ii. Treat initial value above 400C and below 100C as unrealistic and penalize ½ mark tied to t = 0
iii. Penalise ½ mark for each reading greater than 500C from t = 30 seconds to a maximum of ½ mark.
iv. Penalize fully if all readings are constant.
2. Use of decimals 1 Mark
Accept whole numbers or readings with .0 or .5 used consistently, otherwise penalize fully.
3. Accuracy 1 mark
Compare the candidate’s initial temperature (at time = 0) with the school value: If within ± 2 award
1 mark otherwise
penalize fully
4. Trend 1 Mark
Award the first ½ mark for a continuous rise in temperature upto a maximum or constant values
followed by a drop.
(b) Graph 3 Marks

Page | 16
 TEMP
0
C

Volume of R

Trend
(i) Labeling (both axis)  ½ Mark
Penalize fully for – inverted axes
- wrong units
Accept if units are omitted
(ii) Scale ½ mark
Area covered by the plots should be at least ¾ of the plotting area: otherwise penalize fully.
(iii) Plotting 1 Mark
- Award 1 mark for at least 7 points correctly plotted
- Award ½ mark for 5 – 6 points correctly plotted otherwise award zero.
- Award fully for plots if the axes are inverted but the plotting is correct.
(iv) Shape 1 mark
- Award ½ mark for a straight line showing progressive increase in temperature.
- Award the other ½ mark for an extrapolated straight line showing a drop.
(c) (i) ½ mark - shown on the graph
(ii) ½ mark - value
(d) Heat change 2 marks
∆H = Mc∆T
42.5
e.g. x 4.2 x 4.5 1mk = -0.8033kJ 1mk
1000
- Penalize ½ mark for wrong or absence of units
25 𝑥𝑥 0.6
(e) Moles of NaOH = = 0.015mol  ½ Mark
1000
Molar enthalpy
0.015 → -8033
1 mole → ?
1
= x .8033 = - 53.5533 kJ mol-1  ½ Mark
0.015
3.
pale blue flame ½ mk Absence of = C = C = or -C ≡C- ½ mk
miscible / uniformly mix ½ mk polar organic cpd ½ mk
pH = 1 / pH = 2 reject pH colour or range ½ Strongly acidic reject: acidic substance or
acid½ mk
Pleasant smelling substance ½ mk RCOOH PRESENT ½ mk
Orange colour of K2Cr2O7 persist ½ mk R - OH absent ½ mk . penalize fully for any
or Orange colour of K2Cr2O7 do not change contracting functional group.
to green
Reject: Orange colour forms / colour remains
unchanged / no effect ON K2Cr2O7
effervescence / bubbles of colourless gas/ RCOOH present ½ mk
fizzing ½ mk Accept H+ present
b) observation Inferences
- Droplets of colourless liquid on cooler part Hydrated salt or contain water of
of test tube 1mk crystallization 1mnk

Page | 17
b) Observation Inference
Solid dissolves Cu2+, Fe2+ or Fe3+ absent ½ mk
forming a colourless solution 1mk Soluble salt ½ mk
c) Observation Inference
White ppt ½ mk SO42- ½ mk penalize fully for
contradictory ion
d) Observation Inference
White ppt formed ½ mk Zn2+, Al3+ present. @ ½ mk penalize ½ mk
soluble in excess ½ mk for each other ion
e) Observation Inference
- White ppt formed ½ mk Al3+ present 1mk . Penalize fully for any
Insoluble ½ mk contradictory ion

Page | 18
 SABATIA CLUSTER EVALUATION EXAM
233/1
PAPER 1
2 HOURS
1. The graph below shows the radioactive decay of a certain nuclide.

a) Define the term nuclide. (1mk)

b) From the diagram, determine the half-life of the nuclide. (2mks)
2. The element X can be represented as 35 17𝑋𝑋
a) How many neutrons are contained in X? (1 mk)
b) Use the data in the table below to calculate the relative atomic mass of X from the masses and
percentage abundance. (2mks)
Mass Percentage abundance
35 90
36 4
37 6

2. a) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that occur when Carbon (IV) oxide gas is bubbled
in calcium hydroxide solution. (1mk)
b) Give a reason why Potassium hydroxide solution is not used to identify carbon (IV) oxide in
the laboratory. (2mks
4. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

a) State and explain the observations made after two weeks. (2mks)
c) Give one reason for Silver plating an Iron spoon. (lmk)
5. In a neutralization reaction, Sodium carbonate solution was dissolved in water and the solution
made to 250cm3. 25cm3 of this solution neutralized 20cm3 of 0.25Mnitric acid. Calculate the mass
of carbonate that was dissolved in water. (3mks)

Page | 19
6. A chromatogram of enzymes A and E and three simple sugars are shown below.

Which two simple sugars are present in D and E.? (2mks)

7. When a piece of burning magnesium is lowered into a gas jar of sulphur (IV) oxide it continues to
burn for some time.
a) State and explain the observations made. (2mks
b) Write a chemical equation for the reaction which occurred. (1 mk)
8. a) A hydrocarbon consists of 92.3% carbon. Its molecular mass is 26. Calculate it’s molecular
formula. (2mks)
b) Draw the structure of the hydrocarbon. (1 mk)
9. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow:

a) Identify the cation and anion present in solid F (1mks)

I. Cation
II. Anion
b) Write ionic equation for the formation of the white precipitate. (1 mk)
10. a) Explain why melting point of chlorine gas is greater than that of Argon. (2mk)
b) Using dot (•) and cross (×) to represent electrons draw a diagram to show bonding in carbon
(iv) oxide. (2mk)
c) In terms of structure and bonding. Explain why Graphite is used as a lubricant. (1 mk)

Page | 20
11. The diagram below show what’s produced when Nitrogen (iv) oxide gas is passed over heated Zinc
granules.
Zinc H
Dry NO2(g)

Heat
Water

i) Identify gas H
ii) Write an equation for the reaction that produces gas H. (1 mk)
12. Given the following reagents; distilled water, solid Lead (II) nitrate and sodium carbonate;
describe how a sample of Lead (11) carbonate can be prepared. (3mks)
13. Study the table below
Element Atomic Radius (nm) Ionic radius (nm)
W 0.133 0.095
X 0.121 0.185
Y 0.117 0.088
Z 0113 0.146

a) Identify ‘the most reactive non-metal. Explain. (l mk)

b) Name the type of bond in a compound formed between W and Z. (1 mk)
14. Magnesium was burnt in air forming a white residue T. When put in a boiling tube with water
effervescence was noticed and a colouress gas D with a characteristic pungent smell was evolved.
The gas turned a wet red litmus paper blue.
a) Identify
i) ResidueT (1 mk)
ii) Gas D. (1 mk)
b) Write an equation for the liberation of gas D. (l mk)
15. a) What is observed when a few drops of phenolphthalein indicator is added to a solution whose
pH value is 3.0? (l mk)
b) Write an equation for the reaction between Lead (ii) oxides and dilute Nitric acid.
16. The set-up below was used to investigate the effect of steam on copper turnings.

(a) What was observed in the boiling tube? Explain (2mks)

(b) Suggest one other metal that would behave as copper turnings in the above set up if used. (1mk)

Page | 21
17. The formula below represents active ingredients of two cleansing agents A and B

Which one of the cleansing agents would be suitable to be used in water containing magnesium
hydrogen carbonate? Explain (2mrks)
18 In the last stage of the Solvay process, a mixture of sodium hydrogen carbonate and ammonia
chloride is formed.
(i) State the method of separation used. (1 mk)
(ii) Write an equation showing how lime is slaked. (1 mk)
(iii) Name the by-products recycled in the above process. (1 mk)
19. State and explain the observation that would be made when zinc powder is heated with copper (II)
oxide. (2 mks)
20 (a) State Graham’s law of diffusion. (1 mk)
(b) A certain volume of gas Stakes 180 seconds to diffuse through a porous plug. Molar mass of S
is l8. Equal volume of gas Q takes 240 seconds to diffuse through the same plug.
Calculate the molar mass of Q. (2mks)
21. A student set-up the apparatus shown below attempting to collect oxygen gas.

(a) State one mistake the student made. (1 mk)

(b) Identify liquid Q. (1 mk)
(c) What property enables the gas to be collected as shown above? (l mk)
22. Study the set-up below and answer the questions that follow;

Page | 22
(a) State and explain the observation made when the circuit is completed. (2mks)
(b) What precautions should be taken when performing this experiment? Give a reason (lmk)
23 Calcium nitrate is a nitrogenous fertilizer. Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in the fertilizer
(N=14.0, Ca=40.0, O=16.0) (2mks)
24. Sodium chloride is accidentally mixed with lead II sulphate. Explain bow sodium chloridecrystals
can be obtained from the mixture. (3mks)
25. The set-up below was used to prepare a carbon (II) oxide gas.

Sodium

(a) Give the name of substance A

b) Complete the diagram to show how the gas can be collected
26. a) Metal Q displaces metals T and U from their oxides but does not displace metal R, metal T
displaces U from its oxide. Arrange the metals according to their reactivity starting with the
strongest reducing agent. (1 mk)
b). Why do alkaline solutions have a slippery feel. When rubbed between two fingers?
(2mks)
27. Why is it dangerous to run a motor car engine in a closed garage? (2mks)
28. 2 grams of sodium hydroxide is added to 30 cm3 of IM sulphuric (VI) acid. What volume of 0. 1M
potassium hydroxide solution will be needed to neutralize the excess acid.(Na23,016,H1)
29. Study the reaction below:

A B
a) Give IUPAC name for compound A. (1 mk)
b) Give the name for process C (1 mk)
c) Write an equation to show when compound B is heated in a boiling tube. (1 mark)
30. Matter exists in three states which can be related as shown in the diagram below.

Name processes: P,R (2 mk)

Page | 23
 SABATIA SUB - COUNTY
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME 2 HRS
1. The table below shows elements with their atomic numbers, mass numbers and their melting
points. Study it and answer the questions that follow. Letters do not represent actual symbols of the
elements
Element B C D E F G H I J K
Atomic number 7 8 19 15 2 9 6 16 12 11
Atomic mass 14 16 39 31 4 19 12 32 24 23
Melting point - - 637 44 -272 -223 vary 113 669 980
(a) Select two elements with oxidation state -2 (1mk)
(b) Which element represents
i) the most powerful oxidizing agent? (1mk)
ii) the most powerful reducing agent? (1mk)
(c) Which element has the highest ionization energy? Explain (1mk)
(d) Select two elements, when reacted form a compound that conducts electricity in molten and
acqueous state (1mk)
(e) Select two elements when reacted form a compound that dissolves in water to form acidic solution
(1mk)
(f) Using dot (•) and cross (x) diagram, show the bond between B and J (2mks)
(g) Explain why the melting point of K is higher than that of D (2mks)
2. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

(i) Name the following substances.

solution E (1mk)
green solid Q (1mk)
solid F (1mk)
solution M (1mk)
(ii) State the observation made at step I (1mark)
Page | 24
(iii) What is the role of H+ / H2O2 in step 4 (1mark)
(iv) Name the reaction that takes place at step 2 (1mark)
(v) Draw a well labeled set up to show how mixture X is separated. (2marks)
(vi) Write chemical equation to represent the formation of solid G. (1mark)
(vii) Explain what happens if sulphur (iv) oxide gas was bubbled through brown solution N (1mk)
3. a) Use standard electric potentials for elements A, B, C, D and F given below to answer the
questions that follow.
Eθ (Volts)
A2+ (aq) + 2e → A(s) -2.90
B2+ (aq) + 2e → B(s) -2.38
2C2+ (aq) + 2e→ C2 (g) 0.00
D2+ (aq) + 2e → D(s) +0.34
½ F2+ (g) + e → F(aq) +2.87

i) Which element is likely to be hydrogen? Give a reason for your answer (2mks)
ii) What is the Eθ value of the strongest reducing agent? (1mk)
iii) In the space provided draw a labeled diagram of the electrochemical cell that would be obtained
when half-cells of elements B and D are combined. (3mks)
iv) Calculate the Eθ value of the electrochemical cell constructed in (iii) above. (2 mk)
b) During the electrolysis of aqueous copper (II) sulphate using copper electrode, a current of 0.2
amperes was passed through the cell for 5hours.
i) Write an ionic equation for the reaction that took place at the anode. (1mk)
ii) Determine the change in mass of the anode which occurred as a result of the electrolysis process
(Cu = 63.5, 1 Faraday = 96,500 coulombs). (3mks)
4. A student was provided with 20 cm3 of 1M magnesium hydroxide solution and a hydrobromic acid
of 4M. The student was required to determine the equation for the reaction between magnesium
hydroxide and hydrobromic acid and hence determine the molar enthalpy of neutralization. He
carried out the experiment and obtained the following results: -
Volume of 4M hydrobromic
acid added to Mg(OH)2 solution 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0
(cm3)
Temperature of the mixture (oC) 27.0 30.0 33.0 36.0 35.0 34.0 33.0 32.0 31.0

a) Draw a graph of the temperature of the mixture (vertical axis) against the volume of the hydrobromic
acid added. (3mks)
(a) Both solutions were at room temperature at the start of the experiment. From your graph estimate
the room temperature. (1mk)
(b) What is the significance of the highest temperature of the solution mixture? (1mk)
(c) Suggest a reason for the increase in temperature during the first additions of the acid and a decrease
in the latter part of the experiment. (1mk)
(d) Use your graph to determine the volume of 4M hydrobromic acid that just neutralized 20cm3 of 1M
magnesium hydroxide. (1mk)
(e) How many moles of hydrobromic acid are present in your answer in (d) above? (2mk)
(f) How many moles of magnesium hydroxide are present in 20cm3 of 1M of Mg(OH)2 solution?
(2mk)
(g) Use your answer in (e) and (f) above to write an equation for the reaction taking place in the
experiment.
(h) Given that the density of solution is 1g/cm3 and specific heat capacity is 4.2J/g/K, determine the
molar enthalpy of neutralization of hydrobromic acid. (3mks)

Page | 25
5. The scheme below shows a series of reactions starting with ethanol. Study it and answer the questions
that follow.

a) Give the type of reaction, reagent(s) and condition(s) necessary for Step T to take place.
Reaction: (1mk)
Reagent(s) (1mk)
Condition(s) (1mk)
b) Write down the chemical equation for the formation of V (1mk)
c) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in Step L. (1mk)
d) Give the IUPAC name and the structural formula of compound X. (2mk)
Name:…………………………………………………Structure:………………………
e) If the molecular mass of compound K is 44800, determine the value of n. (2mk)
(C = 12, H = 1).
6. Butane is a gas at room temperature and pressure. It is used to melt bitumen to apply on roads.
a) i) Write an equation for the complete combustion of butane. (1mk)
ii) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion. (1mk)
b) The set-up below was used to determine the enthalpy change for combustion of butane.

The volume of water was 200cm3 and temperature rose from 220c to 700c when one gram of butane
was burnt.
i) Calculate the energy produced in kilo joules [specific heat capacity=4.2kjkg-1k-1,density of water
=1g/cm3] (2mks)
ii) Calculate the Molar enthalpy change of combustion of butane. [C=12;H=1] (3mks)
iii) Find the heating value of butane. (1mk)
c) Given the following data;
∆Hc(C) =-393KJ/Mol
∆Hc(H2) =-386KJ/Mol
∆Hc(C4H10) =-2320KJ/Mol
i) Draw an energy cycle diagram. Using the above information. (2mks)
iii) Calculate the enthalpy of formation of butane from the energy cycle diagram. (2mks)

Page | 26
7. Extraction of iron involves two main processes, smelting and refining. Below is the blast furnace
which is used to smelt iron from its ore.

a) i) The chief ore is Haematite. Name one other ore used in extraction of iron (1 mark)
ii) Name the reducing agent in the process. (1mk)
iii) What is the role of the hot air blast in the process? (2mks)
(b) Write equations for the reactions that take place at the region marked A, B and C. (3mks)
(c) What is the purpose of limestone in the extraction process? (1mk)
(d) Write equations to show how impurities are removed from the ore. (2mks)
(e) State one environmental effect of the process. (1mk)

Page | 27
 SABATIA CLUSTER
PRACTICAL
CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS
In addition to the normal laboratory fittings and apparatus, each candidates should have the
following:
1. 200cm3 of solution A which is 0.1M HCl.
2. Solid D
3. 40cm³ of solution K
4. A glass rod
5. 50cm³ of solution C
6. 2.2g of solid N
7. About 0.5g of solid P
8. one 25.0ml pipette
9. one 50.0ml burette
10. 250ml volumetric flask
11. About 500ml of distilled water in a wash bottle
12. Three conical flasks
13. Two empty 100ml plastic beakers
14. Thermometer (-10°C to 110°C)
15. One 50ml measuring cylinder
16. One 10ml measuring cylinder
17. About 0.2g of solid sodium hydrogen carbonate
18. One label
19. One boiling tube
20. Six test tubes
21. 6cm3 of liquid L
22. Test tube holder
ACCESS TO
1. 2M Sodium hydroxide solution
2. 0.5M Barium nitrate solution
3. 2M Hydrochloric acid
4. Acidified potassium manganate (VII)
5. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI)
6. Methyl orange indicator
7. Bunsen burner flame
PREPARATIONS:
1. Solution A is prepare by adding 17.2cm³ of concentrated hydrochloric acid in 600cm³ of distilled water
topping up to one litre
2. Solution K is prepared by adding 63g of ethanedioic acid (oxalic acid) in about 500cm³ distilled water
and making up to one litre of solution.
3. Solution C is prepared by dissolving 40g of sodium hydroxide pellets in about 500cm³ of distilled
water and making up to one litre of solution.
4. Acidified potassium manganate (VII_ is prepare by dissolving 1.58g of solid KMnO4 is about 400cm³ of
2M H2SO4 and topping up with distilled water to one litre of solution .
5. Solid N is oxalic acid.
6. Solid P is sodium sulphite.
7. Liquid L is distilled water
8. Solid D is 2.5 of a salt mixture prepared by mixing 1.5 g of sodium carbonate (Anhydrous) and 1.0g of
sodium chloride.
9. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI) is prepared by dissolving 25g of solid K2Cr2O7 in about 400cm³ of
2M H2SO4 and topping up with distilled water to one litre of solution

Page | 28
 SABATIA CLUSTER
233/3
PRACTICAL
PAPER 3
TIME: 2¼ HOURS.
1. You are provided with:
a) Solution A, 0.1M hydrochloric acid
b) Solid D containing 2.5 g of a mixture of two salts, XCl (RFM 58.5) and X2CO3 (RFM 106)
You are required to determine the percentage by mass composition of the salt mixture
Procedure
• Place about 100cm3 of water in a conical flask. Add all solid D and stir the mixture to dissolve the
solid. Transfer the mixture into a 250ml volumetric flask and top up the solution to the mark with
distilled water Label this solution B
• Fill this burette with solution A.
• Pipette 25c m3 of solution B and put it into a clean conical flask. Add 3 drops of methyl orange
indicator.
• Titrate solution B with solution A. Record your results in the table 1 below.
• Repeat the titration two more times
TABLE I (4 marks)
TITRATION 1 2 3
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution A used (cm3)
(a) Calculate the average volume of solution A (1mark)
(b) Calculate the number of moles in the hydrochloric acid used (1mark
(c) The equation for the reaction of the acid with one of the salts in the mixture is:
2HCl(aq) + X2CO3(s) → 2XCl(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
Calculate;
(i) Moles of X2CO3 that reacted with the acid in the experiment (1mark)
(ii) Molarity of X2CO3 (1 marks)
(d) Calculate the mass of the salt mixture in gdm-3. (1mark)
(e) Calculate the percentage of XCl in this mixture (2 marks)
2. You are provided with:
- 2.2g of solid N a bibasic acid (H2X)
- Solution K, 0.5M aqueous acid with the formula H2X
- Sodium hydroxide, solution C
You are required to determine:
i) Molar heat of solution of solid N
ii) The heat of reaction of one mole of H2X solution K with sodium hydroxide solution C
ii) The heat of reaction of solid N with sodium hydroxide solution C
Procedure
Step 1
Place 35cm³ of distilled water into a 100ml plastic beaker. Measure the initial temperature of the
water and record in table 1 below. Add all solid N at once. Stir the mixture at once carefully with
the thermometer until all the solid dissolves. Measures the final temperature reached and records it
in table I below. (1 mark)

Final temp (°C)

Initial temp (°C)

Page | 29
a Determine the change in temperature, ∆T1 (1 mark)
b) Calculate the:
i) heat change when solid N dissolves in water. (Specific heat capacity = 4.2J/g/k, density of water
=1g/cm³) (2 marks)
ii) Number of moles of the acid that were used given that the relative formula mass of H2X is 126.
iii) Molar heat of solution of acid H2X, ∆H1 (2 marks)
STEP 2
Place 35cm³ of aqueous acid, solution K into a 100cm³ clean plastic beaker. Measure the initial
temperature and record it in table II below. Measure 35cm³ of sodium hydroxide solution C. Add
all of the 35cm³ of solution C at once to solution B in the beaker. Stir the mixture with the
thermometer. Measure the final temperature reached and record in table II below. (1 mark)
Final temp (°C)
Initial temp (°C)
c) Determine the change in temperature ∆T2 (1 mark)
d) Determine the:
i) Heat change of reaction (S.H.C = 4.2J/g-1, density 1g/cm³) (2 marks)
ii) The molar heat of reaction of H2X, solution K with sodium hydroxide solution C (2mks
iii) The heat of reaction of solid N with sodium hydroxide solution C, given the energy cycle below.
H2X(s) Water H2X(aq)
ΔH1
NaOH(aq) ΔH3 ΔH2
NaOH(aq)

Na2X(aq) + H2O(l)
3. a) You are provided with substance P for this question. Transfer the substance into a clean boiling
tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water and stir. Pour the mixture into four clean test tubes of
about 2cm3 each.
i) To the first portion of the solution, add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until in excess.
ii) Dip a clean glass rod into the second portion and then place into the side of a blue bunsen flame.
iii) To the third portion, add 2-3 drops of barium nitrate solution followed by excess hydrochloric
acid.
iv) To the fourth portion, add 2-3 drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII)
b) You are provided with liquid L use it to carry the test below.
Divide liquid L into three equal portions
i) To the 1st portion add sodium hydrogen carbonate
ii) To the 2nd portion add acidified potassium manganate (VII) (KmnO4)
iii) To the last portion add potassium dichromate (VI) and warm.

Page | 30
 SABATIA SUB - COUNTY
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. a) is the nucleus of a give atom with a specific number of protons and neutrons
b) 10
2. a). 35—17=18
b). R.a.m (35 x 90)+ (36 x 4)+(37 x 6) = 3150 +144+222 =35.16 (2mrks)
100 100
3. a). Ca(OH)2(aq) +CO2(g)  CaCO3(s)+ H2O(l)
(b). It forms a colourless solution of potassium carbonate hence no visible change
4. a). Rusting occurred in tube (I). No rusting in (II).
In tube (II) anhydrous calcium chloride absorbed moisture “‘but not sodium chloride
b). To improve its appearance /make it beautiful
To prevent its corrosion or rusting.
5. Moles of acid= 20 x 0.25 = 0.005
1000
2HNO3(aq) + NaCO3(s) CO2(g) + H2O(l) + NaNO3(aq)
2 moles of acid = 1 mole of Na2CO3
0.005 x1 = 0.0025moles
2
25cm3 = 0.0025
250cm3 = 250x0.0025 = =0.025moles
25 7
Mass ofNa2CO3 = 0.25 x106 = 2.65g (3mrks)
6. Glucose and Galatose (2mrks)
7. a) There’s formation of yellow “solid and white solid. V
Heat from burning magnesium dissociates sulphur (iv) oxide gas to form sulphur” and oxygen
gas.
Oxygen supports combustion of magnesium to form magnesium oxide. V (3mrks)
b) 2Mg(s) + SO2(g) 2MgO(s) + S(s) /‘ (lmrk)
8. a) C H
92.3 77 E.F = CH ½
12 1
7.69 7.77 ½(CH)n = 26  13n=26
7.69 7.69 n=2
1 MF=C2H2√½
b). H-C=C-H
9. a) I. cation Pb2+
II. anion NO3-
b). Pb2+(aq)+ Cl-(aq) PbCl2(s)
10. a). chlorine has stronger Van der waals forces than argon which is mono-atomic (lmrk)
b)

c). It has layers in its structures joined by weak ‘van der waals forces which slide over each
other.(1 mrk)
11. i). Nitrogen (lmrk)
ii). 4Zn(s) + 2NO2(g) 4ZnO(s) + N2(g) (lmrk)
- Add water to dissolve lead (II) nitrate to form solution

Page | 31
 - Add water to sodium carbonate/ potassium carbonate / (NH4)2CO3 to make solution.
Mix with lead (III) nitrate 1/2 to form precipitate of lead (II) carbonate. Filter ½.
Dry the precipitate (3mrks)
13. a). Z. Has the highest tendency to gain electrons due to its smallest radius. (2mrks)
b) Ionic / electrovalent (lmrk)
14. a) i) Magnesium nitride (Mg3N2)
ii) Ammonia/NH3
b) Mg3N2(s) + 6H2O (l)  3Mg (OH)2 + 2NH3(g)
15. a). The solution is colourless
b) i). PbO(s) + 2HNO3(aq)  Pb(NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l)
16. a) No observation change II copper remains brown .Copper is below hydrogen in the reactivity
series hence cannot displace hydrogen from steam
b) Gold, Silver. Mercury, platinum
17. a) RCH2OSO3 Na+ does not form scum. Its calcium and magnesium salts are soluble
18. i) Fractional crystallization
ii) CaO(s) + H2O  Ca(OH)2(aq)
iii) Ammonia, Carbon (IV) Oxide
19. Colour change from grey to yellow
Colour change from black to brown.
Zinc oxidized to ZnO//CuO reduced to Cu// Zinc is higher in reactivity, Reject displacement.
20. a) Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely
proportional to the square root of its density.

21 a) Thistle funnel should dip into the solutions in the flask.

b) Hydrogen peroxide H2O2(l)
c) Insoluble in water slightly soluble in water.
22. a) Bulb lights
Brown fumes produced at anode
Grey solid deposited at the cathode molten PbBr2 has mobile ions to conduct electricity
current.
Pb2+ discharged at the anode to produce Br2(g)
Pb2+ discharge at cathode to produce Pb
Br- discharge at the anode to produce Br2(g)
b) Use fume chamber½ outside I in open air. Reason Br2 vapour is poisonous; ½
23. FM of Ca(NO3)2 =40 + (14x2)+(6x6) - = 104 √½
Mass of N= 28
% of M= 28 x 100
104
26.92308 (2mks)
24. a) Conc sulphuric iv acid
b)

Gas X

Water

Page | 32
 25. a) Cracking √½
b)

26. a) R,Q,T,U1
b). The solution reaction with fats on the fingers to form soap √.
It is this soap that makes them to be slippery.
27. Due to incomplete combustion CO is produced√½2 This gas is poisonous
28. 1 mole of NaOH => 40g
2g
1x2
40 0.05 mole
Original concentration of H2SO4
1000cm3=> 1 mole
30cm = 30x1
1000
= 0.03 moles
Moles of acid reacted with NaOH
Mole ratio of NaOH: H2SO4
2 : 1
But 2 => 0.05 moles
1 =1x 0.05
2
= 0.025 moles
Moles of acid reacted with KOH
0.03-0.025 =0.005 moles
Mole ratio KOH: H2SO4
2:1
But I mole => 0.005 moles
2 => 2x0.005
1
= 0.01 moles
KOH reacted 0.01 moles
But 0.1 mole of KOH => 1000cm3
0.01 mole => 0.01 x 1000
0.1
= l00cm3
29. a) Sodium carbonate decahydrate
b) Efflorescence
c) Na2CO3.H2O(s)  Na2CO3(s) + H2O(l)
30. P =Sublimation√//sublimate formation
R = solidification/Freezing √

Page | 33
 SABATIA CLUSTER
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
Table I ( 5 marks )
Distributed as follows:
A. Complete table 1 mark
i) Complete table with 3 titration 1 mark
ii) Incomplete table with 2 titration done ½ mark
iii) Incomplete table with 1 titration done 0 mark
Penalties
(i) Wrong arithmetic / subtraction.
(ii) Inverted table.
(iii) Burette readings beyond 50cm3 unless explained.
(iv) Unrealistic titre values (below 1cm3 or above 100cm3).
NOTE: Penalize ½ mark each to a maximum of ½ mark
B. Use of decimals 1 mark
(Tied to 1st and 2nd rows of the table)
• Accept 1 or 2 decimal places used consistently otherwise penalize fully i.e. award 0mk.
• If 2 decimal places MUST have ‘0’ or’5’ otherwise penalize fully.
• Accept inconsistency of the zeros as the initial burette readings e.g 0, 0.0, 0.00
C Accuracy 1 mark
• Compare the candidates titre values with the school values and ticks ( √) the value if it earn a
mark.

Conditions
(i) If atleast one value is within ± 0.1 of school value 1 mark
(ii) If no value within 0.1 but one is within ± 0.2 of school value ½ mark
(iii) If no value is within 0.2 of school value award 0 mark
NB: If there was wrong arithmetic in the table, compare the school value with the correctly worked
out value and award accordingly.

D. Principles of averaging 1 mark

(Values averaged MUST be within ± 0.2 from one another and MUST be shown )
Conditions:
- If 3 titrations are done and averaged 1 mark
- If 3 titrations are done but only 2 are consistent and averaged award 1 mark
- If 2 titrations are done and are averaged award 1 mark
- If 3 titrations are possible but only 2 are averaged award 0 mark
- If 1 titration is done award 0 mark

Penalties
(i) Penalise ½ mark for wrong arithmetic in the average titre if the error is outside ± 2 units in the 2nd
dpl.
(ii) Penalise ½ mark if no working is shown and the answer given is correct.
(iii) Penalise FULLY if no working is shown and answer given is wrong.
(iv) Accept rounding off of answer to 2 d.p otherwise penalize wrong rounding off.

NOTE: - Accept answers to 1 d.p or whole numbers if it works out correctly and credit fully.
E. Final accuracy 1 mark
(Tied to averaged titre )
Compare the correct average titre value with the school value and if:
(i) Within ± 0.1 of school value award 1 mark
Page | 34
 (ii) If not within ± 0.1 but within ± 0.2 of school value award ½ mark
(iii) If not within ± 0.2 of school value award 0 mark
NOTE:
(i) If there are two possible pairs of titre values that can be averaged, use the pair that is close to the
school value.
(ii) If wrong values are averaged, pick the correct values ( If any ) following the principles of
averaging, average and award accordingly.
Calculations
b) Moles of solution A that recacted
= average volume √ ½ x 0.1 = Ans a√ ½
1000
Answer MUST be to 4 decimal places unless it works out to give a value less than 4dpl,
Penalize ½ mk for rounding off to less than 4dpl.
c. i) Using mole ratio, 2 moles of acid reacts with 1 mole of carbonate
Thus moles of carbonate reacting = answer in (b) x 1 √ ½
2
= Ans c (i) √ ½
ii) Molarity of carbonate
25 cm3 of carbonate → Ans c (i)
Then 1000 cm3 → 1000 x Ans c (i) √ ½ = Ans c (ii) √ ½
25
d) Mass of the salt mixture in gdm-3
250 cm3 → 2.5g
1000 cm3 → 1000 x 2.5√ ½ = 10g; √ ½
250
e) Percentage of XCl in the mixture
Mass of X2CO3 in 1 litre
Mass = Ans c(ii) x 106 = ans e1√ ½
Mass of XCl = Ans d – Ans e 1√ ½
= Ans e 2;
Percentage = Ans e2 x 100√ ½
Ans d
= Final ans e%√ ½
NOTE:
The final ans e must be between 30 % and 45% otherwise penalize ½mk
Table 2
Complete table = ½ mark
Accuracy = ½ (mark) (± 2°C of S.V)
a) ΔT1 = Final temperature – Initial temperature = ans (a)
b) i) (35 × 4.2 × ans in (a) above)
= Ans b (i) in J
OR
35 × 4.2 × ans in (a) / Kj
1000
= Ans b (i) in kJ
ii) Moles = Mass
R.F.M
= 2.2
126
= 0.01746 ( ans bii)
iii) Molar heat of solution of acid ∆H1
ans bii → answer b(i)
Page | 35
 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏(𝑖𝑖)
1 mole → = - ans bii in kJ/mole
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
c) Complete table = ½ mark
Accuracy = ½ (mark) (± 2°C of S.V)
ΔT2 = Final temperature – Initial temperature = ans (c)
d) i) (35 × 4.2 × ans in (c) above)
= Ans d (i) in J
OR
35 × 4.2 × ans in (c) / Kj
1000
= Ans d (i) in kJ
ii) Molar heat of reaction of H2X, solution K
0.5 𝑋𝑋 35
Moles of solution K = = 0.0175 moles
1000
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑑𝑑(𝑖𝑖)
Molar heat of reaction of solution K =
0.0175
= - ans dii in kJ/mole
iii) ΔH3 = ΔH1 + ΔH2
= Ans bii + ans dii
= ans dii
Question 3 a)
Observations Inferences
- Dissolve to form colourless solution - Soluble salt or
- Absence of Fe2+, Fe3+, Cu2+
a) No white precipitate Zn2+, Al3+, Pb2+, Ba2+, Mg2+, Ca2+ absent
(Accept any 3 for 1mk, any two for ½ Mark)
Penalaise ½ Mark for each contradictory ion upto a
maximum of 1mk
b) Yellow flame Na+ present (Penalise FULLY for each contradictory ion)
c) White ppt that dissolve on CO2-3, SO2-3 present
adding HCl (Penalise ½ Mark for each contradictory ion upto a
maximum of 1mk)
Decolourises KMnO4 / turns acidified SO2-3 present ( Tied to having been correctly inferred in
purple KMnO4 colourless c above)
Penalise FULLY for each contradictory ion)
3bi)

Observations Inferences
(i) No effervescence / No bubbles / No H+ / H3O+ / R-COOH /
fizzing ( 1 mk) -COOH absent
ii) Purple colour of KMnO4 persists / Purple Absence of -C ≡ C – or
acidified KMnO4 is not decolourised
C=C or ROH

iii) Orange colour of potassium dichromate

(VI) persists / Orange colour of ROH absent
potassium dichromate (VI) does not
change to green

Page | 36
 CEKENAS
CHEMISTRY
233/1
PAPER 1
1. Study the diagram below then use it to answer the questions that follow.

Draw diagram to show how the pieces of wooden splint were affected when placed in
i) Region I: Explain (1½marks)
ii) Region II: Explain (1½marks)
2. Study the diagram below and answer the following question.

a) Identify substance D (1mark)

b) Describe how the other products of the burning candle could be prevented from getting into the
environment. (2marks)
3. A mixture contains iron (iii) chloride, potassium chloride and zinc (ii) oxide. Describe how each of
the substance can be obtained from the mixture. (3marks)
4. Name the catalyst used in
i) Large scale manufacture of nitric (v) acid (1marks)
ii) Laboratory preparation of hydrogen gas. (1marks)
iii) Laboratory preparation of oxygen gas. (1marks)
19 20 19
5. Consider element A with isotopes 9 A and 9 A. Determine the percentage abundance of 9 A in
a mixture of the two isotopes if R.A.M of A is 19.5 (2marks)
6. The table below shows atomic and ionic radii of some elements represented by letters U, V, W, X
(not the actual symbol). Study it and answer the questions that follow.
Elements Atomic radius (nm) Ionic radius (nm)
U 0.174 0.099
V 0.203 0.133
W 0.099 0.181
X 0.136 0.065

a) Classify element X as a metal or non-metal. Explain. (1marks)

b) Which of the element is the strongest reducing agent? (1marks)
c) Which element forms an anion? (1marks)
7. Draw dots (.) and cross (x) diagram to show bonding in
i) Nitrogen molecule. (1marks)
ii) Water molecules. (1marks)
iii) Carbon (ii) oxide. (1marks)
8. Use periodic table below to answer the questions that follow.

Page | 37
 Insert the following letters X, Y and Z in their correct place in the periodic table above to fit the
description below.

i) An element X which is monoatomic gas and in period 2. (1marks)

ii) An element Y which has the highest 1st ionization energy. (1marks)
iii) An element Z which belongs to period three with four electrons in the outermost energy level.
(1marks)
9. Describe how a solid sample of Lead (II) chloride can be prepared using the following reagents;
dilute nitric (v) acid, dilute hydrochloric acid and Lead (II) carbonate. (3marks)
10. An element W has atomic number 15 and a mass number of 31.
i) Calculate the number of neutrons in the element (1marks)
ii) Draw the ionic structure of the element W. (1marks)
iii) How would the atomic size of the above element compared with another atom Z whose atomic
number is 11 and atomic mass 23. Explain. (1marks)
11. Draw a set up that can be used to prepare, dry and collect carbon (IV) oxide. (3marks)
12. Study the set up below and use it to answer the questions that follow.

a) State two observations made in the set up below when the current is complete. (1marks)
b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction at the cathode. (1marks)
c) Name one application of electrolysis. (1marks)
13. The diagram below represents a set-up for large scale manufacture of hydrochloric acid. Study it
and answer the questions that follow.

a) Name substance x. (1marks)

b) What is the purpose of glass beads? (1marks)
c) Give two uses of hydrochloric acid. (1marks)
14. When solid B was heated strongly, it gave of water and solid residue. When water was added to the
solid residue, the original solid B, was formed.
a) What name is given to the process described? (1marks)

Page | 38
b) Give two examples of solid A. (2marks)
15. Outline three differences between rhombic and monoclinic sulphur. (3marks)
16. Study the schemes below and answer the questions that follow.

a) Identify solid E. (1marks)

b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction in step II that produces solid F. (1marks)
c) Name one use of ammonia. (1marks)
17.a) Sketch a graph to show the relationship between the volume and pressure of a gas. (1marks)
b) A fixed mass of a gas at 750mmHg pressure and -230C temperature occupies a volume of 600cm3.
What volume will it occupy at R.T.P.? (2marks)
18. 400cm3 of gas D diffuses through a porous plug in 50seconds while 600cm3 of oxygen diffuses
from a same porous plug in 30 seconds. Calculate the relative molecular mass of gas (0 = 16).
(3marks)
19.a) Identify the class to which the following cleansing agents belong.
i) R – COO- Na+ …………………………………………….. (1marks)
ii)a)

(1marks)
b) Which cleansing agent is not suitable for use in hard water? Explain (1marks)
20. Study the organic compound below.

i) Name the process by which the above compound is formed. (1marks)

ii) Name and draw the structures of two compounds that can be used to prepare the above compounds.
(2marks)
iii) State one use of Perspex. (1marks)
21. When 55.6g of hydrated aluminium oxide (Al2O3. nH2O) was heated to a constant mass, 41.2g of
Al2O3 were obtained. Calculate the value of n in the formula H=1, O=16, Al=27. (3marks)
22. You are provided with the following information about aqueous solutions of A and B.
Aqueous solution pH Electrical conductivity
A 6 2.0
B 2 4.0

Explain the differences in electrical conductivity of solution A and B. (3marks)

23. State the properties of concentrated sulphuric (vi) acid illustrated by the equations below.
i) KNO3(aq) + H2SO4(l) → KHSO4(aq) + HNO3(g) (1marks)
ii) Zn(s) + 2H2SO4(l) →ZnSO4(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O (1marks)
Page | 39
iii) CuSO4 . 5H2O conc. H2SO4 CuSO4(s) + 5H2O (l) (1marks)
24. When solid Zinc carbonate was added to a solution of hydrogen chloride in methylbenzene, there
was no apparent reaction. On addition of water to the resulting mixture, there was vigorous
effervescence. Explain these observation. (2marks)
25.a) Calculate the enthalpy of formation of glucose using the following data. (2marks)
C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) DH = -393.5kJ/mol
H2(g) + ½ O2(g) → H2O(g) DH = -286kJ/mol
C6H12O6 + 6O2 → 6CO2(g) + 6H2O DH = -2803.5 kJ/mol
b) Draw energy level diagram for the reaction. (2marks)
26. Zinc (ii) ions react with excess ammonia solution to form a complex ion.
i) Write an equation or the reaction that forms the complex ion. (1marks)
ii) Name the complex ion. (1marks)
27. Write equation to show the effect of heat on each of the following.
i) Calcium hydrogen carbonate (1marks)
ii) Mercury nitrate. (1marks)
iii) Potassium nitrate. (1marks)
28. Distinguish between isotopes and allotropes. (2marks)
29. Define the term acid-base indicator. (1marks)

Page | 40
 CEKENAS
PAPER 2
(233/2)
1. Use the grid below to answer the questions that follow (the letters do not represent the actual
symbols of the elements)
N N
R K
X M P S
Y Z T
i. Identify the element which has least tendency to form compounds. Explain [1mk]
ii. Explain the position of element N on the periodic table. [1mk]
iii. Give a family name to which elements in shaded region belong. [1mk]
iv. What type of bond is formed when M and R react? Explain. [2mks]
v. Explain the observation which would be made when solid sodium carbonate was added into a
solution P chloride. [2mks]
vi. Explain the trend of atomic radius of X, M, P and S. [2mks]
vii. Element V forms an oxide of formula VO2 and it belongs to period 4. Indicate on the grid the
position of V. [1mk]
viii. Explain the trend of boiling point of element R, S and T. [2mks]
2. a. The figures below shows some organic compounds labelled as A, B, C, D and E.

Select the compounds that matches the following descriptions

i. Is a saturated hydrocarbon [ ½ mks]
ii. Has a molecular formula C2H6O [ ½ mks]
iii. Reacts with sodium carbonate [ ½ mks]
b. The scheme below shows a series of reactions starting with ethanol. Study it and answer questions
that follow.

i) Name the type of reaction in step 1 [1mk]

Page | 41
ii) Give the reagent and conditions necessary for step 1 to take place
iii) Write the equation for the reaction that takes place in step L. [1mk]
iv) Name the product V and give the equation responsible for its formation. [2mks]
v) Give the IUPAC name and structural formula of compound X. [ 1½ mks]
vi) Name the compound K and state the type of reaction involved in its formation. [2 mks]
3. a. During the experiment the rubber band was removed and a hot glass rod put through the opening
to ignite the phosphorus by touching. It was then immediately removed and the rubber band
replaced as the phosphorus burnt producing thick white fumes.

i. How is phosphorus stored in the laboratory? [2mks]

ii. State reasons why the level of water in the bell jar first went down as phosphorus burned then rose
after it got extinguished [2mks]
iii. The white fumes formed in the bell jar slowly disappeared until the bell jar finally became clear.
Explain. [1mk]
iv. Given that the initial reading was 80cm3 and final volume was 64cm3 determine the percentage by
volume of oxygen in air. [2mks]
v. Write a chemical equation for the reaction that took place in the bell jar. [1mk]
vi. Red and blue litmus paper were placed in the resulting solution. State and explain the observation
that were made. [2mks]
b. Painting, oiling, galvanizing or tin plating are methods of preventing rusting.
i) Give the general formula of rust. [1mk]
ii) How are these methods similar in the way they prevent rusting. [1mk]
i. Explain why galvanized objects are better protected even when scratched. [1mk]
4. The diagram below shows the structure of one of the allotropes of sulphur

a. State two observations made when the molecule is heated to 113oC. [2mk]
b. Write an equation for the reaction of the atom above with concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid.
c. Study the flow chart below.

i. State two observations made in step 1. [1mk]

ii. State two conditions necessary for step II to occur. [1mk]
iii. Describe how step IV takes place [3mks]
iv. Explain why water is not used in step III. [1mk]
v. Describe how we reduce pollution effects in the contact process. [1mk]
vi. Name the gas Q. [1mk]

Page | 42
vii. Write an equation for the reaction in step V. [1mk]
viii. Sulphur is used in vulcanization of natural rubber. Explain. [1mk]
5. a. In an experiment to determine molar heat of displacement, 50cm3 of 0.5M copper (II) sulphate
solution was reacted with excess iron powder. The data below was obtained.

Time in minutes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Temperature oC 22 24 26 28 30 32 32 31
i. On the grid provided plot a graph of temperature against time. [3mks]
ii. From the graph, determine the;
I. Highest change in temperature. [1mk]
II. Time taken for the reaction to be completed. [1mk]
iii. Calculate,
I. The heat change when complete reaction takes place. (specific heat capacity = 4.2Jg-1K-1, density
of solution = 1g/cm-3) [1mk]
II. Molar heat of displacement. [1mk]
iv. How would value of molar heat differ if excess magnesium powder was used instead of excess iron
powder? [2mks]
b. Use energy cycle diagram to calculate heat of solutions of calcium chloride given the following
∆Hlatt CaCl2(s) = +2237KJ/Mol
∆Hhyd Ca2+ = -1560 KJ/Mol
∆Hhyd Cl- = -364KJ/Mol
6. I. The set up below was used to prepare and collect dry nitrogen gas.

Complete the diagram to show how a dry sample of Nitrogen gas can be collected. [2mks]
a. Name reagents: A,B [2mks]
b. Write an equation for the reaction that takes place when water is added to the product formed when
a burning magnesium ribbon is put in a gas jar full of nitrogen gas. [1mk]
c. Ammonium nitrate is one of the fertilizers manufactured from nitrogen compounds
i. Name the reagent used to manufacture ammonium nitrate. [1mk]
ii. Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in ammonium nitrate. (N=14, H=1, O=16). [2mks]
II. The setup below was used to remove hardness in water

i. Identify the above method of removing water hardness. [1mk]

ii. The above system eventually lacks ability to soften hard water. Explain how it can be reactivated.
iii. State one advantage of hard water. [1mk]

Page | 43
7. I. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow

a. Identify the following substances. [2mks]

i. Solution X
ii. Solid H
iii. Solution L
iv. Gas D
b. State and explain observation made in;
i. Step 5 [1mk]
ii. Step 2 [1mk]
c. Write an ionic equation for step 5. [1mk]
d. A student determined the solubility of potassium nitrate. They obtained the following results:
Mass of evaporating dish = 14.32g
Mass of evaporate dish + solution = 35.7g
Mass of evaporating dish + solid salt = 18.6g
Calculate the solubility of potassium nitrate from sample results. [3mks]
II. A solution of hydrogen chloride in methyl benzene does no react with carbonates. However, on
adding water and then shaking the resultant mixture, there is vigorous effervescence. Explain these
observations. [2mks]

Page | 44
 CEKENAS
233/3
CONFIDENTIAL
PAPER ONE
In addition to the fittings and apparatus found in the chemistry laboratory, each candidate will
require the following.
1. Exactly 4.5 g of solid A.
2. 100cm3 of solution B.
3. 0.6g of solid M
4. 4cm3 of solution F.
5. About 0.2g of sodium hydrogen carbonate.
6. A burette
7. Pipette
8. Pipette filler
9. Thermometer (-100C to 1100C)
10. Distilled water
11. 250ml volumetric flask
12. 250ml conical flask (two)
13. Spatula
14. 2 boiling tubes
15. 6 test tubes
16. 10ml measuring cylinder
17. Test tube holder
18. White tile
19. One label
20. Blue and red litmus paper
21. Universal indicator paper and full range pH chart. (1-14)

Access to:
1. 2M sodium hydroxide solution
2. Means of heating
3. 2M Sulphuric (vi) acid
4. 2M ammonia solution
5. Acidified lead (ii) nitrate
6. 0.5M barium nitrate
7. Acidified potassium dichromate solution
NOTES:
1. Solid A – is 4.5g of oxalic acid (hydrated)
2. Solution B – 0.06M potassium manganite (vii) made by dissolving 9.48g of KMnO4 crystals in
400cm3 of 2M sulphuric (vi) acid and diluting to 1litre with distilled water.
3. Solid M is hydrated aluminium sulphate.
4. Acidified lead (ii) nitrate is prepared by dissolving about 66.2g of lead (ii) nitrate solid in 200cm3
of 2M nitric (v) acid and then diluting with distilled water to 1litre of solution.
5. Solution F is 2M ethanoic acid

Page | 45
 CEKENAS
233/3
PAPER 3
1. You are provide with;
4.5g of solid A
Solution B 0.06M acidified potassium manganate VII solution
You are required to determine,
a) The solubility of solid A at different temperatures.
b) The number of moles of water of crystallisation in Solid A.
Procedure
a) Carefully transfer all the solid A into a boiling tube. Using a burette add 4cm3 of distilled water to
solid A in the boiling tube. Heat the mixture while stirring with the thermometer until all solid a
dissolves. Allow the solution to cool while stirring with the thermometer. Note the temperature at
which crystals of solid A first appear. Record this temperature in the table below.
b) Using the burete add 2cm3 of distilled water to the content of the boiling tube. Warm the mixture
while stirring with the thermometer until all the solid dissolves. Allow the mixture to cool while
stirring. Note and record the temperature at which crystals of solid A first appear.
c) Repeat procedure B two more times and record the temperatures in the table below. Retain the
contents of the boiling tube for use in procedure II. Complete the table by calculating the
solubility of A at different temperatures.
Volume of water in the boiling Temperature at which Solubility of solid A in
tube (cm3) crystals of A first appear g/100g of water
(0C)
4
6
8
10
(6 mks)
d) On the grid provided plot a graph of solubility of solid A against temperature. (3marks)
e) Using the graph determine the temperature at which 100g of solid A would dissolve in 100cm3 of
water. (1mark)
Procedure II
1. Transfer the content of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask. Rinse both the boiling tube
and the thermometer with distilled water and add to the volumetric flask. Add more distilled water
to make upto the mark. Label this solution A. Fill the burette with solution B. Using a pipette and
pipette filler place 25.0cm3 of solution A into a conical flask. Warm the mixture to about 600C.
Titrate the hot solution A with solution B until a permanent pink colour persists. Record your
readings in table below. Repeat the titration 2 more times to complete the table below.
I II III
Final burette reading cm3
Initial burette reading cm3
Volume of solution B used cm3
(4 mks)
a) Calculate the average volume of solution B used. (1mark)
b) Calculate the number of moles of potassium manganate VII solution B used. (1mark)
c) Calculate the number of moles of A in 25cm3 of solution given that 2moles of potassium
manganate VII react completely with 5moles of A. (1mark)
d) Calculate the relative formula mass of A. (3marks)
e) The formula of A has the form D.xH2O. Determine the value of x in the formula given that the
relative formula mass of D is 90.0.(O = 16.0, H=1) (1mark)
2. You are provided with solid m. Use it for the tests below.

Page | 46
a) Put all of solid M in a clean boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water and shake thoroughly.
Divide the resulting mixture into 5 portions for use in tests (b) to (f) below.
b) To the first portion add a few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide and then in excess.
c) To the second portion add about 2cm3 of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid.
d) To the third portion add about a few drops of aqueous ammonia till in excess.
e) To the forth portion add a few drops of acidified lead nitrate solution.
f) To the fifth portion add a few drops of barium nitrate solution.
3. You are provided with solution F. Carry out the tests below and record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
i) To about 8cm3 of distilled water in a boiling tube add solution F and shake. Divide the resulting
solution into four portions.
ii) To the first portion dip a blue and a red litmus paper.
iii) To the 2nd portion add all sodium hydrogen carbonate solid provided.
iv) To the 3rd portion dip a piece of universal indicator paper and determine the pH of the solution.
v) To the fourth portion add four drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) solution and shake.

Page | 47
 CEKENAS
233/1
PAPER ONE
MARKING SCHEME
1. Region I

i)
Drawing 1mark
Explanation  ½ mark
The pale blue zone is the hottest part/ contains burnt gases.
Region II

The almost colorless zone is the coolest part/contains unburnt gases.

2. a) Water/ H2O
b) The other/second product of burning candle is carbon (iv) oxide 1. It can be prevented from
getting in to the environment by passing it through sodium hydroxide/potassium hydroxide
solution1mark
3. Heat  ½ the mixture to obtain Iron (ii) chloride which sublimes. Add water  ½ to the remaining
mixture and stir for KCl to dissolve. Filter  ½ and transfer the filtrate into an evaporating dish and
heat  ½ to evaporate excess water. Allow the saturated solution to cool  ½. Filter and dry ½
the residue between filter papers.
4. i) Platinum  1mark
ii) Crystals of copper (II) sulphate 1mark
iii) Manganese (iv) oxide 1mark
19 x + 20(100 − x)
= 19.5
100
19 x + 2000 − 20 x = 1950
x = +50
4. x = 50%
6. a) Its a metal  ½ . Since atomic radius is greater  ½ than ionic radius.
b) V1
c) W1
7.i)

8.
Y1
X1
Z1

Page | 48
9. Add  ½ Nitric (v) acid to excess lead carbonate. Filter  ½ the mixture. Add excess HCl  ½ to
the filtrate and filter  ½. Rinse in distilled water  ½ dry between filter paper  ½.
10. i) 31 – 15 = 16 1mark
ii)

NB: NB: Composition of neutrons must be shown.

iii) Atomic size of Z is larger1 than that of W. across the period, protons increase nuclear
charge increases causing nuclear pull to increase.
11.

D1, L-1, W-1.

12. a) Bulb lights  ½ purple vapour formed ½ grey solid formed at the cathode  ½ . (any two)
b) Pb2+(l) + 2e- - Pb(s) 1
c) Electroplating 1
13. a) Hydrogen gas 1
b) Increase surface area for dissolving Hydrogen chloride gas 1
c) Used in etching of metals ½
Used in the manufacture of polymers such as P.V.C  ½
14. a) Temporary chemical charge 1
b) Hydrated copper (ii) sulphate  ½
Hydrated cobalt (ii) chloride  ½
15.
Rhombic Monoclinic
M.P 1130C M.P 1190C
Octahedral shape Prismatic
Bright yellow Pale yellow
Density 2.06g/cm3 Density 1.96g/cm3
16. a) Solid E – Calcium Hydroxide paste 1
b) Pb2+(aq) + 2OH-(aq) – Pb(OH2(s) 1
c) As a fertilizer.
In the manufacture of fertilizers 1
Softening hard water (any correct one)
17.a)

labelling axes  ½
Correct curve  ½
Page | 49
b) P1V1 P2V2
= 1
T1 T2
600cm3 × 750mmHg 760mmHg × V2
=
250k 298k
V2 = 705.7cm3 1

RD 32
=
RO 2 Mm
8 32
20 Mm
18. 400
Rate D = =8
50
600cm 3
RateO 2 = = 20
30
64 32
=
400 Mm
32 × 400
Mm =
64
Mm = 200

19. i) Soapy detergent  ½

ii) Soap less detergent  ½
iii) Soapy detergent  ½ it forms a scam with water due to Mg2+ and Ca2+ ions  ½
20. i) Esterification
ii)

iii) Substitute for glass 1

21. Mass of Al2O3 = 41.2g
Mass of nH2O = 55.6 – 41.2 = 14.4g
Compound Al2O3 nH2O
Mass 41.2 14.4
R.F.M. 102 18½
Moles 0.4039 0.8 1
Ratio of moles 1 1.92 ≅ 2 ½
EF = Al2O3 . 2H2O½
22. A – strong acid  ½ dissociate completely½ to give more H+ hence  ½ better conductivity.
B – Weak acid  ½ dissociates partially½ to give few H+ ½.
23. i) Volatile
ii) Oxidising
iii) Dehydrating agent
24. Hydrogen chloride dissolves in methylbenzene but remain molecular/ no ions 1.
When water is added, it ionizes to form H+ ions which react with 1 carbonates to form carbon (iv)
oxide.
25. a) (6 × 393.5) + 6(-286) – (-20.83.5)
- 4077 + 2083 = - 1993. kJ/mol 1
b)

Page | 50
26. i) Zn(OH)2(s) + 4NH3(g) – [Zn(NH3)]2+(aq) + 2OH-(aq)
ii) Tetra amine Zinc (ii) ions 1
27. i) Ca(HCO3)2(s) heat CaCO3(s) + CO2(g) +H2O(l) 1
ii) Hg(NO3)2(s) heat Hg(s) + 2NO2(g) + O2(g) 1
iii) KNO3(s) heat KNO2(s) + O2(g)
28. Isotopes are atoms of the same element with the same atomic number but different mass number
while allotropes are different crystalline forms of an element in the same physical state.
29. A substance which shows a definite colour in an acid and a definite different colour in a base.

Page | 51
 CEKENAS
233/2
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1.
i. K1/2, its stable 1/2
ii. It can lose√ ½ an electron like group 1 element and it can also gain√ ½ an electron like group VII
elements to attain stable electronic configuration.
iii. Transition element
iv. Ionic element√1 formed by transfer of electrons√1
v. Bubbling effervescence√1 occurs. PCI3 dissolves in water to form an acidic solution√1
vi. Decrease across the period√1 nuclear charge increase√1 due to increase in number of protons.
vii. Compound V Period 4 on the grid. √1
viii. Increase down√ the group; van der Waal forces increase with increase in molecular size
2. a. The figures below shows some organic compounds labelled as A, B, C, D and E.
Select the compounds that matches the following descriptions
i. Is a saturated hydrocarbon [ ½ mks]
H H
| |
D// H - C - C - H ½ mks
| |
H H
ii. Has a molecular formula C2H6O[ ½ mks]
H H
| |
A // H – C – C - OH
| |
H H
iii. Reacts with sodium carbonate[ ½ mks]
H O
| ||
E // H – C = C - H
| |
H H
b.
i) Dehydration√1mk
ii) Reagent_____Conc H2SO4/ H2SO4√______________________ [ ½ mks]
Condition_____Temperature 160○- 180○_____________________ [½ mks]
iii) Mg(s)+2CH3COH→ (CH3COO)2Mg(ag)+H2(g)√
iv) Butylethanoate√ 1mk
CH3COOH+CH3CH2CH2OH Conc H2SO4 CH3COOCH2CH2CH2CH3+H2O
v) Give the IUPAC name and structural formula of compound X. [ 1½ mks]
CI
|
CI – C - CI
|
CI
i. Polymerization
3. a.
i. Underwater√- It really reacts√ with oxygen when exposed to air.

Page | 52
ii. Burning phosphorous cause hot air to expand and increase pressure to push down √1 the water.
After cooling the volume√1 of air used for combustion of phosphorous was filled by water rising up
the bell
iii. The white fumes of the phosphorous (v) oxide√1 or phosphorous(III)oxide dissolved √1 in the
water to form a colorless.
80−64
iv. ×150%=20%
80
v. P4(s)+502(g)→ 2P2O5(s) //
P4(s)+302(g)→ 2P2O3(s) //
4P(s)+502(g) → 2P2O5(s)
vi. Red litmus paper remained √ red / unchanged
• Blue litmus paper turned √ to red p2o5 dissolved in water to form phosphoric acid.
b.
i) Fe2O3× H2O ×=1, 2 or 3
ii) Cuts off supply of oxygen
iii) They have sacrificial metal on them/./ Zn is more reactive than iron hence react with oxygen
instead of iron
4.
a. Yellow sulphur melts√ to form a mobile√ amber liquid.
b. S(s)+2H2SO4(l) → 35O2+2H2O√
c. Study the flow chart below.
i. Blue flame√
Colorless gas with a choking smell is produced√
ii. 450○
• 2-3 atm } any two each ½
• V 2o 5
iii. Add excess sulphur in CS2/ Methylbenzene and warm/ heat.√
• Filter the solution to obtain excess sulphur.√
• Allow the filtrate to cool and form crystals√
iv. SO3 dissolves in water producing a lot of heat which makes the acid formed to boil and produce a
mist of corrosive fumes.√
v. SO2 & SO3 gases are passed through chimney lined with Ca(OH)2. // Scrubbing// Accept-equation.
vi. Hydrogen sulphide
vii. Cu(s)+ 2H2SO4(l) → CuSO4(s) + SO2+2H2O(l)√
viii. Makes rubber tough/ it hardens rubber by reducing the number double bonds. ½
5. a.
i. On the grid provided plot a graph of temperature against time. [3mks]

ii. From the graph, determine the;

I. Highest change in temperature. [1mk]
II. Time taken for the reaction to be completed. [1mk]
Page | 53
iii. Calculate,
I. I – 33 – 22 ½
= 11oC ½
50 ×4.2 ×11
II. ∆ 𝐻𝐻 = = 2.31𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾  ½
1000
50 ×0.5
Moles of CuSO4 =
1000
 = 0.025 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ½
2.31 ×1
Molar heat = = −92.4𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 −
0.025
iv. The value obtained when Mg  is used is higher than that of Iron. This is because Mg is more
reactive than Fe  1
b.
CaCl2 +2237 Ca2+(g) + 2Cl(g)

-1650 -364 × 2

Ca2+(aq) + Cl-(aq)
DHsol = +2237 – 2378
= - 141kJ/Mol
6. I.
a. Complete the diagram to show hoe a dry sample of Nitrogen gas can be collect. [2mks]

b. A – Ammonium Chloride√
B - Sodium Nitrate√
c. Mg3N2+6H2O→ Mg(OH)2(aq)+NH3(g)√
d. Ammonium nitrate is one of the fertilizers manufactured from nitrogen compounds
i. Ammonia gas√
• Nitric(v)acid√
ii. NH4NO3=28+4+16×3=80½
28
% = ×100√
80
=35%½√
II. The setup below was used to remove hardness in water
i. Ion exchange method√
ii. Wash with brine√
iii. State one advantage of hard water. [1mk]
• Strong bone/ Teeth formation
• Lead pipe does not dissolve
• Formation of shell in animals
7.
a. Identify the following substances. [2mks]
i. Fe2(SO4)3(aq)
ii. Fe(OH)3(g)
iii. FeCl3(aq)
iv. H 2S

Page | 54
b. State and explain observation made in;
i. Brown ppt insoluble√½. Fe2+ reacts with OH √½ to ppt Fe(OH)3
ii. Green solution changes yellow. This is because Fe2+ are oxidized to Fe3+ by chlorine √
c. Fe3+ +3OH- →Fe(OH)2(g)
d. Mass of solution = 35.70 – 14.32=21.38 √½
Mass of salt = 18.6 – 14.32 = 4.28 √½
Mass of water = 21.38 – 4.28 =17.1√½
4.28×100
Solubility = = 25.029g/100g
17.1
II. HCl dissolves in methylbenzene and √ doesn’t ionize to give H+ ion while it dissolves in water and
dissociate to form H+ ions which reacts with carbonate √1mk

Page | 55
 CEKENAS
233/3
MARKING SCHEME
Procedure I
(6marks)
Volume of water in the Temperature at which crystals of Solubility of solid A in
boiling tube (cm3) A first appear (0C) g/100g of water
4 67.0 112.5
6 56.0 75.0
8 51.0 56.25
10 46.0 45.0

- Complete table = 1mark

- Decimal = 1mark (tied to temperature column)
- Accuracy = 1mark (only ties to the first temperature reading at 4cm3 of water)
- Trend = 1mark
Total 4marks
Each correct entries in solubility  ½ mark maximum at 2marks
Graph
Labelling – ½ mark
Scale – ½ mark
Plotting – 1 mark
Curve – 1mark

e) Showing on the graph ... ½

Correct reading …..  ½
Procedure II
Complete table …………… 1mark
Decimal …………………... 1mark
Accuracy …………………. 1mark
Principal averaging ……….. 1mark
Final accuracy …………….. 1mark
23 + 23 + 23
a) = 23.0cm3 ½ ½
3
b) 0.06 × average titre
= correct answer ½½
1000
c) Answer in (b) above × 5 ½½
= Correct answer
2
d) Molarity of A = answer in c above × 1000 = correct answer (i ) ½½
3
25cm
Concentration of A in g/cm3 = 1000 × 4.5 g ½½
= 18 g / cm 3 (ii )
250 g
3
R.F.M = correct answer (ii ) ie 18 g / dm = correct answer ½½
correct answer (i ) molariry of A
e) 90 + 18x  = correct answer in d above
Page | 56
 x = correct answer d above − 90 = ½½
18
2.a)
Observation Inference
Dissolve ½ to form a colourless ½ Soluble salt1
solution(1mark) Absence of Cu2+, Fe2+. Fe3+ (1mark)
b)
Observation Inference
White ppt ½ soluble ½ in excess Al3+, Pb2+, Zn2+ present.
(1mark) 3correct ions – 1mark
2 correct ions – ½ mark (1mark)
c)
Observation Inference
No white ppt  ½ ( ½ mark) Al3+, Zn2+ present
Penalize ½mk for any contradictory ion to a
maximum of 1mk (1mark)
d)
Observation Inference
White ½ ppt Insoluble ½ in excess Al3+  ½ ½ mark)
(1mark)
e)
Observation Inference
White ppt (1mark) SO42-, Cl- present
2 correct ions – 1mark
1 correct ion – ½ mark (1mark)
f)
Observation Inference
White ppt  ½ ( ½ mark) SO42-  ½ ( ½ mark)
3.i)
Observation Inference
Solution f is miscible  ½ with water Solution F is a polar 1 liquid
forming a colourless solution  ½
(1mark) (1mark)
ii)
Observation Inference
The blue litmus changes to red  ½ RCOOH1, H+, H3O present or
The red litmus remains red  (1mark) Solution F is acidic  ½ (1mark)
iii)
Observation Inference
Effervescence/ bubbles1 of a colourless RCOOH present 1 or H+/ H3O+ present 
gas are seen (1mark) (1mark)
iv)
Observation Inference
pH 1  ½ Strongly acidic  ½
Acc pH2 or pH3 (½mark) (½mark)
v)
Observation Inference
Orange colour of H+ / K2Cr2O7 is ROH absent 1(1mark)
retained/does not change to colourless 1
(1mark)

Page | 57
 KASSU JOINT EXAMINATION TEST
233/1
Paper 1
Time 2 Hours
1. A school laboratory technician left a sample of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid in an open
boiling tube for 24 hours and she found out that the volume had increased slightly.
a) What property of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid was shown by the above observation?
b) Give one use of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid based on the property named in (a) above.
c) Determine the oxidation state of Sulphur in S2O72-. (1 mark)
2. Study the flowchart below and use it to answer the questions that follow.
Brown gas L

step I

Blue solution copper

Reagent Q
Reagent R

Pale blue ppt

Reagent R

Deep blue solution

a) Give the identity of reagents Q and R (2 marks)

b) Write equation leading the formation of the deep blue solution. (1 mark)
3. a) State Charles’ Law. (1 mark)
b) The volume of gas Y at a temperature of 25 oC and 600 mmHg pressure is 9.6 x 10-2 m3.
Calculate the temperature at which the volume of the gas would be 6.4 x 10-2 m3 pressure
remains constant. (2 marks)
4. A form three student from KASSUMEC High school was interested in determining the pigments
present in amaranthus leaves that makes it have the green and yellow colourations
a) Identify the substances responsible for the green and the yellow colourations. (2 marks)
b) State the two processes that make the separation of the pigments possible. (1 mark)
5. The combustion of a hydrocarbon compound gave 4.4g carbon (IV) oxide and 2.25g water.
i) Calculate the mass of carbon and hydrogen in the hydrocarbon sample. (1 mark)
ii) Calculate the empirical formula and hence determine the molecular formula of the hydrocarbon
given that it has a molecular mass of 58. (C=12.0, H=1.0) (2 marks)
6. a) Define hydrocarbons. (1 mark)
b) Name the following organic compounds. (2 marks)
CH3

CH3 C CH3

CH3
CH 3 (CH 2) 3 CH CH2
7. State one role of Chemistry in the society. (1 mark)
Page | 58
8. Use the bond enthalpies given below (at 298K) to answer the questions that follow.
N2 (g) + 3H2 (g) 2NH3 (g)

Bond Bond energy kJ /mol

H–H 436
N- H 388
N≡ N 944
a) Work out the enthalpy change for the reaction above. (2 marks)
b) Draw an energy level diagram showing the activation energy for the above reaction.(2 marks)
9. The diagram below shows part of the Solvay process.

a) Name process D (1 mark)

b) State the process taking place in chamber C (1 mark)
State two uses of sodium carbonate. (2 marks)
10. One of the methods of removing water hardness is by use of ion exchange.
a) Explain how the method can be used to remove water hardness. (2 marks)
b) After continuous use the ion exchanger column gradually loses the ability to remove water hardness.
How can its ability be regenerated? (1 mark)
c) Give one disadvantage of hard water. (1 mark)
11. The set up below was used by a form one student in an attempt to prepare and collect sample of a
dry sample of hydrogen gas.

a) Give a reason why the aim of the experiment was not achieved. (1 mark)
b) Identify the catalyst that can be used in the reaction in the round bottomed flask. (1 mark)
12. Use the data given in the table below to determine the molar enthalpy of formation of ethanol

Combustion of: Molar enthalpy in kJmol-1

Carbon -394
Hydrogen -286
Ethanol -1386
13. Using dots (●) and crosses (x) diagrams to represent electrons, show bonding in:
i) the compound formed when fluorine and nitrogen combine. (1mark)
(atomic numbers N =7. fluorine = 9)
ii) potassium oxide. (1 mark)
(Atomic numbers K = 19, O=8)
14. a) Define the term rust. (1 mark)

Page | 59
b) Use the diagram below to answer the question that follows
Iron nail
Iron nail

Copper strip
magnesium strip
X Y
State the observations made in X and Y if the set- ups are exposed to air for long.
15. A dynamic equilibrium between chromate (VI) and chromium (III) ions is as shown below
Cr2O72-(aq) + 14H+(aq) 2Cr3+ (aq) + 7H2O (i)
(Orange) (Green)
State and explain the observation made when dilute sodium hydroxide solution is added to the
equilibrium mixture. (2 marks)
16. Name and give the uses of the following pieces of apparatuses

a) b)

17. “JIK” is common house hold bleach which contains sodium hypochlorite as the active ingredient.
a) Write down an equation to show how the active ingredient in “JIK” bleaches a colored dye.
b) Name the process by which “JIK” bleaches a coloured dye. (1 mark)
c) Suggest why it is better to use “JIK” as bleach when washing clothes instead of using chlorine
water. (1 mark)
a) P grams of a radioactive isotope sample takes 160 days to disintegrate to 7g. The half- life of the
isotope is 40days. Find the initial mass P. (2 marks)
b) State one danger associated with radioactivity. (1 mark)
18. Starting with recycled copper, describe how copper (II) sulphate crystals can be prepared in the
laboratory. (3 marks)
19. Ethanedioic acid, (COOH)2, was used to prepare carbon (II) oxide instead of methanoic acid,
HCOOH, in the laboratory. It gave equal volumes of carbon (II) oxide and carbon (IV) oxide.
a) Write an equation for the dehydration of ethanedioic acid. (1 mark)
b) Explain how pure carbon (II) oxide can be obtained from the mixture of the two gases?
c) State two physical properties of carbon (II) oxide which make it be referred to as a “silent killer.”
20. a) What are isotopes? (1 mark)
b) Element W has two isotopes 36W and 40W which occur in the ratio K:4. Given that R.A.M of W is
37.25. find the value of K. (2 marks)
a) What is meant by an acid-base indicator? (1 mark)
b) Give two disadvantages of using flower extract as acid-base indicator compared to commercial
indicators.
21. The data below was recorded when metal M was completely burnt in air (M is not the actual
symbol of the element, R.A.M; M=207, O = 16)
Mass of the empty crucible and lid =10.2 g
Mass of crucible, lid and metal M = 16.41g
Mass of crucible, lid and metal oxide =17.37 g
a) Determine the mass of:
i) Metal M ii) Oxygen
b) Determine the empirical formula of the metal oxide. (2 marks)
22. The products formed by the action of heat on the nitrates of elements K, M and N are given in the
table below.
Page | 60
 Nitrate Products formed
K metal + nitrogen (IV) oxide + oxygen
M metal oxide+ nitrogen (IV) oxide + oxygen
N metal nitrite + oxygen
a) Which element forms a soluble carbonate. (1 mark)
b) Arrange the metal elements in increasing order of reactivity. (1 mark)
c) Give one example of K. (1 mark)
23. The set-up below illustrates an experiment to investigate conduction of electric of lead (II)
bromide. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

A Ammeter
Switch
Torch bulb

Electrode X Electrode Y

Evaporating dish
PbBr2 (s)

a) State the mistake in the set-up. (1 mark)

b) If the experiment was properly carried out, state the observations made at the cathode at the end of
the experiment and write a half-reaction equation for the reaction. (2 marks)
24. The following are reduction potentials of some elements.
Half reaction Eθ volts
Zn2+(aq) + 2e- → Zn(s) -0.76
Al3+(aq) + 3e- → Al (s) -1.66
Fe2+(aq) +2e- → Fe(s) -0.44
Using the information above, explain whether it is advisable or not to store iron (II) sulphate
solution in aluminium containers. (2 marks)
25. The table below shows organic compounds A, B, C, D and E. Use the information given to answer
the questions that follow.

a) Identify
I. A soapless detergent. (1 mark)
II. An ester (1 mark)
b) Give one disadvantage of continued use of substance C. (1 mark)
27. a) Both water gas (carbon (II) oxide and hydrogen) and producer gas (carbon (II) oxide and
nitrogen) can be used as fuels. Explain why water gas is a better fuel. (2 marks)
b) Give the abbreviation of “dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane” (1 mark)

Page | 61
 KASSU EXAMINATIONS
233/2
Paper 2
THEORY
1. (a) Study the set up below and use it to answer the questions that follow.

i) What is the aim of the experiment? (1 mk)

ii) Identify one mistake in the set up above. (1 mk)
iii) After the experiment, the student calculated the volume of air used and found to be 19.2%. Comment on the
results. (2 mks)
b) Another student carried out the same experiment using phosphorous. Instead of burning candle:
i) State one modification the student should carry out on the above set up to suit the experiment.
ii) Describe the above experiment to show how results were obtained. (3 mks)
iii) After the experiment the student added three drops of methyl orange indicator in the trough. State and explain
the observation made. (2 mks)
2. a) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that
follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols of elements.

A B C
D E F G J
H
(i) Using an ionic equation explain the observation made when a solution of potassium bromide is
reacted with G. (2 mks)
(ii) Both F and G are period 3 elements. Compare with a reason, their electronegativities. (2 mks)
(iii) Element A combines with chlorine to form a chloride of A. State the most likely pH value of a
solution of a chloride of A. Explain. (2 mks)
(i) Write a chemical equation for the reaction between an oxide of E and sodium hydroxide.
(b) (i) Explain why molten calcium chloride and magnesium chloride conducts
electricity while carbon tetrachloride and silicon tetrachloride do not. (2 mks)
ii) Under the same conditions gaseous neon was found to diffuse faster than gaseous fluorine.
Explain the observation. (F = 19.0, Ne = 20.0) (2 mks)
iii) Give one use of element J (1mk)
3. I. Study Table below and answer the questions that follow
Eθ(V)
Ag (aq) + e →
+ -
Ag (s) + 0.80
Cu2+(aq) +2e- → Cu(s) + 0.34
2H+(ag) + 2e- → H2(g) 0.00
Cr3+(aq) + 3e- → Cr(s) -0.74
Na+(aq) + e- → Na (s) -2.17
a) Identify the strongest reducing agent. Explain. (2mks)
b) Give two half cells which will produce the highest Eθ value when connected. (1mk)
c) Why is it not practical to make the cell you have given in (b) above. (1mk)
II. A certain celebrity wanted to electroplate a certain ornament with Copper to a surface of 0.25 cm2.
How long will to take to pass a current of 0.5A through a solution of copper (II) Sulphate in order
to electroplate 2 cm of the ornament. (Density of copper = 8.92 g/cm3, IF = 96500, Cu = 63.5)

Page | 62
III. A student set up the cell shown in the figure below

The student recorded an initial voltage of +0.16 V at 250C

(a) Explain how the salt bridge provides an electrical connection between the two solutions. (1 mark)
(b) The standard electrode potential for the Cu2+(aq)/Cu(s) electrode is
Cu2+(aq) + 2e– → Cu(s) →Eϴ= + 0.34 V
(c) Calculate the electrode potential of the left-hand electrode in the Figure [1mark]
(d) Both electrodes contain a strip of copper metal in a solution of aqueous Cu2+ ions. State why the
left-hand electrode does not have an electrode potential of +0.34 V [1mk]
(e) Give the conventional representation for the cell in the figure above. [1mk]
(f) When the voltmeter is replaced by a bulb, the emf of the cell in the Figure decreases over time to
0V, Suggest how the concentration of copper (II) ions in the left-hand electrode changes when the
bulb is alight. Give one reason why the emf of the cell decreases to 0V [1mk]
4. I. One of the factors which determine the reaction rate of solids is particle size.
(a) A mixture of finely powdered aluminium and air may explode when ignited. This causes a large
and sudden increase in temperature. Explain each of the following in terms of collisions between
reacting particles.
(i) Why is the reaction between finely powdered aluminium and air very fast? (1mk)
(ii) Explain why for most reactions the rate of reaction decreases with time. (1mk)
(iii) Suggest an explanation why the rate of reaction in an explosion could increase rather than decrease
with time. (1mk)
(b) A student compared the rates of reaction of three metal Hydrogen carbonates. She measured the
volume of gas released using the apparatus shown.

State one thing that must be kept constant if the rates of the three reactions are to be compared in a
fair way. (1 mk)
(c) The graph shows the volume of carbon (IV) oxide released when the three metal Hydrogen
carbonates were heated.

Page | 63
(ii) Which carbonate produced carbon (IV) oxide at the highest rate? (1mk)
(iii) What volume of carbon (IV) oxide was produced by Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate in twelve
minutes? (1 mk)
II. Carbon (II) oxide and hydrogen are used in the manufacture of methanol (CH3OH). The reaction is
reversible and can reach a position of dynamic equilibrium.
CO(g) + 2H2 (g) ⇌ CH3 OH(g) ΔH = –91 kJ/mol
The reaction is carried out at a pressure of about 100 atmospheres and a temperature of 2500C.
a) State one feature of a reaction that is in dynamic equilibrium. (1mks)
b) i) How would a decrease in temperature at constant pressure affect the amount of methanol in
the quilibrium mixture? Explain your answer (2mks)
ii) How would an increase in pressure at constant temperature affect the amount of methanol in
the equilibrium mixture? (1mk)
5. Study the flow charts below and answer the questions that follow.

(a) Identify process B. (1 mk)

(b) Give two optimum conditions required in the process named above. (2 mks)
(c) Explain why the ore is crushed. (1 mk)
(d) Which process occurs in the mixing chamber?
(e) Explain use of the following: (2 mks)
(i) Water
(ii) oil
(f) Write the equation for the formation of slag (1 mk)
(g) Identify the cations present where the metal is being purified (1 mk)
(h) Give a reason for the following use of the above metal.
I. Making electrical wires (1 mk)
II. Making soldering wires (1 mk)
(i) Give two environment effects of the above process. (2 mks)
6. a) Phosphorus trichloride reacts with water to form two acids.
(i) One of the acid is H3PO3, Calculate the oxidation state of Phosphorus in the acid and hence give
the IUPAC name for the acid [2marks]
(ii) Describe how you could show that the other acid is a weaker acid than hydrochloric acid.
(2mks)
(iii) Two salts of phosphoric acid are its sodium salt, which is soluble in water, and its calcium salt
which is insoluble in water. Suggest a method of preparation for each of these salts from aqueous
phosphoric acid. (2mks)

Page | 64
b) The formulae of insoluble compounds can be found by precipitation reactions. To 12.0 cm3 of an
aqueous solution of the nitrate of metal T was added 2.0 cm3 of aqueous sodium phosphate,
Na3PO4. The concentration of both solutions was 1M. When the precipitate had settled, its height
was measured.

The experiment was repeated using different volumes of the phosphate solution. The results are
shown on the following graph.

(i) What is the formula of the phosphate of metal T? Give your reasoning. (2mks)
c) The following apparatus was set up to investigate the electrical conductivity of dilute acids

If it was replaced by a weak acid, what two differences in the observations would you expect to
make (2mks)
d) Explain the following observation. A certain Chloride dissolves in water to form an electrolyte
while the same chloride dissolves in methylbenzene to form a non-electrolyte. (2mks)
7. (a) Name the following compounds (2mks)
(i) CH3OHCH2
(ii)

(b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

(i) State the conditions necessary for fermentation of glucose to take place. (1mk)
Page | 65
(ii)State one reagent that can be used to carry out process S. (1 mk)
(iii)
Identify the substances P,T (2 mks)
(iv)Write an equation for the reaction resulting to formation of substance M. (1 mk)
(v) How sodium hydroxide is kept dry during the reaction. (1 mk)
(vi)Give one commercial use of process R. (1 mk)
(c)Describe a chemical test to distinguish between the compounds represented by formula CnH2n+2 and
CnH2n (2mks)
(d) State one use of ethanol other than as an alcoholic drink. (1 mk)

KASSU
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
CONFIDENTIAL.
In addition to the apparatus and fittings found in the laboratory, each studentwill
require the following:
1. About 100 cm3 of Sodium hydroxide solution
2. About 50 cm3 of solution B
3. pipette and pipette filler.
4. 50ml burette
5. 2 conical flasks (250ml)
6. A 250ml volumetric flask
7. 1 thermometer (-10o C to 110oC)
8. Stop watch/clock
9. 100ml plastic beaker
10. 6 test tubes
11. 2 boiling tubes
12. 10ml measuring cylinder
13. 1 label
14. Filter funnel
15. 500 cm3 Distilled water
16. 0.5g sodium hydrogen carbonate.
17. 5cm³ Ethanol.
18. 1-14 PH chart.
19. 2.0g Solid Q.
20. 2.0g Solid A.
21. 1 spatula.

ACCESS TO:
22. Universal indicator solution.
23. Phenolphthalein indicator supplied with a dropper
24. Acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution supplied with a dropper.
25. Bromine water supplied with a dropper.
26. Conc. Sulphuric (VI) acid with a dropper.
27. Means of heating
28. 2M Lead (II) nitrate solution.
29. 2M Dilute nitric (V) acid solution.
30. 0.5M Barium nitrate solution.
31. 2M Sodium hydroxide solution.
32. 2M Aqueous ammonia.
33. 2M Hydrochloric acid.

Page | 66
 Preparation
• Solution B (2 M H C l ) is prepared by measuring about 500cm3 of distilled water
and placing it in a one litre volumetric flask then add the 172cm3 of concentrated
hydrochloric acid carefully and top up to the mark.
• Sodium hydroxide solution (0.1M) is prepared by dissolving 4.0g of the solid in
about 500cm3 of water then diluting to one litre in a volumetric flask.
• 2M aqueous Ammonia is prepared by dissolving 298cm3 of concentratedAmmonia
in distilled water and diluting to one litre of solution.
• Barium nitrate solution is prepared by dissolving 0.05g in one litre ofsolution.
• 2M bench reagent of Sodium hydroxide is prepared by dissolving 80g ofsodium
hydroxide in one litre of solution.
• Bromine water is prepared by taking 10cm3 of liquid Bromine and dissolving it in
100cm3 of distilled water in a fume cupboard or open air.This must be freshly
prepared and stored in a dark bottle.
• Acidified potassium manganate (VII) is prepared by dissolving 3.16g ofKMnO4
in 600cm3 of 2MH2SO4 and made to one litre solution.
• 2M Lead (II)nitrate solution is prepared by dissolving 662.4g of Pb(NO3)2in one litre
of distilled water.
• Solid R is 2.0g of oxalic acid weighed accurately and supplied in astopped
container.
• Solid Q is 2.0g of h y d r a t e d Al2(SO4)3
• Solid A is 2.0g of potassium nitrate. (KNO3)

Page | 67
 KASSU JOINT
(PRACTICAL)
21/4 HOURS
233/3
1. You are provided with
• Solid A
• 2.0M hydrochloric acid solution B
• 0.1M Sodium hydroxide solution D
You are required to determine the enthalpy change ∆H. for the reaction between solid A and one
mole of hydrochloric acid.
Procedure 1
Using a burette, place 20.0cm3 of 2.0M hydrochloric acid, solution B in a 100ml beaker. Measure
the temperature of the solution after every half-minute and record the values in table 1. At exactly
2 minutes, add all of solid A to the acid. Stir the mixture gently with thermometer. Measure the
temperature of the mixture after every half-minute and record the values in table 1. Retain the
mixture for use in Procedure II.
Table 1 (5marks)

1
Time (min) 0 /2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5
Temperature (c)

(a) Plot a graph of temperature (y-axis) against time. (3marks)

(b) Using the graph determine the change in temperature, ∆T (1mark)
(c) Calculate the heat change for the reaction. (Assume that the specific heat capacity of the mixture of
the mixture is 4.2Jg-1K-1 and the density of the mixture is 1g/cm3).
(2marks)
Procedure II
Rinse the burette thoroughly and fill it with sodium hydroxide solution D. Transfer all the contents
of the 100 ml beaker used in procedure 1 into a 250ml volumetric flask. Add distilled water to
make up to the mark. Label this solution C. Using pipette and a pipette filler, place 25.0 cm3 of
solution C into a 250ml conical flask. Add two or three drops of phenolphthalein indicator and
titrate against sodium hydroxide until a permanent pink colour just appears. Record your results in
table. Repeat titration two more times and complete table 2.
Table 2 (4marks).

I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Average volume of D used (cm3)

Calculate the:
(d) Average volume of sodium hydroxide solution D used. (1mark)
(e) The number of mole of:
i. Sodium hydroxide solution D used. (1mark)
ii. Hydrochloric acid in 25 cm3 of solution C. (1mark)
iii. Hydrochloric acid in 250 cm3 of solution C. (1mark)
iv. Hydrochloric acid in 20.0 cm3 of solution B. (1mark)
v. Hydrochloric acid that reacted with sold A. (1mark)
(f) Calculate the Molar enthalpy of reaction between solid A and one mole of hydrochloric acid.
(2marks)
2. I) You are provided with solid Q. Carry out the tests below and record your
Page | 68
 observations
and inferences in the spaces provided.
(a) Strongly heat a spatula-end full of solid Q in a dry test tube.
(b) (i) Place the remaining solid Q in a boiling tube. Add 10 cm3 of distilled water.
Divide the solution into five portions.
(ii) To the first portion, add universal indicator solution.
(iii) To the second portion, add aqueous lead (II) nitrate solution.
(iv) To the third portion, add dilute nitric (V) acid followed by barium nitrate solution..
(v) To the forth portion, add few drops of sodium hydroxide until in excess.
(vi) To the firth portion, add few drops of aqueous ammonia until in excess.
II) You are provided with solid R. carry out the tests below and record your
observations and inferences.
(a) Place a spatula-end full of solid R in dry boiling tube and add about 10 cm3 of
distilled water. Shake thoroughly and divide the solution into five portions.
(b) (i) Test the first portion with the universal indicator solution provided.
(ii) to the second portion, add a few drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII)
solution.
(iii) To the third portion, add few drops of bromine water.
(iv) To the fourth portion, add all the sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.
(v) To the fifth portion in a boiling tube, add 5cm3 of ethanol followed by few drops
of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid. Warm the mixture.

Page | 69
 KASSU
Paper 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. a) Hygroscopy (Reject hygroscopic)
b) Drying agent for those gases that do not react with it. c) 2S +7(-2) = -2
2S = -2 +14
12
S =+ = +6 , penalize ½ if sign is missing
2
2. a) Q- Concentrated nitric (V) acid
R- Ammonia solution
b) Cu(OH)2 (aq) + 4NH3 (aq) → [ Cu(NH3)]2+ (aq) + 2OH- (aq)
3. The volume of a given mass of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature, its
pressure kept constant.
𝑉𝑉1 𝑉𝑉2
b) =
𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑇𝑇2
−2
9.6 𝑥𝑥 10 6.4 𝑥𝑥 10−2
=
298 𝑇𝑇2
6.4 𝑋𝑋 10−2
T2 = 𝑥𝑥 298
9.6 𝑥𝑥 10−2
T2 = 198.6667 K
4. a) -Chlorophyll
-Xanthophylls
b) - Solubility
- Adsorption/ stickiness
5. a) RMM; CO2 =12+ (16x2) =44, H2O =(2x1) +16) =18
12
Mass of carbon in CO2 = x 4.4 = 1.2g ½
44
2
Mass of H in H2O= 𝑥𝑥 2.25 = 0.25𝑔𝑔
18
(b)
Element C H
Mass 1.2 0.25
RAM 12 1
1.2 1.2
Moles = 0.1 = 0.25
12 12

0.1 0.25
Mole ratio =1 = 2.5
120.1 0.1

Number of atoms 1x2 =2 2.5x2=5

E. F= C2H5
M.F = (C2H5) n =58
[24+(1x5)] n = 58
58 58
29n= 58; n = =
29
n = 2; Molecular Formular = C4H10
6. (a) Compounds which are made up of carbon and hydrogen atoms only
b) i) 2,2-dimethylpropane
ii) Hex-1-ene // Hexene
7. Manufacture of:
- drugs to fight diseases
- detergents for cleaning
- plastics for roofing, packaging and domestic uses
- cheaper alternative fabrics such as nylon, Dacron, polyester… Food production to fight diseases
Page | 70
 Production of fuels for transport and domestic uses
8. (a) Bond breaking Bond formation
N-N = 944 2[3(N-H)] = 2 (3X388) =2328
3(H-H) = 1308
2252
Enthalpy change = 2252-2328
= -76kJmol-1 wrong/no units and/or sign missing penalize ½
b)

9. a) Thermal dissociation // heating

b) Filtration
c) -Remove water hardness / softening hard water
- Glass making
- Paper industry
- Sodium silicate for making dertegents
10. a) Water containing Ca2+ or Mg2+ ion is made to pass through a column with sodium complex
where ion exchange will take place, Ca2+ or Mg2+ ions remain in the column and soft water
passes out (with sodiumions).
b) Flushing/ washing with brine (concentrated sodium chloride
c) Wastes soap
- Stains white clothes
- Formation/decomposition fur (boiler’s scales) in boilers, kettles and water pipes which reduces
efficiency and may make hot water pipes to burst.
11. a) Using downward delivery // upward displacement of air to collect the gas
b) Crystals of copper (II) sulphate
12.
13.
14. a) The brown coating formed on the surface of iron metal/object when exposed to the elements of
air (oxygen and moisture) // Hydrated iron (III) oxide.
b) Brown coating formed on the iron nail in set- up X while the nail in set-up Y remained shiny grey//
no brown coating formed on the nail in set-up Y (wwte)
15. The mixture changes to orange //Brown colour intensifies. The OH- ions from sodium hydroxide
react with hydrogen ions thereby reducing the concentration of H+ ions, hence the equilibrium
shifts to the left // favouring the backward reaction.
16. a) Name: Pipe-Clay triangle
Use: supporting crucibles during heating
b) Name: Pair of Tongs
Use: Safely holding hot or corrosive solids

Page | 71
17. a) NaOCl (aq) +Dye→NaCl (aq) + [Dye+ O]
b) Oxidation
c) Chlorine water contains HCl which is corrosive to the skin while NaOCl in JIK
decomposes to form harmless / neutral sodium chloride
160
18. a) Number of half-lives=
40
112g 56g 28g 14g 7g
OR
N= NO (½)T/t 7= NO (½) 160/40
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
7= NO(½)4 ; 7 = =
16
NO = 16x7
NO= 112g
b) Causes - Cancer
- Genetic mutation
Can be used as weapons of mass destruction
19. Heat the recycled copper in air to form copper (II) oxide
- Add excess copper (II) oxide to dilute sulphuric (VI) acid in a beaker and stir
- Filter to remove unreacted copper (II) oxide.
- Heat the filtrate to saturation
- Allow the saturated solution to cool to form crystals
- Decant/pour out the mother liquor and dry the crystals between filter papers.
20. a) (COOH)2 (aq) →CO2 (g) + CO (g) + H2O (l)
b) Bubble the gaseous mixture into concentrated sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide solution
in order to absorb carbon (IV) oxide leaving behind carbon (II) oxide.
c) Colourless Odourless
21. a) Atoms of an element with the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
36𝐾𝐾 40 𝑋𝑋4
b) + = 37.25
𝐾𝐾+4 𝐾𝐾+4
36k+160 = 37.25 (K+4)
36+ 160 = 37.25K + 149
36K-37.25K =149-160
-1.25K= -11
−11
K=
−1.25
K= 8.8
22. a) Substance that show definite colour when in acid and a different definite colour in a base
b) -Give inconsistent results
- Composition changes colour with time since the indicator has impurities // are impure
23. a) Mass of Metal M; 16.41-10.2 = 6.21g
Mass of Oxygen 7.17- 6.21 =0.96g
b) Element M O Mass 6.21 0.96
RAM 207 16
6.21 0.06
No of moles= = 0.03 =2
207 0.03

0.03 0.06
MOLE RATIO = =1 = =2
0.03 0.03
No of atoms 1 2
Empirical formula = MO2
24. a) N
b) KMN
c) Silver, Mercury or Gold (any one)
25. a) Source of heat is missing
b) Grey beads of lead metal Pb2+ (l) + 2e- → Pb (s)
Page | 72
26. Eɵ = Ered – E ox
= -0.44 – (-1.66)
= + 1.22 volts
Not advisable, e.m.f is positive hence a reaction will take place
27. a) I. E
II. D
b) Are non- biodegradable hence cause pollution
28. a) Water gas, both CO and H2 whereas in producer gas it is only CO that burns while N2 does not
b) DDT

Page | 73
 KASSU
PAPER 2
THEORY
2 hours
1. a) Study the set up below and use it to answer the questions that follow.
i) To investigate the active part of air
ii) The beaker / gas jar used is not graduated
iii) not all oxygen might not have been used up
NaoH solution might not have absorbed all the carbon(IV) oxide in the jar / beaker
b) i) Replacing NaoH with water
ii) Describe the above experiment to show how results were obtained. (3 mks)

Or
Phoshorus is inserted in a gas jar containiga fixed volume of air, it smoulders using up the oxygen
in the gas jar. Then final volume of air remaining is subtracted from the initial volume of air.
Volume used is used to determine the %of air used
(iii) Phosphorous oxide dissolves in water to form an acidic solution of N3PO4 / H3PO3
2. (a) (i) 2 Br- + Cl2 → 2 Cl- + Br2
Brown liquid is formed chlorine is more electronegative than Bromine hence displaces it in a
compound containing
(ii) G is more electronegative than F. G has smaller atomic size than F hence formation easily
(iii) The chloride is neutral / ionic compound formed.
(iv) E2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaE O2 + H2O
or
Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAl O2 + H2O
(b) (i) Both molten CaCl2 and MgCl2 are ionic compounds hence conduct electricity due to presence
of mobile ions while CCl4 and SiCl4 are molecular compounds the no mobile ions
(ii) Gaseous fluorine is stable as a molecule F2(diatomic) hence its molecular mass is 38. While
gaseous neon exist as an monoatomic; its atomic mass is 20.
(iii) Gas shielding in welding
3. I.
d) Na – Has the highest –ve Eθ
e) Na+ + e- → Na and Ag+ + e- → Ag
Na / Na+ and Ag / Ag+
f) Na reacts explosively with its solution
Q x ram
I. Mass = dxv Mass =
Fx 96500
Q x 63.5
Vol = 0.25 x 2 = 0.5 cm3 4.46 =
96500 x 2
Mass = 0.5 x 8.92 = 4.46 g Q = 13,555.59 c
Q = It 13,555.59 = 0.5 x t
Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu t = 27,11.18 sec / 451.85 min / 7.53 Hrs
II. A student set up the cell shown in the figure below
(g) Has mobile ions and therefore allows movement of ions from one electrolyte (half cell) to the other
Page | 74
(h) Cu2+(aq) + 2e– → Cu(s) → Eϴ= + 0.34 V
(i) 0.34 - 0.16 = +0.18v
(j) The concentration is not the same as that on the right
(k) Give the conventional representation for the cell in the figure above. [1 mark]
(l) Cu(s) / Cu2+(aq) // Cu2+(aq) / Cu(s)
(m) Energy being pruducedis being used up i.e. concentration decreases
4. I.
(a)
(i) High surface area hence more collision frequency
(ii) As reaction continues Concentration of reactants decrease leading to decrease in collision
frequency
(iii) Since heat is produced temperature increase which results in an increase in Kinetic energy of
particles leading to high collision frequency
(b) Mass of metal Hydrogen carbonate
Amount of heat applied
(c)
(i) LiHCO3
(ii) 27 cm3
II. a) Concentration of reactant and products remain constant
Rate of forward and backward is equal
(b) i) Amount / yield increase, forward reaction is exothermic hence forward reactionis favoured by
low temperature
(ii) Increases the amount / yield
5. Study the flow charts below and answer the questions that follow.
(a) Contact process
(b) Temperature of 4500c
Pressure of 2 – 3 atm
Vanadium (V) oxide/Pt
(c) To increase the surface area for extraction
(d) Froath floatation
(e) Explain use of the following: (2 mks)
(i) Sinks earthy impurities and float the ore
(ii) Covers the ore and enables it to float in water
(f) Fe O(s) + SiO2(s) → FeSiO3
(g) Cu2+ and H+
(h) Give a reason for the following use of the above metal.
I. Good electric conductivity
II. Good thermal conductivity
(i) SO2 produced causes respiratory Problems / acid rain which corrode iron sheets
Deposition of slag inhibits growth of vegetation
Mining leaves open quarries which can lead to water accumulation leading to mosquito breeding
6. a) (i) (3x + 1) + x + (-2 x 3) = 0
+3 + x – 6 = 0
x = +3
Phosphoric (III) acid
(ii) Add the acids to different samples of carbonate/hydrogen carbonate and measure volume of CO2
produced per give timeand compare – HCl produces CO2 ata faster rate
Use each acid as electrolyte and determine the conductivity, HCl gives a high conductivity
(iii) sodium salt Rx of NaOH with H3 PO4 acid and alkali
Calcium salt Rx of H3PO4 with NaOH to produce Na3PO4 then addition of
Ca(NO3)2 / CaCl2 i.e Double decomposition
12∗1
b) (i) Moles of Nitrate =0.012 moles
1000

Page | 75
 8∗1
Moles of Phospahte = 0.008
1000
0.008 0.012
Ratio :
0.008 0.008
2 : 3
16
=2
8
T3 (PO4)2
T has vary of 2
c) Bubbles of O2 and H2 produced at a slower rate (less)
The brightness of the bulb will decrease
d) Water being polar will ionise Cloride forming Chloride ions while in methylbenze which is non
polar it does not ionize
7. (a) Name the following compounds (2mks)
(iii) Ethanol
(iv) Hexane
(b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.
(i) Yeast
Room temperature / 25 – 350C
(ii) Acidified KMnO4/K2Cr2O7
(iii) Identify the substances (2 mks)
P – Ethene
T - Methane
(iv) CH3COONa + NaOH→Na2CO3 + CH4
(v) By adding quicklime (CaO)
(vi) Hardening of oils to fats through hydrogenation
(c) Add acidified potassium dichromate(VI) to both compounds separately CnH2n changes orange
acidified potassium dichromate(VI) to green while CnH2n+2 does not
Or Using Potassium Manganate (VII)
(d) in cosmetics
- As an additive in fuel
- to prevent skin infections

Page | 76
 KASSU JOINT
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
Table 1
Time (min) 0 ½ 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5
1 2 3 4
2 2 2 2
Temperature 19 19 19 19 15 15 16 17 18 18

(a)

(b) ∆T = 19 − 13 = 6 0 C
(c) ∆H = MC∆T
= 20x 4.2 x 6 = 504 J
OR
20 x 4.2 x Ans (b)

Table 2
I 11 111
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Average volume of D used (cm3) 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0+20.0+20.0
(d)
3
= 20.0 cm3
Or Average
0.1𝑥𝑥20 0.1𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥(𝑑𝑑)
(e) i) = 0.002 moles Or
1000 1000
ii) NaOH : HCl
1:1 or Ans e (i)
= 0.002 moles
if 0.02 → 25cm
3
iii)
? → 250
250𝑥𝑥0.002 250𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥(𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)
= 0.02 moles Or
25 25
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
iv) Moles =
1000
Page | 77
 2𝑥𝑥20
= 0.04
1000
v) 0.04 – 0.02 = 0.02
(f) If 0.02 → 504
1 →?
1𝑥𝑥504
0.02
+25,200 J/Mo1
OR 25.2 Kj/Mo1
Or
If Ans (v) → Ans1(c )
1𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥1(𝑐𝑐)
1 → ?
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴(𝑣𝑣)
(g) (a)
Observation Inference
- Droplets of a colourless liquid formed at - Hydrated solid or
the water surface - Presence of water of crystalisation
- White residue
(b) (i)
Observation Inference
- Dissolves to form a colourless solution - Soluble solid
- White residue - Cu2+, Fe2+, Fe3+ Present
(ii)
Observation Inference
- PH = 30 - Strongly acidic
- White residue
(iii)
Observation Inference
- White precipitate - 𝑆𝑆𝑂𝑂42− , 𝑆𝑆𝑂𝑂32− , 𝐶𝐶𝑂𝑂32− , Cl- present

iv)
Observation Inference
- No bubbles / Effervesence - 𝑆𝑆𝑂𝑂42− Confirmed Present
- White precipitate
(v)
Observation Inference
- White precipitate soluble in excess - 𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 3+ , Zn2+ Present
(vi)
Observation Inference
- White precipitate insoluble in excess - 𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 3+ Present
(II) (a)
Observation Inference
- Dissolves to form a colourless solution - Polar substance present

(b) (i)
Observation Inference
- PH = 3.0 - Strong Acidic

Page | 78
(ii)
Observation Inference
− −
− C = C − − C ⇒ C − or R = OH
- Purple H+/KMnO4 decourized -
Present
(iii)
Observation Inference
−
- Yellow bromine water - − C = C −− − C ⇒ C − Present
decolourized

(iv)
Observation Inference
- Effervesence / Fizzing Bubbles R - COOH Present

Observation Inference
- Pleasant smell R - COOH Present

Page | 79
 KIENI EAST
233/1
PAPER 1 (THEORY)
Time: 2 Hours
1. The electron arrangement of ions Q2- and R3+ are as 2, 8, 8, and 2,8respectively.
(a) Write the electron arrangement of the elements Q and R (2marks)
(b) Write the formula of the compound that would be formed between Q and R (1mark)
2. Explain why a high temperature is required for Nitrogen to react with oxygen (1mark)
3. Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using petrol containing tetraethyl lead in motor
vehicles (2marks)
4. The diagram below is a cross section of a dry cell. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
Brass cap

Sealing material

Zinc can
Ammonium Chloride and Carbon rod
Zinc Chloride paste
Powdered carbon and Manganese
(IV) Oxide

(i) Write the equation for the reaction in which electrons are produced. (1mark)
(ii) The Zinc can is lined with Ammonium Chloride and Zinc Chloride paste. What would happen if
the mixture was to become dry? Give reason. (2marks)
5. The graph below shows the behavior of a fixed mass of a gas at constant temperature.

Pressure
(Atmospheres)

Volume (litres)

(a) What is the relationship between the volume and the pressure of the gas? (1mark)
(b) 1500cm3 of nitrogen gas at one atmosphere were compressed to two atmospheres at constant
temperature . Calculate the volume occupied by the nitrogen gas. (2marks)
6. The table below gives some properties of three elements X,Yand Z.
ELEMENT Atomic No. Meeting point(0C) Boiling Point (0C)
X 53 114 184
Y 35 -7 58.8
Z 17 -101 -34.7
(a) Which element is in liquid form at room temperature? Give reason. (1mark)
(b) Explain why the boiling point of element X is higher than that of element Z. (2marks)

Page | 80
7. The diagram below is a set up for the laboratory preparation of dry oxygen gas.
Liquid X

Liquid Y

Sodium peroxide
(a) Name:
I. Liquid Y (1 Mark)
II. Liquid X
(b) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the flask. (1mark)
(c) Complete the diagram to show how dry oxygen can be collected. (1mark)
8. Use the information below and answer the questions that follow. The letters are not the actual
symbols of
the elements.
2+
E(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 2e E(s) -0.76V
3+
F(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 3e F(s) -1.66V
2+
G(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 2e G(s) -0.44V
(a) Calculate the Eθ value for the electrochemical cell represented below. (1mark)
3+ 2+
F(s) F(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) G(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) 𝐺𝐺(𝑠𝑠)

(b) Arrange the elements in order of reactivity starting with the least reactive. (1mark)
(c) Explain if it would be advisable to store element G in a solution containing E2+ Ions. (1mark)
9. The set up below was used to electrolyze molten lead (II) bromide.

Molten Lead (II)

Bromide

(a) State the observation that was made at the anode during electrolysis. (1mark)
(b) A current of 2.5A was passed for 30 minutes. Calculate the mass of lead that was deposited.
(2marks)
10. When wood is burnt a grey powder called ash remains. The ash is stirred with water and filtered to
form a colourless solution.
a) What is the main component of the colorless solution? Give a reason. (2marks)

Page | 81
(b) State the observation that would be made if methyl orange indicator was passed through the
solution of ash. (1mark)
11. The elements A and B have the following properties
Element Mass No. Atomic No.
A 37 17
B 37 18
C
a) When the isotope A was bombarded with a neutron, an isotope C was formed. Fill in the table to
show the properties of element C (1mark)
b) Write an equation for the reaction between isotope B and Beta particles (1mark)
c) State one use of radioisotopes in medicine. (1mark)
12. When Carbon (IV) oxide gas was passed through aqueous calcium hydroxide a white suspension
was formed.
a) Write an equation for the reaction that took place. (1mark)
b) State and explain the changes that took place when excess Carbon (IV) Oxide was bubbled through
the white suspension . (2marks)
13. Excess Carbon (II) Oxide was passed over a heated sample of an oxide of iron as shown in the
diagram below. Study the diagram and the data and use it to answer the questions that follow.
Oxide of iron

Dry Carbon (II) To fume chamber

Oxide

Heat

Mass of empty dish =6.72g

Mass of empty dish + oxide of iron =9.04g
Mass of empty dish + residue=8.40g
(a) Determine the formula of the oxide of iron given that the relative formula mass of oxide of
Iron = 232, Fe = 56.0, O=16.0 (2marks)
(b) Write an equation for the reaction which took place in the dish (1mark)
14. The products of a burning candle were passed through a tube containing calcium oxide as shown in
the diagram below.
Tube R
Gases to suction
pump
Funnel

Candle
Calcium Oxide

Tube P

(a) Write two chemical equations for the reactions that took place in tube P. (2marks)
(b) Name two gases that came out through tube R. (1mark)

Page | 82
15. Study the scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
Ammonium Chloride Solution + Substance E (Paste)

Step I Warm

Ammonia gas

Step II Pass into Aluminium

Sulphate solution and filter

Solid F

a) Identify substance E (1mark)

b) Write an equation for the reaction in Step (II) that produces solid F (1mark)
16. The elements nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium are essential for plant growth. Phosphorus in the
fertilizer may be in the form of ammonium phosphate. Calculate the mass of nitrogen present if a
25kg bag contained pure ammonium phosphate.
(NH4)2 HPO4 (N=14.0, H=1.0, P=31.0, O=16.0) (2 Marks)
17. The flow chart below shows the processes involved in the industrial extraction of zinc metal.
Air

Ore Unit I SO2

Coke Unit II Gases

Zinc metal

(a) Name the ore from which zinc is extracted on the above diagram. (1mark)
(b) Write the equation of the reaction taking place in Unit I (1mark)
(c) Name two uses of zinc metal. (1mark)
18. A weighed sample of crystalline sodium carbonate (Na2CO3 .nH2O) was heated in a crucible until
there was no further change in mass .The mass of the sample reduced by 14.5%. Calculate the
number of moles (n) of the water of crystallization. (2marks)
19. a) Describe how you would prepare crystals of sodium nitrate starting with 200cm3 of 2M sodium
hydroxide (2marks)
b) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place when a solid sample of sodium nitrate is heated.
(1mark)
20. The structure below represents a sweet smelling compound.
O
||
CH3CH2  C  O  CH2CH3

Page | 83
 Give the names of the two organic compounds that can be used to prepare this compound in the
laboratory. (2marks)
21. Magnesium reacts with both concentrated and dilute acid. Write the equations for the two reactions
22. The graph below shows how the PH value of soil in a farm changed over a period of time.

6
PH
4

A B C D E Time
(a) Describe how the PH of the soil can be determined. (2marks)
(b) State one factor that may have been responsible for the change in the soil PH in the time interval
AB.
23. A student put calcium carbonate and calcium hydrogen carbonate in separate test tubes and
performed
the tests as shown in the table below. Complete the table by giving the expected observations.
Salt Adding water Heating
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium hydrogen carbonate
(2marks)
24. A mixture contains Iron (III) Chloride, calcium chloride and iron filings. Describe how one can
separate and recover the substances in the mixture. (3marks)
25. The structure below represents two cleansing agents A and B. Which cleansing agent would be
suitable for washing in water containing calcium chloride? Give a reason. (2marks)

R OSO3-Na+ R−COO-Na+
B
A
26. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

NH4 +(q Cl +q)

Energy
∆H2
NH4 +(g) + Cl-(g)
∆H1
∆H3
NH4Cl(s)

Reaction co-ordinate
Page | 84
(a) What do ∆H1 and ∆H2 represent. (2marks)
b) Write an expression to show the relationship between ∆H1, ∆H2 and ∆H3. (1mark)
27. Study the diagram below and use it to answer the questions that follow.
Carbon (IV)
Oxide
+
Gas P
Carbon (II) Oxide

Conc.
Sodium Hydroxide

(a) Name two reagents that are reacted to produce both Carbon (IV) Oxide and Carbon (II) Oxide.
(b) Write the equation for the reactions that took place in the wash bottle. (1mark)
(c) Give a reason why Carbon (II) Oxide is not easily detected. (1mark)
28. When a few drops of ammonia solution were added to Copper (II) Nitrate solution, a light blue
precipitate was formed. On addition of more aqueous ammonia a deep blue solution was formed.
Identify the substances responsible for the:
(a) Light blue precipitate. (1mark)
(b) Deep blue solution. (1mark)
29. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Excess Ag2O Solid W

Step I
1. Warm White Step II
2. Filter solid Heat
3. Cool filtrate Strongly
Solution Q Brown gas
+
Gas T

a) Identify solution Q. (1mark)

b) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in step II. (1mark)
c) State one commercial use of gas T. (1mark)
30. How does pH value of 0.1M potassium hydroxide solution compare with that of 0.1M aqueous
Ammonia? Explain (2marks)
31. During the manufacture of rubber raw rubber is heated with sulphur, carbon, phosphorus and
manganese
i) What name is given to this process. (1mark)
ii) Explain why the process is necessary. (2marks)

Page | 85
 KIENI EAST
233/3
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the apparatus and fittings found in the laboratory, each student will require the
following:
1. About 80cm3 of solution A
2. About 100cm3 of solution B
3. About 70cm3 of solution C
4. 1 pipette
5. 1 burette
6. 3 conical flasks (250ml)
7. A 250ml volumetric flask
8. 1 thermometer (-10o C to 110oC)
9. 8 test tubes
10. 2 boiling tubes
11. 10ml measuring cylinder
12. 7 labels
13. a test-tube holder
14. Solid G (about 0.3g)
15. Solid T (about 0.3g)
16. Glass rod
17. Metallic spatula
18. Solid sodium hydrogen carbonate (about 0.2g)
19. 500 ml distilled water
Access To:
1. Bunsen burner
2. methyl orange indicator supplied with a dropper
3. Bromine water supplied with a dropper
4. 2M sodium hydroxide supplied with a dropper
5. Aqueous Barium nitrate supplied with a dropper
6. 2M Nitric (v) acid supplied with a dropper
7. universal indicator supplied with a dropper
8. PH scale chart.
9. Acidified potassium manganate (vii) supplied with a dropper.
10. Acidified potassium dichromate (vi) supplied with a dropper.
NB:
- Solution A is prepared by dissolving 55ml of concentrated sulphuric (vi) acid in one litre of
solution.
- Solution B is prepared by dissolving 8g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in one litre of solution
- Sodium C is prepared by dissolving 80g of sodium hydroxide in one litre of solution.
- Bromine water is prepared by dissolving 1cm3 of 20 volumes bromine water in 100cm3 of solution.
- Acidified potassium manganate (vii) is prepared by dissolving 3.16g of KMnO4 in 600cm3 of
2MH2SO4 and made to one litre solution.
- Acidified potassium Dichromate (vi) is prepare by dissolving 6g of K2Cr2O7 in 600cm3 of
2MH2SO4 and made to one litre solution.
- 2M bench reagent of Sodium hydroxide is prepared by dissolving 80g of sodium hydroxide in one
litre of solution.
- Nitric (v) acid (2) is prepared by dissolving 126Ml in one litre of solution.
- Barium nitrate solution is prepared by dissolving 0.05g in one litre of solution.
- Solid G = hydrated sodium carbonate
- Solid T = Maleic acid.

Page | 86
 KIENI EAST
233/3
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
TIME; 2 ¼ HOURS
You are provided with Aqueous sulphuric (vi) acid, solution A
• 4.0g in 500 cm3 of sodium carbonate , solution B
• An aqueous solution of substance C,solution C
You are required to determine the;
• Concentration of solution A
• Enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric (vi)acid and substance C
Procedure A
Transfer 25.0cm3of the solution A into 250 ml conical flask using a pipette. Add water to make
250cm3 of solution. Label this as solution D. Place solution D in a burette.
Clean the pipette and use it to place 25.0cm3 of solution B
into conical flask. Add 3 drops of methyl orange indicator provided and titrate with solution D.
Record your result in table I below. Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table I
below.
Table I

I II III
Final burette reading
Initial burette reading
Volume of solution D used (cm3)
Calculate the
i) Average volume of solution D used (1mrk)
ii) Concentration of sodium carbonate, solution B in moles per Littre (Na=23, C=12, O=16) (1mrk)
iii) Concentration of sulphuric (vi) acid in solution D in moles per litre (2mrks)
iv) Concentration of Sulphuric (vi) acid in solution A in moles per litre (1mrk)
PROCEDURE B
Label six test tubes as 1, 2,3,4,5, and 6.Using a measuring cylinder, measure 2cm3 of solution A
into test –tube number 1, 4cm3 in test –tube number 2. Continue with this process for all the other
test tubes as shown in table II below.
Clean the burette and fill it with solution C. From the burette, Place 14cm3of solution C into a
boiling tube .Measure the initial temperature of this solution and record it in the table II below to
the nearest 0.50c. Add the content of test tube number 1 to the boiling tube containing solution C .
Stir the mixture with thermometer and record the highest temperature reached in table II below
.Repeat the process with the other sample of solution
C Given in the table II and complete the table.
Table II
Test tube number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Volume of solution A(cm3) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Volume of solution C (cm3) 14 12 10 8 6 4
Highest temperature of mixture (oc)
Initial temperature of solution C (oc)
Change in temperature ,ΔT (oc)
(4mrks)
(i) On the grid below ,draw a graph of ΔT(vertical axis )against volume of solution A (3mrk
(ii) From the graph ,determine ;
i)the maximum change in temperature
ii)The volume of A required to give the maximum change in temperature (1mrk
Page | 87
(II) Calculate the
(i) Number of moles of sulphuric (vi) required to give the maximum temperature change.
(II) Molar enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric (vi) acid and substance C in kilojoules per mole of
sulphuric (vi) acid. (Specific heart capacity =4.2J/g/k, density of solution =1.0g/cm3)
2 You are provided with solid G.Carry out the tests below and write your observation and inferences
in the spaces provided.
a) Place a third of solid G into a dry, Clean test tube. Heat gently and then strongly .
b) Place the remaining solid in a boiling tube and add about 10cm3 of distilled water and shake well.
Divide the mixture into 4 portions
(i) To the 1st portion, add 5drops of sodium hydroxide solution
(ii) Dip one end of a glass rod into the 2nd portion and burn it on a non-luminous flame
(iii)
a) To the 3rd portion, add 5 drops of barium nitrate provided. (Retain for use in (iii)b)
b) To the mixture in (iii) a) above, add about 2cm3 of dilute nitric (v) acid provided.
(iv) To the 4th portion, add 5drops of acidified potassium dichromate (vi)
3 You are provided with solid T. Carry out the tests below and record your observations and
inference In the spaces provided.
a) Using a metallic spatula 1/3 of the solid T on a non-luminous Flame.
b) Place the remaining solid in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water and shake until the
solid dissolves. Divide the mixture obtained into 5 portion ,
i) To the 1st portion, add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.
ii) To the2nd portion, add 3 drops of universal indicator.
iii) To the 3rd portion, add 3 drops of acidified potassium manganate (Vii)
(iv) To the 4th portion, add 4drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI)
(v) To the 5th portion, add 4 drops of bromine water.

Page | 88
 KIENI EAST
PAPER 1
Time: 2 Hours
1. a) Q 2, 3, 6
R 2, 8, 3
b) R2Q3
2. It is required to break the strong N=N triple covalent bond.
3.
• Prevents knocking of engines
• Prevents premature ignition
• Increase the octane rating number
4. Zn (s) + Zn2+ +2e-
• The cell does not produce any current/stops working
• Because the ions are not mobile, the solid is a non-electrolyte
5. a) At a constant temperature the volume is inversely proportional to pressure.
𝐼𝐼 𝐾𝐾
OR 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 𝑉𝑉 =
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃
𝐾𝐾
a) 𝑉𝑉 =
𝑃𝑃
V1P1=V2P2
1500x1=V2x2
1500𝑥𝑥1
𝑉𝑉2 = = 750𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3
2
6. a) Y-At room temperature (250c) Y is a liquid since its M.P and B.P lie between -7oc and
58.80c OR
(room temperature is between M.P and B.P.)
b) The molecular mass of x is higher than that of Z; the Vander Waals forces are stronger in X
molecules than in Z molecules hence X has a higher boiling point than Z.
7. a) I water
II concentrated sulphuric acid
b) 2Na2O2(s) +2H2O(l) → 4NaOH(aq) +O2(g)
c)

Gas jar

Dry oxygen Cardboard with a hole in it.

8. a) 𝐸𝐸 = 𝐸𝐸𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝐸𝐸𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜
= −0.44 + +1.66
= +1.22v
b) G, E, F
c) Yes- G cannot be displaced the E2+ ions because it is less reactive than E.
9. a) Brown red vapour of bromine gas produced.
b) Q =It
= 2.5𝑥𝑥30𝑥𝑥60
2.5𝑥𝑥30𝑥𝑥60
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁. 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = ( )F
96500

Page | 89
 1 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 → 2𝐹𝐹
2.5𝑥𝑥30𝑥𝑥60
→� � 𝐹𝐹
96500
1 2.5𝑥𝑥30𝑥𝑥60
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥207 = 4.82𝑔𝑔
2 96500
10. a) KOH
b) Plants need potassium on large scale; potassium is a macro nutrient therefore the ash contains
K 2O
Would turn yellow
11. a) Mass No of C=38
Atomic No =17
0
b) 37
18𝐵𝐵 + −1𝑒𝑒 → 17𝐴𝐴
37

• C0-60 is used to destroy cancerous tissue in patients without serious damage to other tissues.
• Sterilization of surgical instruments using gamma radiation.
• Radioactive iodine-131 is used in the treatment of goiter
• To monitor growth in bones and healing of fractures
• Detecting leakages in underground water or oil pipes without digging them out. (any 1)
12. a) Ca(OH)2 (aq)+CO2(g) → CaCO3(s)+ H2O(l)
b) White precipitate dissolves because the insoluble CaCO3 is changed into soluble calcium
hydrogen carbonate.
13. a) 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 = 9.04 − 8.40
= 0.64𝑔𝑔
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 8.40 − 6.72 = 1.68𝑔𝑔
1.68
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 0.03
56
0.64
𝑂𝑂 = 0.04
16
Mole ratio 3:4
Hence molecular formula F3O4
b) Fe3O4(s) +4CO(g) → 3Fe(s) +4 CO2(g)
14. a) I CaO(s) +H2O(l) → Ca (OH)2 (aq)
II Ca (OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 (s) + H2O (l)
b) Excess oxygen and nitrogen/heliumneon/argon (accept a name of inert gas)
15. a) Ca(OH)2 paste
→
b) Al3+(aq) + 3OH- (aq) Al (OH)3 (s)
25𝑥𝑥1000𝑥𝑥28
16. = 5.3𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
132𝑥𝑥1000
17. a) Zinc blend/ZnS
b) 2ZnS(s) +3O2(g) → 2ZnO(s) +2SO2(g)
• Manufacture of dry cells
• Galvanizing iron sheets
• Making of allows e.g. brass
18. R.M.M of H2O=18
R.M.M of Na2CO3=106
14.5
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝐻𝐻2𝑂𝑂 = = 0.805
18
85.5
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁2𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶3 = 0.806
106
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1: 1
ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑛𝑛 = 1
19. a) Add 200cm3 of 2M HNO3 to 200cm3 of 2M NaOH
Filtrate with a suitable indicator get end point repeat without indicator.
Crystallize the filtrate
2NaNO3(s) → 2NaNO2(s) +O2(g)

Page | 90
20. Propanoic acid and ethanol.
21. 2HNO3(l) + Mg(s) → Mg(NO3)2(aq)+ NO2(g)+H2O(l)
Mg(s) +2HNO3(aq) → Mg (NO3)2(aq) +H2(g)
22. a) Add distilled water to the soil sample and stir. Add 2 drops of universal indicator1/2 to the
mixture and compare with the PH chart
b)
• Extensive use of acidic fertilizers
• Pollution by acid rain.
23.
Salt Adding water Heating
Calcium carbonate Does not dissolve Forms a white solid
Calcium hydrogen Dissolves to form a Forms a white solid and a colourless
carbonate colorless solution liquid form on the upper cooler parts
of the apparatus
24.
• Place the mixture on a piece of paper and put a magnet above the mixture to attract iron filings
• Heat the remaining part of the mixture for Al2Cl3 to sublime and collect sublimate.
• Calcium chloride will remain at the bottom of the tube.
25. A-does not form scum with hard water.
26. a) ∆𝐻𝐻1 -lattice energy
∆𝐻𝐻2 -Hydration energy
b) ∆𝐻𝐻3 = ∆𝐻𝐻1 + ∆𝐻𝐻2
27. a) Oxalic acid and concentrated sulphuric acid
b) NaOH(aq) +CO2(g) → Na2CO3(aq) +H2O(l)
c) CO: Colourless and odourless
28. a) Copper II ions
b) Tetra amine copper ions
29. a) Dilute nitric (v) acid
b) AgNO3(s) → Ag(s) +NO2(g)+O2(g)
• Aiding patients with breathing problems
• Welding metals
• Used during climbing of high mountains and deep sea diving.
30. The PH of 0.1M KOH is higher than that 0.1M aqueous ammonia. KOH is strongly/completely
dissociated½ in solution while aqueous ammonia is partially dissociated in solution.
31. i. Vulcanisation
ii. To harden rubber-the sulphur atoms form link between chains or rubber molecules
reducing the number of double bonds in the polymer.

Page | 91
 KIENI EAST
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
MARKING SCHEME
TABLE 1
Complete table ------------------1mrk
i) Complete the table with 3 titrations done –(1mrk)
ii) Incomplete table with 2 titrations done ---(1/2mrk)
iii) Incomplete table with 1 titration done –(0mrk)
Penalties
I. Wrong table
II. Inverted table
III. Unrealistic value
Penalize ½ mark for each to a maximum of 1/2mrk
Decimals ---------------1mrk
(Tied to the first and second row only )
Conditions
Accept either 1or 2 decimals points used consistently
If the 2 nd decimal point is used . can only be o or 5
Accuracy -------1mrk
Compare any titre value in the 3rd row with the school value (sv)
Conditions
I. If with or +0.1cm3 of sv ---1mrk
II. If within +0.2cm3of sv ---1/2 mark
III. Beyond +0.2cm3 of sv -----omrk
NB/ if there is wrong arithmetic in the table compare the sv with the correct value and credit
accordingly.
Principle of averaging ----1mrk
Value average must be shown and must be within +0.2 cm3 of each other conditions.
I. 3 values averaged and consistent -1mrk
II. 3 values done and only 2 possible averaged –1mrk
III. 2 titrations done and averaged -1mrk
IV. 2 titrations done and inconsistent -0mrk
V. 3 titrations done and impossible but only two averaged -0mrk
Final accuracy -1mrk
Compare with the (sv )
I. If within +_0.1 of sv-1mrk
II. If within +_0.2 of sv -1/2mrk
III. If beyond +_0.2 of sv -0mrk
NB// If the candidate has averaged wrong values pick the correct value if any ,average and credit
accordingly
i) 106 of Na2 CO3 =1mole
8g x 8x1
106
= 0.0755M Na 2 CO 3
ii) In 1000cm3 of Na2CO3=0.0755Moles
in 25 cm3 = 25x0.0755
1000
= 0.00189moles ½
Na2 CO 3(aq) +Na2 CO3(aq)→Na2SO4 (aq)+CO2(g) +H2O(l)
Ratio Na2CO3.H2 SO4
1 1

Page | 92
 0.00189.0.00189 ½
17.0cm3=0.00189
In 1000cm3= 1000x0.00189 ½
17
=0.1112M ½
iii) Concentration of sulphuric (vi) acid
in 1000cm3 ………………………… 0.1112
250cm3 ………………………………..?
0.1112 ×250 = 0.0278moles
1000
in 25cm 3=0.0278moles
in 1000cm3= ?
0.0278x1000=1.112M ½
25
Conditions
I. If units given they should be correct however if not given ignore.
II. Molarity should be given to at least 3 decimals place otherwise penalize ½ marks for the
answer.
III. Numbers of moles should be given to at least 4 decimal places, otherwise penalize ½ mark for
answer.
TABLE II
a) Complete table -1mrk
5-6 experiments done -1
4 experiments done -1/2 mark
Less than 4 experiments done -0mrk
Penalties
I. Penalize ½ mark for inverted table
II. Penalize fully for unrealistic temperature readings i.e. Above500c or below 100c .
Decimals -1mark
The first digit after the decimal must be a zero or 5 otherwise penalize fully.
C) Accuracy -1mark
Accuracy is pegged on the candidate initial temperature reading
Conditions
I. Award 1 mark if the candidate value is within +2units the school value.
II. The initial temperature reading should be the same for all the six experiments otherwise
penalize fully.
D) Trend -1mrk (tied to ΔT)
I. Award1mark for a continuous rise followed by continuous drop.
II. Award 1mark for a continuous rise, a constant then followed by continuous drop
GRAPH-3mks
a) Labeling – ½ mrk
The vertical and horizontal axis must be correctly labeled with correct unit otherwise penalize fully
Scale – ½ mark
The actual plot must cover at least seven big squares on the vertical axis and at least 8 big squares
on the horizontal axis, otherwise penalize fully.
c) Plotting
5-6 correct plotted points -1mark
4 correctly plotted points- ½ mark
Less than 4 points plotted – 0mark
Line -1mrk
A straight line showing a continuous rise followed by a line showing a continuous drop.
Condition the two lines must be extrapolated above the last point.

Page | 93
I i) The Δt must be read from a correctly drawn graph.
ii) ΔT is correctly shown on the graph but not, award accordingly.
The graph must be extrapolated above the last point.
II The volume of A must be read from a correctly drawn graph .
- The reading must be shown the graph
iii) I Answer in (ii) above x answer (iv) in procedure A ½
100
=correct answer 1 ½
II Δ H=mcΔT
=16x4.2xΔT (answer (ii)I above )1 ½
1000
= correct answer ½
= 1xcorrect answer above ½
Answer (iii)I above
=correct answer ½
QUESTION 2-SOLID G
Observations inferences
a) Colorless droplet on the cooler Hydrated compound G contain water of
parts of the test tube 1 mark crystallization
b) I)No white precipitate 1 mark Ca 2+,Mg 2+,Pb 2+,Al 3+.Zn 2+,absent 1mrk
II White precipitate. CO3 2- ,SO4 2-,SO3 2-
Present
III White precipitate dissolves 1mrk CO 3 2-,SO3 2-
Present 1mrk(2 ions -1mrk,1 ion-0mrk)
Iv) Orange colour of K 2 Cr 2O 7 CO 3 2-present ½ mark
Persists ½ mark
NB// 1 Penalise ½ mark for every contradictory ions to a maximum of I mark .
2 For the inference to be correct ,the observation must be correct .
QUESTION 3-Solid T
a) Burns with a smoky /sooty flame ½ mark ̦̀ =C̦΄ present,-C=C- ½
C
b) Effervescence /bubbles ½ - COOH- present ½
ii) PH=4 or 51mrk Weakly acidic 1mrk
ii) Purple KMnO4turns colourless - C=C- present,-C=C-
iii) Orange colour of K2 Cr2 O7 ROH absent 1mrk
NB//1 Penalize fully for- C=C- and C ≡or H-C=C-C-H and H-C≡C-H
2 The pH value should not be range of values.
3 Penalize fully for weak acid in the inference of b(ii)

Page | 94
 KIGUMO SUB COUNTY
233/1
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. a) A hydrocarbon consists of 92.3% carbon. Its molecular mass is 26. Calculate it’s
Molecular formula. (2 marks)
b) Draw the structure of the hydrocarbon. (1 mark)
2. a) Explain why melting point of chlorine gas is greater than that of Argon. (l mark)
b) Using dot(•) and cross (×) to represent electrons draw a diagram to show bonding in carbon
(IV) oxide. (1 mark)
c) In terms of structure and bonding. Explain why Graphite is used as a lubricant. (1 mark)
3. a) What is observed when a few drops of phenolphthalein indicator is added to a solution whose
pH value is 3.0? (l mark)
b) Write an equation for the reaction between Lead (ii) oxide and dilute Nitric acid. (l mark)
4. State and explain the observation that would be made when zinc powder is heated with copper (II)
oxide. (2 marks)
5. Why is it dangerous to run a motor car engine in a closed garage? (2 marks)
6. 2 grams of sodium hydroxide is added to 30 cm3 of IM sulphuric (VI) acid. What volume of 0. 1M
potassium hydroxide solution will be needed to neutralize the excess acid. (Na=23, O=16, H=1)
7. An aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride gas reacts with manganese (IV) oxide to form chlorine
gas while a solution of hydrogen chloride gas in methylbenzene does not react with manganese (iv)
oxide. Explain
8. A small piece of potassium Manganate (VII) was placed in a glass of water and was left
standing for 6 hrs without shaking. State and explain the observations made. (2 marks)
9. Burning Magnesium continues to burn in a gas jar full of carbon iv oxide. Explain. (2 marks)
10. The table below gives the atomic numbers of elements W, X, Y and Z.
Element W X y Z
Atomic number 14 17 16 19
a) Name the type of bonding that exists in the compound formed when X and Z reacts. (1 mark)
b) Select the letter representing the strongest reducing agent. Give a reason for your answer.
11. Ethyne reacts with hydrogen as shown below
H H
| |
H - C≡ C - H+ H - H → C = C
| |
H H
Use the bond energies below to calculate the enthalpy changes for the above reaction. (3 marks)
BOND ENERGY
H-H 435
C-H 413
C≡C 835
C=C 611

12. a) Explain the role of common salt in defrosting ice on roads in ice cold countries. (1 mark)
b) Explain why the long term effects of use of common salt is costly to motorists. (1 mark)
13. Given the equation below
NH3(aq) + H2O(l) → NH4+(aq)+ OH-(aq)
Identify the species that acts as;
i) A base. Explain (1 mark)
ii) An acid. (½ mark)
14. a) State Grahams law of diffusion. (1mark)
b) The rate of diffusion of sulphur(IV)oxide gas through a porous material is 40cm3s -1.
Page | 95
 Calculate the rate of diffusion of carbon(IV)oxide gas through the same porous
material (S=32,O=16,C=12) (2 marks)
15. Describe how a solid sample of lead(II) chloride can be prepared using the following reagents :
dilute nitric acid, dilute hydrochloric acid and lead carbonate (3 marks)
16. The production of ammonia is given by the equation

i) State and explain the effect of addition of dilute hydrochloride acid on equilibrium. (2 marks)
ii) Explain the effect of increase in temperature on the yield of ammonia. (2 marks)
17. Cr2O72- + 14 H+ (aq) + 6Fe2+ → Cr23+ + 7H2O(l) + 6Fe3+.
The above equation show a redox reaction
(a) Calculate the oxidation state of chromium in Cr2O72- (2 marks)
(b) What is the role of H+ in the above reaction. (1 mark)
18. a) Define the standard heat of formation. (1 mark)
b) Draw energy cycle diagram to show how the standard heat of formation of ethanol (C2H5OH)
can be determined from standard heats of combustion of its elements. (2 marks)
c) Given that ∆HC(C) = - 393kJmole-1, ∆HC(H2) = -286kJmole-1 and ∆HC(C2H5OH)
= -1368kJmole-1. Calculate the enthalpy of formation of C2H5OH. (2 marks)
19. 3.78g of a hydrated salt of iron (II) sulphate, FeSO4, in H2O were heated until all the water of
crystallization was driven off. The anhydrous salt left had a mass of 1.52g. Determine the formula
of the hydrated salt. (Fe = 56, S = 32, H = 1, O = 16) (3 marks)
20. A steady current of 0.2 Amperes was passed through molten silver bromide for 80 minutes.
a) Calculate the quantity of electricity that passed through the set up. (1 mark)
b) Calculate the mass of product deposited at the cathode. (1F = 96500C; Ag = 108, Br = 80)
c) If a sample of cobalt has an activity of 1000 counts per minute, determine the time it would take for
its activity to decrease to 62.50 if the half-life of the element is 30 minutes. (2 marks)
21. The apparatus set up below was used to prepare an anhydrous solid P

a) Write an equation for formation of solid P (1 mark)

Suppose the gas used in the set up was dry hydrogen chloride gas; what would be the product
obtained after the reaction? Give a reason for your answer. (1 mark)
22. Aluminium is obtained from the ore with the formula Al2O3. 2H2O. The ore is first heated and
refined to obtain pure aluminium oxide (Al2O3). The oxide is then electrolysed to get Aluminium
and oxygen gas using carbon anodes and carbon as cathode.
a) Give the common name of the ore from where aluminium is extracted from. (½ mark)
b) What would be the importance of heating the ore first before refining it? (1 mark)
c) The refined ore has to be dissolved in cryolite first before electrolysis. Why is this necessary?
d) Why are the carbon anodes replaced every now and then in the cell for electrolysing aluminium
oxide? (1 mark)
23. Use the cell representation below to answer the questions that follow
V(s) / V3+ (aq) //Fe2+ (aq) /Fe(s)
i. Write the equation for the cell reaction (1 mark)
ii. If the E.M.F of the cell is 0.30 volts and the Eθ value for V3+aq / V (s) is -0.74V, calculate
the Eθ of Fe2+(aq)/ Fe(s) (2 marks)
24. When 50cm3 1M potassium hydroxide was reacted with 50cm3 of 1M hydrochloric acid, the
temperature rose by 80C. When the same volume of Potassium hydroxide was reacted with 50cm3
of 1M Pentanoic acid, the temperature rose by 30C.
i) Give reasons for the above difference in temperature. (2 marks)
Page | 96
ii) Write an equation to show dissociation of pentanoic acid? (1 mark)
25. Describe how sodium hydrogen carbonate is prepared given sodium metal as a starting reagent
3mks
26. A heavy metal P was dissolved in dilute nitric acid to form a solution of compound P(NO3)2.
Portions of the resulting solution were treated as follows:
a) To the first portion a solution of dilute hydrochloric acid is added, where a white precipitate (S) is
formed, which dissolves on warming.
b) The second portion is treated with two drops of 2M Sodium hydroxide solution where a white
precipitate T is formed. The white precipitate dissolved in excess sodium hydroxide to form a
colourless solution.
c) A solution of potassium iodide is added to the third portion where a yellow precipitate (U) is
formed.
d) When the resulting solution is evaporated to dryness and heated strongly a yellow solid (V) is
formed and a brown gas (W) and a colourless gas (X) are formed.
Identify the substances P, S, T, U, V, W. (3 marks)
27. The graphs below were drawn when 15g of marble chips in different physical states were reacted
with 50cm3 of 2M Hydrochloric acid. They are drawn by measuring the volume of carbon (iv)
oxide produced with time.

Cm3
50

40
Volume of Co2

Curve A
Curve B

30

20
Curve C

10

0 10 20 30 40 50

Time
a) Which curves corresponds to the reactions involving powdered calcium carbonate and large sized
marble chips with the dilute acid?
i) Powdered calcium carbonate (½ mark)
ii) Large sized calcium carbonate (½ mark)
b) All the graphs eventually flatten out at the same level but at different time. Why do the graphs
flatten out at the same level? (1 mark)
c) Why is curve A very steep at any given point compared to the other curves. (1 mark)

Page | 97
28. Sodium thiosulphate was reacted with dilute hydrochloric acid in a round bottomed flask as shown
below. The gas evolved was collected by downward delivery in a gas jar.
Dilute hydrochloric acid

Cardboard cover

moisty filter paper

soaked in acidified
potassium chromium
(vi) solution

sodium thiosulphate

a) Write an equation to show the reaction going on in the reaction in vessel. (1 mark)
b) State the observation noted on the filter paper. Give a reason for your answer. (1 mark)
c) Give a reason why the filter paper soaked in the acidified potassium chromium (VI) is used at the
top of the flask (1 mark)

Page | 98
 KIGUMO
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
1 a). Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow
(The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements)
Ionization Energy_KJ/Mole
Element Electronic configuration 1st 1.E 2nd 1.E
A 2.2 900 1800
B 2.8.2 736 1450
C 2.8.8.2 590 1150
i) What chemical family do the elements A, B and C belong? (1mk)
ii) What is meant by the term ionization energy? (1mk)
iii) The 2nd ionization energy is higher that the 1st ionization energy of each. Explain
iv) State and explain what is observed when element C reacts with dilute sulphuric (vi) acid.
v) Write the equation for the reaction between C and dilute sulphuric (vi) acid. (1mk)
b) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
The letters do not represent the actual symbols of elements.

Q V
M S
N T
O U

(I) i) An element Y has atomic number 13. Indicate the position of Y on the grid (1 mk)
ii) Compare and explain the reactivity of S and T (2 mks)
iii) Elements M,N and O belong to the same group. Which of the elements is the most reactive?
Explain your answer (2 mks)
(II) i) Give the most reactive non- metal and state why. (1mks)
iii) Use dot and cross diagram to show bonding in compound formed when M and S react.
2 a) Use the information in the scheme below to answer the questions that follow.

I) Name substance x (1mk)

Page | 99
II) Give the structure and name of compound z. (1mk)
III) Write the equation for the chemical reaction in steps III (1mk)
IV) Name the reagents and conditions necessary for the reaction in
i) Step IV
ii) Step VII
iii) What name is given to the reaction in step VII? (1mk)
iv) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in step iv (1mks)
vi) State observations in step ii 1mk

b) State the disadvantage of using soapless detergent. (1mks)

3. a) Describe how the presence of Lead can be confirmed in an ore. (3marks)
b) The flow chart below illustrates the industrial extraction of Lead metal. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.

i) Identify the ore that is commonly used in this process. (1mark)

ii) Explain what takes place in the roasting furnace. (1mark
iii) Identify gas Z. (1mark)
iv) Write the equation for the main reaction that takes place in the smelting furnace (1mark)
v) What is the purpose of adding iron in the smelting furnace? (1mark)
vi) Explain why rain water trapped from lead roof is not safe for drinking. (1mark)
c) State one use of lead (1mark)
4. (a) Use the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

DC R
S

Copper (II) sulphate

P solution

a) The above experiment was performed using carbon electrode and another electrode
i) Identify electrode Q (1mks)
ii) Name the colourless gas observed in test tube S (1mks)
iii) write an equation to show how gas in (ii) above was formed. (1mks)
iv) Explain why no gas was observed in list tube R (2mks)

Page | 100
(b) A concentrated solution of sodium chloride is electrolysed using carbon electrode. An electric
current is passed through the solution for 15 minutes. The volume of the gas produced at the
cathode is 447.6cm3. Calculate the current used. (Molar gas volume at r.t.p = 24 dm3, 1F =
96500C). (3mks)
(c) Study the standard electrode potentials for the elements given below and answer the questions that
follow. The letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.
Half reaction E0 volts
→ 2Q(−aq )
Q2 ( aq ) + 2e  + 2.87
→ 2 R(−aq )
R2 ( g ) + 2e  + 1.36
S (+aq ) + 2e 
→ S ( s ) + 1.23
2T(+aq ) + 2e 
→ T2 ( s ) 0.00
U (2aq+ ) + 2e 
→U ( s ) − 0.13
V(2aq+) + 2e 
→V( s ) − 0.76
(i) What is the E0 value of the weakest reducing agent? (1mk)
(ii) Draw and label an electrochemical cell between elements S and V. (3mks)
(iii) Determine the electromotive force E0 value of the electrochemical cell in (ii) above. (1mk)
5. The set up below was used to study some properties of a gaseous element X. use it to answer the
questions that follow.

(a) Identify: (i) Substance Q. (1 mark)

(ii) Solid R. (1 mark)
(iii) Gas X. (1 mark)
(b) State the role of anhydrous calcium chloride. (1 mark)
(c) Write the chemical equation for the reaction in the;
(i) Flask. (1 mark)
(ii) Combustion tube. (1 mark)
(d) Explain why nothing was collected in the wash bottle after iron was replaced with copper metal.
(e) Name another substance that can be used in place of Q and the necessary condition for gas X to be
produced. (2 marks)
f. Explain why solid R is formed away from combustion tube. 1mk
g. State with a reason one precaution that should be taken when carrying out this experiment. 2mk
6. a) Balance the following nuclear equations (2mks)

Page | 101
 (i)
1
0 n 
→ 11P + _____________
(ii)
226
88 Ra 
→ 222
86 Rn + _____________
b) The diagram below shows some properties of nuclear radiations.

(i) Identify the radiations represented by letters J ,R,Q (1½mks)

(ii) What is the charge on J? Explain (1½mks)
c) A substance undergoes alpha decay taking 15 days for the original mass to reduce to 6.25%.
Determine its half life. (3mks)
d) State two hazards of radioactivity (2mks)
e) Differentiate between nuclear fission and fusion (1mks)
7. In an experiment to investigate the solubility of solids G and H, the following results were
obtained.
Temperature (0C) 0 10 20 30 40 50
Solubility of solid G (g/ 100g of 4 6.5 12 19 30 49
water)
Solubility of solid H (g/ 100g of 14 16 18 19 21 23
water)

a) Plot a graph of solubility of G and H against temperature on the axis (5mks)

b) From your graph determine
i) The solubility of G at room temperature (250C) (1mks)
ii) The temperature at which the solubility of G is 22g/100g (1mks)
c) If a solution of G containing 20g of solid in 100g of water is cooled from 400C, determine:
i) The temperature at which crystals will first form (1mks)
ii) The mass of the crystals deposited if the solution is cooled to 150C (1mks)
d) State the temperature at which G and H have the same solubility. (1mks)

Page | 102
 KIGUMO
233/3
CONFIDENTIAL
Confidential for cluster term two 2024 FORM 4
In addition to the apparatus and fittings found in the laboratory, each student will require the
following
1. about 80cm3 of solution A
2. 100cm3 of solution B
3. 70cm3 of solution C
4. 1 pipette
5. 1 burette
6. 3 conical flask
7. 250ml volumetric flask
8. 1 thermometer
9. 8 test tubes
10. 2 boiling tubes
11. 10 ml measuring cylinder
12. 7 labels
13. Distilled water in wash bottle
14. 0.5g sodium hydrogen carbonate
15. 5cm3 of absolute ethanol
16. 1-14 PH chart
17. Solid R
18. Solid G
19. 1 spatula
Access to
20. Universal indicator solution
21. Methyl orange indictor
22. Acidified potassium manganate vii
23. Bromine water
24. Conc sulphuric vi acid
25. Means of heating
26. 2M lead ii nitrate
27. 2M dilute HNO3
28. 0.5M Barium Nitrate
29. 2M NaOH
30. 2M aqueous Ammonia
31. 2M HCl

Preparations
1. Solution A is prepared by dissolving 55ml of conc sulphuric vi acid in 1L of solution
2. Solution B is prepared by dissolving 8 g of anhydrous sodium carbonate in 1L of solution
3. Solution C IS prepared by dissolving 80g of sodium hydroxide in 1ltre of solution.
4. 2m Hydrochloric acid is prepared by dissolving 172cm3 of concentrated hydrochloric acid in
distilled water and diluting to 1Litre
5. Solid R IS 2 g of oxalic acid weighed accurately and supplied in a stoppered container.
6. Solid Q is 4g of a mixture of ammonium sulphate and aluminium sulphate in the ratio of 1:1.

Page | 103
 KIGUMO EVALUATION
PAPER 3
1. You are provided with:
• Aqueous Sulphuric (VI) acid, Solution A
• 4.0g in 500 cm3 of sodium carbonate, Solution B
• An aqueous solution of substance C, solution C
You are required to determine the;
a) Concentration of solution A
b) Enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric (VI)acid and substance C.
Procedure I
Transfer 25.0cm3 of the solution A into 250 ml conical flask using a pipette. Add water to
make 250cm3 of solution. Label this as solution D. Place solution D in a burette.
Clean the pipette and use it to place 25.0cm3 of solution B into conical flask. Add 3 drops of
methyl orange indicator provided and titrate with solution D. Record your result in table I
below. Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table I below.
Table I
I II III
Final burette reading
Initial burette reading
Volume of solution D used (cm3)
(3 marks)
Calculate the;
(a) Average volume of solution D used. (1 mark)
(b) Concentration of solution B in moles per litre (Na=23, C=12, O=16). (1 mark)
(c) Concentration of sulphuric (VI) acid in solution D in moles per litre. (1 marks)
(d) Concentration of sulphuric (VI) acid in solution A in moles per litre. (1 mark)

PROCEDURE II
Label six test tubes as 1, 2,3,4,5, and 6. Using a measuring cylinder, measure 2cm3 of solution A
into test –tube number 1, 4cm3 in test –tube number 2. Continue with this process for all the other
test tubes as shown in table II below. Clean the burette and fill it with solution C. From the
burette, Place 14cm3 of solution C into a boiling tube. Measure the initial temperature of this
solution and record it in the table II below to the nearest 0.50C. Add the content of test tube
number 1 to the boiling tube containing solution C. Stir the mixture with thermometer and record
the highest temperature reached in table II below. Repeat the process with the other sample of
solution C given in the table II and complete the table.
Table II
1 2 3 4 5 6
Volume of solution A(cm3) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Volume of solution C (cm3) 14 12 10 8 6 4
Highest temperature of mixture ( oC)
Initial temperature of solution C ( oC)
Change in temperature, ΔT ( oC)
(4 marks)
(a) On the grid below, draw a graph of ΔT (vertical axis) against volume of solution A. (3marks)
(b) From the graph, determine;
i The maximum change in temperature. (1mark)
ii The volume of solution A required to give the maximum change in temperature. (1 mark)
(c) Calculate the;
i Number of moles of sulphuric (VI) acid required to give the maximum temperature change.
ii Molar enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric (VI) acid and substance C in kilojoules per
mole of sulphuric (VI) acid. (specific heat capacity =4.2J/g/k, density of solution=1.0g/cm3).
Page | 104
2. You are provided with solid Q. carry out the tests below and record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
a) Strongly heat a spatula-end full of solid Q in a dry test tube.
b) i) Place the remaining solid Q in a boiling tube. Add 10cm3 of distilled water. Divide the
solution into five portions.
ii) To the first portion, add aqueous lead (II) nitrate solution.
iii) To the second portion, add dilute nitric (V) acid followed by barium nitrate solution.
iv) To the third portion, add few drops of sodium hydroxide until in excess.
v) To the forth portion, add few drops of aqueous ammonia until in excess.
vi) To the firth portion, add few drops of hydrochloric acid. Warm the contents.
3. You are provided with solid R. carry out the tests below and record your observations and
inferences.
a) Place a spatula-end full of solid R in dry boiling tube and add about 10 cm3 of distilled
water. Shake thoroughly and heat to boil. Divide the solution into five portions.
b) i) Test the first portion with the universal indicator solution provided.
ii) to the second portion, add a few drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution.
iii) To the third portion, add few drops of bromine water.
iv) To the fourth portion, add all the sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.
v) To the fifth portion in a boiling tube, add 5cm3 of ethanol followed by few drops of
concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid. Warm the mixture.

Page | 105
 KIGUMO SUB COUNTY
MAKING SCHEME
PAPER ONE
233/1
1. a) C H
92.3 77 E.F = CH ½
12 1
7.69 7.77 ½(CH)n = 26  13n=26
7.69 7.69 n=2
1 MF=C2H2√½
b) H-C=C-H
2. a) Chlorine has stronger Van der waals forces than argon which is mono-atomic
b)

c) It has layers in its structures joined by weak ‘van der waals forces which slide over each
other.
3. a) The solution is colourless.
b) PbO(s) + 2HNO3(aq)Pb(NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l)
4. Colour changes from grey to yellow
Colour changes from black to brown.
Zinc oxidized to ZnO//CuO reduced to Cu// Zinc is higher in reactivity,
Reject displacement.
5. Due to incomplete combustion CO is produced √1 This gas is poisonous√1
6. 1 mole of NaOH => 40g
2g
1x2
40 0.05 mole
Original concentration of H2SO4
1000cm3 => 1 mole
30cm = 30x1
1000
= 0.03 moles
Moles of acid reacted with NaOH
Mole ratio of NaOH: H2SO4
2 : 1
But 2 => 0.05 moles
1 =1x 0.05
2
= 0.025 moles
Moles of acid reacted with KOH
0.03-0.025 =0.005 moles
Mole ratio KOH: H2SO4
2:1
But I mole => 0.005 moles
2 =>2x0.005
1
= 0.01 moles
KOH reacted 0.01 moles

Page | 106
 But 0.1 mole of KOH => 1000cm3
0.01 mole =>0.01 x 1000
0.1
=l00cm3
7. Because in water HCl gas forms HCl acid which ionizes to form H+ which reacts with MnO2 to
form chlorine gas
- In methylbenzene, HCl gas has No H+ but it remains as discrete molecules hence no reaction with
MnO2
8. The solution turned purple KMnO4 particles diffuse in water hence spreading to all the parts
making the water turn purple
9. Heat from burning Magnessium decomposes carbon iv oxide to carbon and aoxygen. Oxygen
supports burning of magnesium. 2mks
10. a) ionic bonding or Electrovalent bonding
b) Z
Because it losses electrons most readily
11.
H H

H C≡C H+ H H C =C

H H
413 835 413 435 4(-413) + -611
-1652-611
-2263
2086-2263
= -177kJ
12. a) Addition of NaCl serves as an impurity that lowers the melting point of ice making it move
easily and leave the road.
b) it makes parts of the vehicles rust faster.
13. i) NH3
Because it accepts a proton √(H+) forming NH4+
ii) H2O
14. a) The rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its
Density, temperature and pressure kept constant.
b) CO2=12 + 2 x 16=44
SO2=32+ 2 x 16=64
Or
RCO2 64 RCO2 RMMSO2
� = �RMMCO
40 44 RSO2 2

√1.45 = 1.204 √
RCO2 = 40 x 1.204
=48.167cm3 5-1√
15. - Add dilute HNO3 to the lead (II) carbonate to obtain lead (II) nitrate solution
- Allow the reaction to go to completion
Add excess dilute HCl to the mixture to precipitate insoluble lead (II) chloride.
- Filter to obtain lead (II) chloride as the residue
16. i) Reacts with ammonia , equilibrium will shift to the right , forward r x n favoured.
ii) Since the reaction is exothermic , increase in temperature would lead to decomposition
of(NH3(a) to form more of H2 and N2(g) yield of ammonia decreases.
17.
Page | 107
(a) 2(Cr) + 7(-2) = -2
2(Cr) + -14 = -2.
2Cr = -2 +14
2Cr 12
= Cr = +6.
2 2
(b) Facilitate the visibility of colour changes during the reversible reactions.
29. (a) Energy involved in the formation of a compound from its elements in their standard state
at standard conditions.
b)
∆Hf
2C + 3H2 + ½ O2 C2H5OH

∆Hc ∆Hc
∆Hc

2CO2 + 3H2O
c) ∆Hf(ethanol) +∆ Hc(ethanol) = ∆Hc(Carbon) + ∆Hc(hydrogen)
∆Hf + -1368 = 2(-393) + 3(-286)
∆Hf = - 276kJmole-1
30. Mass of water contained in the salt = 3.78
- 1.52
1.26g
Present FeSO4 H2O
Masses 1.52 1.26
RFM 152 18
1.52 1.26
Moles = 0.01 = 0.07
152 18
0.01 0.07
Mole ration −1 =7
0.01 0.07
Ratio of cpds FeSO4 – H2O = 1:7
Formula of the cpd is FeSO4. 7H2O
31.
a) Q = IA
= 0.2 x 80 x 60 ½ Mark
= 960 coulombs ½ Mark
b) Cathode:
Ag+(l) + e →Ag (s)
96500C deposits 108g of Ag
108𝑔𝑔
960 C deposits 𝑥𝑥960𝐶𝐶 = 1.074 g
96500𝐶𝐶
c)
1000 500 250 125 62.5 1 Mark
Total half times = 4 x 30
= 120 minutes
32.
a) 2 Fe(s) + 3Cl2(q)→ 2 FeCl3 (s) 1 Mark
Equation must be balanced award 0 if not balanced, state omission of symbols give ½ Mark
b) FeCl2 ½ Mark
Accept iron (II) chloride
Reasons: HCl gas is not a strong oxidizing agent hence may not oxidize Fe to its highest oxidation
state.

Page | 108
33.
a) Baunxite
b) It drives out water ½ from the Al2O3 2H2O leaving Al2O3, thus reducing it.
c) It has a very high melting ½ point (2054) oC hence its lowered by cryolite to 900oC
The molten Al2O3 has a high covalaricytendancy ½ hence not very good in electrical conductivity
Therefore cryolite improves its electrical conductivity ½
d) The graphite (C) react with the oxygen liberated there forming CO2 and CO escapes hence wearing
out
34.
i. 2V(s) + 3Fe2+(aq)→ 2V3+(aq) + 3Fe(s)
ii. Emf = Ered - Eoxid
+0.30 = x - -0.74
x= -0.44V
35.
i) The reaction between KOH and HCl gives a higher temperature change because
HCL is ½ releasing more H+ ions which combines with OH- ions to form water
The reaction between KOH and pentanoic acid gives a lower temperature change because the acid is
Partially dissociated ½ releasing fewer H+ ions which will react with the OH- ions hence part of
the energy released goes to ionize the acid ½
ii) C4H9COOH(aq) C4H9COO- (aq) + H+(aq)
Reversible sign must appear
36. Place sodium meter in water
Bubble excess carbon iv oxide gas through the solution to form sodium hydrogen carbonate.
heat the solution formed to satulation and cool.
37.
a) P – Pb
S – PbCl2(aq)
T – Pb(OH)2 (ppt)
U – PbI2(s)
V – PbO
W – NO2 (½ Mark) each NB Accept the name of the respective answers also
38.
a)
i) Powdered calcium carbonate (½ mark)
ii) Curve A
iii) Curve C
b) One of ½ the reactants has been used up in the reaction and the total amount of CO2 produced will
be the same ½ since all reactants remained same in each case.
c) The powdered CaCO3 offers a very great surface ½ area in contact with the acid hence the rate of ½
reaction is very high at any given point
39.
a) Na2S2O3(s) + 2HCl (aq) →2NaCl (aq) + H2O(l) + S(s) + SO2(g)
Equations must be balanced otherwise award zero
State symbols missing
b) The filter paper is noted to turn to green in colour (½) the sulphur (IV) oxide produced reduces the
chromium (VI) ions from oxidation number of (+6) to Cr3+ ions which are green in colour
c) To show when the gas jar is filled with ½ gas, hence ensuring the gas does not escape ½ to the
environment.

Page | 109
 KIGUMO
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
1 a).
i) Alkaline earth metals
ii) Energy required to remove electron from the outermost energy level of an atom in gaseous
state.
iii) The nuclear charge is now higher.
Stronger nuclear force.
iv) The reaction stops immediately.
An insoluble coating of Csulphate is formed preventing further reaction
v) C(s) +H2SO4 (aq) → CSO4(s) + 2H2(g)
b)

Y Q V
M S
N T
O U
I) i) An element Y has atomic number 13. Indicate the position of Y on the grid (1 mk)
ii) S is more reactive than T.
S has smaller atomic radius than T, hence attracts incoming electro more strongly.
iii) O is the most reactive.
Has largest atomic radius among them.
II) i) Has stable electron configuration
ii) Use dot and cross diagram to show bonding in compound formed when M and S react.

2 a)
I) propanoic acid
II)

1-Chloropropane
III) CH3 CH2 CH2 COH + Na(s) → CH3CH2 CH2CHONa + H2
IV) i) Reagents Conc sulphuric acid
Conditions Temperature of 160
ii) Reagents Ethanol
Conditions warm (1mk) heat
V) Esterification
VI) CH2 CH2 OH H2SO4 CH3CH=CH2 +H3O
vi) orange colour changes to green
b) its non- biodegradable hence pollutes environment.
Page | 110
3. a) - Crush the ore in powder.
- Add dilute nitric(v)acid and warm
- Filter and collect the filtrate
- Add NaOH dropwise until in excess to one portion of filtrate
- White ppt formed that dissolve in excess
- Add few drops of dilute H2SO4 or Na2SO4(aq) or NaCl(aq) or HCl acid
- White Ppt formed confirms the presence of Lead
f)
i) Galena or (PbS)-
ii) The Lead(II)Sulphide is converted into Lead(II)oxide and sulphur(IV)oxide
iii) Carbon iv oxide or carbon ii oxide
PbO + C
(s) (s) → pb + CO
(s) (g )
iv)
v) To reduce unreacted PbS to Pb
vi) The lead would dissolve slowly in rain water (½ mrk) that causes lead poisoning in the body.
g) Radioactive shielding (1mrk)
Lead acid accumulators | batteries
4.
a) i) Cathode
ii) oxygen
iii) 4OH-(aq) → 2 H2 O + O2+4e-
iv) Copper ions were preferentially discharged instead of hydrogen ions
b) 2Cl -(aq → Cl2 + 2e-
Moles chlorine =447.6/24000
0.01865 moles
1 mole → 2×96500c
0.01865 → X
X= 0.01865 ×2×96500
3599.45c
Q=It
I= Q/t
I= 3599.45/(15×60)
3.99A
(c) i) +2.87V
ii) Draw and label an electrochemical cell between elements S and V.

iii) E= +1.23 - -0.76

= +1.99V
5.
a) i) Potassium manganite vii
ii) Iron iii chloride
Page | 111
 iii) chlorine
b) Drying agent
c) i) 2KMnO4 + 16 HCl → 2KCl + 2MnCl2 + 8H2O + Cl2
ii) 2Fe +3Cl2 → 2FeCl3
d) Copper does not react with chlorine
e) Manganese iv oxide
Heating
f) It sublimes
g) Carried out in fume chamber because
chlorine is poisonous
6. a) Balance the following nuclear equations (2mks)
1 1
i) 0𝑛𝑛 �⎯� 1𝑃𝑃 + _____________
226 222
ii) 88𝑅𝑅 𝑎𝑎 �⎯� 86𝑅𝑅 𝑛𝑛 + _____________
b) i) J gamma
R beta
Q alpha
ii) has no charge/ neutral
Not deflected by electric field
𝟔𝟔.𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏 𝒏𝒏
c) � �=� � n = half lifes
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
� � = 𝒏𝒏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
n=4
∴4T = 15
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
T = = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟒𝟒
h) Destruction of property and life through nuclear bombs
Causes cancer
i) Fission is disintergration of a heavy nuclide when bombanded by a fast moving particle.
Fusion is combining of lighter nuclides when bombanded together.
7. a)
b) From your graph determine
i) 15
ii) 40
c) i) 35
ii) 20-8= 12g
d) 35

Page | 112
 KIRINYAGA EAST ALLIANCE CLUSTER EXAM
233/1
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The figure below shows the changes that take place between states of matter. Some of them have
been identified and others labelled.

(i) Give the names of processes:

I. H (1 mk)
II. G (1 mk)
(ii) Name the substances that can undergo process F when left in an open container in the laboratory.
(iii) The process J is called deposition. Using water as an example, write an equation that represents the
process of deposition. (1 mk)
2. Study the set up below and answer the questions that follow.

(a) Describe what happens when the set up was left for some few days. (2 mks)
(b) What is the chemical name and formula for substance X. (1 mk)
(c) What would be the effect of using steel wool moistened with salty water? (1 mk)
3. The table below gives some properties of three elements in the same group of periodic table. Study
and use it to answer the questions that follow.

Element Atomic no. Melting point 0C Boiling point 0C

J 17 -101 -34.7
K 35 -7 58.8
L 53 114 184
(a) Which element is a liquid at room temperature? Give a reason. (2 mks)
(b) Explain why the boiling point of K is higher than that of J. (2 mks)
4. (a) Consider the equation:
NH3 (g) + H2O (l) ⇌ NH4+(aq) + OH-(aq)
Identify the acid in the above equation using Bronsted – Lowry theory. (2mks)
(b) Define basicity of an acid and give the basicity of Sulphuric (VI) acid? (2mks)
5. (a) In terms of bonding and structures, explain why metals are good conductors of electricity.
(2 mks)

Page | 113
(b) Using a dot (•) and cross (x) diagram show how a coordinate bond is formed in an ammonium ion.
(N = 7, h = 1) (2 mks)
6. (a) Give the systematic name of each of the following compounds.
(i) CH3CCCH3 (1 mk)
(ii) CH3CHCOOCH2CH3 (1 mk)
(iii) CH3HCCHCH2CH3 (1 mk)
(b) An hydrocarbon W was found to decolourlise potassium manganaete (VII) solution. When two
moles of W are burnt completely, six moles of carbon (IV) oxide and six moles of water were
formed.
(i) Write the structural formula of W. (1 mk)
7. State how sulphur is used in:
(a) Rubber industry (1 mk)
(b) Medicine (1 mk)
(c) Contact process (1 mk)
8. (a) Nitrogen is freely found in the atmosphere. What percentage of air does it occupy?
(b) A students prepared ammonia gas, dried it using concentrated sulphuric(VI)acid then collected it
over water.
(i). Identify two mistakes the student made. (2 mks)
(ii). Write the equation for the preparation of ammonia gas. (1 mk)
9. (a) Work out the oxidation number of chromium in:
Cr2O72- (1 mk)
(b) Given the following:
Mg2+(aq) + 2e- →Mg(s) Eθ = -2.38V
Cu2+(aq) + 2e- → Cu(s) Eθ = +0.34V
Identify the:
I. Reducing agent (½ mk)
II. Oxidizing agent (½ mk)
III. Calculate Eθ of the cell when the two half-cells are combined. (2mks)
10. (a) State Graham’s law of diffusion. (1 mk)
(b) A volume of 240 cm3 of nitrogen gas diffused through a membrane in 40 seconds, how long
will 480 cm3 of carbon (IV)oxide diffuse through the same membrane?
(N = 14, C = 12, O = 16) (2 mks)
11. 13.68g of aluminium sulphate were dissolved in 600cm3 of water, calculate the concentration of the
sulphate ions in the solution. (Al=27,S=32,O=16) (3 marks)
12. A form four students accidentally mixed the following: iron filling, sodium chloride, aluminium
chloride and copper (II) oxide. Describe how the student can obtain a pure sample of sodium
chloride crystal. (3marks)
13. The diagram below represents the apparatus used to react steam with magnesium.
Boiling tube
Magnesium ribbon
Wet cotton
wool
Gas C

Heat Heat

Water

a) State an observation made in the boiling tube. (1 mark)

b) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the boiling tube. (1mk)
c) State and explain one precaution required before the heating is stopped. (2 marks)
14. The following two tests were carried out on chlorine water contained in two test-tubes.
a) . A piece of blue flower was dropped into the first test-tube. Explain why the flower bleached.
b). The second test-tube was corked and exposed to sunlight.

Page | 114
 After a few days, it was found to contain a gas that rekindled a glowing splint.
Write an equation for the reaction which produced the gas. (1 mark)
15. State any two differences between a luminous and a non-luminous flame. (2 marks)
16. The structure below represents a cleaning agent which is said to have both an advantage and
adisadvantage.
O

=
R S O- Na +
=
O
a) Which type of cleaning agent does the structure above represent? (1 mark)
b) State:
i) one advantage (1 mark)
ii) one disadvantage. (1mark)
17. Use the information below to answer the questions that follow.
Equation Enthalpy of formation
H2 (g) + ½O2(g) → H2O (l) ΔH1 = – 286 KJmol−1
C (s) + O2(g) → CO2 (g) ΔH2 = – 394 KJmol−1
2C (s) + 3H2(g) + ½O2(g) → C2H5OH (l) ΔH3 = – 277 KJmol−1
a) Define the term enthalpy of formation of a compound. (1 mark)
b) Calculate the molar enthalpy of combustion ΔH4 of ethanol.
C2H5OH (l) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2 (g) + 3H2O (l) (2 marks)
18. The diagram below represents a paper chromatogram for three brands of juices suspected to
contain banned food colorings.

K L M
x x x
Brand of juice

The results showed the presence of banned food colorings in L and M only. On the same diagram:
a) Circle the spots which show the banned food colorings (2 marks)
b) Show solvent front. (1 mark)
19. When hydrogen gas is passed over heated lead (II) oxide a reaction occurs. The diagram below
shows a set up that could be used for this reaction.
Hydrogen
Lead oxide
Dry hydrogen burning

Heat
a) What observation would be made in the combustion tube? (2 marks)

Page | 115
20.The set – up below was used to prepare hydrogen gas.

a). Complete the diagram to show how dry sample of hydrogen can be collected. (3mks)
b). Write an equation for the reaction, which takes place when hydrogen gas burns in air.
21. Naturally occurring magnesium consists of three isotopes. 78.6% 24Mg; 10% 25Mg and 26Mg.
Calculate to one decimal place, the relative atomic mass of magnesium. (2 marks)
Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Calcium Step 1 Colourless Step 2 Substance F1

oxide Dilute HCl solution
oxide Heat to dryness
Hydrochloric acid

Step 3 Excess Carbon (IV) oxide

Substance G1

a) Give the name of the process that takes place in step1 (1 mark)
b) Give;
(i) The name of substance G1 .......................................................(1mk)
(ii) One use of substance F1 ..............................................................................(1Mk)
23. Aqueous hydrogen chloride reacts with potassium manganate (VII) to produce chlorine gas, while
a solution of hydrogen chloride in methylbenzene has no effect on potassium manganate (VII).
Explain this observation. (2 marks)
24. The set – up below was used to electroplate a metallic spoon. Study it and answer the questions
that follow.
Battery

Metallic spoons
(cathode)

a) Write an ionic equation for the reaction that occurred the cathode (1mark)
b) State and explain what happened to the anode (2 marks)
25. M grammes of a radioactive isotope decayed to 5 grammes in 100 days.
The half –life of the isotope is 25 days.
(a) What is meant by half-life? (1 mark)
(b) Calculate the initial mass M of the radioactive isotope. (2 marks)

Page | 116
 KIRINYAGA EAST CLUSTER EVALUATION
233/2
Paper 2 (Theory)
Time: 2hours
1. a)
i) An atom is electrically neutral. Explain. (1 mark)
ii) Give any two properties of an electron (2 marks)
b) The table below gives the number of electrons, protons and neutrons in the particles listed
Particle Protons Electrons Neutrons
Q 8 10 8
R 13 10 14
T 17 17 18
U 6 6 8
V 12 10 12
X 10 10 12
W 6 6 6
i) Select two particles which are isotopes, explain (2 marks)
ii) Which particle is likely to be a halogen (1mark)
iii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between elements Q and R (1mark)
iv) Names the type of structure in the product formed in (iii) above (1mark)
v) How does the atomic radii of element R and V compare? Give a reason. (2marks)
vi) Draw a dot (۰) and cross (x) diagram for the compound formed between excess Q and W
vii) Compare the boiling point of element T and that of X (2marks)
2. The combustion of propane can be represented by the following equation:
C3H8 (g) + 5O2 (g) → 3CO2 (g) + 4H2O (l)
a) i) Define the term ‘molar enthalpy of combustion’ of a compound (1mk)
ii) Use the thermo chemical equations below to answer the questions that follow.
C(graphite)(s) + O2 (g) → CO2 (g) ∆H1 = - 393.5kJ/mole
H2 (g) + ½O2 (g) → H2O (l) ∆H2 = -285.8kJ/mole
3C(graphite)(s) + 4H2 (g) → C3H8 (g) ∆H3 = - 103.7kJ/mole
I. Name the type of enthalpy change represented by ∆H3. (1mk)
II. Draw an energy level diagram for the reaction represented by equation 1. (3mks)
iii) Using energy cycle diagram, calculate the molar enthalpy of combustion of propane.
b) The enthalpy of formation of ethanol (CH3CH2OH) is -3239Kj/mole. Use the bond energies
given below to calculate the bond energy of formation of O-H. (3mks)
C-C = -346kJ/mole
C-H = -414kJ/mole
C-O = -360kJ/mole
3. a) Name the compounds below (3 marks)
(i) CH3CH(OH)CH3
(ii) CH3CH2CCCH3
(iii) CH3CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH3

Page | 117
 (b) Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.

Glucose

Step I

H2(g) Conc. H2SO4

J Ethene Step II Ethanol
Step IV
Acidified
Step III KMnO4(aq)

i) Name the process taking place in:

Step I. (1 mark Step II. (1 mark)
ii) Give the two conditions necessary in step IV (1 mark)
iii) State the observation made in step III. (1 mark)
iv) Name compound J. (1 mark)
v) Write the formula of the two reagents that can be used to prepare ethyne gas in the
laboratory (1mark)
i. The structure bellow is part of a polymer

a) Name the polymer (1 mark)

b) Draw the structural formula of the monomer of this polymer. (1 mark)
c) Give one use of the polymer above (1 mark)
d) State one disadvantage of continuous use of this polymer (1 mark)
4. a) Describe the process by which nitrogen is obtained from air on a large scale (4 marks)
b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Page | 118
 Ammonia Copper (II) oxide Nitrogen gas
Step VI Heat
Step I Air Copper
Platinum-Rhodium

Water
Gas J

Step II Air
Ammonium
Step III Nitric (V) Ammonia nitrate
Nitrogen Water/ air
acid Step IV
(IV) oxide
step V Heat

products

i) Identify gas J (1mark)

ii) Using oxidation numbers, show that ammonia is a reducing agent in step (VI) (2 marks)
iii) Write the equation for the reaction that occurs in step V (1mark)
iv) Give two uses of ammonia gas (2 marks)
c) The table below shows the observation made when aqueous ammonia was added to cation of
element E, F and G until in excess.
Cation of Addition of a few drops of aqueous Addition of excess aqueous ammonia
ammonia
E White precipitate Insoluble
F No white precipitate No white precipitate
G White precipitate Dissolves
2+
i) Select the cation likely to be Zn (1 mark)
ii) Given that the formula of the cation of element E is E2+, write the ionic equation for the
reaction between E2+ and aqueous ammonia. (1 mark)
5. (a) The following table gives the standard electrode potential for a number of half-reactions.

Half-reaction Eº (V)
Zn2+aq) + 2e- → Zn (s) -0.76

Fe2+ (aq) + 2e- → Fe(s) -0.44

Ag+(aq) + e- → Ag (s) + 0.80

Cu aq) + 2e →
2+ - Cu (s) +0.34
(i) Draw an electrochemical cell for the reaction that would give the least e.m.f. (3 marks)
(ii)Determine the e.m.f of the cell in (i) above (2 marks)
(iii)
Select the strongest oxidizing agent. Give reason. (2 marks)
(b) In the production of aluminum from aluminum oxide, 100 A was passed for 6 hours and 40
minutes. Determine the mass of aluminum obtained. (1F = 96500C, Al = 27) (3 marks)
(c) Define;

Page | 119
(i) Primary cell; (1 mark)
(ii) fuel cell. (1 mark)
(d) Give two reason for electroplating (2mark)
6. The flow chart below shows a sequence of chemical reactions starting with Zinc.
Study it and answer the questions that follow: -

(i) In step 1, excess 3M hydrochloric acid was added to 0.5g of Zinc powder
a) State two observations which were made when the reaction was in progress (2mks)
b) Explain why hydrogen gas is not liberated when dilute nitric acid is used in step 1 (1mk)
(ii) Write the equation for the reaction that took place in step 1 (1mk)
(iii) Calculate the volume of 3M hydrochloric acid that was needed to react completely with 0.5g of
Zinc powder (Zn = 65.0) (3mks)
(iv) Give the name of the type of reactions that took place in step 4 and 5 (2mk)
(v) Galvanized iron sheets are made by dipping the sheets in molten Zinc. Explain how zinc
protects iron from rusting (2mks)
7. The flow chart below outlines some of the processes involved in extraction of copper from
copper pyrites. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

(i) Name gas K (1mk)

(ii) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the first roasting furnace. (1mk)
(iii)Write the formula for the cation present the slag M. (1mk
(iv) Identify gas P. (1mk)
(v) What name is given to the reaction that takes place in chamber N?
Give a reason for your answer. (2mks)
(vi) State two uses of copper metal (2mks)

Page | 120
 KIRINYAGA EAST CLUSTER EVALUATION
233/3
PRACTICAL
CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS
In addition to the normal fittings and apparatus in the laboratory, each candidate would need the
following:
• Exactly 2.1g Solid A
• 150cm3 solution B
• 100 cm3 solution C
• 1g solid V
• 0.5g Solid sodium carbonate
• 3cm3 liquid L
• 1 burette
• 1 pipette
• 1 pipette filler
• 1 250ml conical flask
• 1 thermometer
• 1 stop watch
• 1 250ml volumetric flask
• 1 250ml beaker
• 1 100ml measuring cylinder
• 1 clean Spatula
• 1 label
• 1 test tube holder
• 6 test tubes on a test tube rack
• 10 ml measuring cylinder
• 1 boiling tube
• 1 dropper
• Distilled water
Access to
• 2M Sodium hydroxide + dropper
• 2M Ammonia solution + dropper
• Lead (II) nitrate solution + dropper
• 2M Nitric (v) acid + dropper
• Acidified potassium manganate (VII) + dropper
• Acidified potassium dichromate (VI)
• Phenolphthalein indicator + dropper
• Source of heat
Preparation
• Solid A; 2.1g sodium hydrogen carbonate
• Solution B; 1.1M hydrochloric acid solution
• Solution C; 0.4M sodium hydroxide solution
• Solid V; 1 g sodium carbonate
• Liquid L; 2cm3 glycerine

Page | 121
 KIRINYAGA EAST CLUSTER EVALUATION
233/3
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
1. You are provided with
• Sodium hydrogen carbonate, solid A.
• 1.1M hydrochloric acid, solution B.
• 0.4M sodium hydroxide, solution C.
• Distilled water.
You are required to determine the
i) Temperature change when sodium hydrogen carbonate reacts with excess hydrochloric acid.
ii) Number of moles of hydrochloric acid that remain unreacted.
iii) Number of moles of sodium hydrogen carbonate that reacted.
iv) Molar heat of reaction between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Procedure I
• Using 100ml measuring cylinder place 100cm3 of solution B in a 250ml beaker.
• Stir the solution gently with a thermometer and record its temperature in the table I after every 30
seconds.
• At exactly 120 seconds, add all the sodium hydrogen carbonate, solid A provided at once and stir
gently using a thermometer.
• Continue recording the temperature of the mixture in the table I below after 30 seconds up to 300
seconds.
• Keep the resulting solution for use in procedure II.
Table I
Time (seconds) 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Temperature (oC) X
a) Plot a graph of temperature (y-axis) against time on the grid provided. (3marks)
b) On the graph, show the minimum change in temperature, and determine its value. (1mark)
Procedure II
• Transfer all the solution obtained in procedure I into a 250ml volumetric flask and add distilled
water up to the mark.
• Label this as solution D.
• Fill the burette with solution C. Pipette 25cm3 of solution D and place into an empty 250 ml conical
flask.
• Add 2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate solution C with solution D. Record your
results into table II.
• Repeat the titration of solution C against solution D and complete table II.
Table II
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading. (cm3)
Volume of solution C used. (cm3)
(4marks)
a) Calculate the average volume of solution C used. (1mark)
b) Calculate the number of moles of
i. Sodium hydroxide, solution C used in the titration. (1mark)
ii. Hydrochloric acid in 25 cm3 of solution D used in the titration. (1mark)
iii. Hydrochloric acid in 250cm3 of solution D. (1mark)
iv. Hydrochloric acid in 100cm3 of solution B. (1mark)
v. Hydrochloric acid that reacted with sodium hydrogen carbonate. (1mark)
vi. Sodium hydrogen carbonate that reacted. (1mark)
Page | 122
c) Determine the molar heat of reaction between sodium hydrogen carbonate and hydrochloric acid.
(assume specific heat capacity of a solution is 42 Jg-1K-1). (2marks)
2. You are provided with solid V, carry out the tests below. Write your observations and inferences in
the spaces provided.
a) Dissolve solid V in about 20 cm3 of distilled water in a boiling tube. Into 5 separate test tubes, put
2cm3 portions of the solution and use it for tests (b) to (f)
b) To the first portion add 2M ammonia solution drop wise until excess.
c) To the second portion add 5 drops of 2M sodium hydroxide solution.
d) Place a drop of solution in the third portion on a clean spatula and heat it in a non-luminous flame
of a Bunsen burner.
e) To the fourth portion add 2-3 drops of lead (II) nitrate solutions. Then add nitric (V) acid solution.
f) To the fifth portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium permanganate (VII).
3. You are provided with an organic compound liquid L, carry out the tests below. Write your
observations and inferences in the spaces provided.
a) Add 10cm3 of distilled water in the boiling tube containing liquid L and shake well. Retain the
mixture obtained for use in procedure b (i), (ii) and (iii)
b) Use about 2cm3 portions of the mixture in a test tube for tests (i), (ii) and (iii)
i) To the first portion add all the solid sodium carbonate provided.
ii) To the second portion, add two drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) and warm the
mixture.
i) To the third portion, add 2cm3 of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) and warm the mixture.

Page | 123
 KIRINYAGA EAST ALLIANCE CLUSTER EXAM
233/1
TIME: 2 HOURS
1.
I H. condensation
II. G...melting
ii) iodine,/benzoic acid/dry ice/aluminium (ii) chloride/iron (iii) chloride
iii) H2O (g) → H2O (S)
2. a The iron fillings changed from grey to brown
The level of water increased in the gas jar
b. Hydrated iron (iii) oxide
Fe2O3 2H2O
c. Rusting would occur faster
3 a) K-its mpt is below room temp and bpt above room temp
b) K has bigger molecules than j hence more stronger van der waals forces btn the molecules
4. H2O . proton donor
b) The number of hydrogen ions in a molecule of an acid .
Basicity= 2
5. a) metals have delocalized electrons in their structure
b).

6. i) But-2-yne
ii) Ethylpropanoate
iii) Pent-2-ene
b)
H H H H H
| | | |
C ≡ C − C − C−C − C − H
| | | |
H H H H H
7. a) Hardening of rubber/vulcanization
b) fungicide
c) manufacture of sulphuric (vi) acid
8. a) 78 percent
b) Ammonia gas reacts with concentrated sulphuric (IV) acid.
Method of gas collection- ammonia is highly soluble in water
c. Ca(OH)2(s) +2NH4Cl(s) → CaCl2(aq)+NH3(g)+2H2O(l)
9. a) 2𝑥𝑥 − 14 = −2
2𝑥𝑥 = +12
𝑥𝑥 = +16
b) I) Mg
II ) Cu2
III) E.M.F =+0.34 − (−2.38) = +2.72𝑉𝑉
10. a) The rate of diffusion of an gas at constant temperature and pressure is inversely proportional
to the square
root of its density
10 . b) 240𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑁𝑁2 → 40𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
480𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑁𝑁2 = 80 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
Page | 124
 80 √28
= , 𝑥𝑥 = 100.29 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑥𝑥 √44
11. 1 mole 342g 0.04 Moles 600cm3 0.0667 x 3
? 13.68 ? 1000cm3
13.68 = 0.06 moles 1000 x 0.04 = 0.2 moles 600
12.
• Put the mixture on a flat surface and use a magnet to remove iron fillings;
• Put the remaining mixtureglass beaker and cover with a watch glass containing ice cold water;
• Heat the mixture to sublime aluminium chloride
• Add water to the remaining mixture and stir till sodium chloride dissolves.
• Filter to obtain sodium chloride as filtrate.
• Heat the filtrate to saturation, cool to form crystals,
• Pour and dry between filter papers
13 a) Magnesium burns with a bright light
A white powder is formed
b) Mg(s) + H2O(g) →MgO(s) + H2(g)
c) Remove the delivery tube form the water trough before heating is stopped to prevent sucking
back
14. a) The chloric (I) acid decomposes to form atomic oxygen the atomic oxygen attacks and bleaches
the blue flower
b) 2HOCl(aq) → O2(g) + 2HCl(aq)
Luminous Non luminous
Produce soot Does not produce soot
Has four zones Has three zone (owtte)
16. a) Soapless detergent
b) i) Does not form scum
ii) Causes pollution since it is non-biodegradable
17. a) This is the energy change that takes place when one mole of a compound is formed from its
constitute elements in their standard state
b) ΔH4 = ΔH1 +ΔH2+ ΔH3
= (–286 x 3) + (–394 x 2)–(–277)
= – 1369 KJ/mol
18

19 Colourless droplets/droplets of water on cooler parts of the tube solid melts to

orange/a grey residue/silvery beads or bells are formed
20

(78.6)+(10×25)+(11.4×26) 188.6+250+296.4
21 RAM = = = 24.3
100 100

Page | 125
22. a) Neutralization
b) i) Calcium hydrogen carbonate
ii) Drying agent
Extraction of sodium metal
23 Hydrogen chloride in water ionizes to form hydrogen and chloride ions hence showing acidic
properties. In methylbenzene however it remains in molecular form and does not display acidic
properties.
24. a) Ag+(aq) + e Ag(s) (l)
b) Anode decreases in size/mass
It dissolves/ions to release elections (l)
25 a) - Time taken for a given mass of radioactive isotope to reduce to Half
b) No. of t ½ = 100 = 4
25 5 = (1/2) 4 = M = 80g
M

Page | 126
 KIRINYAGA EAST
233/2
MARKING SCHEME
PAPER 2
1. a)
i) The number of positive charges (protons) is equal to the number of negative charges
(electrons).
ii) Electron - Its negatively charged particle.
- It has a relative mass of 840.
- Found outside the nucleus in energy levels.
b) i) U and W (1) have same number of protons but different number of neutrons.
ii) Halogen is T.
iii) O4R(s) +3Q2(g) → 2R2Q3(s)
iv) Giant ionic structure.
v) R has a smaller atomic radius than V;
R has more protons hence higher nuclear charge which attracts electrons close
to the nucleus than V.
vi) Q = 2.6 W: 24
WQ2 or CO2

vii) T has a higher boiling point than X.

T exists as diatomic molecules while X is monoatomic hence T has stronger
Van der Waals forces than X.
2. a) i) Molar enthalpy of combustion is the enthalpy change that occurs when one mole
of a substance is completely burnt in oxygen.
ii) I) Heat of formation of propane.

(II) 3C + 4H2(g) ∆H2 + ∆H2

-103.7KJmol-1 = 3(-393.5) + 4(-285.8)
∆H3 ✓ = -2323.7tf
C3H8(s) + -5O2(g)

Energy
RD ∆H1 + ∆H2 ∆H4 ✓
✓
3CO2 + 4H2O

Reaction path
ii) Molar enthalpy of combustion of propane:
∆H4 = [3(-393.5) + 4(-285.8) – (-103.7)
= -2323.7 + 103.7
= -2220 KJmol1-

Page | 127
b) H H
| |
H C C O H
| |
H H

5(C – H) + (C – C) + (C – O) + (O – H) = -3239
5(-414) + -346 + -360 + (0 – H) = -3239
-2776 + (O – H) = -3239
(O–H) = -3239 + 2776
= -463KJmol-
3. a) i) Propan – 2 – ol
ii) Pent – 2 – yne
iii) 2,3 – dimethylbutane
b) i) (I) Fermentation
(II) Dehydration
ii) Nickel (Ni) catalyst ½
Temperature 150oC – 250oC ½
iii) Purple acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution decolourised.
iv) Ethane
v) Calcium carbide and water.
vi) a) Polypropene
H H
b) | |
C C CH3
|
H
c) Making crates, plastic bottles
Plastic chairs, plastic ropes etc.
d) It pollutes environment since it is non-biodegradable.
4. a) Air is first passed through filters ½ to remove dust ½ particles.
- Dust from air is bubbled through sodium hydroxide ½ /potassium to remove carbon (IV)
oxide.
- The air is then cooled to -25oC ½ to remove water vapour as ice. ½
- The air is then compressed and allowed to expand and forms liquid air ½ which is
warmed/heated (fractionally distilled) ½ to obtain nitrogen at -196oC. 4 marks
b) i) J – nitrogen (II) oxide/NO
ii) 2NH3 + 3CuO → 3Cu + 3H2O + N2(g)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
-
3+1 +2 -2 0 (+1)(-2) 0 ✓(1)
The oxidation number of nitrogen increases from from -3 to 0 hence oxidized.
Ammonia is the reducing agent since it undergoes oxidation.
iii) NH4NO3(s) → N2O(g) + 2H2O(l)
iv) - Manufacture of nitrogenous fertilizers /As a fertilizer.
- Manufacture of nitric (V) acid. (any 2)
- Softening hard water,
- As a solvent in laundry/As a refrigerant.
c) i) G
ii) E2+(aq) + 2OH-(aq) → E(OH)2(s)

Page | 128
5. i) Voltemeter ✓½
v
✓ ½
Zn ✓½ Fe ✓½
1M
F 2+ ✓
(aq)
1M, . . ……… . … …
2+
Zn … ………. … …. …
✓½
salt bridge ✓ ½
ii) EѲ = Ered – Eor
= -0.44 – (-0.76) = +0.32V
iii) Silver Ag /It has the largest positive Eo value
b) Al3+ + 3ₑ → Al(s)
I mole Al(27g) 3 x 96500C
It
? = 100 x (6 x 60 x 60 + 40 x 60)
? = 100 x 24000
mass Al = 100 x 24000 x 27 ✓ ½
3 x 96500
= 223.8g
c) Primary cell – is the one that cannot be recharged after use.
Fuel cell – is an electrochemical cell which converts chemical energy of a fuel directly to
electrical energy.
d) - To prevent corrosion.
- To make article attractive.
6. i) a) - Effervescence occurs.
- Grey zinc metal dissolves to form a colourless solution.
b) - Nitric(V)acid is an oxidizing agent and oxidises hydrogen produced to form water.
ii) Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq) → ZnCl2(aq) + H2(g)
0.5
iii) Moles of Zinc = = 0.007692 moles ½
65.0
Mole ratio Zn : HCl = 1:2 ½
Moles of HCl = 2 x 0.007692
Volume = moles x 1000 = 0.007692 x 2 x 1000 ✓ 1½ 3 marks
molarity 3
= 5.128cm3 ✓½
(iv) - Neutralisation
- Displacement
(v) Zinc is more reactive than iron hence when surface is scratched zinc ionizes/dissolves rather
than iron hence prevents iron from rusting.
7. i) Sulphur (IV) oxide/SO2
ii) 2CuFeS2(s) + 4O2(g) → 3SO2(g) + 2FeO + Cu2S(s)
iii) Fe2+
iv) Carbon (IV) oxide.
v) Reduction; Copper (I) sulphide is reduced by coke to copper metal.
vi) Making electric wires and contacts in in switches, plugs.
- Making alloys eg. brass, bronze
- Making coins and ornaments. any 2
- Making soldering instruments.

Page | 129
 KIRINYAGA EASTERN CLUSTER EVALUATION
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
1. You are provided with
• Sodium hydrogen carbonate, solid A.
• 1.1M hydrochloric acid, solution B.
• 0.4M sodium hydroxide, solution C.
• Distilled water.
You are required to determine the
i) Temperature change when sodium hydrogen carbonate reacts with excess hydrochloric acid.
ii) Number of moles of hydrochloric acid that remain unreacted.
iii) Number of moles of sodium hydrogen carbonate that reacted.
iv) Molar heat of reaction between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Procedure I
• Using 100ml measuring cylinder place100cm3 of solution Bin a 250ml beaker.
• Stir the solution gently with a thermometer and record its temperature in the table I after every 30
seconds.
• At exactly 120 seconds, add all the sodium hydrogen carbonate, solid A provided at once and stir
gently using a thermometer.
• Continue record the temperature of the mixture in the table I below after 30 seconds up to 300
seconds.
• Keep the resulting solution for use in procedure II.
Table I
Time (seconds) 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Temperature (oC) 20 20 20 20 X 18 18 18 18 19 20
Table I ………………………..3marks
a) Complete table …………………………….1mk
- 5 – 10 temperature readings ……………1mk
- 4 temperature readings…………………… ½ mk
- Less than 4 temperature readings ………… 0mk
- Award ½ mk if all temperature readings are constant
b) Decimal ………………………. ½ mk
c) Accuracy ……………………... ½ mk
(First temperature reading compared to the school value which is the first temperature reading,
penalize fully if outside ±2 units)
d) Trend …………………………..1mk
(award ½ mk if the first 4 temperature readings are constant and award another ½ mk if the
temperature readings in time = 150 to time = 300 is constant followed by a continuous increase)
c) Plot a graph of temperature (y-axis) against time on the grid provided. (3marks)

temperature

Time
Graph ......................3mks
Page | 130
 Labeling ............. ½ mk
Scale ................... ½ mk
Plotting .............. 1 mk
Line ................... 1mk
d) On the graph, show the minimum change in temperature, and determine its value. (1mark)
Minimum temperature change = 20 – 17.6 = 2.4oC
Procedure II
• Transfer all the solution obtained in procedure I into a 250ml volumetric flask and add distilled
water up to the mark.
• Label this as solution D.
• Fill the burette with solution C. Pipette 25cm3 of solution D and place into an empty 250 ml conical
flask.
• Add 2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate solution C with solution D. Record your
results into table II.
• Repeat the titration of solution C against solution D and complete table II.
Table II
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3) 21.2 39.8 20.2
3
Initial burette reading. (cm ) 0.0 20.0 0.0
Volume of solution C used. (cm3) 21.5 21.3 21.1
(4marks)
d) Calculate the average volume of solution C used. (1mark)
21.5 + 21.3 = 21.4 or 21.3 + 21.1√ ½= 21.2√ ½
2 2
Table II 5marks
a) Complete table …………………………………… 1mark
Conditions:
i) Complete table with 3 titrations done ……. 1 mark
ii) Incomplete table with two titrations done…. ½ mark
iii) Incomplete table with only one titration done …. 0 mark
Penalties:
i) Wrong arithmetic
ii) Inverted table
iii) Unrealistic values i.e less than 1 cm3,or in 100s
iv) Burette readings ˃50 cm3,unless explained
Penalize ½ mark each to a maximum of ½ mark, i.e, penalize ½ mark ONCE.
b) Use of decimal places……………………………………… 1 mark ( Tied to 1st and 2nd row only)
i) Accept 1 or 2 decimal places used consistently, otherwise penalize FULLY.
ii) If two decimal places are used, the 2nd must be a “0” or a “5”, otherwise penalize FULLY.
iii) Accept the inconsistency in the use of zeros in the initial burette readings e.g 0.0,0.00, 00.0
c) Accuracy…………………………………………………….. 1 mark
Compare candidate’s correct titre value with school value (s.v) and tick () if it earns a mark
and award accordingly.
Coditions:
i) If at least one titre value is within ± 0.1 cm3 of s.v
award…………………………………………… 1 mark
ii) If no value is within ± 0.1 cm3 of s.v but there is at least one within ± 0.2 cm3 award
……………………½ mark
iii) If no titre value is within ± 0.2 cm3 award………………… 0 mark
d) Principles of averaging………………………………………………… 1 mark

Page | 131
i) If three consistent values are averaged ……………………. 1 mark
ii) If three titrations are done and only two are consistent and
averaged…………………………………… (1 mark)
iii) If two titrations are done, are inconsistent and averaged … (0 mark)
e) Final Accuacy (tied to correct average titre)………….. (1 mark)
Compare the candidate’s correct average titre with s.v;
i) If within ± 0.1 of s.v …….. 1 mark
ii) If not within ± 0.1 but within ± 0.2 of s.v ………½ mark
iii) If beyond ± 0.2 of s.v ……………………………. 0 mark
Calculations
e) Calculate the number of moles of
vii. Sodium hydroxide, solution C used in the titration.
Average titer x 0.4√ ½= correct answer√ ½ 1mk
1000
viii. Hydrochloric acid in 25 cm3 of solution D used in the titration.
HCl +NaOH → NaCl + H2O
D C
1 : 1
Correct answer in b(i) above x 1√ ½= correct answer√ ½ 1mk
1
ix. Hydrochloric acid in 100cm3 of solution D.
Correct answer in b(ii) above x250√ ½= correct answer √ ½ 1mk
25
x. Hydrochloric acid in 100cm3 of solution B.
1.1 x 100√ ½= 0.11√ ½ 1mk
1000
xi. Hydrochloric acid that reacted with sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Moles in b(iv) – moles in b(iii)
0.11 – correct answer in b(iii) above√ ½ = correct answer√ ½ 1mk
xii. Sodium hydrogen carbonate that reacted.
HCl + NaHCO3 → NaCl + H2O + CO2
1 1
Correct answer in b(v) x 1 √ ½= correct answer√ ½ 1mk
1
f) Determine the molar heat of reaction between sodium hydrogen carbonate and hydrochloric
acid. (assume specific heat capacity of a solution is 42 Jg-1K-1).
50 x 4.2 x correct answer in procedure I (b)√1 ½ = correct answer √ ½ 2mks
Correct answer in (vi) above x 1000
2. You are provided with solid V, carry out the test below. Write your observations and inferences
in the spaces provided.
a) Dissolve solid V in about 20 cm3 of distilled water in a boiling tube. Into 5 separate test tubes, put
2cm3 portions of the solution and use it for tests (b) to (f)
Observation Inference
The solid dissolve to form Cu2+, Fe2+, Fe3+ absent√ 1
colourless solution (three correctly written ions award 1mk, two correctly
written ions award ½ mk)
(1mark) (penalize ½ mk for any contradictory ion to a maximum of

Page | 132
b) To the first portion add 2M ammonia solution drop wise until excess.
Observation Inference
No precipitates √ 1 Ca2+, Na+, K+, NH4+ √ 1
(four correctly written ions award 1mk, three correctly written ions
award ½ mk)
(1mark) (penalize ½ mk for any contradictory ion to a maximum of 1mk)
c) To the second portion add 5 drops of 2M sodium hydroxide solution.
Observation Inference
No precipitates√ 1 Na+, K+, NH4+√ 1
(three correctly written ions award 1mk, two correctly written ions
(1mark) award ½ mk)
(penalize fully for any contradictory ion)
d) Place a drop of solution in the third portion on a clean spatulaand heat it in a non-luminous flame
of a Bunsen burner.
Observation Inference
Golden yellow flame√ 1 Na+√ 1(penalize fully for any contradictory ion)
(1mark) (1mark)
e) To the fourth portion add 2-3 drops of lead (II) nitrate solutions. Then add nitric (V) acid solution.
Observation Inference
White precipitates√ ½ which dissolves when nitric SO32-√ ½, CO32-√ ½
√½
(V) acid solution is added 1mark) (penalize ½ mk for any contradictory ion
to a maximum of 1mk)
f) To the fifth portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium permanganate (VII).
Observation Inference
Acidified potassium SO32- absent √ 1 or
permanganate (VII) is not CO32-present
√1
decolourised (penalize fully if the ion mentioned is not inferred correctly in
(1mark) (g) above) (1mark)
3. You are provided with an organic compound liquid L, carry out the tests below. Write your
observations and inferences in the spaces provided.
c) Add 10cm3 of distilled water in the boiling tube containing liquid L and shake well. Retain the
mixture obtained for use in procedure b (i), (ii) and (iii)
Observation Inference
The liquid L dissolve to form colourless solution√ 1 Liquid L is polar√ 1
(1mark) (1mark)
d) Use about 2cm3portions of the mixture in a test tube for tests (i), (ii) and (iii)
iii) To the first portion add all the solid sodium carbonate provided.
Observation Inference
No effervescence√ 1 (1mark) R – COOH absent√ 1 (1mark)
iv) To the second portion, add two drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) and warm the
mixture.
Observation Inference
Acidified potassium manganate (VII) is | |
decolourised. √ 1 (1mark) C=C,−C≡C−√ ½or R – OH√ ½present
| |
(1mark)
iii) To the third portion, add 2cm3acidified potassium dichromate (VI) and warm the mixture.
Observation Inference
Potassium dichromate (VI) changes from orange R – OH √ 1 present
√1
to green. (1mark)

Page | 133
 KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMINATION
233/1
PAPER 1
TIME: 2HOURS
1. Solutions can be classified as acids, bases or neutral. The table below shows solution and their
pH values
Solution pH value
A 2
B 7
C 14
D 8.5
i). Identify two solutions that would react with Zinc Oxide. Explain (2 marks)
ii). Identify a solution, which can be used to treat stomach acidity. (1 mark)
2. Sodium metal reacts with air to form two oxides. Write the formula of the oxides. (1 mark)
3. i) Calcium reacts with water to produce a solution and a colorless gas. Write an equation for
the reaction that takes place. (1 mark)
ii) If during the reaction above 10 dm3 of gas was produced, calculate the mass of calcium that
reacted.
Molar gas volume = 22.4dm 3 at standard temperature and pressure.
Molar mass of calcium = 40 (2 marks)
4. The following apparatus and chemical are used to investigate the percentage of air need when
phosphorus smolders. Measuring cylinder, phosphorus, wire, water trough and water
(i) Draw a set up of experiment after sometimes. (2 marks)
5. a) State Gay Lussac’s law. (1 mark)
b). 100cm3 of carbon (ii) oxide gas was reacted with 500cm3 of oxygen gas
Calculate the total volume of the gas at the end of the reaction. (2 marks)
6. The diagram below shows the structure of a covalent compound containing the element
hydrogen (H) and other unknown element X, Y, Z
H Y

H X X H

H Y Z

H
To which group of the periodic table do element X Y Z belong?
7. The table below shows test carried out on a sample of unknown solution and the results obtained .
Test Results
i Addiction of excess sodium hydroxide solution White precipitate soluble in excess
ii Addiction of excess ammonia solution White precipitate soluble in excess
iii Addiction of acidified a Barium chloride White precipitate
(a). Identify the cation and anion present
(b) Write down the formula of the complex ion in (ii) above (1 Mark)
(c). State two applications of complex ions in industries (1 Mark)
8. a) A compound K was oxidized by acidified Potassium dichromate (VI) to form Q. Substances Q
reacts with K to form a pleasant smelling compound propylpropanoate..
(i). Name the compound K.Q (2 Mark)
(b) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction between Q and sodium carbonate
Page | 134
9. The diagram below was used to investigate the effect of hydrogen chloride gas on iron filings.

i). Name a reagent that can be need in flask Z. (1 mark)

ii). Write an equation for the reaction that take place at the jet. (1 mark)
iii). The pH of the water was formed to be less than 7. Give the reason for this observation.
10. Study the table below and answer the question that follows.

a) Arrange the element U, V, W, X, Y, Z in order of increasing atomic size. (1 Mark)

b). Compare first ionisation energies of element U and W. Explain. (2 Marks)
11. Use the bond energy values given below and answer the question that follows
Bond bond energy kJ/Mole
H H 432
C=C 610
C C 3 46
C H 413
Determine the enthalpy change for the conversion of butene to butane by hydrogen.
12. Element X has a valency of 3. 6.84g of X-Sulphate were dissolved in 250cm3 of water. Calculate
the molar concentration of Sulphate ions in the solution (X = 27,S = 32,O = 16).
13. a) Explain why the reaction between lead (II) Nitrate and concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid start but
eventually stops. (2 Marks)
(b). Name one suitable reagent that can be reacted with concentrated sulphhuric (VI) acid to
produce nitric (V) acid (1 Mark)
14. State the change in mass that takes place when the following substances are heated in open
crucibles
i) Magnesium metal (1 Mark)
ii) Copper (II) Nitrate (1 Mark)

Page | 135
15. The diagram below represents an electro chemical cell.

i) On the diagram label salt bridge. (1 Mark)

ii). State two observations made in cell B. (1 Mark)
iii).Write down overall ionic equation of cell. (1 Mark)
16. When iron and steam are heated in a closed container a dynamic equilibrium is reached.
3Fe (s) + 4H2O(g) Fe3O4(l) +4H2(g)
(a) Define the dynamic equilibrium (1 Mark)
(b). What is the effect on equilibrium if magnesium is added? (2 Marks)
17. The RAM of element T is 63.5 .It has two isotopes of masses 63 and 65 respectively. Determine
the percentage abundance of each isotope. (3 marks)
18. Study the set up below and answer the questions that follow.

(a) State and explain what was observed. (2 marks)

(b) Give one use of carbon (IV) oxide based on the property demonstrated above. (1 Mark)
19. The information below relates elements X, W, Y, Z .the letter do not represent the actual symbols
of element.
i). X reduces the oxide of W when heated
ii). Hydrogen gas reduces heated oxide of Y but doesn’t reduce heated oxide of Z.
iii) W reduce oxide of Z
a) Write an equation for the reaction between X and oxide of W. (1 Marks)
(Both elements have a valency of 2)
b). Arrange the element in order of them reactivity starting with the least reactive. (2 Marks)

Page | 136
20. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow

(i) State and explain the observations made in steps 2,3 (2 mark)
(b). State one laboratory application of the reaction in step 3
21. What name is given to the following?
(a) The ability of a material to be hammered into sheet. (1Mark)
(b) Atoms of the same element with the same atomic number but different mass number.
(c) The type of force that hold atoms of neon together. (1 mark)
22. Study the energy cycle below and answer the question that follow

Na+(g) + Cl- (g)

∆H1
NaCl(s) ∆H2

∆H3 Na+ (aq) + Cl- (aq)

(i) What name is given to the enthalpy change ∆H2 ?

(ii). Given that ∆H1 = +781KJ/Mole and ∆H2=- 774KJ/Mole. Calculate the value of ∆H3
23. Below is a simplified scheme of Solvay process.

(a). Identify gas F. (1 Mark)

(b). Name the substance recycled above. (1 Mark)
(c). Write a balance chemical equation for process 3. (1 Mark)
24. The ionization energies of three metallic element E, F and G are as shown below.
Element E F G
Ionisation energy 814 496 623
Give that the element belong to the same group, which of the element
i) Has the highest atomic radius? Explain. (1 Mark)
ii) Highest melting point? Explain. (1 Mark)
iii) Which of the element is the strongest reducing agent? Explain (1 mark)
235
25. The half-life of U is 4500 years
92
(i) The isotope decay by alpha emission, write a nuclear equation for its decay to Thorium (Th).
Page | 137
(ii) Work out the fraction of radioactive material that would have decayed after 18000 years.
26. The diagram below shows all apparatus for the laboratory preparation of carbon (II) oxide.

a). Identify two mistakes in the set up above (1 mark)

b) State the use of carbon (II) oxide (1 mark)
c) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction above. (1 mark)
27. Bromine water was added to 2-methyl pent-2-ene
(i).State the observation made. (1 Mark)
(ii).
Name the process that take place in the reaction. (1 mark)
28. Describe how you would prepare potassium Sulphate crystal starting with 100cm3 of 0.5M
Potassium hydroxide. (3 marks)
29. Study the table below and fill in the blank space.
Species Number of neutrons Number of elements
108 +
Ag
48
(2 Marks)

Page | 138
 KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMNATION
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2HOURS
1. The diagram below represents set up that can be used to prepare and collect oxygen gas

a). Name solid P (1mk)

b). State property of oxygen makes it possible for its collection as indicated by the diagram.
c). Explain why it is advisable not to collect any gas for the first few seconds of the experiment.
d). Name other pair of reagents used to prepare oxygen gas in the laboratory. (2 mark)
e). Write chemical equation for the reaction between water and solid p during preparation of the
oxygen in the set up. (1 mark)
f). Describe a test for oxygen gas. (2 marks)
g). Give a reason why is not advisable to collect oxygen gas by either upward or downward delivery.
h). Give two commercial uses of oxygen. (2marks)
2. Use the information in the table below to answer the question that follow .The letter do not
represent the actual symbols of its elements
Element Atomic number Melting point 0C
R 11 97.8
S 12 650.0
T 15 44.0
U 17 -102
V 18 -189
W 19 64
i). Write the electronic configuration of the most stable ion formed by element S. (1 mark)
ii). State one use of element V. (1 mark)
iii) Give a reason why the meeting point of S is higher than that of R. (1 mark)
iv) How does the reactivity of W with chlorine compare with that of R with chlorine?
Explain. (2 marks)
v) When 1.15g of R were reacted with water 600cm3 of gas was produced.
Determine the relative atomic mass of R. (Molar gas volume =24000cm 3). (2 marks)
b). The diagram below shows part of a setup to prepare and collect dry chlorine gas.

Page | 139
i). Complete the diagram to show how a dry sample of the gas can be collected. (3 mark)
ii). Write an equation of the reaction that would occur when chlorine is reacted with iron. (1mk)
iii). An oxide of chlorine of mass 1.83g was found to contain 1.12g of oxygen.
Determine the empirical formula of the oxide. (O = 16.0, Cl =35.5). (2 marks)
3. In an experiment to study the rate of reaction 2.0g of Manganese (IV) oxide was added to 100 cm 3
of hydrogen peroxide solution at 250C .The volume of the oxygen liberated was measured at
10 seconds interval .The results obtained were tabulated as shown
Time (s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Volume of gas cm3 0 60 90 105 112 116 118 120 120 120
a). Plot a graph of the volume of a gas against time and label it A. (3 marks)
b). Use the graph to find
i). The volume of gas produced after 15 seconds. (2 marks)
ii). the rate of production of gas at the 25th second. (2 marks)
c). Explain why the volume of gas (oxygen) does not exceed 120cm3. (1 mark)
d). The mass of the solid residue after the experiment was found to be 2.0g when dried.
Explain (1 mark)
e). On the same grid sketch graph B to show the result if the experiment was repeated with the
hydrogen peroxide at 200C. Explain (2mark)
4. Study the flow chart below and answer the question that follow.

i). Name raw material used in preparation of ammonia in harber process. (2 marks)
ii). Name the suitable drying agent of ammonia. Explain. (2 marks)
iii). Describe one chemical test for ammonia gas. (1 mark)
b) Identify substances
i) X (1 mark)
ii) Black solid (1 mark)
c). Dry ammonia was passed over heated lead (II) oxide and the products passed over anhydrous
copper (II) sulphate as in the diagram below
Anhydrous copper (II) sulphate

State
i). two observations made in the combustion tube. Explain. (2 marks)
ii) The property of ammonia gas in the experiment. (1 mark)
iii) Write a chemical equation between ammonia and lead (II) oxide. (1mark)
iv). Name the type of change that take place in the anhydrous copper (II) sulphate above. (1 mark)
5. Study the reduction potentials given below and answers the question that follow. The letters are not
actual symbols of the elements
EƟ (Volts)
F 2(aq ) + 2e 2F (aq) +0.54
A2+ (aq) + 2e A (s) +0.45
B 2+ (aq) + 2e B (s) +0.34
2C + (aq) + 2e C 2 (g) 0.00
i) Identify the strongest oxidizing agent . (1 mark)
ii). Which element is likely to be hydrogen? Explain. (2 marks)

Page | 140
iii). Would it be appropriate for a solution of metal B to be stored in a container made of metal A.
Explain. (2 marks)
b). The diagram below shows the apparatus that can be used to electrolyse dilute sulphuric acid.
Study it and answer the question the questions that follow.

i) Identify the gas X and Y

ii) What happens to the concentration of the sulphuric acid during the process with time?
Explain. (2 marks)
iii) During the electrolysis a current of 0.72A was passed through the electrolyte for 15 minutes.
Calculate the volume of gas X produced.
(1F=96500C, Molar gas volume at r.t.p = 24000cm3). (3 marks)
6. Study the able below and answer the question that follow
Compound M.P(0C) B.P (0C)
C2H402 16.6 118
C3H6 -185 -47.7
C3H8O -127 97.2
C5H12 -130 36.3
C6H14 -95.3 68.7
i). Which of the compounds is a solid at 100C. Explain. (2 marks)
ii) Choose two compounds which are members of the same homologous and explain the different in
their melting points. (2 marks)
iii) The compound C3H8O is an alcohol. How does it solubility in water differ from the
solubility of C5H12 in water? Explain. (2 mark)
b). When one mole of a hydrocarbon was completely combusted four moles of carbon (IV) oxide
and four moles of water only were produced.
i) Write the formula of the hydrocarbon. (1 mark)
ii). Write the equation for the combustion of the hydrocarbon above. (1 mark)
c) An alcohol J was converted to hex-1-ene
i) Give the structure formula of the alcohol J. (1 mark)
ii) Name the reagent and condition necessary for the reaction in c (i) above. (2 marks)
7. The flow chart below shows its various steps in its extraction of aluminum metal from its major ore
X

a). Identify the major ore used in extraction of aluminum (1 mark)

b). Name substance A used in step 1 and state its role. (2 marks)

Page | 141
c). Write a chemical equation showing how step 2 would be carried using carbon (IV) oxide.
d) Explain why cryolite is used in steps 4. (2marks)
e). Write a chemical equation to show formation of aluminum in step 5. (1 mark)
f). Give two uses of aluminum metal other than in making overhead cables (2 marks)
g) Aluminum is a reactive metal and yet items made from it do not corrode easily
Explain. (1 mark)

KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMINATIONS

PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the equipment, apparatus and chemical in an ordinary chemistry laboratory, each
candidate requires the following
• About 70 cm3 of solution A
• About 100cm3 of solution B
• About 150cm3 of solution C
• Solid metall E
• 50ml burette
• 25ml pipette
• Pipette filler
• 100ml measuring cylinder
• 2 conical flasks
• 250ml plastic beaker
• 10ml measuring cylinder
• Distilled water
• Complete stand
• A white tile
• Thermometer
• Stopwatch
• 1 label
• Solid P
• Solid F
• 5 test tubes in a rack
• About 0.2 g of solid hydrogen carbonate
• 1 boiling tube
• Metallic spatula
Access to
Phenolphthalein indicator with a dropper Bunsen burner
Acidified potassium manganese (VII ) with a dropper
O.5.M barium nitrate solution with a dropper
2 M sodium hydroxide solution with a dropper
2M-ammonia solution with a dropper
0.2 M lead (II) nitrate solution with a dropper
2M nitric (V) acid
Source of heat
NOTES:
Solution A is 1M hydrochloric acid
Solution B is 0.05 M oxalic acid, H2C204.2H2O
Solution C is 0.1M sodium hydroxide solutions
Solid metal E is 6cm polished magnesium ribbon
Solid P is about 0.5g maleic acids
Solid F is about 0. 5g-zinc sulphate
Page | 142
 KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMINATION
233/3
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
1. You are provided with
- Aqueous hydrochloric acid, solution A
- Solution B containing 3.15g of oxalic acid H2C2O4.2H2O in 500cm3 solution.
- Aqueous sodium hydroxide, solution C
You are required to
i) Standardize the Sodium hydroxide solution C
ii) Use the standardized solution C to determine the concentration of A
Procedure 1
Fill the burette with solution B.using pipette filler, pipette 25cm3 of solution C into a conical flask.
Add 3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. Titrate solution C with B and record your results in table
1 below. Repeat two more times to completed the table .
Table 1

Experiment i ii iii
Final burette reading
Initial burette readin
Volume of solution B used(cm3)
(4 marks)
a) Determine the average volume of solution B used (1mark)
b) Determine the concentration of solution B in moles per litre (C = 12,H = 1,O = 16) (1 mark)
c) Calculate the concentration of the sodium hydroxide solution c in moles per litre. (2 marks)
Procedure II
Using 100ml measuring cylinder, measure 90cm3 of distilled water and place it into a 250ml beaker
and then add 10cm3 of solution A. Shake the mixture and label it D. Fill the burette with solution
D. Using a pipette, put 25cm3 of solution C into a conical flask. Add 3 drop of phenolphthalein
indicator titrate solution C with D and record your results in table (II) below. Repeat the
experiment two more time to complete the table
Table II

Experiment I II III
Final burette reading
Initial burette reading
Volume of solution D used
(4mks)
d) Determine the average volume of solution D used. (1 mark)
e) Determine the concentration of hydrochloric acid in 100cm3 of solution D in mole per litre.
f) Determine the concentration of the origin hydrochloric acid, solution A in moles per litre.
2. You are provided with
- Solution A
- Solid metal E
You are required to determine the mass of 6 cm of metal E that reacts with solution A
Procedure
Using 100ml measuring cylinder measure 50cm3 of solution A and transfer it into a 250ml plastic
beaker. Measure the initial temperature of this solution. Repeat the after every 30 seconds and
record in table (III) below .At exactly 60th seconds, add all metal E into the solution A in the beaker
and start a stop watch stir continuously with the thermometer . Record the temperature of the
content of the beaker after every 30 seconds in the table below.

Page | 143
 Table III
Time (s) 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Temperature (0C) X
a) Plot a graph of temperature (vertical axis) against time. (3 marks)
b) From the graph determine the highest temperature change. (1 mark)
c) Calculate the heat of reaction in this experiment. (Specific heat capacity =4.2kJ/kg /K)
d) Given that the molar heat of reaction between metal E and solution A is -398 kJ/mole, determine
the number of moles of metal E used. (1 mark)
e) Determine the mass of metal E used in this experiment (Atomic mass of E = 24) (1 mark)
3. a) You are provided with solid F. Carry out the test below. Write your observation and inferences
in the spaces provided
i) Place all solid F in a boiling tube. Add about 10 cm3 of distilled water and shake
ii). To about 2 cm3 portion of the solution add sodium hydroxide drop wise until in excess.
iii). To about 2 cm3 portion, add aqueous ammonia drop wise until in excess.
iv) To about 2cm3 portion, add 2 drop of lead (II) nitrate solution and warm.
v) To about 2cm3 portion, add 2 drops of barium nitrate solution followed by 1 cm3 of dilute
Nitric (v) acid.
b) You are produced with solid P carry out the test below.
i) Place about a third of solid P on a metallic spatula and burn it over a Bunsen burner flame
ii) Put the remaining solid P in a boiling tube. Add about 6 cm3 of distilled water and shake well
iii) To about 2cm3 portion add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.
iv) To about 2 cm3 portion, add 3 drop of acidified Potassimu manganate (vii) solution.

Page | 144
 KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMINATION
PAPER 1
233/1
MARKING SCHEME
1. i) A and C
Zinc oxide is amphoteric hence reacts with both strong acids and bases.
ii) D
2. Na2O
Na2O2
3. I Ca(s) + 2H2O (l) → Ca(OH) 2(aq) + H 2(g)
10
II Moles of H2 = = 0.446 moles
22.4
Mole ratio of Ca : H2 = 1: 1
Moles of Ca = 0.446
Mass of Ca = 0.446 x 40 = 17.84g
4.

5.
a) When gases combine they do so in volumes that bear simple ratio to one another and to the
volumes of the products if gaseous provided temperature and pressure remains constant. (1mk)
b) 2 CO (g) + O 2(g) → 2CO 2(g)
200cm3 100cm3 200cm3
Volume of oxygen unused = 500 – 100
= 400cm32
Volume of carbon (IV) oxide formed = 200cm3
Total volume of gases = 400 + 200cm3
= 600cm3
6. X group IV
Y group VI
Z group V
7. a) Zn 2+
SO42-
b) [Zn(NH3)4 ] 2+ 1mk
c) i) Water softening
ii) Extraction of metals
8. a) K – Propanol (1 mk)
Q – Propanoic acid (1mk)
b) I 2CH3CH2COOH (aq) + Na2CO 3(s) → 2CH3CH3COONa (aq) + H2O (l) + CO 2(g) 1mk
9. a) Conc. Sulphuric (IV) acid
b) 2H2(g) + O 2 (g) 2H2O (g)
c) Excess hydrogen chloride gas dissolves in water to form hydrochloric acid which is an acid.
10. a) V, Z, X, Y, U, W (1mk)
b) U has a higher first ionization ) energy than W. u has a smaller atomic radius / atomic size
therefore stronger nuclear charge holding electrons firmly ) (2mks)
11. Bonds broken
(endothermic)
C =C = 610
Page | 145
 2 (C-H) = (413 x 2) = 826
(H H) 432
+ 1868 3mks
Bonds formed (exothermic)
C C = 346
4(C H) (413 x 4) = 1652
-1998
∆H = + 1868 + -1998
= -130kJ/mole
12. RFM of X2(SO4)3 = (2 x 27) + (32 x 3) + (16 x 12)
= 54 + 96 + 192
= 342
No of moles of X2(SO4)3 = 6.84
342
= 0.02 moles
X2(SO4) 3(aq) → 2X3+ (aq) + 3 SO42- (aq)
Mole ratio 1 : 3
No of moles of SO42- = 3 x 0.02
= 0.06 moles
Molar concentration of SO42- = 0.06 x 1000
250
= 0.24 moles/litre
13. a) Lead (II) sulpahte formed coats on lead (II) nitrate preventing further reaction.
b) Sodium nitrate or potassium nitrate
14. i) Mass increases
ii) Mass decreases
15. i)

ii) – blue solution of copper (II) sulphate fades

- Brown solid deposited (1mk)
iii) Zn(s) + Cu 2+ (aq) → Zn 2+ (aq) + Cu (s)
16. a) A state when the rate of forward reaction is equal to the rate of the reverse reaction. (1mk)
b) Magnesium reacts with steam lowering the concentration of the steam.
Thus equilibrium shifts to the left.
63𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 65(100−𝑦𝑦)
17. + = 63.6
100 100
63y + 6500 – 65y = 6350
-2y = 6350 – 6500
−2𝑦𝑦 −150
=
−2 −2
y = 75%
100 – 75 = 25% (3mks)
Mass 63 has 75%
Mass 65 has 25%
18. a) The candle goes off Because carbon (IV) oxide does not support burning. (2mks)

Page | 146
 b) Used in fire extinguishers
19. a) X(s) + WO(s) → XO(s) + W(s)
b) YZWX (2mks)
20. a) 2 black solid changes to a brown solid copper (II) oxide reduced to copper by Mg since its
more reactive. Grey solid changes to white solid – Mg oxidized to MgO.
3 White precipitate . Carbon (IV) oxide bubbled in lime water forms insoluble calcium
carbonate.
b) Confirmatory test for carbon (IV) oxide. (1mk)
21. a) Maleable
b) Isotopes
c) Weak van der waal forces (3mks)
22. i) hydration energy
ii) ∆H3 = ∆H1 +∆ H2
= +781 + (-774)
= + 7 Kj/mole
23. a) Carbon (IV) oxide
b) Carbon (IV) oxide
c) 2NaHCO 3 (s) → Na2CO 3(s) + H2O (l) + CO 2(g)
24. i) F– lowest ionization energy indicating electrons loosely held / far from nucleus
ii) E – Smallest atoms thus strong metallic bonds
iii) F – High tendency to lose electrons (3mks)
235 231 4
25. i) U → Th + He (1mk)
92 90 2

ii) 1 4500 1 9000 1 13500 1 18000 1

1
2 4 8 16

1
Mass remaining =
16
16 1 15
Mass decayed = − = (2mks)
16 16 16
26. a) i) Thistle funnel is not dipped into the solution
ii) The delivery tube delivering CO from flask should not be dipped into reactants.
b) Extraction of less reactive metals by reducing their oxides. (1mk)
Conc. H2SO4
c) HCOOH (s) CO (g) + H2O (l) (1mk)
27. i) Bromine water was decolourised (1mk)
ii) Halogenation (1mk)
28. React the 100cm3 of 0.5M Potassium hydroxide with 50cm3 of 0.5M sulphuric (IV) acid.
Evaporate the resulting solution to saturation point, leave it to cool for crystals to form. (3mk)
29.
Species Number of neutrons Number of electrons
108 + 61 1
/2 mk 46 1/2 mk
Ag
47

Page | 147
 KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMINATIONS
233/2
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1. a . Sodium peroxide
b. Slightly soluble in water
c. The first sample is impure and is mainly the air in the flask before any gas is produced
d. Hydrogen peroxide and manganese (IV) oxide.
e. 2 Na2O 2(s) + 2H2O(l) → 4 NaOH (aq) + O 2(g)
f. Lower a glowing splint into a gas jar suspected top contain oxygen gas. The glowing splint
relights/rekindles
g. The density of oxygen is very close to that of air.
h. Enriched with air is used in hospital by patients with breathing difficulties.
In oxy-acetylene flame for welding and cutting metals
Mixed with helium is used mountaineering climbing and sea diving
Welding together with hydrogen or acetylene.
2. a) i) S2+ - 2.8
ii) Ar- filling electric light bulbs.
iii) S has stronger metallic bonds that R due to its larger numbers of delocalised electrons.
iv) W is more reactive than R with chlorine. This is because W loses its outer electron more
readily than R as it has a larger atomic size.
v) R (s) + 2H2O (l) → R(OH) 2(aq) + H 2 (g)
Moles of H2 = 600 = 0.025 moles
24000
Mole of R = 0.025
0.025 mol = 1.15g
1 mol = 1.15 x 1 = 46 g
0.025
R.A.M = 46

b) i) Drying –conc. sulphuric acid

Collection – downward delivery
Work ability
ii) 2Fe (S) + 3Cl 2(g) → 2FeCl 3(s)
iii) Cl O
0.71 1.12
0.71 1.21
Mol = 0.02 = = 0.07
35 16
0.02 0.07
mol ratio =1 = 3.5
0.02 0.02
= 2 7
E.F = Cl2 O7

Page | 148
3. a) Labeling
Scale

b) i) At 15- 80- cm3

After 15 seconds =120 – 80 = 40cm3
ii) Tangent 1
117−80 37
Slope = = = 1.23cm3 /s
40−10 30
c. The reactant hydrogen peroxide is used up.
d. The residue is the catalyst manganese (iv) oxide catalysts remain unchanged in a reaction. 1mk)
e. The reaction rate is slower at lower temperature 50 the graph will be less step. 1mk.
4. a.i) Nitrogen
Hydrogen
ii) Calcium oxide –ammonia is basic
iii) Expose NH3 to HCl (g) ; dense white fumes form or correct equation or turns damp/wet red
litmus paper blue NH 3(g) + HCl → NH4Cl (s)
b i) Water /steam
ii) Copper (II) oxide /CuO
c. i) Anhydrous copper (II) sulphate changes from white to blue.
Droplets a colourless liquid formed
Yellow /orange solid changes to grey
ii) Reducing property
iii) 2NH (g) + 3PbO (s) → 3Pb (s) + 3H2O (g) + N 2(g)
iv) Temporary chemical change.
5. a). i) Strongest oxiding agent – F2
ii) C2 – H –it has a reduction potential of 0.00V (2mks)
iii) B 2+ (aq) + A → B(s) + A 2+ E cell = 0.34 – 0. 45
= -0.11V
It would be appropriate as Ecell is negative hence no reaction can occur.
b) i) X - Oxygen
Y - Hydrogen
ii) The concentration of the acid increases as the process of the electrolysis results into
continuous removal of water
iii) 4OH- (aq) → 2H2O (l) + O 2 (g) + 4 e-
Page | 149
 Q = It
= 0.72 x 15 x 60 = 648 C
24000cm3 = 4 x 96500C
V = 648C
648 x 24000
V=
4 x 96500
Vol of O2 V = 40.29cm3
6. a) i) C2 H4O2 – it melts point is above 10OC
ii) C5H12
C6 H14
C6H4 has more carbon atoms and higher molecular mass than C5H12 hence has
stronger Vander waals forces
iii) C3H8 O has hydrogen bonding while C5H12 has no hydrogen hence insoluble
b) Cx Hy + 8O2 →4CO2 + 4H2O
i). Formula = C4H8
ii) C4 H8 + 8O2 → 4CO2 + 4H2O

H H H H H H
| | | | | |
c) i) H − C− C − C − C − C− C − OH1
| | | | | |
H H H H H H
ii) Reagent –concentrated suplhuric (VI) acid
condition of temperature of between 160OC -180 OC
7. a. Bauxite
b) i) - Hot concentrated sodium hydroxide
- To precipitate the iron impurities into Iron (iii) hydroxide
c) 2 [Al(OH)4]- (aq) + CO 2(g) →2Al(OH) 3(s) + CO 2- (aq) + H2O (l)
d) To lower the melting point of Al2O3.
This lower the production cost by lowering the amount of electricity required
e) Al3+ (l) + 3 e- → Al(l)
f. Extraction of chromium (Thermite process)
Manufacture of cooking utensils any two
Making of air craft bodies
g) Aluminum gets coated with a protective layer of aluminum oxide.

Page | 150
 KIRINYAGA WEST SCHOOL BASED EXAMINATIONS
PAPER 3
233/3
MARKING SCHEME
1. Procedure 1
Table 1 …………………………………………….…. (5mks)
Distributed as follows;
A. Complete table ………………………………… (1mk)
i). Complete table with 3 readings …………..…… (1mk)
ii). Incomplete table with 2 readings……………… (½ mk)
iii). Incomplete table with 1 reading ………… (0 Mk)
Penalties
Penalise ½ Mk once for any of the following;
i). Wrong arithmetic
ii). Inverted table
iii) Reading beyond 50cm3 unless explained
iv). Titre values below 1cm3
B. Use of decimals -----(1mk)
(Tied to the first and second rows only)
i). Accept 1 or 2 decimal place used consistently, otherwise penalise fully.
ii) If the second decimal place is used it should be a zero or a five, otherwise penalise fully.
C. Accuracy ………………………………… (1mk)
Compare the condition titre value with the school value and award as follows.
i) If with ± 0.1 of the school value. ……. (1mk)
ii) If within ± 0.2 of the school value ……. (½ Mk)
iii) If none within ± 0.2 of the school value ……. (0mk)
D. Principles of averaging ……. (1mk)
i) If 3 consistent values are averaged …… (1mk)
ii) If 3 titrations done only two consistent averaged ……. (1mk)
iii) If 3 titrations done, are consistent but only 2 averaged --- (0 Mk)
iv) If 3 titrations done, all are inconsistent, yet averaged ……. (0mk)
Penalties.
i) Wrong arithmetic i.e. error outside ± 2 units in the 2nd decimal place penalise ½ Mk.
ii) If no working is shown but answer given is correct, penalise ½ Mk.
ii) If answer is rounded off to one decimal place, unless it works out exactly penalise 1/2mk.
iv) If no working is shown and the answer given is wrong, penalise fully i.e. award zero.
E. Final answer ………………………. (1mk)
i) If within ± 0.1 of the school value. …………(mk)
ii) If within ± 0.2 of the school value………… (½ Mk)
iii) If beyond ± 0.2 of the school value …………(0mk)
NOTE: Final answer ids tied top correct principles of averaging. Otherwise penalise fully.
Calculations
a) Average titre
b) Concentration of B
3.15 x 1000
500
= 6.3g/ litre
Morality = 6.3g/litre 1/2
126g
= 0.05M 1/2

Page | 151
c) Concentration of C
Mole of B used = 0.05 x ans (a) 1/2
1000
= Correct ans (i)
Mole of C = correct ans (i) (above) x 2 1/2
= Correct ans (ii)
Morality of C = correct ans (ii) above x 1000 1/2
25
= Correct ans
Procedure II
Table II
Marked as table I
Calculations
d) Average titre
e) Moles of sodium hydroxide
Correct ans (c) x 25 1/2
1000
= Correct ans (i)
Mole of hydrochloric acid in D = Moles of NaOH = correct ans (i)
Moles of hydrochloric acid in 100cm3 = correct ans (i) above x 100 1/2
ans (d)
Morality of hydrochloric acid in D = correct ans (ii) x 1000 1/2
100
= Correct ans 1/2
f). Concentration of original hydrochloric acid in A C1V1 = C2V2
C1= correct ans (e) x 100 1
10
= correct ans 1
2. Table III--------- (3 ½ mks)
Distributed as follows
A. Complete table ---- all ten readings 1mk.
B. Use of decimals ---(1/2mk)
Conditions
i) Temperature value to be written in whole number or to 1 decimal place used consistently.
ii) If temperature value is written to 1 decimal place. Then it must be zero or five, otherwise penalise
fully
C. Accuracy ---- ½ Mk
The temperature value reading when time is 0 seconds to the time is 30 seconds should be
compared with the school value.
i) If within ± 2.00C ------(1mk)
ii) If outside ± 2.00C ---- (0mk)
D. Trends ----(1/2mk)
Award two halves as follows.
i) If temperature readings from time 0 seconds to time 30 seconds are constant ---(½ Mk)
ii) If temperature readings from time 90 seconds show a rise followed by a constant and then a
continuous decrease ---(½ mk)

Page | 152
a) Graph -----(3mks)

A. Labeling of axe ---- (1/2mk)

i) Labeling of axes --- (1/2mk)
i) Vertical axis –temperature
ii) Horizontal axis – time in seconds
Penalties
i) Penalties fully for inverted axes
ii) Penalise fully if wrong units are used otherwise ignore if units are not used.
iii) Penalise fully if only axis is correctly labeled
B. Scale ---- (1/2mk)
i). Area covered by plots should be at least half the area provided on both axes.
ii). Scale intervals must be consistent.
iii). Scale chosen must be able to accommodate all points
NOTE: Penalise fully it any of the above conditions is not met.
C. Plotting -----(1mk)
Conditions
i) If 10 points are correctly plotted ---(1mk)
ii) If 9 or 8 points are correctly plotted ---- (1/2mk)
iii If less than 8 points are correctly plotted ---- (0mk)
D. Line and extrapolation ----- (1mk)
i) Award ½ mk if the point are joined by 2 straight lines. (Accept lines of best fit)
ii) Award another ½ mk for extrapolation where each of the lines is extended to the 60 seconds mark.
iii) Accept lines and extrapolation even if the axes are inverted.
b) ∆T = highest temperature – lowest temperature out of extrapolation. (1 mk)
c) ∆H = MC∆T KJ
1000
= 50 x 4.2 x ans (b) /1000 ½ mk
= correct ans ½ mk
d) Mole of E
= Correct ans (c)
398 ½ mk
= Correct ans ½ mk
Page | 153
e) mass of E = correct ans (d) x 24 1/2mk
= correct ans ½ mk
3. a) i) Observations inferences
Solid dissolves ½ to form Cu2+ , Fe 2+ , Fe3+ absent
a colourless solution½ 3 mention 1 mk
2 mention ½ mk
1 menetion 0 mk
ii) White precipitate ½ soluble Al 3+ , Zn 2+ , Pb 2+ present
in excess½ 3 mention 1mk
2 mention ½ mk
1 mention 0 mk

iii) White precipitate ½ soluble in½ Zn 2+ ½ present

iv) White precipitate ½ insoluble½ SO42- , SO32- , CO 32- present ½

on warming Accept for ½ mk Cl- absent

v) White precipitate ½ insoluble½ SO42- present ½

on adding dilute nitric (V) acid Accept for full crtedit SO32- , CO 32- any
absent .
b) i)
Observations inferences
\ |
Burns with a yellow sooty 1/2 flame C = C 1/2 or - C ≡ C - present
/ |
ii) Dissolve  /2 to form a colourless
1
Polar 1/2 organic compound
solution
iii) Effervescence occurs // bubbles H+ or R-COOH or H3O + present ½
are produced //fizzing occurs ½
\ | 1/2
iv) Acidified KMnO4 is ½ C = C or - C ≡ C -
decolourised / acidified KMnO4 / |
changes form purple to colourless R – OH present

Page | 154
 MERU CENTRAL SUB COUNTY
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
1. a) State the chemical formula of rust (1 mk)
b) Explain how greasing prevents rusting (2 mks)
2. In an experiment silver nitrate was strongly heated in a test tube.
a) State and explain two observations made (2 mks)
b) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs (1 mk)
3. a) Define the term oxidation state (1 mk)
b) Calculate the oxidation states of chromium and manganese in the following ions.
i) Cr2O72- ii) MnO4-
4. i) During the industrial manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid sulphur (VI) oxide gas is not
dissolved in water. It is dissolved in concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid. Explain.
ii) write a balanced equation in the catalytic chamber (1 mk)
5. Draw a well labelled set-up of a diagram that can be used to dissolve ammonia gas in water
6. An element X has an atomic number 20 while element Y has atomic number 8.
a) Write electronic arrangement for the ions of X and Y (2 mks)
b) What type of bond would be formed when X and Y react? (1 mk)
7. Explain how the compound C4H8 and C4H10 can be distinguished using acidified KMnO4.
8. The diagrams below represent two types of flames produced by a Bunsen burner.

a) Name each type of flame A, B (1 mk)

b) Account for the colour of flame A (2 mks)
9. In an experiment, concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid was put in a beaker and exposed to air for one
week as shown below.

i) What observation was made after one week? Explain. (2 Mks)

ii) What property of sulphuric (VI) acid was being investigated in the experiment (1 Mk)
10. Study the flow chart given below and answer the questions that follow.
NH3
Nitric (V) acid Compound V

Step I
Ammonium chloride + K Step II Ammonia

Step III
Hydrogen + element B

Page | 155
a) Name B, K and V (1 ½ Mk)
b) Write the conditions necessary for process II (½ Mk)
c) Name two conditions required for step III (1 Mk)
11. a) Iron obtained from the blast furnace during extraction by reduction is only 90 – 99% pure.
i) What is the name of this iron (1 Mk)
ii) Name the main impurities in the iron named in (a) (i) above (1 Mk)
b) State two effects of these impurities on the physical properties of the iron (1 Mk)
12. Starting with copper metal explain how copper (II) chloride could be prepared in the laboratory
(3 Mks)
13. Polymer had the following structure
H H H H H H
| | | | | |
─C─C─C─C─C─C
| | | | | |
H C6H5 H C6H5 H C6H5 n

a) Name the polymer (1 mk)

b) Draw the structural formula of the monomer (1mk)
c) A sample of this polymer is founds to have a molecular mass of 6448. Determine the number of
monomers in the polymer (C = 12.0, H = 1.0) (1 mk)
14. A given mass of sodium nitrate was heated completely and 320cm3 of gas was produced at s.t.p.
Determine the mass of sodium nitrate heated. (Na = 23, N = 14.0, O = 16, molar gas volume =
22400cm3) (3 mks)
15. In the equation: NH4+(aq) NH3(aq) + H3O+(aq)
a) Identify the reactant that act as an acid in the reverse process. Explain your answer. (2 mks)
b) Differentiate between a strong acid and a concentrated acid (1 Mk)
16. An experiment to investigate one of the chemical properties of alkali earth metals was set up with
magnesium as shown below.

a) Stat the aim of the experiment (1 mk)

b) State and explain the observations made in the tube A. (2 mks)
17. In an experiment propene was reacted with concentrated sulphur (VI) acid in a boiling tube.
a) Draw the structural formula of the product formed (1 mk)
b) Water was then added to the product in (a) above and the mixture warmed.
i) Name the products formed (1 mk)
ii) Name the process that occurs (1 mk)

Page | 156
18. The diagram below shows how carbon (II) oxide gas can be prepared starting with carbon (IV)
oxide and solid W. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

a) With reasons state a suitable location where such an experiment should be rightly conducted
b) What is the purpose of concentrated potassium hydroxide? (1 mk)
c) Identify solid W (1 mk)
19. A cell is constructed between copper and silver. Standard electrode potentials for the two metals
are given below.
Ag+(aq) / Ag(s); EƟ = +0.80V
Cu2+(aq) / Cu(s); EƟ = +0.34V
i) Name the cathode and anode (1 Mk)
ii) Calculate the cell electromotive force (1 Mk)
iii) Identify the reducing agent (1 Mk)
20. a) A radioisotope has a half-life of 20 years. What fraction of its mass will remain after 60 years?
b) Complete the nuclear equation below and give values of x and y (1 Mk)
x
y n 1
1 p + 0
-1 e
i) x
ii) y
21. a) The graph below is draw from results of experiment to investigate the rate of reaction
between zinc granules and dilute hydrochloric acid.

Initially 50cm3 of 2M hydrochloric acid is used with excess zinc and the results used to draw curve
B. Suggest what may be done to zinc or acid in order to:
i) Obtain results used for drawing curve C. (1 Mk)
ii) Obtain results used for drawing curve A (1 Mk)
b) Explain how temperature increases the rate of reaction (1 Mk)
22. Chlorine gas is prepared by reacting concentrated hydrochloric acid and manganese (IV) oxide.
i) Write an equation for the reaction between concentrated hydrochloric acid and manganese (IV)
oxide.
ii) What is the role of manganese (IV) oxide in this reaction? (1 Mk)
b) Give one industrial use of chlorine (1 Mk)

Page | 157
23. The structure below represents two cleansing agents A and B

a) Name the cleansing agents

i) A (1 Mk)
ii) B (1 Mk)
b) State a cleansing agent that would be suitable for washing in water containing calcium chloride.
Give a reason.
24. a) Explain the role of carbon (IV) oxide in the manufacture of carbonated (fizzy) drinks
c) State two properties of carbon (IV) oxide which makes it suitable for use in fire extinguishers
25. The energy level diagram below shows the energy changes that occur when potassium chloride
dissolves in water. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

a) Name each of the enthalpies represented by ∆H1, ∆H2 and ∆H3 (1 ½ Mk)
b) In terms of ∆H1, ∆H2 and ∆H3 state which reactions are exothermic or endothermic
26. A saturated solution of aluminium chloride was electrolysed using carbon electrodes as shown in
the diagram below.

a) Name the products formed at each of the electrodes:

i) P ……………………………………..
ii) R……………………………………………. (1 Mk)
b) Explain what would be observed on the bulb if a solution of hydrogen chloride in methylbenzene
was used in place of saturated aluminium chloride solution (2 Mks)
27. a) State one method of separating immiscible liquids (1 Mk)
b) State two applications of chromatography. (2 Mks)

Page | 158
 MERU CENTRAL SUB-COUNTY
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
1. The table below shows part of the periodic table. The letters of the elements do not represent the
actual symbols of the elements:-

X Z
U Y W

i) How do the electrical conductivities of elements X and Y compare? Explain. (2 Mks)

ii) Element W has two melting points. Explain this observation. (1 Mk)
iii) When 1.15g of element U was reacted with cold water 0.6dm3 of hydrogen was produced at r.t.p.
Calculate the relative atomic mass of U. (Molar gas volume = 24dms at r.t.p) (2 Mks)
iv) Element V has atomic number 15. Show its position in the grid. (1 Mk)
v) State one use of element Z (1 Mk)
vi) Oxide of element Y react with both acids and bases. What property is shown by element Y?
(1 Mk)
vii) Write down the equation for the reaction between element Y and oxygen (1 Mk)
viii) Explain how reactivity of elements X and U with chlorine compare. (2 Mks)
2. I. The flow chart below shows how a fertilizer can be manufactured. Use it to answer the
questions that follow.
H2 N2 Air SO2

Catalyst C; 5000C, Catalyst D; 5000C,

high pressure

P R 98% concentrated
Sulphuric (VI) acid

Reaction vessel Q S
Enough water

a) Name catalyst C and D

b) Give the identities of substances: P,S,R (1 ½ Mk)
c) Give the identity of the fertilizer formed (½ Mk)
d) Write an equation for the reaction at vessel Q (1 Mk)
e) Explain why substance R is absorbed in 98% sulphuric (VI) acid first before adding water
f) Name two methods by which pollution is controlled in contact process (1 Mk)
II. a) Hydrogen sulphide gas was bubbled into an aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide.
i) State the observation made (1 Mk)
ii) Write an equation for the reaction that took place (1 Mk)
iii) a) Explain why old newspapers turn brown when exposed to air and sunlight (1 Mk)
Page | 159
b) Describe a chemical test that can be used to distinguish sodium sulphate and sodium sulphite
(2 Mks)
3. In an experiment to investigate the solubility of solid Y and Z, the following results were obtained.
Temperature 0C 0 10 20 30 40 50
Solubility of solid Y (g/100g of water) 8 13 24 38 61 98
Solubility of solid Z (g/100g of water) 28 32 35 38 48 46

a) What do you understand by the term solubility? (1 Mk)

b) On the grid provided, plot a graph of solubility of Y and Z against temperature (on the x-axis)
(4 Mks)
c) From your graph determine
i) The solubility of Y at room temperature (250C) (1 Mk)
ii) The temperature at which solubility of Y is 45g/100g of water (1 Mk)
d) If a solution of Y contains 35g of solid in 100g of water is cooled from 400c, determine
i) The temperature at which the crystals will first form (1 Mk)
ii) The mass of crystals deposited if the solution is cooled at 50c. (1 Mk)
e) Compare the solubilities of Y and Z in water. (2 Mks)
f) Give one application of solubilities (1 Mk)
4. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

a) Identify:
i) Gas C ………………………………………………………………………………( ½ Mk)
ii) Solid Q ……………………………………………………………………………..( ½ Mk)
iii) Solid P ……………………………………………………………………………..( ½ Mk)

b) From the flow chart give two solutions that contain the same metallic ions (1 mk)
c) Explain the difference between HCl(g) in water and in methylbenzene as shown in the flow chart
d) Name reagent W (½ Mk)
e) Write the equations for:
i) The formation of solid P (1 Mk)
ii) The formation of solid Q (1 Mk)
f) In the preparation of a bleaching agent (sodium hypochlorite), excess chlorine gas was bubbled into
15 litres of cold 2M sodium hydroxide.
i) Write an equation for the reaction between chlorine gas and cold dilute sodium hydroxide
Page | 160
ii) Calculate the mass in kilograms of sodium hypochlorite produced. (Na = 23.0, Cl = 35.5, O = 16.0)
5. a) The list below shows the formulae of some organic compounds. Use it to answer the questions
that follow.
V1. CH3CH2CH2OH
V2. CH3CH2CH3
O
║
V3. CH3CH2CH2C – OH
V4. CH3CH2CH = CH2
V5. CH3CH2CH2CH3

i) Select two compounds which

I. Are not hydrocarbons (1 mk)
II. Belong to the same homologous series (1 mk)
ii) Identify the compound that is likely to undergo polymerization. Give a reason for your answer.
b) The structures below represent two cleansing agents:
R - COO- Na+
R - OSO3- Na+
In the table below, give one advantage and one disadvantage of using each one of them
Advantage Disadvantage
R - COO- Na+
R - OSO3- Na+

c) Under certain conditions, ethanoic acid (C2H4O2) and ethanol (C2H5OH) react to form a pleasant
smelling compound.
i) What is the general name of compound to which the pleasant compound belong? (1 mk)
ii) Write the structural formula of the pleasant smelling compound (1 mk)
iii) Give one use of ethanoic acid other than the formation of the pleasant smelling compounds
iv) Write the equation for the reaction between dilute ethanoic acid and sodium potassium carbonate
d) Fibres are either synthetic or natural. Give one:
i) Example of natural fibre (1 mk)
ii) Advantage of synthetic fibres have over natural fibres (1 mk)
6. The diagram below shows the setup used to investigate enthalpy of combustion of ethanol when
450cm of water was heated.

The data below was obtained during the experiment:

Volume of water = 450cm3
Initial temperature of water = 23.00C
Final temperature of water = 41.00C
Mass of bottle + ethanol before heating = 141.7g
Mass of the bottle + ethanol after heating = 140.2g
Density of water = 1g/cm3

Page | 161
 Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2kJKg-1K-1
a) Calculate:
i) Heat evolved during the experiment (2 mks)
ii) Moles of ethanol that reacted (C = 12.0, H = 1.0, O = 16.0) (2 mks)
iii) Molar heat of combustion of ethanol (1 mk)
b) The theoretical molar enthalpy of ethanol is 1260kJMol-1. Give two reason why the experimental
value is less. (2mks)
c) Study the information below and use it to answer the questions that follow:
∆ HƟ Lattice MgCl2(s) -247.7kJ/Mole
∆ HƟ Hydration Cl-(aq) -363kJ/Mole
∆ HƟ Hydration Mg2+(aq) -189kJ/Mole
i) State Hess’s law (1 mk)
ii) Calculate the heat of solution of magnesium chloride (2 mks)
7. a) When a dry cell is discharging the following reaction occurs in the cell.
Zn(s) + 2NH+4(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + 2NH3(g) + H2O(l)
Given that:
Zn2+(aq) + 2e- → Zn(s) E = -0.77v
NH4+(aq) + 2e- → 2NH 3(g) + H2O(l) EƟ = +0.734v
i) Calculate the e.m.f of the cell (1 mk)
ii) In the cell, the electrolyte is a paste. Explain. (1 mk)
b) Use the standard electrode potentials for elements A, B, C, D and F given below to answer the
questions that follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.
EƟ(Volts
2+ -
A + 2e A(s) -2.90
B2+ + 2e- B(s) -2.38
½ C2(g) + e- C- 0.00
D2+ + 2e- D(s) +0.34
½ F2(g) + e- F(aq) +2.87
i) What is EƟ value of the strongest reducing agent (1 mk)
ii) Draw a well labelled diagram of a cell which can be used to measure the standard electrode
potential for D(s)/D2+(aq) (3 mks)
b) The extraction of aluminium can be described using a flow diagram
Impure Conc. NaOH Sodium Alumina
aluminium aluminate

Pure Electrolysis cell

Slag
alumina at 1230k

i) Give the formula for (1 mk)

I. Alumina
II. Sodium aluminate
ii) What are the positive electrodes in the electrolytic cell made of and why do they have to be
replaced at regular intervals (2 mk)
iii) Write an ionic half equation for the reaction occurring at the negative electrode in the electrolytic
cell (1 mk)
iv) Why is it possible to carry out the electrolysis at 1230k if alumina normally melts at about 2300k.
c) When a constant amount of current was passed through molten magnesium chloride, 0.18g of
magnesium was deposited in 20 minutes. Determine the amount of current passed (Mg = 24, 1
Faraday = 96500c) (3 mks)
Page | 162
 MERU CENTRAL SUB COUNTY
PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
• About 120cm3 solution A
• About 120cm3 solution B
• About 100cm3 solution C
• 25ml pipette
• 50ml burette
• 250ml volumetric flask
• Two conical flasks
• 8 test tube in test tube rack
• Thermometer ( -10- to 1100c)
• Two boiling tubes
• 10ml measuring cylinder
• About 500ml distilled water
• Seven labels
• Solid V about 0.5g sodium sulphite
• Solid T – about 0.5g maleic acid
• Spatula
• 0.2g NaHCO3
ACCESS TO:
• Methyl orange indicator
• 2M NaOH
• 0.5M Pb(NO3)2
• 0.5M BaCl2
• Acidified KMnO4
• Source of heat
• 2M HCL
PREPARATIONS
1. Solution A is prepared by dissolving 50.0cm3 of 1.84g/cm3 (98%) concentrated sulphuric acid in
about 600cm3 of distilled water and diluting to one litre of solution
2. Solution B is prepared by dissolving 8.0 grams sodium carbonate in about 500cm3 of distilled
water and diluting to one litre of solution.
3. Solution C is prepared by dissolving 60.0g of sodium hydroxide pellets in about 700cm3 of distilled
water and diluting to one litre of solution.

Page | 163
 MERU CENTRAL COUNTY
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
Question 1
You are provided with:
- Aqueous sulphuric acid labelled solution A
- Solution B containing 8.0g per litre of sodium carbonate
- An aqueous solution of substance C labelled as solution C

You are required to determine the:

- Concentration of solution A
- Enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric acid and substance C

PROCEDURE A
Using a pipette and a pipette filler, place 25.0cm3 of solution A into a 250ml volumetric flask.
Add distilled water to make 250cm3 of solution. Label this solution D.
Place solution B in a burette. Clean the pipette and use it to place 25cm3 of solution B into a
conical flask, then add 2 drops of methyl orange indicator provided and then titrate with solution D.
Record your results in table I. Repeat the titration 2 more times and complete the table.
TABLE I (4 Mks)
I II III
Final Burette reading (cm3)
Initial Burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution D used (cm3)

Calculate the:
i) Average volume of solution D used (1 Mk)
ii) Concentration of sodium carbonate in solution B (Na = 23.0, O = 16.0, C = 12.0) (1 Mk)
iii) Concentration of sulphuric acid in solution D (2 Mks)
iv) Concentration of sulphuric acid in solution A (2 Mks)

PROCEDURE B
Label six test tubes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Empty the burette and fill it will solution A. From the
burette, place 2cm3 of solution A into test tube number 1. From the same burette, place 4cm3 of
solution A in test tube number 2. Repeat the process for test tube 3, 4, 5 and 6 as shown in table II.
Clean the burette and fill it with solution C. From the burette, place 14cm3 of solution C into
boiling tube. Measure the initial temperature of solution C to the nearest 0.50c and record it in
table II.
Add the contents of test tube number 1 to the boiling tube containing solution C. Stir the mixture
with the thermometer. Note the highest temperature reached in table II.
Repeat the process with other volumes of solution C given in table II and complete the table.
Table II (6 mks)
Test tube number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Volume of solution A (Cm3) 2 4 6 8 10 12
3
Volume of solution C (Cm ) 14 12 10 8 6 4
Initial temp. of solution C (Cm3)
Highest temp. of mixture (0C)
Change in temp. T (0C)
i) On the grid provided, draw a graph of change in temperature (∆T) in vertical axis against volume
of solution A used. (3 Mks)
ii) From the graph, determine:
a) The maximum change in temperature (1 Mk)
Page | 164
b) The volume of solution A required to give maximum change in temperature (1 Mk)
iii) Calculate the:
a) Number of moles of sulphuric acid required to give maximum change in temperature
b) Molar enthalpy of reaction between sulphuric acid and substance C (in kilojoules/mole of sulphuric
acid used). Assume the specific heat capacity of solution is 4.2J/g/k and density solution is
1.0g/cm3. (1 Mk)

Question Two
You are provided with solid V. Carry out the tests below. Write the observations and inferences in
the spaced provided.
a) Dissolve solid V in about 10cm3 of distilled water in a boiling tube. Into 4 separate test tubes, put
2cm3 portion of solution and use it to test (b) to (e) below.
b) To the first portion add 5 drops of 2M sodium hydroxide solution
c) To second portion add 3 drops of lead (II) nitrate solution
d) To the third portion add 5 drops of Barium chloride followed by 2cm3 of 2M hydrochloric acid and
then shake the mixture.
e) To forth portion add three drops of acidified potassium manganate VII.
Question 3
You are provided with solid T. Carry out the tests below and record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
i) Scoop a third of solid T using a clean metallic spatula and ignite using a Bunsen burner
ii) Place the remaining solid T in a boiling tube and add about 8cm3 of distilled water and shake.
I. To about 1cm3 of the solution add 2 drops of acidified potassium manganate and warm.
II. To about 1cm3 of the solution in a test tube add the sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.

Page | 165
 MERU CENTRAL SUB COUNTY
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. a) Fe2O3.nH2O n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 →
b) Grease covers the surface of iron metal preventing contact with both water and oxygen thus
preventing rust.
2. a) Brown gas – NO2 gas is produced which is brown.
Grey deposit – AgNO3 decomposes to give Ag which is grey
b) 2AgNO3(s) → 2Ag(s) + 2NO2(g) + O2(g)
3. a)
b) i) Cr2O72-
2Cr + 7(-2) = -2
2Cr – 14 = -12
2Cr = 12
Cr = +6
ii) MnO4-
Mn + 4(-2) = -1
Mn = +7
4. i) The reaction between SO3 and H2O is highly exothermic (1 Mk).
This makes the acid produced to boil into mist of fine droplets in air (1 Mk)
ii) 2SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2SO3(g)

5. a) X – 2.8.8 (1 Mk)
Y – 2.8 (1 Mk)
b) Ionic bond
6. CuH8 – changes the purple KMnO4 to colourless while C4H10 the purple KMnO4 colour
remains/persists/does not change
7. a) A – luminous flame
B Non-luminous flame
b) Bright yellow frame (1 Mk) accept yellow flame. – Due to unburnt carbon atoms that glows
red.
8. i) The volume of H2SO4 increased (1 Mk). H2SO4 acid absorbs (1 Mk) water/moisture from the
atmosphere increasing in volume.
ii) Deliquescence
9. a) B – Nitrogen
K – Ca(OH)2 accept NaOH & KOH
V – NH4NO3
b) Heating
c) Iron catalyst
Temperature of 5000c (any 2)
Pressure of 200 atm
10. a) i) Pig iron
ii) Carbon
Silicon
Manganese
Sulphur
Phosphorus

Page | 166
b) Lowers the melting point
Make iron less harder and less brittle
11. Heat Cu metal in air to form copper (II) oxide
- Add excess CuO in dilute HCl to get CuCl2
- Filter to remove excess CuO
- Hat the filtrate (CuCl2) to saturation
- Cool to obtain crystals of CuCl2
- Pour out the mother liquor and dry the crystals
12. a) Polyphenylethene (1 Mk)
b) H H
| |
C= C
| |
H C6H5
[(8 x 12) + 8(1)]n = 6448 ( ½ Mk)
104n = 6448
n = 62 ( ½ Mk)
13. 2NaNO3(s) → 2NaNO2(s) + O2(g) ( ½ Mk)

1 mole = 22400cm3 Mole ration 2:1 ( ½ Mk)

? = 320cm3 Moles of NaNO3 = 0.0143 x 2
= 0.0286
320 x 1 = 0.0143moles ( ½ Mk) Mass = moles x Rmm
22400 0.0286 x 85 ( ½ Mk) = 2.431g ( ½ Mk)
14. a) H3O+ - donates proton to NH3
b) A strong acid is an acid that ionises completely in water to give many hydrogen ions while a
concentrated acid is an acid with high amount of acid molecules dissolved in a solution.
15. a) Investigate reaction of metals with steam
b) Magnesium burns with a white flame forming white powder.
Magnesium reacts with steam to form MgO which is white
16. a) H H H
| | |
H ─ C ─ C ─ H ─ H
| | |
H H OSO3H Propylhydrogen sulphate
b) i) Propanol
ii) Hydrolysis
17. a) Fume chamber/open place – CO is poisonous
b) Absorbs excess CO2
c) Carbon
18. i) Anode – Cu(s)/ Cathode
Cathode – Silver, Ag
ii) EMF = 0.80 – 0.34
+ ±0.46v
iii) Copper
19. a) Half-life = 60 = 3 (1 Mk)
20
1 1 ½ 2 ¼ 3 1
/8
1
/8g (1 mk)
b) X - 1

Page | 167
 Y–0
20. a) i) Use more concentrated acid
or Use zinc powder
ii) Use less concentrated acid
Use zinc granules
b) Increase in temperature increases the Kinetic energy of particles making them collide more
effectively increasing the rate of reaction.
21. a) i) MnO2(s) + 4HCl(aq) → MnCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l) + Cl2
ii) Acts as an oxidising agent
b) Manufacture of HCl acid
Manufacture of bleaching agents
22. a) A – Soapy detergent/soaps
B – Soapless detergents
b) B /soapless detergent – water with CaCl2 is hard. Soapless detergents does not form scum
with hard water
23. a) CO2 enhances/adds tastes and preserve the drinks
b) Does not burn nor support combustion
Denser than air hence forms a blanket that cuts off O2 supply.
24. a) ∆H1 – Lattice energy
∆H2 – Hydration energy
∆H3 – Heat solution
b) ∆H1 and∆H3 – endothermic
∆H2 and ∆H3 – exothermic
25. a) P – Chlorine ( ½ Mk)
R - Hydrogen ( ½ Mk)
b) Bulb does not light – HCl does not loose in methylbenzene since it is non-polar solvent.
26. a) Use of dropper (any one)
Use of separating funnel
b) In sports to identify banned substances in athlete
In food industry to identify
In cosmetics to identify

Page | 168
 MERU CENTRAL SUB COUNTY
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1. i) Y is a better conductor than X (1 Mk)
Y has more delocalised electrons than X (1 Mk)

ii) It exhibit allotrophy (1 Mk) /has two allotrophes

iii) Moles of H2 gas = 0.6 ½
24
= 0.0025 moles ½
Moles of U = 2 x 0.024 = 0.05 moles ½
R.M.M. = mass = 1.15
Moles 0.05
= 23 ½
iv) 2:8:5 – shown on P2 group V (1 Mk)
v) Filling bulb filaments (1 Mk)
vi) Amphoteric (1 Mk)
vii) 4Y(s) + 3O2(g) → 2Y2O3(s) or 4Al(s) + 3O2(g) → 2Al2O3(s)
viii) U is more reactive than X (1 Mk)
U has large atomic radius than X hence loses its valence electron more easily than X (1 Mk)
(accept any other relevant explanation)
2. a) C – iron ( ½ )
D – vanadium (V) oxide ( ½ )
b) P – ammonia gas ( ½ )/ NH3
S – Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid ( ½ )/ H2SO4(l) /allow if dilute
R – Sulphur (VI) oxide ( ½ ) /SO3
c) Ammonium sulphate ( ½ / (NH4)2SO4
d) 2NH3(g) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq)
e) Reaction of R/SO3 with water is highly exothermic making acid formed to boil into mist
/vapour
f) By scrubbing – reacting SO2 with ( ½ ) Ca(OH)2
By recycling SO2 produced
II. i) yellow deposit is made
ii) H2O2(g) + H2S(g) → S(s) + 2H2O(g)
III. a) This is due to re-oxidation by oxygen in the atmosphere
b) Add BaNO3/BaCl2 ( ½ ) solution to the Na2SO3 & Na2SO4 in different test tubes followed by
dilute HNO3 ( ½ ). Na2SO3 forms white ppt. which dissolved to colourless solution ( ½ ). Na2SO4
forms white ppt which does not dissolve ( ½ )
3. a) This is the maximum mass of salt/solute that can saturate 100g (1 Mk) of water at a given
temperature
b)
c) i) 30g of H2O accept 36g/100g water (1 Mk)
ii) 33.50C (1 Mk)
d) i) Sol at 400C = 61g/100g H2O
At 270C (1 Mk)
ii) Sol at 400C = 61/100g H2O
Sol at 270C = 35g/100g H2O ( ½ )
Sol at 50C = 10g/100g of H2O ( ½ )
e) Y is more soluble than Z (1 Mk)
Y dissolved better at higher temperature than Z
b) Fractional crystallization – separation of mixtures with different solubilities
4. a) i) Gas C – Chlorine gas / Cl2 ( ½ )

Page | 169
 ii) Solid Q = Iron (III) chloride/FeCl2 ( ½ )
iii) Solid P = Iron (III) chloride/FeCl3 ( ½ )
b) Solution R and solution Q (1 Mk for both)
c) HCl(g) in water ionizes ( ½ ) white in methylbenzene it is in molecular ( ½ ) form
d) Aquous sodium hydroxide ( ½ ) or aquous ammonia ( any)
e) i) 3Cl2(g) + 2Fe(s) → 2FeCl3(s) (1 Mk)
ii) 2HCl(g) + Fe(s) → FeCl2(s) + H2(g) (1 Mk)
f) i) Cl2(g) + 2NaOH(aq) → NaOCl(aq) + NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)
ii) Moles of NaOH = 2 x 15000 ( ½ )
1000
= 30 moles
Moles of NaOCl = 30 x 1 ( ½ )
2
= 15 moles
RMM of NaOCl = 74.5 ( ½ )
Mass = 15 x 74.5 ( ½ )
= 1,1175g ( ½ )
1000
= 1.1175kg ( ½ )
5. a) i) I. V1, & V3 ( 1Mk ) for both
II. V2 & V5 ( 1 Mk) for both
ii) V4 (1 Mk) – it is unsaturated/ its (1 Mk) an alkene/ it has a double bond
b)
Advantage Disadvantage
R - COO- Na+ - does not pollute the - Does not lather easily with hard
environment water (more is used when cleaning)
- Stains cloths
R - OSO3- - Lather easily with hard - Pollutes the environment (It is
Na+c water non-biodegradable
c) i) Esters (1 Mk)
ii) H O H H (1 mk)
| ║ | |
H─ C ─ C ─ O ─ C ─ C ─ H
| | |
H H H
iii) Used as a solvent (1 Mk) accept others
iv) 2CH3COOOH(aq) + K2CO3(s) → 2CH3COOK + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
d) i) Starch/protein/silk/sisal ( 1Mk) any one
ii) Cheap
Can modified any one (1 Mk)
Readily available
6. i) ∆H = MCDT ∆T = 41 – 23 = 18K ½
= 450 x 4.2 x 18 (1 Mk)
1000
= 34.02 kJ with units – no units 0 for answer
ii) C2H5OH = 46 ( ½ )
Mass of ethanol/burnt = 141.7 – 140.2 = 1.5g ( ½ )
Moles = 1.5 ( ½ )
46
= 0.0326 moles ( ½ )
iii) 34.02 0.03261 moles
? ← 1 mole
Page | 170
 = 34.02 x 1 ( ½ )
0.03261
= -1043.24kJ/mole ( ½ ) with – signs and units
b) Heat is lost to the surrounding
- Some heat is absorbed by the apparatus (Any 1 Mk)
c) i) Hess law states that the energy change in converting reactants into products is the same
regardless of the route the chemical change occurs
ii) ∆Hsol = ∆H Hyd + ∆H latt
= +2477 + [-198 + 2 x -363) (1 Mk)
= +2477 – 915 ( ½ )
= +1562kJ/Mole ( ½ )
7. i) E led – E x
+0.74 - -0.76 ( ½ )
= 1.50v ( ½ )
ii) Solid ammonium chloride does not conduct electricity but in paste form ions are mobile
b) i) Al(s) – 2.90 (1 Mk)

ii)

b) i) I. Al2O3
II. NaAlO2
ii) Carbon/graphite (1 Mk)
Because oxygen produced at anode reacts with carbon at high temperatures to form CO2
hence depleting them. (1 Mk)
iii) 4Al3+(1) + 12e- → 4Al(s) (1 Mk)
iv) The melting point of Al2O3 is lowered (1 Mk) from 2300k to 1230k by addition of cryolite
1 mole of Mg = 2e = 2F = 2(96500) = 193,000C
If 24g = 193,000C
0.18g = ?
193,000 x 0.18 = 1447.5C
24
Time = 20 x 60 = 120 seconds
C x T = 1447.5
C x 120 = 1447.5
C = 1447.5 = 12.0625 amperes
120

Page | 171
 MERU CENTRAL SUB COUNTY
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
PROCEDURE A
Table I – 4 Marks
Notes
- CT – 1 Mk
- Decimal – 1 Mk – 1 decimal place. If 2 d.p last digit .0 or .5
- Accuracy – 1 Mk - ± 0.1 award (1 Mk) if ± 0.2 award ( ½ Mk)
- Arithmetics – 1 Mk
i) P. A. (1 Mk)
ii) RFM of Na2CO3 = 16
Conc. Of solution B = 8 = 0.07547M
106
iii) 0.07547 x 25 = 0.001887 moles
1000
Solution B: Solution D = 1:1
Moles of H2SO4 used = moles of Na2CO3 used = 0.001887
Conc. Of H2SO4 = 0.001887 x 1000
Ans.(i)
iv) MAVA = MDVD
MA = Ans (iii) x 250
25
PROCUDURE
TABLEII
Test tube number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Volume of solution A (Cm3) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Volume of solution C (Cm3) 14 12 10 8 6 4
Initial temp. of solution C (Cm3) 20 20 20 20 20 20
Highest temp. of mixture (0C) 21.5 23.5 25 26 26.5 25
Change in temp. T (0C) 1.5 3.5 5.0 6.0 6.5 5
Notes
- Award ½ marks of each experiment done
- Treat initial temperature >300c or <100c as unrealistic and penalize 1 Mk overall
- Penalize ½ mark overall if initial temperature reading and final temp. reading are inverted.
- Penalize ½ mark once for any ∆T >100c
- Decimals is either .0 or .5
- Accuracy – first initial temperature within ± 20c
- Trend – continuous rise up to max ½ mark followed by a drop in ∆T for another ½ mark
i) Graph (3 Mks)

Axis – ½
Page | 172
 P=1
L – 1 should be extrapolated
S–½
ii) a) Correct value ∆T from an extrapolated graph with or without showing (1 Mk)
b) From the extrapolated graph
iii) a) Ans in B(ii) X Ans in A (iv)
1000
b) Molar heat = MC∆T
Ans (iii) a x 1000
Question 2
a) observations Inferences
Solid V dissolves forming a colourless solution Solid V is soluble in water
Cu2+, Fe2+, Fe3+ absent

b) observations Inferences
No white ppt Zn2+, Al3+, Pb2+, Ca2+ & Mg2+ absent

c) observations Inferences
White ppt Cl-, SO32-, SO42-, CO32- present

d) observations Inferences
White ppt soluble in HCl SO32-, CO32- present

e) observations Inferences
Purple KMnO4 changes to colourless SO32- present

Question 3
i) observations Inferences
Yellow sooty flame (1 Mk) | | ½
C = C, ─ C ≡ C ─ ½ Present
| |

ii) observations Inferences

| | ½
Changes from purple to colourless/decolourises
C = C, ─ C ≡ C ─ ½ Present
acidified KMnO4 (1 Mk)
| |

iii) observations Inferences

Bubbles/effervescence (1 Mk)
O
R - C - OH Present 1Mk

Page | 173
 KANDARA
233/1
PAPER 1
2 HOURS
1. Ethanol and pentane are miscible liquids. Explain how water can be used to separate a mixture of
ethanol and pentane. (2mks)
2. A warm red phosphorous was lowered to a gas jar of chlorine using a deflagrating spoon.
i) State one observation made in the experiment. (1mks)
ii) Identify the substance formed in the above reaction. (1mk)
3 a) Give the structural formula of 3, 3-dimethly pent-l-yne (1mk)
b) Name the following compounds using the IUPAC system.
i) CH3COOCH2CH2CH3 (1mk)
ii) CH3 CH2 CH C= CH2 (1mk)
| |
Br CH3
4. Use the chart below to answer the questions that follow.
IRON Steam Gas P Solid T

Copper (II)
+ oxide heat
+
Solid R Liquid S

Identify:
Gas P (½ mk)
Solid R. (½ mk)
Solid T (½ mk)
Liquid S (½ mk)
5. The apparatus below was a set up to show the catalytic oxidation of ammonia. Study the
diagram and answer the questions that follow.
Dry NH3(g)

Hot nichrome wire

i) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the gas jar. (1mk)
ii) Why is it necessary to have a hot nichrome wire in the gas jar. (1mk)
iii) Write the formular of the complex ion formed when excess ammonia gas is passed through a
solution containing Zn2+ ions (1mk)
6. Calculate the solubility of sugar in water at 40oC from the following information. (2mks)
Mass of evaporating dish = 23.0g
Mass of evaporating dish + sample of saturated solution = 192.0g
Mass of evaporation dish + solid after evaporating of solution = 142.0g
7. Use the bond energy value given below for the question that follows
Bond bond energy (kJmol-1)
H–H 432
C=C 610
C–C 346
C–H 413
Determine the enthalpy change for the conversion of butene to butane by hydrogen. (3mks)
Page | 174
8. The figure below shows the electrolysis of magnesium sulphate solution.
Gas X Gas Y

Inert electrodes magnesium sulphate

solution

Cell
i) On the diagram, label the cathode and the anode. (1mk)
ii)Name the gases (1mk)
iii)
Write the half cell equation for the reaction taking place at the anode. (1mk)
9. Given the equation for reaction 2Al(s) + 3Cl2(g) → 2AlCl3(s) Calculate
a) Volume of chlorine at (r.t.p) required to react with 3g of Aluminium (Molar gas volume at
r.t.p = 24litres, Al = 27, Cl = 35.5) (1½ mks)
b) Mass of Aluminium chloride formed. (1½ mks)
10. Consider the Zinc nuclide below
65
30 Zn
Determine the number of protons and neutrons in the nuclide. (2mks)
11. Using reagents provided only, explain by means of balanced chemical equations how you
could prepare a salt of Zinc carbonate solid. (3mks)
 Zinc powder
 Nitric (V) acid (dilute)
 Water
 Solid sodium carbonate
12. Below is part of the Thorium decay series.

232
90 Th
(i) 228
88 Ra (ii)
228
89 Ac
(iii) 228
90
Th (iv) 224
88 Ra

i) Write an overall nuclear equation for the conversion of 232 Th to 224 Ra (1mk)
90 88
ii) Give any two commercial uses of radio isotopes (2mks)
13. Explain the following observations.
a) When lead (II) carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, very little carbon (iv) oxide is
produced (2mks)
b) When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water the solution formed turns blue litmus paper
red but there is no effect on blue litmus paper when the gas is dissolved in carbon tetra
chloride. (CCl4). (2mks)
14. Element A has atomic mass 23 and element B atomic mass 7 and also have 12 neutrons and 4
neutrons respectively.
a) Write the electron arrangement of A and B (2mks)
b) Which element has higher ionization energy? Explain (2mks)
15. Two experiments were carried out as follows and the volume of hydrogen gas evolved
measured at intervals of 10seconds for 100 seconds.
i) 6 cm of magnesium ribbon was added to 2M hydrochloric acid.
ii) 6cm of magnesium ribbon was added to 1M hydrochloric acid.
Graphs of volume of hydrogen gas evolved against time were plotted.
Page | 175
 Volume of B
hydrogengas (cm3)
A

Time (sec)
a) Which of the graphs was obtained for reaction (i) ? Explain (2mks)
b) Explain the general shape of the graphs. (1mk)
16. D grams of potassium hydroxide were dissolved in distilled water to make 100cm3 of solution
50cm3 of the solution required 50cm3 of 2.0M nitric acid for complete neutralization.
Calculate the mass D of potassium hydroxide.
KOH(aq) + HNO3(l) → KNO3(aq) + H2O(l) (relative formula of KOH=56) (3mks)
17. Painting, Oiling, galvanizing and or tin plating are methods of rust prevention.
a) Explain the similarity of these methods in the ways they prevent rusting. (1mk)
b) Explain why galvanized iron objects are better protected even when scratched. (1mk)
18. Study the following equilibrium reaction
2A2(g) + B2(g) ⇌ 2 A2 B(g) ΔH = -197kJmol-1
Suggest two ways of increasing the yield of A2B (2mks)
19. Solutions can be classified as acids bases or neutral. The table below shows solutions and their pH
values.

Solution pH values
K 1.5
L 7.0
M 14.0
i) Select any pair that would react to form a solution of pH 7 (1mk)
ii) Identify two solutions that would react with Aluminium hydroxide. Explain. (2mks)
20 An element Q has a relative atomic mass of 88. When a current of 0.5 amperes was passed
through the fused chloride of Q for 32 minutes and 10secodns, 0.44g of Q were deposited at the
cathode. Determine the charge on an ion of Q ( 1Faraday = 96500C) (3mks)
21. State two uses of Argon. (2mk)
22. The peaks below show the mass spectrum of element X
82.8 9.1
8.1
Intensity (%
abundance)

24 25 26
Isotopic mass
Calculate the relative atomic mass of X (2mks)

Page | 176
23. The chemical equations below are the main reactions in large scale manufacture of sodium
carbonate.
NH3(g) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) → NH4HCO3 (aq)
NH4HCO3 (aq) + NaCl(aq) → NaHCO3(s) + NH4Cl(aq)
a) Explain how the two products, NaHCO3 and NH4Cl are separated. (1mk)
b) i) How is sodium carbonate finally obtained? (1mk)
ii) Explain how ammonia is recovered and recycled? (1mk)
24. Name two allotropes of sulphur. (2mks)
25. Study the information below and answer the following questions. A mixture contains three
solid A,B and C. the solubility of these solids in different liquids is as shown below

Water Alcohol Ether

A Soluble Insoluble Insoluble
B Insoluble Soluble Very Soluble
C Soluble Soluble Insoluble
Explain how you will obtain sample C from the mixture. (3mks)
26. 20cm3 of an unknown gas Q takes 12.6 seconds to pass through small orifice.10cm3 of
oxygen gas takes 11.2 seconds to diffuse through the same orifice under the same conditions
of temperature and pressure .Calculate the molecular mass of unknown gas Q ( O=16)
(3mks)
27. Using dot (•) and cross (x) diagram, show the bonding in the compound phosphonium ion
PH+4 (P=15.0, H=1.0). (2mks)
28. The formula given below represents a portion of polymer
H H H H
| | | |
C C C C
| | | |
O H O H n

a) Give the name of the polymer (1mk)

b) Draw the structure of the monomer used to manufacture the polymer. (1mk)
29. A compound of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen contains 71.1 by mass of oxygen, 2.2 hydrogen
and the rest is carbon. It has relative molecular mass of 90. (C=12, H=1, O=16)
a) Determine the empirical formula of the compound. (2mks)
b) Determine the molecular formula of the compound. (1mks)
30. The diagram below shows an incomplete set up of the laboratory preparation of dry carbon
(IV) oxide gas. Complete it. (3mks)
Dilute HCl

Calcium carbonate

Page | 177
 KANDARA
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. a) Explain how one could distinguish between propane and propene gases using bromine
water. (2 marks)
b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow:-
CH3CH3
A Step I
HCl

CH ≡ CH

Br Br
H 2O + B O2 excess Step 2 | |
H- C – C – H
| |
Br B

i) Give the name of the substance CH ≡ CH (1mk)

ii) To which group of hydrocarbons does the substance in (i) above belong? (1mk)
iii) Give two reagents that can be used to prepare the substance named in (i) above (2mks)
iv) State two physical properties of the substances in (i) above (2mk)
vi) Write an equation to show how substance A is formed (1mk)
iv) Identify substance B (1mk)
2. (a) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study the information in it and
answer the questions that follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the
elements.

A
B C D E
F G H

I
i) Select an element that can form an ion with a charge of 3-. Give a reason for your answer.
ii) What type of structure would the oxide of G have? (1 mk)
iii) How does the reactivity of B and I compare? Give a reason for your answer. (2 mks)
iv) Write two possible formulae of the oxides of element H (2mks)
b) Complete the table below with the formulae of oxides and the structure (2mks)

Element Formula of the oxide Type of the structure

F
D
c) Element F reacts completely with 30 CM3 of 0.1M hydrochloric acid. Calculate the volume of
The gas formed at R.T.P (MGV at R.T.P =24dm3) (3mks)

Page | 178
3. Air was passed through several reagents as shown in the flow chart below.

(a) Write an equation for the reaction which takes place in the chamber with:
i) Concentrated sodium hydroxide. (lmk)
ii) Excess heated copper turnings. (lmk)
iii) Excess heated magnesium powder. (1mk)
(b) Name one gas which escapes from the chamber containing magnesium powder. Give a reason
for your answer. (2mks)
(c) Name the substance that was eliminated by electrostatic precipitation. (lmk)
(d) Name a reagent that can be used in place of concentrated sodium hydroxide. (1mk)
(e) Name substance C. (lmk)
(f) State two uses of gas C. (2mks)
4. In the preparation of magnesium carbonate, magnesium was burnt in the oxygen from air and
the product collected. Dilute sulphuric (VI) acid was then added and the mixture filtered and
cooled. Sodium carbonate was added to the filtrate and the contents filtered. The residue was
then washed and dried to give a white powder.
a) Give the name of the product collected when magnesium is burnt in oxygen from air.
b) Write the chemical equation for the formation of the product (1mk)
c) i) Name the filtrate collected after sodium carbonate was added. (1mk)
ii) Write down the chemical formula of the white powder (1mk)
d) Write a chemical equation for the reaction between product in (a) and the acid (1mk)
e) Write an ionic equation to show the formation of the white powder. (1mk)
f) Explain what happens when the white powder is strongly heated. (1mk)
g) Identify the ions present in the filtrate after addition of sodium carbonate. (2mks)
h) What is the name given to the reaction that takes place when sodium carbonate was added to
the filtrate? (1mk)
(i) Explain the observations made when crystals of sodium carbonate decahydrate are left
exposed to the atmosphere for two days (2mks)
5.a) The diagram below represent the electrolytic cell used for extraction of aluminium.

i) Name the major ore from which aluminium is extracted (1mk)

Page | 179
ii) Explain why the ore is first dissolved in hot concentrated sodium hydroxide. (2mks)
iii) Name the products at the anode and the cathode
I) The anode (1mk)
II) The cathode (1mk)
iv) State why the graphite lining is used as the cathode (1mk)
v) Give the reasons for mixing aluminium oxide with cryolite in the electrolytic cell(2mks)
b) Aluminium is resistant to corrosion while iron corrodes very fast.
I) Why is aluminium not used to make window frames? (1mk)
II) State one reason why galvanised iron is resistant to corrosion even when the protective surface
of zinc is broken? (1mk)
III) Write an equation to show the reaction between aluminium oxide and concentrated sodium
hydroxide solution (1mk)
IV) during electrolysis of molten bauxite, a current of 0.15A flowed for 3 ½ hours. Calculate the
mass of aluminium deposited.(1F=96500C, Al=27) (3mks)
6. Study the scheme showing some reactions starting with lead (II) nitrate solution.

a. Identify P and Q. (2mks)

b. Write an ionic equation for the reaction that produces P. (1mk)
c. Describe the test for the anion in solution Q. (3mks)
d. Write a balanced equation from the formation of white precipitate L. (1mk)
e. State the condition required for the process II. (1mk)
f. Which physical property is exhibited in process II. (1mk)
g. complete the table below detailing the colour changes with the common acid-base
indicators used during volumetric analysis (2mks)
Common indicator Colour in acids Colour in alkalis
Methyl orange
Phenolphthalein
7. a) Draw a labelled diagram of a setup that can be used to prepare a dry sample of carbon (IV)
oxide gas using marble chips and dilute hydrochloric acid (3mks)

Page | 180
b) The flow chart below shows the Steps involved in the manufacture of sodium carbonate.

M Carbon Ammonium chloride

(IV) oxide Ammonium Chloride
and sodium hydrogen StepII
Brine Step I carbonate
Sodium hydrogen
carbonate
Step III

Sodium carbonate

I. Name the process illustrated in the figure above. (1mk)

II. Identify substance M. (1mk)
III. Name the process taking place in step II. (1mk)
IV. Write a balanced equation for the reaction, which takes place in step III. (1mk)
V. Name two substances that are recycled in the above process. (2mk)
VI. Write the equation for the formation of sodium hydrogen carbonate. (1mk)
VII. State one industrial use of sodium carbonate. (1mk)

Page | 181
 KANDARA EVALUATION TESTS
233/3
PRACTICAL
Each candidate will require
1. Solution A 100cm3
2. Solution B 150 cm3
3. Solution C 100cm3
4. Burette
5. 25ml pipette
6. 2 conical flasks
7. Retort stand
8. Filter funnel
9. Pipette filler
10. 100ml of distilled water
11. Thermometer
12. 1 Spatula – full of solid D
13. About 10ml liquid E
14. 4g solid F ( weighed exactly)
15. 2 boiling tubes
16. Six test tubes in a rack
17. Test tube holder
18. Metallic spatula

ACCESS TO
- 1M NaOH
- 1M NH4OH
- 0.1M NaCl
Acidified K2Cr2O7
- KMnO4- use some amount of solution B
- Source of heating
NOTES
1. Solid A
Dissolve 7.0g Ferrous Sulphate (FeSO4.7H2O) in 50ml of 1MH2SO4, dilute to 1dm3 with water. (Should be
prepared in the morning of the exam day)
2. Solution B
Dissolve 0.8g of KMnO4 in 50cm3 of 1MH2SO4. Dilute to 1 dm3 with water.
3. Solution C
Measure 3cm3 of 20vol. H2O2
Dissolve in 1dm3 of solution.
4. 1M H2SO4
Measure 55cm3 of conc. H2SO4 add to about 200cm3 of water, stir, dilute to 1 dm3
5. Solid D
Aluminium sulphate
6. Solid F
Potassium Chlorate (KClO3)
7. Acidified K2Cr2O7
Dissolve 0.3g of K2Cr2O7 in 50cm3 of 1MH2SO4. Dilute to 1 dm3 with water.
8. Liquid E
Ethanol.

Page | 182
 KANDARA
233/3
PRACTICAL
PAPER 3
TIME: 2¼ HOURS.
1. You are provided with;
• Solution A containing 6.95g of Iron II Sulphate heptahydrate R.F.M = 278 in 250cm3 of
solution
• Solution B of potassium manganate (VII)
• Solution C of hydrogen peroxide.

You are required to;

Standardize the potassium manganate (VII) solution C
Determine the concentration of hydrogen peroxide solution C.
PROCEDURE I
Pipette 25cm3 of solution A into a conical flask.
Fill the burette with solution B. Titrate this solution against solution A until the first
permanent pink colour appears. Record your results in table I and repeat the procedure to fill
the table 1 below.

Table 1 (4 marks)
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution B used (cm3)
Calculate the average volume of solution B used (1 mark)
Given that the equation for the reaction is
Mno-4(aq) + 5Fe2+(aq)+ 8H+(aq)→Mn2+(aq) + 5Fe3+(aq) + 4H2O(l)
Calculate
a) The number of moles of Iron II sulphate solution A used (1mark)
b) The number of moles of solution B that reacted. (1mark)
c) The concentration of the potassium manganate (VII) solution B in moles per litre.
PROCEDURE II
Pipette 25cm3 of hydrogen peroxide, solution C into a conical flask. Fill the burette with
solution B. Titrate this solution against solution C until the first permanent pink colour
appears. Record results in table II.
TABLE II (4marks)
I II III
Final burette reading cm3
Initial burette reading cm3
Volume solution B used cm3
Work out average volume of potassium manganate (VII) solution B used. (1mark)
Given that the equation for the reaction is
2MnO-4(ag) + 5H2O(aq) + 6H+(aq) → 2Mn2+(aq) + 8H2O(l) (aq) + 5O2(aq)
Calculate
a) The number of moles of Potassium Manganate (VII) solution B that reacted. (1mark)
b) The number of moles of hydrogen peroxide solution C that reacted. (1mark)
c) The concentration of hydrogen peroxide solution C in moles per dm3(mol dm-3) (1mark)
PROCEDURE III

Page | 183
 You are provided with 4g of Solid F.
You are required to determine the solubility of solid F at different temperatures.
i) Carefully transfer all solid F in a clean boiling test tube and using a burette, add 10cm3 of
distilled water. Heat the mixture while stirring with a thermometer to about 850C.
ii) when all the solid has dissolved, allow the solution to cool while stirring with the
thermometer. Note the temperature at which the crystals of solid F first appear. Record this
temperature in Table III.
iii) Add 5cm3 of distilled water to the contents in the boiling tube. Warm the mixture while
stirring with the thermometer until the solid dissolve. Allow the mixture to cool while stirring.
Note and record the temperature at which crystals first appear.
iv) Repeat procedure (iii) and complete table III below.
v) Complete table III by calculating the solubility of solid F at the different temperatures.
TABLE III (6marks)
Volume of water in the Temperature at which crystals Solubility of solid F in
boiling tube (cm3) of solid F first appear. g/100g of water.
10
15
20
25
30
On the grid provided plot a graph of solubility of solid F (vertical axis) against temperature
(horizontal axis). (3marks)
Using your graph, determine the temperature at which 15g of solid F, would dissolve in
100cm3 of water. (1mark
2. a) You are provided with solid D. carry out the following tests and write down all the
observations and inferences.
Place half spatula end full of solid D in a dry test tube. Heat gently then strongly until there is
no further change.
(b) Place the remaining solid D in a test tube, add about 10cm3 of distilled water and shake
vigorously. Divide the mixture into four portions.
i) To the 1st portion, add 2M sodium hydroxide solution drop wise until in excess.
ii) To the 2nd portion, add ammonia solution drop wise till in excess.
iii. To the fourth portion add 4 drops of sodium chloride.
3. You are provided with liquid E, Carry out the following tests on it.
i) Place about one spatula end full of liquid E on a metallic spatula and ignite it in a Bunsen
burner flame.
ii) To 2cm3 of liquid E add 3 drops of acidified KMnO4. Solution B.
iii) To 2cm3 of liquid E add 3 drops of acidified K2Cr2O7.

Page | 184
 KANDARA
233/1
MARKING SCHEME
1. Add water to the mixture. Water mixes with ethanol and forms the lower layer while the
upper layer is pentane. Use separating funnel √ ½ to separate pentane and use fractional
distillation √ ½ to obtain ethanol from water. √ (2mks)
2. (i) white fumes √
(ii) Phosphorus (V) chloride //Phosphorous (III) chloride
H
3. (a)
H H H-C -H

H C C C C ≡ C H √1

H H H-C -H

H
(b) i) Propyl ethanoate
ii) 3-Bromo-2-methylpent-1-ene
4. Gas P - Hydrogen
Solid R – Triiron tetraoxide
Solid T – Copper metal
Liquid S – water (total 2mks)

Pt/Ni
5. i) 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) → 4NO(g) + 6H2O(l) (penalize ½mk for wrong or missing state symbol)
(ii) Provide activation energy for the reaction √1mk
(iii) Zn(NH3)4 2+ √1mk
6. Mass of saturated soln. = (192 – 23)= 169g
Mass of solid = (142 – 23)= 119g √½
Mass of solution (water) = (169 -119)g
= 50g (2mks)
If 50g of water = 119g of solid
100g of water = (119 x 100)
50 = 238g of sugar/100g of water

H H H H H H
7.
H
H–C–C–C=C +H–H H–C– C – C –C–H
H
H H H H H H √1
∆H = 7 x 413 + 610 + 2 x 346 + 432 –(10 x 413 + 3 x 346)
= 2891 + 610 + 792 + 432 – 4130 – 1038
= 4725 – 5168
= -443KJ/mol
8. (i) Gas electrode for gas X – Anode √½
Electrode for gas Y – Cathode √½ (1mk)
Page | 185
 (ii) Gas X – oxygen √½
Gas Y – Hydrogen √½ (1mk)
(iii) 4OH-(aq) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g) + 4e-
9. (a) 54g of Al react with 7200cm3
3g = ?
= 3 x 7200
54 = 4000cm3
(b) 54g produce 267g of AlCl3
3g = 3 x 267
54 = 14.83g
10. Protons – 30
Neutrons = 65-30 = 35
11. Add excess Zinc powder to Nitric (V) acid
Zn(s) + 2HNO3(aq) → Zn(NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l)
Na2CO3(s) → Na2CO3(aq)
Na2CO3(aq) + Zn(NO3)2(aq) → ZnCO3(s) + 2NaNO3(aq)
Or Zn2+(aq) + CO3(aq) → ZNCO3(s) (max 3mks)
12. i) 232 90Th α 22888Ra + 2He
4

ii) treatment of cancer

sterilising medical equipment
checking thickness of material
determining leakages in pipes
smoke dectors(alarms)
electricity generation. (any two correct 2mks)
13. (a) Insoluble Lead (II) chloride formed coats Lead (II) Carbonate preventing further
reaction.
b) Hydrogen chloride ionizes in water to form acidic solution (H+ions) while it remains in
molecular form in carbon tetra chloride.
14. (a) Atomic No. of A 23 – 12 = 11
A = 2. 8 . 1
B=2.1 (2mks)
b) B, Its outermost electron experience stronger nuclear attraction / B has smaller atomic radius/
has fewer energy levels.
15. a) B – Reaction faster, acid more concentrated. (2mks)
b) The rate of reaction is faster √at the beginning due to high concentration of the reactants.
16. If 1000cm3 of HNO3 = 2moles
50cm3 of HNO3 = (2 x 50)
1000 = 0.1moles
1:1
0.1: 0.1
If 50cm3 of KOH = 0.1mole
100cm3 of KHO = (0.1 x 100)
50 = 0.2moles
D = 0.2
56 D = (0.2 x 56) = 11.2g (3mks)
17. (a) Coat or cover √1the metal surfaces to avoid contact of air and water with the
metal(1mk)
(b) Zinc is more reactive than iron hence reacts with an oxygen available

Page | 186
18. - Increase pressure
- Lower the temperature (2mks)
19. K and M
K and M – Aluminium hydroxide is amphoteric (reacts with both acids and bases)
20. Q = 1t t = (32 x 60 + 10)
= 0.5 x 1930 = 1930
= 965C
If 0.44g = 965C
88g = 965 x 88
0.44
= 193000C
1mole of e- = 96500
193000 = 193000
96500 = 2moles of e- (Q2+ ) Charge = +2
21. - Arch welding
- Bulbs to prevent oxidation of the filament (2mks)
22. 24 x 82.8 + 25 x 8.1 + 26 x 9.1
100
= 1987.2 + 202.5 + 236.6
100
= 2426.3
100 = 24.263
23. a) Filtration –NaHCO3 residue and NH4Cl as filtrate
b) Decomposition of NaHCO3
c) Slaking– mixture of Ammonium is heated to give CaCl2, water and Ammonia// NH4Cl +
Ca(OH)2
24. - Monoclinic (β) prismatic
- Rhombic (α), octahedral
25 s- Add ethenol to the mixture and stir B dissolves
- Filter to obtain A and C as a residue
- Add alcohol to the residue C dissolves
- Filter √½and evaporate the filtrate to dryness. (3mks)
26. TQ = MQ TQ = 12.6sec
TO2 MO2 TO2 = 22.4sec √½
MO2 = 2 x 16 = 32
12.6 √½= MQ
22.4 32
M2 = 12.6 x 32
2

22.4
MQ = 0.3164063 x 32 √½
10.125002
= 10.13√ (3mks)

Page | 187
27. Let an e of P = . +
Let an e of H = x

28. (a) Polyphenylethene or polystyrene (√1mk)

(b) H H
C=C
H
O
29.
Elements C H O
% mass 26.7 √½ 2.2 71.1 √½
No. of moles 26.7/12 = 2.225 22.2/1 = 2.1 71.1/16 = 4.44375

Ratio of moles 2.225/2.2 =1 2.2/2.2 = 1 4.44375/2.2 = 2

No. of atoms 1 1 2 √½ (2mks)

Empirical formula CHO2 √½
[CHO2]=90 45n=90 n=2√1/2
MF=C2H2O4√1/2
30.

(3mks)

√ Carbon (IV) oxide

√ (workable neat diagram

(1mk)

Conc. Sulphuric acid

Page | 188
 KANDARA
Paper 2
MARKING SCHEME.
1.
a) Explain how one could distinguish between propane and propene gases using bromine water.
bubble both gases through bromine water. Propene turns bromine water from yellow to colourless.
Propane has no effect on bromine water. It remains yellow
b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow:-
i) Give the name of the substance CH ≡ CH (1mk)
ethyne
ii) To which group of hydrocarbons does the substance in (i) above belong? (1mk)
alkyne
iii) Give two reagents that can be used to prepare the substance named in (i) above (2mks)
Calcium carbide and water
iv) State two physical properties of the substances in (i) above (2mk)
Low melting point and boiling point/ insoluble in water
vi) Write an equation to show how substance A is formed (1mk)
C2H2 + HCl → CH2CHCl
(iv) Identify substance B (1mk)
Carbon (IV) oxide
2. a) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. The letters do not represent the actual symbols
of the elements.
i) Select an element that can form an ion with a charge of 3-. Give a reason for your answer.
D
Forms an ion by gaining 3e- so it ends up with a net charge of -3
ii) What type of structure would the oxide of G have? (1 mk)
Giant ionic
iii) How does the reactivity of B and I compare? Give a reason for your answer. (2 mks)
I is more reactive than B. I is more electropositive so it it loses electrons in the outermost energy
level most readily
iv) Write two possible formulae of the oxides of element H (2mks)
HO2 and HO3 (accept oxides with the actual symbols of the elements)
b) Complete the table below with the formulae of oxides and the structure (2mks)
Element Formula of the oxide Type of the structure
F FO Giant ionic
D DO/ DO2/ D2O/ D2O4 Simple molecular
c) Element F reacts completely with 30 CM3 of 0.1M hydrochloric acid. Calculate the volume of The
gas formed at R.T.P (MGV at R.T.P =24dm3) (3mks)
F (s) + 2HCl (aq) → FCl2 (aq) + H2(g)
Calculate the number of moles of the acid from molarity and volume
(0.1x30)/1000= 0.003 mol
Reacting ratio of the acid to gas is 2:1
No. of moles of H2 0.003/2= 0.0015mol
Calculate vol. by multiplying with MGV 0.0015x24= 0.036dm3 (penalize ½ mks for wrong units)
3. Air was passed through several reagents as shown in the flow chart below.
a) Write an equation for the reaction which takes place in the chamber with:
(i) Concentrated sodium hydroxide. (lmk)
NaOH (aq) + CO2 (g) → NaHCO3 (aq)
ii) Excess heated copper turnings. (lmk)
2Cu (s) + O2 (g) → 2CuO (s)
iii) Excess heated magnesium powder. (1mk)
3Mg (s) + N2 (g) → Mg3N2 (s)
Page | 189
 (b) Name one gas which escapes from the chamber containing magnesium powder. Give a reason for
your answer. (2mks)
Argon
The other gases have been removed in the earlier steps
(c) Name the substance that was eliminated by electrostatic precipitation. (lmk)
dust
(d) Name a reagent that can be used in place of concentrated sodium hydroxide. (1mk)
Concentrated potassium hydroxide solution
(e) Name substance C. (lmk)
oxygen
(f) State two uses of gas C. (2mks)
In hospitals for patients with breathing difficulties
Deep sea diving/ mountaineering/ space exploratrion
4. In the preparation of magnesium carbonate, magnesium was burnt in the oxygen from air and the
product collected. Dilute sulphuric (VI) acid was then added and the mixture filtered and cooled.
Sodium carbonate was added to the filtrate and the contents filtered. The residue was then washed
and dried to give a white powder.
a) Give the name of the product collected when magnesium is burnt in oxygen from air. (1mk)
Magnesium oxide
b) Write the chemical equation for the formation of the product (1mk)
2Mg (s) + O2(g) → 2MgO (s)
c) (i) Name the filtrate collected after sodium carbonate was added. (1mk)
Sodium sulphate
ii) Write down the chemical formula of the white powder (1mk)
MgCO
d) Write a chemical equation for the reaction between product in (a) and the acid (1mk)
MgO(s) + H2SO4(aq) → MgSO4 (aq) + H2O (l)
e) Write an ionic equation to show the formation of the white powder. (1mk)
Mg2+ (aq) + CO32- (aq) → MgCO3 (s)
f) Explain what happens when the white powder is strongly heated. (1mk)
The carbornate is decomposed to the oxide and carbon (IV) oxide gas
g) Identify the ions present in the filtrate after addition of sodium carbonate. (2mks)
Na+ & SO42-
h) What is the name given to the reaction that takes place when sodium carbonate was added to the
filtrate? (1mk)
Double decomposition or precipitation
(i) Explain the observations made when crystals of sodium carbonate decahydrate are left exposed to
the atmosphere for two days (2mks)
They change from white crystalline solid to white powdery solid
Sodium carbornate decahydrate is efflorescent, it loses its water of crystallization to the air
5.a) The diagram below represent the electrolytic cell used for extraction of aluminium.
i) name the major ore from which aluminium is extracted (1mk)
bauxite
ii) Explain why the ore is first dissolved in hot concentrated sodium hydroxide. (2mks)
aluminium oxide dissolves in sodiumhydroxide since it is amphoteric, iron (III) moxide and mud
do not dissolve in sodium hydroxide
filtration removes undissolved impurities
iii) Name the products at the anode and the cathode
I) The anode (1mk)
Oxygen gas
II) The cathode (1mk)
Aluminium metal

Page | 190
iv) State why the graphite lining is used as the cathode (1mk)
graphite is a good conductor of electricity
graphite is cheaper than the alternative inert electrodes
v) Give the reasons for mixing aluminium oxide with cryolite in the electrolyte cell (2mks)
to lower the melting point of the bauxite from 2050 oC to around 900oC. saves electric costs
b) Aluminium is resistant to corrosion while iron corrodes very fast.
I) Why is aluminium not used to make window frames? (1mk)
Pure aluminium lacks tensile strength. Aluminium is more expensive than steel
II) State one reason why galvanised iron is resistant to corrosion even when the protective surface of
zinc is broken? (1mk)
Zinc is more reactive than iron so it offers sacrificial protection
III) Write an equation to show the reaction between aluminium oxide and concentrated sodium
hydroxide solution (1mk)
Al2O3 (s) + 2 NaOH (aq) + 3H2O (l) → 2Na{Al(OH)4} (aq)
IV) during electrolysis of molten bauxite, a current of 0.15A flowed for 3 ½ hours. Calculate the mass
of aluminium deposited.(1F=96500C, Al=27) (3mks)
0.1x(3.5x60x60) = 1890 C
1 mole of Al requires 3 F to deposit
96500x3 = 289500C
27x1890/298500= 0.1763g
6. Study the scheme showing some reactions starting with lead (II) nitrate solution.
h. identify P and Q. (2mks)
P lead (II) suphate
Q sodium nitrate
i. Write an ionic equation for the reaction that produces P. (1mk)
Pb2+ (aq) + SO42-(aq) → PbSO4 (s)
j. Describe the test for the anion in solution Q. (3mks)
Add some of the solution Q in a boiling tube
Put freshly prepared iron (II) sulphate solution in the boiling boiling tube
Add conc. Sulphuric (VI) acid along the sides of the boiling tube
A brown ring confirms presence of nitrates
k. Write a balanced equation from the formation of white precipitate L. (1mk)
Pb2+ (aq) + 2 Cl- (aq) → PbCl2 (s)
l. State the condition required for the process II. (1mk)
Heating/ boiling
m. Which physical property is exhibited in process II. (1mk)
Solubility when hot
n. complete the table below detailing the colour changes with the common acid-base
indicators used during volumetric analysis (2mks)
Common indicator Colour in acids Colour in alkalis
Methyl orange Pink Yellow
Phenolphthalein Colourless Pink
7. a) Draw a labelled diagram of a setup that can be used to prepare a dry sample of carbon (IV)
oxide gas using marble chips and dilute hydrochloric acid (3mks)
Reagents calcium carbornate plus dilute hydrochloric acid
Passed through water or sodium hydrogen carbonate to eliminate fumes of HCl
Dried by passing through conc sulphuric (VI) acid
Collected by downward delivery
Workable set-up
b) The flow chart below shows the Steps involved in the manufacture of sodium carbonate.
VIII. Name the process illustrated in the figure above. (1mk)
Solvay process

Page | 191
IX. Identify substance M. (1mk)
ammonia
X. Name the process taking place in step II. (1mk)
filtration
XI. Write a balanced equation for the reaction, which takes place in step III. (1mk)
2NaHCO3 (s) → Na2CO3 (s) + CO2 (g) + H2O (l)
XII. Name two substances that are recycled in the above process. (2mk)
Ammonia and carbon (IV) oxide accept water
XIII. Write the equation for the formation of sodium hydrogen carbonate. (1mk)
NH3 (g) + CO2 (g) + NaCl (aq) + H2O (l) → NaHCO3 (s) + NH4Cl (aq)
XIV. State one industrial use of sodium carbonate. (1mk)
Water softening
Glass making
Paper industry
Making sodium silicate used in making detergents

Page | 192
 KANDARA
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
Question 1
Notes to award marks on the table.
TABLE 1
Titre number I II III
3
Final burette reading cm 28.0 28.0 28.0
Initial burette reading cm3 0.0 0.0 0.0
Titre volume cm3 28.0 28.0 28.0
a) CT – complete table 1mk
The table should be filled completely
Errors like
- Values recorded beyond 50.0cm3
- wrong arithmetic between final and initial
- inversion of the table
- titre values less than 1
penalize ½ mk only for any point of the errors mentioned above.
b) D.p. = Decimal point 1mk
Either all values recorded to 1 d.p OR all recorded to 2 d.p, second figure of the d.p being 0 or
5 only e.g. 23.60 , 24.75 not 21.36 , 22.57
A student should not record same values to 1 d.p other to 2 d.p in the same table. If this happens
award 0mk for d.p
c) Acc. = Accuracy …………1mk
Consider any one of the candidates’ titre if within 0.0 to 0.1cm3 of school value (s.v) award 1
mk
±0.11 to ± 0.20cm3 of school value (s.v) award ½ mk
If beyond ± 0.20cm3 award 0mk
d) PA = Principles of Averaging ……1mk
i) Candidates to average 3titres if they are within ± 0.1cm3 to one another i.e. maximum deviation
between smallest and largest being 0.20cm3, if beyond this limit award 0mk
Or
ii) Candidates to average 2 titres if only 2 titres are possible
iii) If a candidate averages 2 titres when three are possible award 0mk for averaging.
iv) Averaged titre to be recorded to 2d.p if it is recurring e.g. 26.333 to 26.33 not 26.3 or 26.35
Round off or truncate allowed e.g 24.6666 to 24.67 or 24.66
e) F.A – Final Answer ………………1mk
This is correctly averaged titre compared to school value.
Award marks as for accuracy.
0.0 to ± 0.10 ½ mk
0.11 to ± 0.20 ½ mk
Summary of award of marks to be written beside the table
N/B
School value is obtained by the teacher performing the experiment and calculating the average
titre.

CALCULATIONS PROCEDURE 1
a) Molarity of solution A = 6.95 x 1000
278 250
= 0.1 molar ½ mk
Page | 193
 No. of moles = 0.1 x 25 = 0.0025moles ½ mk
1000
b) Mole ration A:B is 5 : 1 ½ mk
So moles of B = 1/5moles of A
= 1/5 x 0.0025 = 0.0005moles ½ mk
c) Av. Titre had 0.005mol.
Therefore 100cm3 of solution B has = 1000 x 0.005
Average titre ½ mk
e.g. 1000 x 0.0005 = 0.0179
28 NB: use candidate’s titre value in part (i) above
PROCEDURE II
TABLE II 5mks
Award marks as shown in table I
Calculations Procedure II
(a) 1000cm3 of solution B has
Therefore Average titre has
= Av, Titre table II x (ans. in c above) ½ mk
1000
= ans ½ mk
(b) Mole ration B: C is 2:5
No. of mole of C = 5/2 moles of B ……………… ½ mk
= 5/2 x ans. in (a) above.
e.g. 5/2 x 0.00429 = 0.001073 ½ mk
(c) 25cm3 of solution. C has (ans in (b) above)
1000cm3 of solution C. has 1000 x ans. (b) above ½ mk
25
= ans.
e.g. 24 x 0.0179 = 0.000429
1000 ½ mk
Grand total marks for Q1 = 17mks
Question 2
Table III
Volume of water Temp. at which crystals Solubility of solid F
in of F (g/100g of water)
boiling tube cm3 first appear 0C
10 80 26.5
15 71 20
20 65 16
25 52 13.3
30 48 11.4
Notes on marking table
CT =Complete table …………….2mk (temp. column only)
2mks for all temp. values filled, 1 ½ mkfor only 4 or 5 entries made, 1mk for 3 entries and 0mk for
only 2 or 1 values entered
Penalize ½ mk for all temp. readings above 84.50 and below 100C to a maximum of 1mk
D.P = Decimal point ………1mk
All temp. values to be recorded as whole numbers OR with a decimal as 0 or 0.5 only if any other
figure is used award 0 mk for d.p
Accuracy ……… ½ mk
Compare the candidates temp. reading at volume 15cm3 with that of the teacher.
If ±20C from the school value award ½ mk
Trend ………………. ½ mk
Page | 194
 Award ½ mk for continuous temp. drop, otherwise penalize fully.
Solubility column …………….. 2mks
For 6 correct entries ……………………2mks
For 4 or 5 correct entries …………….. 1 ½ mks
For 3 correct entries …………………. 1mk
Below 3 entries ………………………0mk
(i) Graph …………………3mks
Labelled axis ……………… ½ mk
Axis to be labeled with quantities and unit i.e. Temp in 0C and solubility ( g / 100g of water).
Scale ………………. ½ mk
Plot to cover 2/3 of the given grid.
Plots …………..1mk
To be plotted accurately
Curve ……………….1mk
Plots to be joined to give a smooth curve increasing with increase in temp. award 1mk smooth
curve passing through any experimental values one MUST be through 26.5g/100g of water.
(ii) Showing on graph at solubility 15g/100g of water (only from a correct curve) …….½ mk correct
reading…….1/2mark
Total marks for Question 2 = 10mks
Question 3. (13mks)
(a)
Observation Inference
- Colourless liquid forms on cooler sides of tests tube - Solid D is hydrated ½ mk
- Colourless gas produced which relights a glowing splint - NO3- ions present ½ mk
- Brown gas with a pungent smell produced
Each ½ mk to a max. of 1mk
(b)
Observation Inference
(i) White ppt ½ mk AL3+, Zn2+, or Pb2+ present
Soluble in excess ½ mk

(ii) White ppt ½ mk Al3+ ½ mk or Pb2+ ½ mk present

Insoluble in excess ½ mk
(iii) No white ppt formed 1mk` Al3+, present 1mk Or Pb2+ absent ½ mk
3.
i) Burns with a blue smokeless flame Saturated organic compound Or
Hydrocarbon with low C:H ratio
or

C C √1

ii) Purple KMnO4 turns colourless R - OH or

=C= C= / -C≡ C-
iii) Orange K2Cr2O7 changes to green R – OH √1

Page | 195
 IGOJI SUB-COUNTY
233/1
PAPER 1
TIME: 1 HOUR
1. Nitrogen and oxygen gases when reacted reached equilibrium with nitrogen II oxide as shown.
N2( g)+ O2 (g) 2NO(g) DH=180KJ
Explain the effect on the position of equilibrium if pressure is increased. (1 mark)
2. K⁺ and S²ˉ species can be termed as isoelectronic.
a) What is meant by isoelectronic element? (1 mark)
b) Compare and explain the ionic radii of the above species. (2 marks)
3. A solution of bromine in methylbenzene turns colourless when butene gas is bubbled through
it.
a) State the type of reaction which takes place. (1 mark)
b) Write the equation for the reaction which occurs. (1 mark)
4. The mass numbers of three isotopes of magnesium are 24, 25 and 26. The RAM of magnesium
is 24.3. Calculate the percentage abundance of the other two isotopes given that the isotope –
24 is the most abundant at 72% (3 marks)
5. a) Define the term enthalpy of formation. (1 mark)

b) Conversion of graphite to diamond can be established indirectly from the heat changes shown
below.
C (graphite) + O₂ (g) → C O₂ (g) ∆ H = -393.5kj/mol
C diamond + O₂ (g) → C O₂ (g) ∆ H = -393.4kj/mol
C graphite → C diamond ∆ H =?

Using energy cycle diagram, determine the heat change for conversion of graphite to diamond.
(3 marks)
6. a) A radioactive decay series can be represented by.
²³² α β
90 A B C
Emission emission

State the mass number and atomic number of elements B and C. (2 marks)
b) i. Define the term half-life. (1 mark)
ii. A mass of M grams of radioactive isotopes decay to 5g in 100 days. The half-life of the
isotope is 25 days. Calculate the initial mass of the isotope. (2 marks)
7. The setup shown was used to prepare a certain gas.

a) Name the gas X. (1 mark)

b) Give an equation for the reaction that takes place inside the flask. (2 marks)

Page | 196
c) Name the method used to collect the gas and state the property of the gas that enables it to be
collected using the method. (2 marks)
8. The diagram below shows the bonding between ammonia and boron triflouride. (2 marks)
H A F B
H N B F
H F
i. name the type of bond represented by: A,B
ii. How many electrons are involved in bonding in the molecule? (1 mark)
iii.How many of the bonding electrons are contributed by nitrogen? (1 mark)
9. a) Define Boyle’s law. (1 mark)
b) A gas sample occupies a volume of 360cm³ at a pressure of 105kpa at 25ºC. What will be
the pressure of the sample if it occupies a volume of 220cm³ at the same temperature?
(3 marks)
10. Study the flow chart.
Escaping gases
Air Conc sodium excess heated
Hydroxide copper turnings excess heated
Magnesium powder
a) State the role of concentrated sodium hydroxide. (1 mark)
b) Give the equations for the reactions that take place in the chambers containing:
i) Heated copper turnings. (1 mark)
ii) Heated magnesium powder. (1 mark)
c) Name any two of the escaping gases. Explain. (2 marks)
11. Explain the following statements.
a) 1M hydrochloric acid has a PH of 1 while 1M lactic acid has a PH of 4.5. (1 mark)
b) Magnesium hydroxide is used to relieve stomach acidity while sodium hydroxide cannot be
used for the same purpose. (1 mark)
c) It is not advisable to clean aluminum utensils using wood ash. (1 mark)
12. The table below shows the atomic numbers of elements A to H (not the actual symbols)
Element A B C D E F G H
Atomic number 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
a) Which is the best reducing agent? Explain. (2 marks)
b) Comment on the melting point of C. (1 mark)
c) Give the formula for the chloride of D and state its bonding and structure. (1 mark)
d) Which element will not form an oxide? Explain. (2 marks)
13. The setup shown below was used in preparation of nitric acid. Study it and answer the questions
that follow.

a) Name liquid Q. (1 mark)

Page | 197
b) How can the yellow colour in the acid be removed? (1 mark)
c) Why is nitric acid usually stored in dark bottles? (1 mark)
d) Name one other substance that can be used in place of potassium nitrate. (1 mark)
14. Describe how you would prepare pure crystals of lead II chloride starting with lead metal.
(3 marks)
15. a) Name the following compounds.
i. CH₃CCH (½ mark)
ii. CH₃CH₂COOCH₂CH₃ (½ mark)
b) The structure below represents a type of cleansing agent.
R O S0₃ ˉ Na⁺
Describe how the cleansing agent removes grease from a lab coat. (1 mark)
16. Metal S removes oxygen combined with P. Q reacts with an oxide of R but not with an oxide of
P. P reacts with cold water but Q does not.
a) Which is the most reactive metal? (1 mark)
b) Arrange the metals in order of reactivity starting with the most reactive. (1 mark)
17. The setup shown below was used to compare the rates of diffusion of different gas.

a) State and explain the observation that would be made in the delivery tube after an experiment
has run for some time. (2
marks)
b) What observation would be made in the delivery tube if Carbon IV oxide in the beaker were
replaced by hydrogen gas? Explain. (2 marks)
18. An organic compound has a relative molecular mass of 74. It contains 64.9٪ carbon, 13.5٪
hydrogen and 21.6٪ oxygen. Determine its molecular formula. (C=12 H=1 O=16) (3 marks)
19. Study the diagram below.

a) State the observation made when phosphorous burns in oxygen (1 mark)

b) Write the equation for the reaction in the gas jar. (1 mark)
c) State the nature of oxide formed in the above setup. (1 mark)
20. Chlorine dissolves in water to form chlorine water.
a) Name the acids in the chlorine water. (1 mark)
b) Using an equation, show how a blue fabric reacts in chlorine water. (1 mark)
21. when 2M Potassium Hydroxide was added to solution R, a white precipitate T was formed which
dissolved in excess potassium hydroxide solution to form solution L. solution R forms a white
precipitate with sodium chloride solution.
Page | 198
a) Identify the cation in solution R. (1 mark)
b) Name precipitate T. (1 mark)
c) Write the molecular formula of the compound in solution L. (1 mark)
22. a) what is meant by the term solubility of salts. (1 mark)
b) Calculate the solubility of a salt given that 15g of the salt can saturate 25cm³ of water.
(1 mark)
23. Complete the table below by indicating the colours obtained after the metal is added to iron II
sulphate solution after 2 minutes.
Metal added to Iron II sulphate solution Colour changes
Copper (½ mark)
Zinc (½ mark)
24. Jane setup the experiment as shown below to collect a gas. The wet sand was heated before
heating zinc granules.

a) Complete the diagram for laboratory collection of the dry gas. (2 marks)
b) Why was it necessary to heat wet sand before heating zinc granules? (1 mark)

Page | 199
 IGOJI SUB-COUNTY
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The table below shows some properties of substances K to R (not actual symbols) study it and
answer the questions below.

Element Atomic number M.P℃ B.P℃ Electrical conductivity

K 11 98 890 Good conductor
L 12 650 1110 Good conductor
M 13 660 2470 Good conductor
N 14 1410 2360 Poor conductor
O 15 44.2 280 Non- conductor
590
P 16 113 445 Non- conductor
119
Q 17 -101 -35 Non- conductor
R 18 -186 -186 Non- conductor

a) Explain in terms of structure and bonding why element N has very high melting and boiling
point. (2 marks)
b) Which of the elements K and M is likely to have a higher electrical conductivity? Explain.
(3 marks)
c) Why do elements O and P have two values of melting points? (1 mark)
d) State one use of N based on its electrical conductivity. (1 mark)
e) Two atoms of Q will spontaneously react to form a Q₂ molecule while two atoms of K will not
react. Explain. (2 marks)
f) Give an equation for the reaction between M and P. (1 mark)
g) Draw a (.) and (x) diagram for the compound that is formed when N reacts with Q.
(2 marks)
2. i) The equation below shows the process that is involved in the formation of a biopolymer.

a) What is a biopolymer? (1 mark)

b) Give the common name of polyisoprene. (1 mark)
c) Give the systematic name of isoprene. (1 mark)
d) Name the type of polymerization involved in the formation of the polyisoprene. (1 mark)
e) A sample of the polymer was found to have a molecular mass of 36,448. Calculate the number
of monomers in the polymer. (2 marks)
f) Name the process that is used to make the polymer hard, non-sticky and elastic. (1 mark)
ii) Study the equation below.
C₆H₁₂O₆ (aq) →2C₂H₅OH (aq) + 2CO₂ (g)
a) Name the process indicated by the equation. (1 mark)
b) Name a condition necessary for the reaction to take place. (1 mark)
c) Explain how the concentration of ethanol will be increased beyond 12٪ (1 mark)
d) Besides the manufacture of alcoholic beverages, give another commercial use of ethanol.
(1 mark)

Page | 200
3. The diagram below shows stages in industrial manufacture of sulphuric acid. Study it and
answer the questions below.

a) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs in the roasting furnace. (1 mark)
b) Name gas T. (1 mark)
c) Why is it necessary for the gases to be pure and dry? (1 mark)
d) Why is it important to pass gases coming from the catalytic converter through the heat
exchanger? (1 mark)
e) The reaction below shows the reaction in the catalytic chamber.
Catalyst
2S0₂ (g) + O₂ (g) 2S0₃ (g)
i) Why is it necessary to use excess air in this reaction? (1 mark)
ii) Platinized asbestos is a very effective catalyst but rarely used. Explain? (1 mark)
iii) Name the catalyst that is normally used. (1 mark)
iv) Give two reasons why a pressure of 2-3 atmospheres is used and not more. (2 marks)
v) Why is Sulphur VI oxide not mixed directly with water? (1 mark)
vi) Give an equation for the reaction leading to formation of liquid S. (1 mark)
vii) Name the main pollutant in contact process. (1 mark)
viii) State two ways through which pollution is controlled in the contact process. (1 mark)
4. The diagram below shows a setup for electrolysis of aqueous potassium sulphate solution
using inert electrodes

a) Differentiate between inert and active electrodes. (2 marks)

b) Identify gases K and L. (2 marks)
c) Which of the two electrodes is the cathode? Explain. (2 marks)
d) Give an equation for oxidation reaction. (1 mark)
e) Explain why potassium is not deposited at the cathode. (1 mark)
f) Explain how concentration of potassium sulphate change as electrolysis continues. (2 marks)
g) Explain how potassium rod would not be a suitable electrode in this reaction. (1 mark)
h) A current of 2.5 amperes was passed through the solution. Calculate the length of time it will
take to produce 448cm³ of gas L at (1 faraday = 96500 coulombs, molar volume at s.t.p is
22400cm³) (3 marks)
5. In an experiment to determine the molar heat of neutralization, 50cm³ of 1M sodium
hydroxide solution were slowly mixed with 50cm³ 1M hydrochloric with continuous stirring
using a thermometer. Both reagents were at the same initial temperature of 22℃. The
Page | 201
 temperature of the mixture was recorded after every 30 seconds. A graph of temperature
against time is as shown below.

a) Why was it necessary to stir the mixture? (1 mark)

b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction that took place. (1 mark)
c) Explain why the temperature rose between point A to point C. (1 mark)
d) What does point C signify? (1 mark)
e) i) Using the information given above, calculate the molar enthalpy of neutralization of
sodium hydroxide. Assume the density of solution 1g/cm³ and S.H.C as 4.18kjˉ¹ k
ii) Using the results in (i), draw an energy level diagram for neutralization of sodium
hydroxide by hydrochloric acid. (2 marks)
iii) how would the molar enthalpy of neutralization obtained in this experiment compare with
one obtained from a reaction between 1M hydrochloric acid and 1M ammonia solution.
Explain. (2 marks)
6. The diagram below shows an experiment setup used for preparation of carbon IV oxide.

a) Name one mistake in the setup and state how it can be rectified. (2 marks)
b) Explain what would happen if the experiment were carried out with dilute sulphuric acid in
place of dilute hydrochloric acid. (2 marks)
c) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in flat bottomed flask. (1 mark)
d) State the role of:
i) Water in the above setup. (1 mark)
ii) Concentrated sulphuric acid. (1 mark)
e) State the method used to collect carbon IV oxide and explain the property to which it is
attributed. (2 marks)
f) Calculate the maximum volume of carbon IV oxide that would be produced if 6.5g calcium
carbonate are reacted with excess dilute hydrochloric acid at room temperature (Ca=40 C=12
O=16, molar gas volume at room temperature =24dm³) (3 marks)

Page | 202
7. The diagram shows an electrolytic cell that can be used in the production of aluminum.

a) On the diagram, label the anode. (1 mark)

b) Write the equation for the reaction at the cathode. (1 mark)
c) Give a reason why the electrolysis process is not carried out below 950℃. (1 mark)
d) Give two reasons why only the aluminum ions are discharged. (2 marks)
e) Give a reason why production of aluminum is not carried out using reduction process.
f) Name two environmental effects caused by extraction of aluminum. (2 marks)

Page | 203
 IGOJI SUB COUNTY
PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to fittings in the laboratory, each student will require the following:
1. 150cm³ of solution A
2. 100cm³ of solution B
3. 80cm³ of solution C
4. Burette
5. Pipette
6. 2 clean conical flask
7. 500cm³ distilled water
8. 1g solid G
9. 6 test tubes
10. Test tube rack
11. Watch glass
12. 0.1g NaHCO₃
13. 10cm³ liquid D

Access:
Methyl orange indicator.
2M sodium hydroxide solution
2M ammonia solution
0.5M sodium sulphate
0.5M barium nitrate
Dilute nitric acid.
Source of heat.
Universal indicator and PH chart.
Acidified potassium manganite VII

**************
PREPARATION
Solution A: prepared by 12.9cm of concentrated hydrochloric acid (specific gravity 1.18) per
litre of solution.
Solution B: 0.1M sodium hydroxide. (4g sodium hydroxide in 1 litre of solution)
Solution C: 8.4g of sodium hydrogen carbonate and 1.6g of sodium chloride mixture dissolved
in one litre of solution.
Solution G: aluminum sulphate.
Liquid D: absolute ethanol.
Acidified potassium manganite VII is prepared by adding 3.16g of solid potassium manganite
VII to 400cm³ of 2M sulphuric VI acid and topping up to 1 litre solution using distilled water.

Page | 204
 IGOJI SUB-COUNTY
233/3
PAPER 3
TIME: 2 ¼ HOURS
Question 1.
You are provided with:
Dilute hydrochloric acid labelled solution A.
0.1M sodium hydroxide labelled solution B.
A solution containing 10g of a mixture of sodium hydrogen carbonate and sodium chloride per
litre labelled solution C.
You are required to determine:
i) Molarity of solution A.
ii) Percentage purity by mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Procedure.
1. Fill the burette with solution A.
2. Pipette 25cm³ of 0.1M sodium hydroxide solution B in a clean conical flask and add 2 drops
methyl orange indicator.
3. Titrate solution B with solution A until a permanent pink colour occurs.
4. Record the volume of solution A in the table below.
Repeat the titration two more times and complete table 1 below. (4 marks)
I II III
Final burette reading (cm³)
Initial burette reading (cm³)
Volume of solution A used. (cm³)

a) Calculate the average volume of solution A used. (1 mark)

b) Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid solution A that reacted with 25cm³ of
sodium hydroxide solution B. (2 marks)
c) Calculate the concentration of solution A in moles per litre. (1 mark)
Procedure 2.
1. Fill the burette with solution A.
2. Pipette 25cm³ of solution C into a conical flask.
3. Add 2-3 drops methyl orange indicator into solution C.
4. Titrate solution C using solution A.
Record your results in table II below.
5. Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table. (4 marks)
I II III
Final burette reading (cm³)
Initial burette reading (cm³)
Volume of solution A used. (cm³)
i) Calculate the average volume of solution A used. (1 mark)
ii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction that took place between solution A and the mixture in
solution C. (1 mark)
iii) Calculate the molarity of sodium hydrogen carbonate in moles per litre. (2 marks)
iv) Calculate the mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate in g per litre. (Na=23 H=1 C=12 O=16)
v) Calculate the mass of sodium chloride in the mixture. (1 mark)
vi) Calculate the percentage purity of sodium hydrogen carbonate. (1 mark)
Question 2.
You are provided with solid G.

Page | 205
a) Place all solid G in a clean boiling tube.
Add about 10cm³ of distilled water and shake well.
b) Divide the solution into 4 portions.
i) To the first portion add sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.
ii) To the second portion, add ammonia solution dropwise until in excess.
iii) To the third portion, add 3 drops of sodium sulphate solution.
iv) To the fourth portion, add 3 drops of barium II nitrate solution followed by dilute nitric V
acid.
c) State the name of compound G. (1 mark)
Question 3.
You are provided with liquid D. Carry out the test below and write your observations and
inferences.
a) Using a watch glass/clean spatula ignite 2cm³ of liquid D using a non-luminousflame.
b) Put 2cm³ of liquid D in a test tube, add 10 cm³ of distilled water and shake to mix.
c) Divide the mixture into three portions and use them to carry out tests (i) to (iii).
i) To the first portion use universal indicator paper to determine the PH.
ii) To the second portion add 1-2 cm drops of acidified potassium manganite VII and warm.
ii) To the third portion add a spatula full of sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.

Page | 206
 IGOJI SUBCOUNTY
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. No effect on equilibrium; since there are equal number of gaseous molecules on either sides.
2. (a) Substances that have same electron arrangement // Same valence electrons (1mk)
(b) K+ has smaller ionic radius than S2- (2mks)
K+ is formed through loss of electron
S2- is formed by gain of electrons leading to electron – electron repulsion.
3. (a) Addition reaction (1mk)
(b) C 4 H 8( g ) + Br2 ( g ) → C 4 H 8 Br2 ( g ) (1mk)
4. Let 25 mg = x (3mks)
26 mg = 28 – x
(24𝑥𝑥72)+26(28−𝑥𝑥)
= 24.3
100
X = 26
26
Mg = 28 − 26%
26
Mg = 2%
5. (a) Amount of heat absorbed or released when a given substance is formed from its constituent
elements. (1mk)
(b) C. graphite ∆→
 C.diamond
Hf
(3mks)
↓ ↓
CO2(g)
= -393.5 – (-395.4)
= + 1.9kj / mol
a B

→ B → C
232 228 228
6. 90 A 88 B and 89 C
emulsion
emulsion
(b) i) The half lite of a radioactive isotope is the time taken for a given mass or number of nudides
to decay to half-life original mass or number (1mk)
ii) M 80 g → 40 g → 20 g → 10 g → 5 g (2mks)
100
𝑛𝑛 = =4 half-lifes
25
1 𝑛𝑛
𝑅𝑅 = � � 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜
2
1 4
5 = � � 𝑥𝑥
2
80g = x
7. (a) Oxygen (1mk)
(b) 2 Na 2 O2 ( g ) + 2 H 2 O( l ) → 4 NaOH ( aq ) + O( 2 )( g ) (2mks)
(c) Downward displacement of water / over water method
Oxygen is only slightly soluble in water (2mks)
8. (i) A – Coordinate bond (2mks)
B – Covalent bond
9. (a) Boyles law states that for a fixed mass of a gas a constant temperature, volume is inversely
proportional to pressure. (1mk)
(b) P1V1 = P2V2 (3mks)
𝑃𝑃 𝑉𝑉
𝑃𝑃2 = 1 1
𝑉𝑉2
360𝑥𝑥105
𝑃𝑃2 = = 17.8 KPa
220
10. (a) To remove Carbon (IV) Oxide (1mk)

Page | 207
 (b) i) 2Cu ( s ) + O2 ( g ) → 2CuO( s ) (1mk)
(ii) 3Mg ( s ) + N 2 ( g ) → M g 3 N 2 ( s ) (1mk)
(c) Argon, Neon, Krypton, Helium, Xenon. They are inert and cannot be removed by any known
chemical means.
11. (a) Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid which is dully ionized in dilute solution giving a high
concentration of hydrogen ions while lactic acid which is only slightly ionized giving a low
concentration of Hydrogen. (1mk)
(b) Magnesium hydroxide is a weak alkali while sodium hydroxide is a strong alkali hence corrosive to
body tissues. (1mk)
(c) Aluminium utensils have a tough aluminium oxide coat on the surface, protects the metal beneath
wood ash is alkali and will react amphoteric aluminium oxide coat removing it thus exposing
aluminum metal (1mk)
12. (a) H – H has one electron in outer most energy level which it can easily donate to form a stable ion
(1mk)
(b) It has a high melting point because it has a giant atomic structure. (1mk)
(c) DCl3 covalent bonding and simple molecular structure (1mk)
(d) G – It is a noble gas an electron octet, in its outermost energy level (2mks)
13. (a) Concentrated Sulphuric Acid (1mk)
(b) By bubbling air into the acid (1mk)
(c) To cut off light which causes it to decompose to nitrogen(ii) oxide, water and oxygen
(d) Sodium Nitrate
14. Heat Lead in air to obtain lead (II) oxide. (3mks)
Add excess Pbo to dil nitric acid then filter to get Pb (No3)2 as filtrate.
To the filtrate add Nacl or Kcl filter to obtain PbCl2 as residue.
15. (a) (i) Propyne / Prop - 1-yne (½ mks)
Etty/propanoate (½ mks)
(b) It has two disimiliar ends; polar and non polar. During washing the non polar end dissolves in oil
containing dirt foring miscel while polar end dissolves in water lowering its surface tins hence the
dirt dislodges from the surface and wasted off by rinsing. (1mk)
16. (a) S (1mk)
(b) S, P, Q, R (1mk)
17. (a) Water level would rise in the left arm of the delivering tube and fill in the right arm because
CO2 is denser than air diff in the porous pot at the slower rate than air diffuse out.
Gas pressure in pot falls causing water in the delivery tube to be sucked in the pot.
(b) Water level would fall in left arm and rise in right arm hydrogen is less dense than air diffuses in
pot faster rate than air diffusing out. Gas pressure in pot rises causing water in the delivery tube to
be pushed away from the porous pot.
18. Element Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Emprical formula (C4 H10O)
Mass 64.9 13.5 21.6
RAM 12 1 16
64.9 13.5 21.6
Moles Efm = 74
12 1 16
Mole ratio 4 10 1 74n = 74
n =1
molecules formula C4 H10O
19. (a) Burns with a white flame turning a white solid (1mk)
(b) 4P(s) + 5 O2(g) → 2P2 O5(s)
(c) Acidic Oxide (1mk)
20. (a) Hydrochloric acid and Chloric 1 acid (hypochrous acid) (1mk)
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠ℎ𝑡𝑡
(b) Blue dye + HOCl(aq) �⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯� (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝑂𝑂)𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝑙𝑙(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) (1mk)
21. (a) Pb2+ (1mk)

Page | 208
 (b) Lead (II) Hydroxide (1mk)
(c) PbCl2
22. (a) It has the maximum mass of solute required to solve 100y of the solvent at a particular
temperature (1mk)
(b) 15g salt → 25cm3 of water (1mk)
= 100 cm3 of water
15𝑥𝑥100
=
25
= 60 y / 100g water
23. Copper – Solution remains green (½ mks)
Zinc - Green colour fades (½ mks)
24. (a) Diagram (2mks)
(b) Wet sand pushes air in boiling tube out

Page | 209
 IGOJI
PAPER 3
MAKING SCHEME
Question 1
Table
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3) 5.0 5.0 5.0
Initial burette reading (cm3) 0.0 0.00 0.00
Volume of solution A used (cm3) 5.0 5.0 5.0
(a) 5.0 cm3
25𝑥𝑥0.1
(b) Moles of NaOH = = 0.0025 moles
1000
Moles ratio NaOH : Hcl
1 : 1
Moles of Hcl used = 0.0025 moles
(c) 0.0025 moles in 5 cm3
X in 1000cm3
0.0025𝑥𝑥1000
X=
5
X = 0.5 moles / dm3
Procedure 2.
Table
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3) 5.0 5.0 5.0
Initial burette reading (cm3) 0.0 0.00 0.00
Volume of solution A used (cm3) 5.0 5.0 5.0
(i) 5 cm3
+ −
(ii) 𝐻𝐻(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝑂𝑂(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) → 𝐻𝐻2 𝑂𝑂(𝑙𝑙) + 𝐶𝐶𝑂𝑂2(𝑔𝑔)
(iii) Moles A that reacted with NaHCO3
0.5 moles in 1000 cm3
X in 5 cm3
0.5𝑥𝑥5
𝑋𝑋 =
1000
Mole ratio 1 : 1
Moles of HCl used 0.0025 moles
0.0025 moles → 25 cm3
1000 cm3
0.0025𝑥𝑥1000
𝑋𝑋 = =X = 0.1 M
25
(iv) RFM NaHCO3 = 84 x 0.1 = 8.4 g/l
(v) 10 – 8.4g = 1.6 g/l
8.4𝑥𝑥100
(vi) = 84 %
10
Question 2
(a)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
Dissolves to form a colourless solution Soluble salt
Coloured ions absent
(b) (i)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
White precipitate that dissolves in excess Zn2+, Al3+, Pb2+ present

Page | 210
(ii)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
White precipitate Pb2+ Al3+, present
Insoluble in excess
(iii)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
No White precipitate Al3+, present
Insoluble in excess
(iv)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
White precipitate 2−
SO 4 present
Does not dissolve in acid
(c) Aluminium Sulphate

Question 3
(a)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
Burns with a blue non sooty flame − −
− C − C , R – OH present or
− −
saturated organic compound

(b)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
Dissolves to form colourless solution Polar organic compound
Does not dissolve in acid
(c) (i)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
PH = 7 Neutral
(ii)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
Purple Potassium Manganate (VII) its decolourised R- OH Present
(iii)
Observations (1 mark) Inferences (1 mark)
No bubbling
Or R – COOH Absent
No effervescence

Page | 211
 NYERI CENTRAL
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
1. Sodium metal burns with a yellow flame in excess oxygen forming a yellow solid. The yellow
solid reacts with water to form gas F
a) Name the yellow solid (1Mark)
b) Identify gas F (1Mark)
c) Write an equation for the reaction of the yellow solid with water (1Mark)
2. During manufacture of Sulphuric (VI) acid, Sulphur (IV) oxide is oxidized to Sulphur (VI) oxide in
the presence of vanadium (V) oxide catalyst as shown below:
2SO2(g)+O2(g)← 2SO3(g)ΔH=-197Kj/Mol
→

The reaction is carried out at a pressure of 3 atmospheres and a temperature of 450°C. State and
explain the effect on the yield of Sulphur (VI) oxide if the reaction is
a) Carried out at 3 atmospheres and 600° C (2Marks)
b) In absence of a catalyst (1Mark)
14 12
3. Atoms of element X exists as 𝑋𝑋 and 𝑋𝑋
6 6
a) What name is given to the types of atoms (1Mark)
b) Use dot (•) and (x) diagram to represent electrons draw the atomic structure of x (2Mark)
4. When 25cm3 of 0.5M Hcl is added to 25cm3 of 0.5M NaOH, the temperature of the solution rose
from 23°C to 26°C. given that the density of the solution is 1g/cm3 and its specific heat capacity is
4.2Jg-1K-1
a) Determine the amount of heat evolved that caused the temperature to rise (1Mark)
b) Work out the molar enthalpy of neutralization for this reaction (2Mark)
5. A) Define the term solubility (1 Mark)
c) State two applications of solubility (2Marks)
6. The table below gives the solubilities of substance T and U at 10°c and 40°C
Substance Solubility g/100g of water
Temperature 10°C 40°C
T 40 65
U 15 17
When an aqueous mixture containing 55g of T and 11g of U at 80°C was cooled to 10°C, crystal
formed.
i) Identify the crystals formed (1Mark)
ii) Determine the mass of the crystals formed (1Mark)
iii) Name the method used to obtain the crystals (1Mark)
7. The following is a chromatography of certain food contains A, B, C,D and E. Study and answer
the questions that follow.

a) i. What does line T represent (1Mark)

ii. Mark with a tick the least soluble food colouring (1Mark)
b) what does the chromatogram indicate about food colouring C and E (1Mark)

Page | 212
8. The following chemical tests were carried out on separate sample of solution a. The observations
made were recorded as shown below.

Test Observations
i) Addition of sodium hydroxide White precipitate soluble in excess
ii) Addition of ammonia hydroxide White precipitate insoluble in excess
iii) Addition of hydrochloric acid Effervescence
iv) Addition of acidified potassium Its color remains purple
manganate (vii)
a) Identify the possible ions present in solution a (1Mark)
b) Write the formula of the compound formed in chemical test (i) (1Mark)
c) State one application of a complete ion (1Mark)
9. Given sodium carbonate solid, lead (II) nitrate solid and water, describe how you can obtain a solid
sample of lead (II) carbonate (3Marks)
10. Calculate the volume of oxygen produced when 10g of silver nitrate was completely decomposed
by heating at s.t.p
(Ag=108, N=14, O=16, molar gas volume at s.t.p =22.4 dm3 (3Marks)
11. The curves below were obtained when equal volumes of 1.5mHcl were reacted with 2.0g of marble
chips (CaCO3) in one of the reactions, the acid was warmed before adding the marble chips

a) Write the equation for the reaction (1Mark)

b) Identify the curve representing the reaction where the acid was warmed (1Mark)
c) The volume of the gas produced in the two experiments is the same. Explain (1Mark)
12. The diagram below represents an apparatus used to separate two liquids X and Y

a) Identify the above apparatus (1Mark)

b) Which two physical properties of the liquid are used in this method (1Mark)
13. A. When aluminum chloride is dissolved in water, the resulting solution has a pH of 3.0. Explain
(2Marks)
b. Writes an equation for the reaction tween aluminum chloride and water (1Mark)
14. Study the table below and answer the question that follow.
Solution pH
A 3.0
B 14.0
C 8.0
i. In which solution will phenolphthalein indicator be colourless? Explain (1Mark)
ii. Which of the solutions can be used to relieve a heartburn. Explain (1Mark)
iii. Which two solutions can react with zinc oxide (1Mark)

Page | 213
15. The figure below shows the apparatus used by students to study the electrolysis of molten lead (ii)
iodide

a) On the diagram label the anode (1Mark)

b) When the switch was on, the blub did not light. Explain (1Mark)
c) State and explain the observation made at the anode (1Mark)
16. A fixed mass of an ideal gas occupies 200cm3 at 740mmHg pressure at a constant temperature.
a) State Boyle's Law. (1mk)
b) Calculate the volume of the gas at 77mmHg pressure temperature remaining constant.
17 a) State observations made when Chlorine gas is bubbled into;
i) Hydrogen sulphide solution. (1/2mk)
ii) I ron (II) Chloride solution (1/2 mk)
b) What property of Chlorine gas is illustrated by the above reactions. (1 mk)
a) i)
c) Write the equation for the above. (2mks)
18. Give the IUPAC names of the following organic compounds.
a) CH3CHCCH3

Br
b) CH3 CH CH2 CH CH3

0H
c) CH3CH2COOCH3
19. Study the experiment set up of apparatus shown below.

Page | 214
a) State two observations made in the set up as the experiment progressed. (1mks)
b) Write an equation; for the change that occurred in the boiling tube after a long time. (1mks)
c) Why was the gas burned in the flame?
20. Using dots (.) and crosses (x) show bonding in 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜(𝐶𝐶 = 2, 𝑂𝑂 = 16, 𝐻𝐻 = 1.
b) Why is water a liquid at room temperature while carbon (IV) oxide is a gas at room temperature?
(1mk)
21a) Determine the oxidation number of manganese in MnO-4
c) Use oxidation numbers to explain why the reaction between magnesium and dilute hydrochloric acid
is a redox reaction (2 Marks)
22. Concentrated Sulphuric (VI) acid was heated with charcoal in the set-up shown below.

Charcoal and
H2SO4(i)

Heat

a) Write the equation for the reaction in Tube 1

b) State the observations made in (2mks)
i) Tube 2
ii) Tube 3
23. 25cm3 of a solution containing 1.86g of a metal carbonate in 250cm3 exactly reacted with 27.0cm3
of HCI containing 3.65g/litre of hydrochloric acid.
X2 CO3(aq)+2HCl(aq)→2XCl(aq)+H2O(1)+CO2(g)
determine the re;lative atomic mass of x
24. An element p has a relative atomic mass of 88. When a current 0.5 amperes was passed through
the fused chloride of p for 32 minutes and 10 seconds, 0.44g of p were deposited at the cathode.
Determine the charge on an ion of p. (1faraday =96,500coulombs)
25. Study the diagram shown below to answer the questions that follow. The curve shows heating
curve of water in the laboratory.

i) At what temperature does the water boil? (1Mark)

ii) Is the curve for a pure water or impure water? Give a reason for your answer (1Mark)
iii) Give the effect of impurities on the boiling point of water (1Mark)
26. The diagram shows a flame produced by a Bunsen burner. Use it to answer the question that
follow

a) What is the condition under which the above flame is produced (1Mark?)
Page | 215
b) What is the appearance of zone x (1Mark)
c) What is the reason for the above appearance of zone x (1 Mark)
27. a) 100g of radioactive substance was reduced to 6.25g within 15.6 years. Calculate the half-life
of the substance (2 Marks)
b) Study the nuclear reaction given in the scheme below and answer the question that follow.
12 14 14
𝐶𝐶 → 𝐶𝐶 → 𝐶𝐶
6 6 7
Write an equation for the nuclear reaction in step II (1Mark)

Page | 216
 NYERI CENTRAL
CHEMISTRY
PRACTICAL
233/3
1) You are provided with:
i) Solution A which in 2.0M hydrochloric Acid (HCI)
ii) Solution B, which is 0.1 M sodium thiosulphate (Na2 S2O3)
iii) Solution C which is monobasic alkali of 0.1M concentration
You are required to:
i) Find the effect of change of temperature on the rate of reaction between sodium thiosulphate,
solution B and hydrochloric Acid, solution A
ii) Prepare a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid, solution A
iii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction between hydrochloric acid solution A and the alkali
solution C.

Procedure I
Using a measuring cylinder measure 10 cm³ of solution B into a clean 100 cm³ glass beaker. Place
it together with its content on a white piece of paper with a cross(x) written on it with bold blue
print.Measure the temperature of the solution and record it as shown in the table below.

Using a clean measuring cylinder, measure 5 cm³ of solution A. add it the contents of the beaker
containing solution B and immediately set on the stop. Record the time it will take for the cross (X)
to become invisible when viewed above the reaction mixture in the beaker.

Wash the glass beaker used and repeat the experiment at the temperature indicated in the table
below by warming sodium thiosulphate solution B to the stated temperature before adding
hydrochloric Acid, solution A
Table I
Experiment number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Volume of hydrochloric Acid, solution A (cm3) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Volume of sodium thiosulphate solution B(cm3) 10 10 10 10 10 10
Temperature (oC) of sodium thiosulphate, solution B Room 30 35 40 45 50
Temp
Time in seconds
1
Reciprocal of time � � seconds -1
𝑡𝑡

(5mks)
1
a) On the grid provided, plot a graph of reciprocal of time� � against temperature(3mks)
𝑡𝑡
b) Comment on the effect of change in temperature on the reaction between sodium thiosulphate,
solution B and hydrochloric acid, solution A (1mk)
c) Use your graph to determine:
i) The time taken by the reaction when the temperature is 58oC (1mk)
ii) The temperature at which the rate of the reaction is 0.045sec -1 (1mk)
Procedure II
Using a clean measuring cylinder, place 12.5cm3 of solution A in 250ml volumetric flask. Add 200
cm3 of distilled water and shake. Add distilled water up to the mark. Label this solution D. Fill a
burette with solution D. Using a pipette place 25.0 cm³ of solution C into a conical flask. Add two
drops phenolphathalein indicator and titrate with solution D until the pink colour disappears.
Record your results in table II. Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table

Page | 217
 Table II

I II III
Final Burette Reading (cm3)
Initial Burette Reading (cm3)
Volume of solution D (cm3)
(4mks)
d) Calculate:
i) The average volume of solution D used (1mk)
ii) Moles of hydrochloric Acid, solution D used (1mk)
iii) Moles of Alkali solution C used (1mk)
d) Write ionic equation for the reaction between hydrochloric acid, solution A and Alkali solution C
(1mk)
2) You are provided with solid E. Carry out the tests below . Record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
a) Put about one half of solid E in a dry test tube and heat it strongly. Test for any gas produced using
litmus papers
b) Place the remaining solid E into a boiling tube. Add about water 8cm3 of distilled water and shake
thoroughly to dissolve
c) Divide the resulting solution from (b) above into two portions
i) To the first portion add three drops of Barium nitrate solution
ii) To the mixture obtained in C(i) above add three drops of Nitric (v) acid
iii) To the second portion add aqueous sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess
3) You are provided with solid F. Carry out the tests below. Write your observations and inferences
in the spaces provided
a) Place about ½ (half) of solid F on a metallic spatula and heat over a Bunsen burner flame
b) Place the remaining solid into a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water and shake
c) Divide the solution in (b) above into three portions. To the first portion, in a test-tube, add 3 drops
of universal indicator
d) To the second portion in a test-tube, add a spatula full of sodium hydrogen carbonate
e) To the third portion , add 3 drops of acidified potassium manganate (vii)

Page | 218
 NYERI CENTRAL
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. (a) Sodium Peroxide (Na2 O2)
(b) Oxygen
(c) Na 2 O2 ( s ) + 2 H 2 O( l ) → 4 NaOH ( aq ) + O2
2. (a) Yield of Sulphur (VI) Oxide decreases. Increase in temperature favours backward reaction
which is endothermic
(b) No effect on the yield. Absence of a catalyst makes the equilibrium not to be achieved faster.
3. (a) Isotopes
(b)

4. (a) ∆H = 50 gx 4.2 Jg −1 K −1 x3K

25
(b) Moles of NaOH = x0.5 = 0.00125 moles
1000
1x630
= -50400J = -50.4 KJ/mol
0.0125
5. (a) Maximum mass of a solute regulated to satural 100g of the solvent at a particular temperature.
(b) Extraction of metals
Fractional crystallization of salts
(c) i) T
ii) 55 – 40 = 15 g
iii) Fractional crystallization
6. (a) i) Solvent front
ii) (√) against C
(b) Pure
7. (a) Pb2+ CO32- / HCO3-
(b) [Pb(OH )4 ]2−
(c) Softening of hard water
Extraction of metals e.g Aluminium from their ores
8. Put the sodium carbonate salt into water in a test tube and stir to form a solution of the salt.
Put the lead (II) carbonate in water in a test tube too and stir to make a solution of the salt. React
equal portions of the two solutions in a boiling tube where PbCO3 is precipitated at the bottom.
Filter the mixture to obtain lead (II) carbonate as residue. Wash ot with distilled water and dry it
between two blotting papers to obtain dry crystals of the salt.
9. 2 AgNo3( s ) → 2 Ag ( s ) + 2 No2 ( g ) + O2 ( g )
2AgNo3 = 340g
340g AgNo3 releases 22.4 dm3 O2
Log AgNo3 releases 10 22.4 = 0.6588dm 3
340
10. (a) 2 HCl ( aq ) + CaCO3( s ) → CaCl 2 ( aq ) + H 2 O( l ) + CO2 ( g )
(b) Curve I
(c) The amount / concentration of the reagents used is the same // equal
11. (a) Separating funnel

Page | 219
 (b) Immiscible
12. (a) Aluminium Chloride is hydrolysed by water to produce H+ / HCl which is strong acid
(b) AlCl3( s ) + 3H 2 O(l ) → Al (OH )3( s ) + 3HCl ( g )
13. (i) A – It’s a strong acid
(ii) C – It’s a weak alkali
(iii) A and B
14. (a) Electrode on the left
(b) The solid had not melted since there was no heating hence no mobile ions to conduct
electricity.
(c) Purple vapour is produced. Since iodide ions are oxidized to iodine vapour.
15. (a) Boyles law states that the volume of a given mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its
pressure at constant temperature.
(b) V1 = 200 cm3
P1 = 740 mmHg
V2 = ?
P2 = 77 mm/Hg
P1V1 = P2V2
200 x 740 = 77 V2
200 x740 2
= V = 1922 cm
2
77
16. a) i) Yellow solid is formed
ii) Solution changes from green to yellow
(b) Oxidising properties of chlorine
(c) H 2 S ( aq ) + Cl 2 ( g ) → S ( s ) + 2 HCl ( g )
17. (a) 3 – bromobot -2- ene
4 – methylpentan – 2 – ol
Methyl propanoate
18. (a) Black CuO changed to brown copper
Colourless lime water changed to white precipitate
(b) CaCO3( s ) + H 2 O( l ) + CO2 ( g ) → Ca (HCO3 )2 ( aq )
(white precipitate0 (colourless)
(c) To avoid air pollution
CO is oxidized to CO2 which is less harmful
19. (a)

(b) Water has stronger intermolecular bonds - (hydrogen bonds) than carbon (IV) oxide
20. (a) 3n + -2 x 4 = -1
Mn – 8 = - 1
Mn = -1 + 8 = +7
(b) Mg + 2 HCl → MgCl 2 + H 2
O(s) + 1 (aq) + 2 (aq) (g)
Magnesium oxidized to Mg2+
H+ reduced to H2 (g)
21. (a) C ( s ) + 2 H 2 SO− 4 ( l ) → 2 SO2 ( g ) + CO2 ( g ) + 2 H 2 O( l )
(b) i) Tube 3 purple acidified KmnO4 turned colourless
ii) Tube 3 calcium hydroxide solution formed a white precipitate
22. Molarity of HCl = 3.65 = 0.1 mols / dm3
36

Page | 220
 Moles of HCl used = 27 x0.1 = 0.0027
100
Moles of X2 CO3 = 0.0027 = 0.00135
2
1.86g X2CO3 are in 250cm3
? X2CO3 are in 25cm3 OR
25
x1.86 = 0.00135
250
1.86g X2CO3 are in 250cm3
? X2CO3 are in 25cm3
25
x1.86 = 0.186 g
250
0.186 = 0.00135 (2x + 60)
0.186 = 0.0027 x + 0.081
0.186 – 0.081 = 0.0027x
0.105 = 0.0027x
39 = x
23. Q = 1t
Q = 0.5A x (32 x 60 + 10) s
Q = 0.5A x 1930 s
Q = 965 c
Hence 0.44g P → 965 c
∴ 88p of P → ?
88 gx965c 84920 = 193 000 c
=
0.44 g 0.44
193000 c used to produce 1 mole of p
But
96500 c → 1F = 1c
∴ 193000 c → ?
193000c x 1F = 2F = 2e-= 96500c
The charge on an ion of P is +2
24. i) Between 100 and 1080 c // 100 – 1080 c
ii) Impure water. It boils over a temperature range
iii) It raises the boiling point of water
25. a) Air hole closed
b) Bright yellow zone
c) Air supply in the zone is limited. The yellow zone consists of unburnt tiny particles of hot
glowing solid carbon which give out light.
1 1 1 1
t t t t
26. a) 100 g → 2
50 g →
2
25 g →
2
12.5 g →
2
6.25 g
1 = half life
t
2
1
4t
2 = 15.6
4 4
t
1 = 3.9 yrs
2
b) 14
6 C →147 C + −10 e

Page | 221
 NYERI CENTRAL
PRACTICAL
MARKING SCHEME
1. Table I
 Complete table – 2mks
 Use of decimals – 1mk
(NB: Decimals on time consistently recorded either as whole numbers or to 2d.p)
 Accuracy – 1mk
(NB: Compare the candidate’s first entry of time with the school value)
 Trend – 1mk
(NB: award of time (in seconds) is decreasing consistently; otherwise penalize fully)
a) Graph
Labeling of axes – ½ mk
Scale – ½ mk
Plotting – 1mk
Shape (line) – 1mk
3mks
b) As the temperature increases, the rate of the reaction increases. This is because the particles gain
kinetic energy hence moves faster and increases effective collisions which increases the rate of
reaction.
c) i) time = 1
1
� � from the graph
𝑡𝑡

ii) from the graph

Table II
 Complete table - 1mk
 Use of decimals -1mk
 Accuracy -1mk
 Principle of averaging - 1mk
 Final answer - 1mk
5mks
d) ii)
iii) 0.1x25 (½ mk)
1000
= 0.0025 moles (½ mk)
e) H+ + OH- → H2O (1mk)
(aq) (aq) (l)
2. a)
Observations Inferences
- Colourless liquid on the cooler parts of -Hydrated salt (or water of chrystallisation
test tube (½ mk) present)( ½ mk)
-White residue (½ mk) -Acidic gas produced (½ mk)
-blue litmus changes red (½ mk)
Red litmus remains red ( ½ mk)
b)
Observations Inferences
- Solid dissolves (½mk) to form colourless -Soluble salt (½ mk)
solution (½mk) - Cu2+, Fe2+, fe3+ absent (½ mk)

c) i)
Page | 222
 Observations Inferences
White ppt formed (1mk) SO32-, SO42- CO32-
Present
ii)
Observations Inferences
White ppt does not dissolve in nitric (v) SO42-
acid (1mk) Present (1mk)
iii)
Observations Inferences
White ppt insoluble in excess (1mk) Mg 2+
Present
3.
a)
Observations Inferences
| |
Burns with yellow sooty flame (1mk) -C=C- (½ mk) –C ≡ C- (½ mk)
OR
Unsaturated organic compound
b)
Observations Inferences
Dissolves to from a colourless solution Polar organic substance (1mk)
(1mk)
c)
Observations Inferences
pH = 4 (1mk) Weakly acidic (1mk)
d)
Observations Inferences
Effervescence formed RCOOH present
e)
Observations Inferences
Acidified KMnO4 is decolourised (1mk) | |
OR -C=C- , –C ≡ C –
Acidified KMnO4 changes from purple to ROH present
colourless

Page | 223
 MANGU EXAMINATIONS
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
1. Explain why burning magnesium continues to burn in a gas full of Sulphur (IV) oxide while
burning splint would be extinguished. (3marks)
2. Draw a structural formulae and name two positional isomers with molecular formula C4 H8.
3. Dry hydrogen chloride was made to dissolve in water using the set of apparatus shown below:

(a) What is the use of the inverted funnel? (1mark)

(b) State and explain the observations made on the litmus papers (2marks)
(c) Stater and explain the observation made on the litmus paper if methylbenzene is used instead
of water in the above set up.
(2marks)
4. Using sodium hydroxide solution, describe a chemical test that can be used to distinguish
between copper(ii) ions and iron (ii) ions. (2marks)
5. The flow chart below shows laboratory preparation of chlorine gas. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.

𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀2 +W
heat water Y

Dry chlorine gas

(a) Name substances W and Y (2marks)
(b) What is the function of the water in the above set up? (1mark)
6. An unknown mass of anhydrous potassium carbonate was dissolved in water and the solution
made up of 200cm3. 25cm3 of this solution neutralized 18.0cm3 of 0.22M nitric(v)acid.
Calculate the unknown mass of potassium carbonate. (K = 39, C = 12, O = 16). (3marks)
7. Below is a sample of the periodic table.
(a) Give the family name to which elements M and N belong. (1mark)
(b) Compare the reactivity of elements I and K. (2marks)
(c) Write the formula of the compound formed when P reacts with Q. (1mark)
8. Study the experimental set up below.

Page | 224
(i) State two observations made in the set up as the experiment progressed. (2marks)
(ii) Using an equation, explain the change that occurred in the boiling tube. (1mark)
(iii) Why was the gas burned in the flame? (1mark)
9. Painting, oiling, galvanizing and tin plating are methods of rust prevention.
(a) Explain the similarity of these methods in the way they prevent rust. (1mark)
(b) Explain why galvanized iron objects are better protected even when scratched (1mark)
10. The chemical reactions below are the main reactions in large manufacture of sodium
carbonate.
NH3(g) + CO2(g) + H2 O(l) → NH4 HCO3(aq)
NH4 HCO3(aq) + NaCl(aq) → NaHCO3(s) + NH4 Cl(aq)
(a) Explain how the two products NaHCO3(s) and NH4 Cl(aq) are separated. (1mark)
(b) How is sodium carbonate finally obtained from NaHCO3(s) ? (1mark)
(c) Explain how ammonia is recovered in this process. (1mark)
11. 80cm3 of oxygen gas diffused through porous hole in 50 seconds. How long will it take
120cm3 of nitrogen (iv)oxide to diffuse through the same hole under the same conditions? (N
= 14, O = 16) (3marks)
12. Filtration is carried out in the apparatus shown.

Name X and Y. (2marks)

13. Two carbonates P and Q are weighed before and after heating. The results are given in the
table below.
Carbonate Mass in grams
Before heating After heating
P 15.0 15.0
Q 15.0 10.0
Which one is likely to be sodium carbonate? Explain. (2marks)
14. describe how you would separate solid mixture of lead(ii)chloride and copper(ii)oxide.
(3marks)
15. The general formula for a homologous series of organic compounds is Cn H2n+2
(a) Give the name and structural formula of the fourth member of the series. (2marks)
(b) Write the equation for the combustion reaction of the above molecule. (1mark)
16. The scheme below shows some reaction sequence starting with solid N. study it and answer
the questions that follow.

(a) What is the relationship between the volume and pressure of the gas? (1mark)

Page | 225
(b) 3 litres of oxygen gas at one atmosphere pressure were compressed to two atmospheres at
constant temperature. Calculate the new volume occupied by the oxygen gas. (2marks)
19. The table below shows the relative atomic masses and percentages abundance of the isotopes
M1 and M2 of element M.
Relative abundance %abundance
M1 60.57 59.71
M2 62.83 40.29
Calculate the relative atomic mass of element M (2marks)
20. The table below shows the pH values of solutions A, B, C and D
Solution A B C D
pH 2 7 11 14
(a) Which solution is likely to be that of calcium hydroxide? (1mark)
(b) Select the solution in which a sample of Aluminium oxide is likely to dissolve. Give a reason
for your answer. (1mark)
21. Name one property of neon that makes it possible to be used in electric lamps. (1mark)
22. distinguish between ionic bond and covalent bond. (2marks)
23. Explain why the boiling point of hexane is higher than that of ethane. (relative molecular mass
of ethane is 30 while that of hexane is 86). (2marks)
24. Whwn a student was sting by a nettle plant, a teacher applied an aqueous solution of ammonia
to the affected area of the skin and the student was relieved of pain. Explain. (2marks)
25. Using dots (.) and crosses (x) show the bonding in: (3marks)
i) NH4 +
ii) Carbon (IV) oxide
iii) Potassium chloride
26. On complete combustion of hydrocarbon gas X, 1.32g of carbon (IV) oxide and 0.54g of
water. Calculate the empirical formula of X. (C = 12.0, H = 1, O =16.0) (3marks)
27. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow. (3marks)

(a) Write an equation for the reaction between zinc granules and dilute hydrochloric acid.
(1mark)
(b) What property of hydrogen is demonstrated by the method of collection shown on the
diagram?
(c) Hydrogen gas passed through liquid Z. What is the name of liquid Z and what is the purpose
of liquid Z? (2marks)

Page | 226
(d) Name one industrial use of hydrogen. (1mark)
28. Three liquids were mixed together accidentally and this included lubricating oil, kerosene and
water. The table below gives information about the properties of the liquids.
Constituent Boiling point in ℃ Solubility in water Solubility in kerosene
Lubricating oil 350 – 400 Insoluble Soluble
Kerosene oil 175 – 250 Insoluble
Water 100 Insoluble
Suggest a method you would use to separate the three liquids. (2marks)
29. a) define the term allotropy. (1mark)
b) Name two allotropes of Sulphur. (2marks)
30. A concentrated solution of sulphuric (VI) acid contains 70% H2 SO4 and has a density of
1.8g/cm3. Determine the molarity of sulphuric (VI) acid solution. (H = 1, S =32, O =16)
(3marks)

Page | 227
 MANGU
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
TIME:2HOURS
1. The table below shows the information concerning elements S, T, U, V and W, the letters are
not the actual symbols of the elements.Study it and answer the questions that follow.
Element Period Formula of oxide
S 2 S2O
T 3 T2O3
U 3 UO2 or UO3
V 3 Does not form oxide
W 4 W2O
(a) Write down:-
i) The electronic arrangement of the element W (1mk)
ii) The formula of the ion formed by element T (1mk)
(b) Two of the oxides, S2O and UO3 are apparently dissolved in distilled water. Compare the PH
value of the resulting solutions (2mks)
(c) Compare with an explanation the following.
i) The reactivity of S with hat of W (2mks)
ii) The electrical conductivity of T with that of magnesium (2mks)
iii) The melting point of U with that of X which is just below U in the group (2mks)
(d) Write the electronic configuration of V (1mk)
(i) Select two elements which are non-metals (1mk)
(ii) Select two elements which belong to the same group (1mk)
2. The set up below is used to prepare and collect dry samples of hydrogen sulphide gas

(a) Name suitable substances for use as

(i) L
(ii) S (2mks)
(b) Complete the diagram to show how dry hydrogen sulphide gas is obtained and collected
(c) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between L and S named in (a) above (1mk)
(d) i) State the effect of hydrogen sulphide gas on litmus (1mk)
ii) State a chemical test for hydrogen sulphide gas (1mk)
iii) What do you observe when hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through aqueous zinc
chloride (1mk)
e) i) Name the process used to extract sulphur from the ground in Louisiana and Texas
ii) State the uses of the following materials during extraction of Sulphur
I - Super heated water (1mk)
II -Hot compressed air (1mk)
(f) i) Name the process used to manufacture Sulphuric (VI) acid (1/2mk)
ii) Calculate the mass of Sulphuric (VI) acid required to react with excess ammonia gas to

Page | 228
 produce 125.2 tons of ammonium sulphate fertilizer (3mks)
iii) State the property of Sulphuric (VI) acid that is illustrated by its reaction with sucrose
(1mk)
3. The flow chart below shows how nitric(v)acid is produced on a large scale.Study it and answer
the questions that follows

a) State the functions of:

i) Purifier (1mk)
ii) Heat exchanger (1mk)
b) Identify
i) Gas A (1/2mk)
ii) Gas B (1/2mk)
iii) Catalyst C (1/2mk)
c) Write the equations for the reaction that take place.
i) In catalytic chamber (1mk)
ii) In absorption tower (1mk)
d) Calculate the molarity of the commercial nitric (v) acid, given that it is 68% pure and has a
density of 1.42g/cm3.(N=4,H=1)=16) (21/2mks)
e) Complete the table below to show the observation made when concentrated nitric (v) acid is
added to the substance shown and warmed (2mks)
Substance Observation
Acidified Iron (II) sulphate
Sulphur powder
Give reasons for the observation made using:
i) Acidified iron (II) sulphate (1mk)
ii) Sulphur powder (1mk)
4. In order to find out the proportion by volume of one of the main constituents of air, the
following set up was established

Page | 229
(a) i) Name two constituents of gas T (1mk)
ii) Suggest a reason for passing air through:
I) Aqueous sodium hydroxide (1mk)
II) Concentrated sulphuric acid (1mk)
(b) The volume of the gas collected in the syringe was 60cm3.This was passes repeatedly over hot
copper powder in the combustion tube until no further change of volume took place. When
cooled to the original temperature, the volume was reduced to 47.4cm3
i) What observation was made in the combustion tube? (1mk)
ii) Which constitute of air was removed by copper powder? (1mk)
iii) Calculate the percentage of the gas in (ii) above in the sample of air (2mk)
5
a) The remaining gas in the syringe was repeatedly passed over hot Magnesium metal in the
second combustion tube
i) Name the main component in 47.4cm 3 of the remaining gas (1mk)
ii) Write an equation for the reaction in the second combustion tube (1mk)
iii) Name two of the gases still in the syringe at the end of the experiment (2mk)
b) Iron roofing sheets are coated with Zinc as a sacrificial metal
i) What is meant by the term ”sacrificial”
ii) Give the name given to the process by which iron sheets are coated with Zinc. (1mk)
iii) Write the equation of the reaction in which Iron rusts (1mk)
iv) Zinc is higher than Iron in the reactivity series yet it does not corrode as fast as Iron. Explain
6. In the experiment to determine the percentage of impurity in Sodium Carbonate,1.8g of
impure Sodium carbonate was reacted with excess 2M Hydrochloric acid.340cm3 of dry
carbon (IV) oxide gas was collected during the experiment at room temperature and
pressure.(Na=23,O=16,C=12;Molar gas volume at r.t.p=24dm3)
Why was excess 2M Hyrocholoric acid used in the experiment? (1mk)
Write an equation for the reaction that produced Carbon (V1) oxide (1mk)
Calculate
i) The number of moles of Carbon (IV)oxide produced (2mks)
ii) The number of moles of Sodium carbonate that reacted with acid. (2mks)
iii) The mass Sodium carbonate that reacted with acid (2mks)
iv) The percentage of impurities in the sample of Sodium carbonate (2mks)
7) a) Write down the structural formula of the following compounds
i) 2,2 -Dimethypropane (1mk)
ii) 2,-Chloropropene (1mk)
iii) Tetrachloro methane (1mk)
b) A B C are homologous series of organic compounds
Series General formula
A CnH2n-2
B CnH2n
C CnH2n+2

i) What is the name given to series C (1mk)

ii) Write down the name and structural formula of the third member of “B”
Name:
Structure: (2mks)
iii) Write down an equation and name the products of reaction between HBr with second member
of “B” (2mks)

Page | 230
c) Study the scheme given and answer the questions that follow

Write an equation for the reaction II (1mk)

Name process I and II (1mk)
Identify the products “A” and “B” (2mks)
Name ONE catalyst used in process II (1mk)

Page | 231
 MANGU
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
1. You are provided:
• Aqueous hydrochloric acid solution P in a beaker.
• A solution Q containing 6.3g of a dibasic acid 𝐻𝐻2 𝐶𝐶2 𝑂𝑂4 . 2𝐻𝐻2 𝑂𝑂 per litre.
• Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution R
You are required to:
i) Standardize the sodium hydroxide solution R
ii) Use the standardized solution R to determine the concentration of solution P in moles per litre.
PROCEDURE 1
Fill the burette with solution Q. Pipette 25.0𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 of solution R into a conical flask and 3 drops
of phenolphthalein indicator. Titrate this solution with solution Q until the pink colour just
disappears. Record the results in table 1 below. Repeat the procedure two more times and
complete table 1.
TABLE 1
1 2 3
Final burette reading(𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 )
Initial burette reading (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 )
Volume of solution Q used (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 )
(4marks)
i) Calculate the average volume of solution Q used. (1mark)
ii) Calculate the concentration of the dibasic acid solution Q in moles per litre. (2marks)
(C =12, O = 16, H = 1)
iii) Calculate the number of moles of the dibasic acid solution Q used. (1mark)
iv) Calculate the number of moles of sodium hydroxide in 25cm3 of solution R. (2marks)
v) Calculate the concentration of sodium hydroxide solution R in moles per litre. (2marks)
PROCEDURE II
Using a 100 cm3 measuring cylinder, measure 90cm3 of distilled water and transfer it into a
250cm3 beaker. Dry the measuring cylinder and use it to measure 10cm3 of solution P and add
it to the 90cm3 of distilled water in the beaker. Mix the solution well and label it solution T.
Fill the burette with solution T and pipette 25cm3 of solution R into a clean conical flask. Add
3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. Titrate this solution with solution T until the pink colour
just disappears. Record your results in table II below. Repeat this procedure two more times to
complete table II.
Table II
1 2 3
Final burette reading(𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 )
Initial burette reading (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 )
Volume of solution Q used (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 )
i) Calculate the average volume of solution T used. (1mark)
ii) Calculate the number of moles of solution R used. (1mark)
iii) Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid in solution T that reacted completely with
25𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 of sodium hydroxide solution R. (2marks)
iv) Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid in 100cm3 of solution T. (2marks)
v) Determine the concentration of the original hydrochloric acid solution P in moles per litre.
(2marks)

Page | 232
2. You are provided with solid A, which is a mixture of two compounds. Carry out the
experiments below. Record your observations and inferences in the table and identify any
gas(es) evolved.
a) Transfer a spatula end – full of solid A in a boiling tube and add 20cm3 of distilled water.
Shake thoroughly and filter. Rinse the residue with distilled water and keep both the filtrate
and the residue.
b) Divide the filtrate into three portions, each of 2cm3
i) To portion one, add ammonia solution dropwise until in excess.
ii) To portion two, add 4 drops of 0.5M lead (II) nitrate solution
iii) To portion three, add 4 drops of barium chloride solutions, followed by 5cm3 of nitric(V)acid
c) Scrap the residue from the filter paper(a) above using a spatula and transfer it into a boiling
tube. Add to it 1M Nitric acid until it dissolves. Keep the resulting solution for use in part (d)
below.
d) Divide the solution into 3 parts.
i) To part one add ammonia solution dropwise.
ii) To part two add 4 drops of 1M hydrochloric acid solution.
iii) To part three add 4 drops of potassium iodide solution.

Page | 233
 MANGU
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. Heat from magnesium splits Sulphur(iv)oxide into Sulphur and oxygen, the oxygen supports
burning. Heat from burning splint is not hot enough to split sulphuric oxide.
2. H H H H
| | | |
C=C–C–C–H
| | | |
H H H H
But – 1 – ene

H H H H
| | | |
C-C=C–C–H
| | | |
H H H H
But – 2 – ene
3. a) To prevent sucking back of water
b) Litmus paper changes red. Hydrogen chloride ionizes into H+
c) Litmus paper remains red. HCl does not ionize
4. When NaOH(aq) is added to Cu2+ (aq) , a blue precipitate is obtained while a green precipitate is
formed when NaOH is added to Fe2+ (aq)
5. a) W – hydrochloric acid
Y – concentrated sulphuric(vi) acid
b) Absorb HCl fumes
6.
18 × 0.22
HNO3 = = 0.00396moles
1000
K2 CO3 + 2HNO3(aq) → 2KNO3(aq) + H2 O(l) + CO2(g)
0.000396
Mole of K 2 CO3 in 25cm3 solution = = 0.00198
2
3 0.00198×200
Mole of K 2 CO3 in 200cm solution = = 0.01584
25
K2 CO3 = 138g
Mass of K 2 CO3 = 138 × 0.01584 = 2.186g
7. a) Halogens
b) K is more reactive than I. valence electron of K is lost more easily than in I.
c) P2 O3
8. i) Copper (ii) oxide changes from black to red
White precipitate is formed in the boiling tube
ii) Ca(OH)2(aq) + CO2(g) → CaCO3(s)
iii) It is burnt to avoid air pollution
9 a) Prevent contact of iron with water
b) Zinc corrodes. Its more reactive than iron
10. a) by filtration
b) Heating NaHCO3 ( or correct equation)
c) Ammonium chloride is heated with calcium hydroxide
11. 80cm3 of O2 takes 50 sec
120cm3 ofO2 takes 75sec
Page | 234
 O2 = 32
NO2 = 44
75 sec → 32
TNO2 → 44
TNO2 = 87.94sec
12. X – residue
Y – filtrate
13. P. not decomposed by heat
14. Add water. Warm PbCl2 dissolves. Filter. allow to cool. Filter recrystallized PbCl2.
15 a) i) Butane
ii) C4 H10
b) 2C4 H10(g) + 13O2(g) → 8CO2(g) + 10H2 O(l)
16. a) Zinc
b) Zn(OH)2(s) + 4NH3(aq) → Zn(NH3 )4(aq) + 2OH(aq)
c) Hydrogen gas
17. a) Yellow solid deposited. Sulphur (iv) oxide is reduced to Sulphur and hydrogen sulphide
oxidized to Sulphur.
b) Should be done in a fume chamber
18 a) Volume decreases with increase in pressure/volume is inversely proportional to pressure
b) P1 V1 = P2 V2
P V 1×3
V2 = P1 1 = = 1.5litres
2 2
(60.57×59.71)+(62.83×40.29)
19. R.A.M = 100
=61.48
20. a) C
b) A. it is strongly acidic or D. it is strongly alkaline
21. It is inert
22. In covalent bond there is sharing of valence electrons while in ionic bond there is complete
transfer of electrons from one atom to another
23. Hexane has molecular forces due to its large molecular size while ethane has weak van der
Waals forces due to its smaller molecules.
24. Sting from nettle plant contains acidic substance which causes itching. Ammonia solution
neutralizes the acid.
25.(i)
(ii)

26. 1 mole of CO2 weighs 44g

44g of CO2 contains 12g of C
12
1.32g of CO2 will contain × 1.32g = 0.36g of C
44
Page | 235
 1 mole of H2 O weighs 18g
18g of H2 O weighs 18g
0.54g of H2 O will contain 0.06 of H
Element C H
Mass 0.36 0.06
moles 0.036/12 0.06/1
1:2
Empirical formula CH2
27 a) Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq) Zncl2(aq) + H2(g)
b) Lighter than air
c) Conc. Sulphuric acid
To dry the gas/remove water present
d) Used in the industrial preparation of NH3(g) in the Haber process
Used in weather balloons
Used in preparation of HCl
28. Use of separating funnel to remove water
Fractional distillation to separate lubricating oil from kerosene
29. a) The existence of an element in more than one form in the same physical state
b) Monoclinic Sulphur
Rhombic Sulphur

Page | 236
 MANGU
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1. a)
i) 2.8.8.1 (1mk)
ii)`T3+ (1mk)
b) The solution of S2O would have a PH value greater than 7 while the solution of UO3 would
have a PH value less than 7 (2mks)
c) i) W is more reactive than S (2mks)
W has a larger atomic radius//greater shielding effect, its outermost electron is loosely
held
hence can be easily lost (2mks)
ii) T is better conductor than magnesium because it has more delocalized electrons
iii) X has a higher melting point than U because it(x) has greater mass, hence stronger
intermolecular forces of attraction//Stronger Van der Waal forces//stronger molecular
bonds (2mks)
d) 2.8.8 (1mk)
e) U ½ and V1/2 (1mk)
f) S and W (No splitting of mark) (1mk)
2. a)
i) Dilute hydrochloric acid
ii) Iron (II)Sulphide (2mks)
b) (3mks)
c) Fes(s) + 2Hcl(aq) → FeCl2(aq)+H2S(g) (1mk)
d) i) H2S turns wet blue litmus paper red but has No effect on red litmus
ii) It forms a black precipitate with lead(II) ethonoate(acetate) (1mk)
iii) A black precipitate is formed (1mk)
e) i) Frasch process (1/2mk)
ii) I -Super heated –To melt the sulphur (1mk)
II-To create pressure to push molten Sulphur out of the ground (1mk)
f) i) Contact process (1/2mk)
ii) 2NH3(g ) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq)
98g 132g
H2SO4=2+32+64=98
(NH4)2SO4=18x2 32 +64=132
Mole ratio 1 :1 or 98 132g
? 125.2 tons
Mass of H2SO4 = 125.2x98
132
=92.95 tons (3mks)
iii) Dehydrating agent (1mk)
3. a)
i) Purifies-removes dust particles and other impurities that would otherwise poison the
catalyst (1mk)
ii) Heat(1/2)the ammonia-air mixture reactions from the compressor
It cools(1/2)the hot gaseous products from the catalytic chamber
b) i) Ammonia/NH3 (1/2mk)
ii) Nitrogen(II)Oxide /NO (1/2mk)
iii) Platinum-rhodium (1/2mk)
(c)
Page | 237
 i) 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) → 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g)
ii) 2NO2(g) + H2O(l) → HNO 3(aq) + HNO2(aq) (1mk)
d) RFM HNO3 = 1+14+48+=63
1cm3 (1.42 x 68/100) g of HNO3 = 0.965g
1cm3 (1.42 x 68 ) moles of HNO3 = 0.015326 MOLES
63 100
=15.3 M (2 1/2mks)

(e) i) Observation
Yellow solution is formed/solution changed from pale green to yellow
Effervescence of red brown gas/fumes
iii) I Conc.HNO3 oxidises (I) iron (II) sulphate which is pale yellow iron (III)sulphate OR
6 FeSO4(aq) + 3H2S04(aq)) + 2HNO3(l)→3Fe2(SO4)3(aq) + 2NO(g) + 4H2O(l)
II Hot con.HNO3 oxidises sulphur to sulphuric (VI)acid and itself is reduced to nitrogen(IV)
oxide Or
S(s) + 6HNO3(aq) → H2NO3(aq) + 6NO2(g) 2H2Ol
4. a) i) Nitrogen,Noble gas,-(Argon,Neon,Helium,Xenon,Krypton) (1mk)
ii) I To absorb C02(g) (1mk)
II To absorb moisture (1mk)
b) i) Cu powder glowed red hot and formed a black powder (1mk)
ii) Oxygen (1mk)
iii) Not clear (2mks)
(c) i) Nitrogen (1mk)
ii) 3 Mg
iii) Carbon (VI) oxide,Argon (2mks)
(d) i) It is oxidated in place of iron since it is higher in the reactivity series,thus iron sheets
ii) Galvanization (1mk)
iii)
iv) Zinc reacts with air to form an oxide layer which covers it and hinders further
reaction –corrosion of Zinc (1mk)
5 a) To ensure complete reaction of the sodium carbonate (1mk)
b) i) 24,000cm3 is equivalent to 1mole
ii) Mole ratio from the equation
1mole of Na2CO3 produces 1 mole of CO2
iii) Mass of Na2CO3 that reacted
1 mole =106g
iv) Percentage impurity

Page | 238
 MANGU
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
1. PROCEDURE I
TABLE I…… 5Mks distributed as follows.
(a) Complete the table (1mk)
(i) Complete the table with 3 titrations (1mk)
(ii) Incomplete table with 2 titrations (1/2mk)
(iii) Incomplete table with 1 titration (0mk)
Penalties
(i) Wrong arithmetic
(ii) Inverted table
(iii) Burette reading beyond 50cm3 unless where explained
(iv) Unrealistic titre values below 1cm 3 or above 50cm3
NB:Penalise ½ mark each to a maximum of ½
(b) Use of decimals (tied to 1st and 2nd rows only) (1mk)
(i) Accept 1 and 2 d.p used consistently otherwise penalize fully
(ii) If 2 d.p is used,the 2nd d.p must be either ‘0’ or ‘5’otherwise penalize fully
(c) Accuracy (tied to correct titre value) (1mk)
Compare the candidate titre values with the teacher titre values and mark as follows;
(i) If at least one is within ± 0.1 of the teacher’s value (1mk)
(ii) If none is within ± 0.1,but atleast one is within ± 0.2 of teacher’s value (1/2mk)
NB:If there are 2 possible values from the teacher’s result,use one that is closer to candidate’s
value and mark accordingly.
(d) Principles of averaging (1mk)
Conditions
(i) If 3 consistent values are averaged (1mk)
(ii) If 3 titrations are done but only two are consistent and averaged (1mk)
(iii) If 2 titrations done and are consistent and averaged (1mk)
(iv) If 3 titrations are done but are inconsistent and averaged (0mk)
NB:
(i) Values averaged must differ by a maximum of 0.2cm3 each of other
(e) Final answer (1mk) (Tied to correct average titre)
Compare the candidate’s average titre with the teacher’s average titre
(i) If within ± 0.1 of teacher’s value (1mk)
(ii) If not within ± 0.1 but within ±0.2 of the teachers value (1/2mk)
(iii) If none is within ±0.2 (0mk)
NB:
Accept final answer expressed to 2 d.p unless the answer works out to an exact figure
otherwise penalize ½ mk
PROCEDURE II
i) Table II- (5mks)
NB:Marks as per table I
Calculations
PROCEDURE I
ii) Rmm of H2C2O4.2H2O=126
±Morality of solution Q in moles per litre =NOT CLEAR
iii) Moles of dibasic acid solution Q used
Correct answer ` (1/2mk)

Page | 239
iv) 2NaOH(aq)+H2C04(aq)→NaC2O4(aq)+2H2O(l)
Acid:Base= 1:2 (1mk)
±Moles of sodium hydroxide used =2 x ans iii (1/2mk)
Correct answer (1/2mk)
NB:If the equation is missing award zero marks for the working
v) Concentration of sodium hydroxide solution R=NOT CLEAR
Correct ans. (1mk)
PROCEDURE II
ii) Moles of solution R used =NO CLEAR ½ = Correct ans (1/2mks)
iii) NAOH (aq) + HCl(aq)→ NaCl(aq) +H20 (l) (1mk)
Acid: Base 1:1 (1mk)
±Moles of HCl in solution T that reacted with 25cm3 of solution R =Ans ii
NB :If Ans ii)is transferred intact to iii)but the equation is missing award zero marks
iv) Moles of HCl in 100cm3 of solution T= NOT CLEAR
Correct Ans. (1mk)
v) Original concentration of HCl in solution P =NOT CLEAR
Correct Ans. (1mk)
NB:If wrong units are used penalize ½ mark but ignore if units are missing
2.
OBSERVATIONS INFERENCES
(a) -Solid A is slightly soluble in water Soluble and insoluble salts present in solid A
½ mk 1mk
-Colourless filtrate/white residue
½ mk
(b) (i)White precipitate soluble in excess Zn2+ confirmed present
½ mk SO 2- Cl,CO2- or SO2-
4 3

(ii)White precipitate formed (a) 3 or 4 mentioned 1 mk

1mk (b) 2 mentioned ½ mk
(iii)White precipitate formed insoluble (c) One mentioned 0mk
in nitric acid ½ mk SO2- present 1mk
(c) -Effervescence/bubbles produced CO2- present
(d) (i)White precipitate insoluble in excess -Ca2+,Ba2+,Mg2+,Pb2+or Al3+present
½ mk -5 or 4 present 1mk
-3 or 2 mentioned ½ mk
(ii)White precipitate formed Pb2+ present 1mk
1mk NB:For Pb2+to score it must have been
mentioned in d(i)
(iii)Yellow precipitate formed Pb2+confirmed present

Page | 240
 IGEMBE CENTRAL
233/1
Paper 1
Time 2 hours
1. A certain carbonate KCO3, reacts with 40cm³ of 1M nitric (V) acid according to the equation given
below
KCO3(s) + 2HNO3(aq) →K(NO3)2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
If 2g of the carbonate reacts completely with 40cm³ of 1MHNO3, calculate the relative atomic mass
of K. (C=12, O=16) (3 marks)
2.a) In the extraction of sodium metal, calcium chloride is added to the sodium chloride. Explain the
role of calcium chloride. (1 mark)
b) State two properties of sodium metal that makes it possible for it to be extracted from its ore.
(2 marks)
3. In an experiment, concentrated sulphuric (IV) acid was put in a beaker and exposed to air for one
week as shown below.

a) What observation was made after 2 days. Explain (2 marks)

b) What property of sulphuric (VI) acid was being investigated. (1 mark)
4. Name the process which takes place when
a) Solid carbon (IV) oxide (dry ice changes) changes directly into gas. (1 mark)
b) A red litmus turns white when dropped into chlorine water. (1 marks)
c) Propane molecules are converted into a giant molecule (1 mark)
5. In the last stage of the solvay process, a mixture of sodium hydrogen carbonate and ammonium
chloride is formed.
a) State the method of separation used. (1 mark)
b) Write an equation showing how lime is slaked. (1 mark)
c) Name the product recycled in the above process. (1 mark)
6. Below is a list of oxides
MgO, N2O, K2O, CaO and Al2O3
select
a) A neutral oxide (1 mark)
b) A highly water soluble basic oxide (1 mark)
c) An oxide which was react with both sodium hydroxide solution and dilute hydrochloric acid
7. Study the diagram below and use it to answer the questions that follow.

mixture of copper(II)oxide
and carbon
Gas P

heat

a) State the observation made in the combustion tube (1 mark)

b) Write the equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
c) Name gas P (1 mark)

Page | 241
8. Carbon and silicon belong to the same group of the periodic table yet carbon (IV) oxide is a gas
while silicon (IV) oxide is a solid with high melting point. Explain this difference
9. Use the scheme below to answer the questions that follow.
Carbon(IV) oxide
Solid X

Solid Y Calcium
hydroxide

a) Identify solids. X , Y
b) Describe how solid X can be prepared in the laboratory. (2 marks)
10. Two gases X2 and Y2 reacts to form gaseous products XY3 according to the following equation.
X2(g) + 3Y2(g) →2XY3(g) DH = -44kJ
a) State two ways in which the yield of XY3 can be increased. (2 marks)
b) State Le Caterlier’s principle (1 mark)
11. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

+
Yellow Burn H /KMnO 4
C Colourless
solid B O2 solution

Solution D
pH 5.5
i) Identify B, C
ii) Write an equation for the reaction that takes place when C reacts with water.
12. Below is a representation of an electrochemical cell
Mgs/Mg2+(aq) // Ag+(aq) /Ag(s)
a) What does // represent (1 mark)
b) Given the following
Mg2+(aq) + 2e– ® Mg(s) Eq = -2.37V
Ag+(aq) + e– ® Ag(s) Eq = +0.80V
Calculate the EMF of the electrochemical cell formed when the two half cells are combined.
13. Bond energies for some bonds are tabulated below.
Bond Bond energy Kj/Mol
H-H 436
C=C 610
C-H 410
C-C 345
Use the bond energies to estimate the enthalpy for the reaction. (3 marks)
14. In an experiment, a student put equal volumes of mixtures of ethanoic acid in water and ethanoic
acid in hexane in two test-tubes as shown below. In each test tube, equal amounts of solid sodium
hydrogen carbonate were added.

mixture of ethanoic mixture of ethanoic

acid and water acid and hexane
sodium
hydrogen
carbonate
test tube 1 test tube 2
a) State the observation which was made in each test-tube. (1 mark)
Page | 242
 i) Test-tube 1 (½ mark)
ii) Test-tube 2 (½ mark)
b) Explain the observations made in (a) above (2 marks)
15. Define the term half-life (1 mark)
b) 80g of palladium –233 has half-life of 30 days and decays for 120 fays. On the grid provided, plot a
graph of mass of palladium—233 against time (3 marks)
16. a) State Boyle’s law (1 mark)
b) A gas occupies a volume of 80dm³ at s.t.p. At what pressure will its volume be doubled if the
temperature rises by 105°C (At s.t.p temperature = 0°C, pressure = 760mmHg) 2 marks)
17.a) Given the element 2412 R
a) To which chemical family does R belong (1 mark)
b) Write the electron arrangement of the atom (1 mark)
c) Draw the structure of its ion (1 mark)
18. In an experiment to prepare ammonia gs in the laboratory, a teacher heated a compound of barium
with ammonium chloride.
a) Identify the compound of Barium that was used in the experiment. (1 mark)
b) The teacher then gave students a task to outline steps to confirm that the gas he had prepared was
indeed ammonia. Give the steps they outlined. (1 mark)
19. Study the flowchart below and answer questions that follow

White ppt
CO .2
Solid N
heated Dilute HCl
(aq)
Dilute Solution V
Solid M
HNO
3
Solid M is observed to react with NaOH solution
i) Identify solid N (1 mark)
ii) Write an equation for the reaction between solid M and dilute nitric (V) acid (1 mark)
iii) State the observation that would be made when potassium iodide solution is added to solution V.
(1 mark)
20.a) Define the term isotope (1 mark)
b) Chlorine gas has a mass of 35.5. It is made up of two isotope 3517 Cl and 3717 Cl
Determine the relative abundance of each isotope in the chlorine gas. (2 marks)
21. Copper (II) oxide and charcoal are black solids. How would you distinguish between the two
solids? (2 marks)
22. State two uses of hydrogen gas that are also uses of carbon (II) oxide. (2 marks)
23. Write the electronic arrangement of sulphur in the following (S=16) (3 marks)
i) SO2-3
ii) SO3.
24. Using a well labelled diagrams, explain how water hardness can be removed by ion exchange
method. (3 marks)
25. The structure below represents a type of cleansing agent.

-
R SO 3Na +

a) Identify the cleaning agent. (1 mark)

b) Describe how the cleansing agent removes grease from a piece of cloth. (3 marks)
26. Chlorine gas readily dissolves in water forming a green-yellow solution called chlorine water.
a) Name two substances found in chlorine water. (1 mark)

Page | 243
b) A boiling tube was filled with chlorine water and then invented in chlorine water in a trough. The
set up was left in sunlight for a few hours and colourless gas accumulated in the boiling tube.
Sunlight gas X

chlorine water

i) Describe the test that an be carried out to identify gas X (1 mark)

ii) Write an equation to show how the gas X is formed (1 mark)
27. Complete the table below. (3 marks)
Metal Aluminum Lead Sodium
Chief Ore Bauxite Galena
Chemical name Sodium chloride
Method of extraction
28. Below is a Bunsen burner flame.
X

a) Name the regions labelled X and Y (1 mark)

b) Give the name of the above flame (1 mark)

Page | 244
 IGEMBE CENTRAL
233/2
Paper 2
Time 2 hours
1. Study the information in the table below and answer the questions the follows. The letters do
not represent the symbol of the elements
Element Atomic and number Melting point (°C)
A 8 -2188
B 9 -219.6
C 12 650
D 13 660
E 14 1410
F 17 -101
G 20 842
a) Write the electron arrangement for the
i) Atom of D (½ mark)
ii) ion of F (½ mark)
b) Select an element which is
i) The most reactive non-metal (½ mark)
ii) Best conductor of electricity (½ mark)
c) To which group of the periodic table does element G belong (½ mark)
d) How do the reactivity of element C and G compare? Explain (1½ marks)
e) Using (●) and crosses (x) to represent outermost electrons, show the bonding in the compound
formed between elements B and D (2 marks)
f) Explain why the melting point of element D is higher than that of element C. (2 marks)
g) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that will occur between C and A (1 mark)
h) Compare the atomic and ionic radius of element F. (1 mark)
2. Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
T
J
HB.r
CH.3
V
CH3 CH 2CH3 CH3CHCH2
CH CH2
n
Conc H 2 SO4
R

Na(s)
CH 3CH 2CH2 OH Gas Q
U

KMnO 4(aq) / H +

Na2 CO3
Gas P CH CH2 COOH CH3 CH 2COONa
3

NaOH(s) / Heat
W

CH3 CH2 COOCH 2CH 3 CH3 CH 3

N
Z
L NaOH(aq)
CH3 CH2 CI

CH3 CH 2COONa CH3 CH 2OH

a) Name (1½ marks)

i) Gas P.
Page | 245
 ii) Gas Q.
iii) Substance J
b) Give the structural formula of product T. (1 mark)
c) i) Name the reaction producing substance labelled N (1 mark)
ii) State the characteristic property of N (3 marks)
d) Complete the table below. (3 marks)
Reaction Reagents Conditions
W
Z
Y
e) i) Name the organic product of reaction V (½ mark)
ii) Write the equation for the reaction represented by U (1 mark)
f) What is the specific name of process Y (½ mark)
g) What is the type of reaction represented by Z? (½ mark)
h) Give two reasons why ethanoic acid has a higher melting point than ethanol when both of
them have two carbon atoms. (2 marks)
3. Use standard electrode potentials for elements G, M, P and Q given below to answer he
questions that follow.
|Eq(volts)
+
G (aq) + e -
G(S) -2.71
M2+(aq) + 2e- M(S) -2.37
2N+(aq) + 2e- N2(S) 0.00
P2+(aq) + 2e- P(S) +0.34
½Q2(g) + e- Q-(S) +2.87
a) i) Which element is likely to be hydrogen ? Give a reasons for your answer. (2 marks)
ii) What is the Eq of the strongest oxidising agent? (1 mark)
iii) Draw a well labelled diagram of the electrochemical cell that would be obtained when half
cells of M and P are combined. (3 marks)
iv) Calculate the Eq value of he electrochemical cell constructed in (iii) above. (2 marks)
b) During electrolysis of aqueous copper (II) sulphate using copper electrodes, a current of 0.8
amperes was passed through the cell of 10hours.
i) Write ionic equation for the reaction that took place at the cathode. (1 mark)
ii) Determine the change in mass of the anode which occurred as a result of the electrolysis
process
(Cu=63.5, 1Faraday = 96500 coulombs) (3 marks)
4. The table below gives the volume of the gas produced when different volume of 2M sulphuric
(VI) acid were reacted with 0.6g of magnesium powder at room temperature.

Volume of sulphuric (VI) acid (cm³) Volume of gas (cm³)

0 0
10 240
20 480
30 600
40 600
50 600
a) On the grid provided plot a graph of the volume of gas produced against volume of the acid
used. (3 marks)
b) Write an equation for the reaction between sulphuric (VI) acid and magnesium (1 mark)
c) From the graph determine
Page | 246
i) The volume of the gas produced if 12.5cm³ of 2M sulphuric acid has been used. (1 mark)
ii) The volume of 2M sulphuric (VI) acid which reacted completely with 0.6g of magnesium
powder. (1 mark)
d) Explain the effect on rate of production of the gas if
i) 0.6g of magnesium ribbon was used instead of magnesium powder (1 mark)
ii) 3M sulphuric (VI) acid was used instead of 2M sulphuric (VI) acid. (1 mark)
e) Given that one mole of a gas occupied 24000cm³ at room temperature, calculate the relative
atomic mass of magnesium (3 marks)
f) In another experiment, aqueous iron (III) chloride reacts with hydrogen sulphide gas in a
closed system as shown below
2FeCl3(aq) + H2S(g) → 2FeCl2(aq) + HCl(aq) + S(s)
(pale brown) (pale green)
State and explain the observation that would be made if dilute hydrochloric acid is added to
the system at equilibrium. (2 marks)
5. a) Define the term Enthalpy of formation (1 mark)
b) Use the information below to answer the questions that follow.
C(S) + O2(g) → CO2(g) DH-394kJ/mol
H2(g) + 1/2O2(g) → H2O(l) DH-286kJ/mol
C2H2(g) + 5/2O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + H2O(l) DH-1300kJ/mol
i) Write an equation for the formation of ethyne (1 mark)
ii) Draw an energy cycle diagram that links the heat of formation of ethyne with its heat of
combustion and the heat of combustion of carbon and hydrogen (3 marks)
iii) Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of ethyne. (2 marks)
c) The diagram below represents a set up that was used in determining the Molar heat of
combustion of propanol (C3H7OH)

thermometer

water

stand
lamp

propanol
During the experiment the data given below was recorded.
Volume of H2O = 100cm³
Final temperature of H2O = 43.5°C
Initial temperature of H2O = 20.5°C
Mass of propanol + lamp before heating = 126.5g
Mass of propanol + lamp after heating = 124.7g
Calculate
i) Mass of propanol used (1 mark)
ii) Heat evolved during the experiment . (Density of H2O = 1g/cm³, specific heat capacity of
water = 4.2kJ /Kg/k) (2 marks)
iii) Molar heat of combustion of propanol (C=12, O=16, H=1) (2 marks)

Page | 247
6. The flow chart below illustrates two industries processes; Haber process and contact process
AIR NITROGEN HABER PROCESS X Z

OXYGEN H
2

W SULPHUR(IV)OXIDE CONTACT PROCESS Y SULPHUR ACID

WATER

a) i) What process can be used to separate air into oxygen and nitrogen? (1 mark)
ii) Apart from oxygen and nitrogen produced in the process name a(i) above, name the other gas
produced. (1 mark
b) Name the substances labelled
i) W (½ mark)
ii) X (½ mark)
iii) Y (½ mark)
iv) Z (½ mark)
c) Name the catalyst used in (1 mark)
i) Haber process
ii) Contact process
d) Sate the role of a catalyst in both Haber and contact process (1 mark)
e) Write a chemical equation for the formation of compound Z (1 mark)
f) Calculate the percentage mass of nitrogen in compound Z. (N=14, O=16, H=1, S=32)
g) Give the major use of compound Z. (1 mark)
h) State the nature of ammonia gas on dissolving in water. (1 mark)
i) In the Haber process optimum temperature of 500°C and 200 atmospheres of pressure are used
to get optimum yield of Ammonia. Why can’t lower temperatures and higher pressure be used.
(2 marks)
7. The diagram below is a flow chart for the extraction of copper. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.
Step I Step II
Ore Powdered Ore Concentrated Ore

Step III

Copper (I) sand Copper (I) sulphide

heat Iron (II)oxide
Copper (I) oxide sulphide heat

Step IV
SO.2
Blister copper Pure copper

a) Give the name ad the formula of the major ore from which copper is extracted.
b) Give the name of the process carried out in step II. (1mark)
c) Write an equation for the reaction taking place in step III and IV (2 marks)
d) Iron (II) oxide is an impurity during extraction of copper. Write an equation for the reaction to
show how its removed. (1 mark)
e) i) Draw a well labelled diagram to show how blister copper is purified to form pure copper.
ii) Write the ionic equation for the anode and cathode reactions during purification of
copper.
Page | 248
 IGEMBE CENTRAL
233/3
Paper 3
Time 2¼ hours
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the apparatus and fittings found in the chemistry laboratory, each candidate will
require the following.
• Exactly 3cm length of magnesium ribbon (Solid A)
• about 80cm³ of solution B
• about 120cm³ of solution D
• one label
• one 50ml burette
• one 25ml pipette and pipette filler
• stop watch
• two conical flasks
• one 100ml plastic beaker
• one clean metallic spatula
• one -10°C -110°C thermometer
• 5 clean metallic spatula
• 250ml volumetric flask
• Solid C (0.5gMgCl2)
• Solid F(0.5g oxalic acid)
• sodium hydrogen carbonate (0.5g)
• distilled water

Access to the following

⇒ source of heat
⇒ phenolphthalein indicator supplied with a dropper.
⇒ Sodium sulphate solution (0.5M) supplied with a dropper.
⇒ 2M ammonia solution supplied with a dropper.
⇒ 2M sodium hydroxide solution supplied with a dropper.
⇒ 0.5M lead (II) nitrate solution supplied with a dropper.
⇒ 0.5M Ba(NO3)2 supplied with a dropper.
⇒ Universal indicator solution supplied with a dropper.
⇒ pH chart.
⇒ Acidified potassium manganate (VII)

Preparations
⇒ Solution B—add 172cm³ of concentrated hydrochloric acid to 500cm³ of distilled water and
making the solution one litre by adding more distilled water.
⇒ Solution D—dissolve 12g of NaOH pellets in 500cm³ of distilled water and stir the mixture
using a glass rod. Add more distilled water to make one litre.

Page | 249
 IGEMBE CENTRAL
233/3
Paper 3
Time 2¼ hours
1. You are provided with
- Magnesium ribbon, Solid A
- 2.0M hydrochloric acid, solution B
- 0.3M sodium hydroxide solution, solution D
You are required to determine the molar heat of reaction of sulphuric (VI) acid with
magnesium.
Procedure I
- Using a burette, place 40cm³ of solution B into a clean 100ml plastic beaker. Measure the
temperature of solution B in the beaker and record it in table 1.
- Put the magnesium ribbon in the solution in the 100ml beaker and immediately start a stop
watch stir the solution continuously with the thermometer making sure magnesium ribbon
remains in the solution as it reacts.
- Measure the temperature after ever 30 seconds and record the values in the table 1. Retain the
resulting mixture for use in procedure II

Table II
Time (sec) 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Temperature °C
(3 marks)
i) Plot the graph of temperature (Vertical axis) against time (3 marks)
ii) From the graph determine the maximum change in temperature DT (1 mark)
iii) Calculate the heat change during the reaction of hydrochloric acid with magnesium. (Assume
the specific heat capacity of the solution is 4.2jg-1k-1 and density of the solution is 1.0gcm-3)
(1 mark)
Procedure II
- Transfer all the contents obtained in procedure I into a 250ml volumetric. Rinse the beaker and
add to the volumetric flask. Add more distilled water up to the mark. Label this solution C
- Empty the burette and rinse it with distilled water. Fill the burette with solution C to the mark.
- Using a pipette and pipette filler, transfer 25cm³ of solution D into a clean conical flask. Add
the drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate solution D with solution C
- Record your results in table II. Repeat the titration two more times and complete table II

I II III
Final burette reading (cm³)
Initial burette reading (cm³)
Volume of solution C used (cm³)
(4 marks)
iv)Calculate the average volume of solution C used. (1 mark)
v) Calculate the number of moles of sulphuric (VI) acid in
I. Volume of solution C used. (2 marks)
II.250cm³ of solution C (1 mark)
III)
40cm³ of solution B (1 mark)
IV)Determine moles of hydrochloric acid that reacted with magnesium acid that reacted with
magnesium. (1 mark)
V) Determine the molar heat of reaction of hydrochloric acid magnesium (1 mark)
Question 2
Page | 250
 You are provided with solid C. Use it to carry the test below.
Dissolve the whole of C into 10cm³ of water in a boiling tube and divided it into five portions.
a) To the 1st portion add sodium sulphate solution
b) To the 2nd portion add Ammonia solution dropwise until in excess
c) To the 3rd portion add sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.
d) To the 4th portion add lead (II) nitrate solution
e) To the last portion add Barium nitrate solution.
3. You are provided with solid F. Carry out the following tests and record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
a) Place about one-third of solid F on a spatula and ignite it using a Bunsen burner frame
b) Place the remaining solid F in a test tube. Add about 8cm³ of distilled water and shake the
mixture. Divide the mixture into 3 equal portions.
i) To the 1st portion add 2—3 drops of universal indictor and determine its pH using pH chart.
ii) To the 2nd portion, add 2—3 drops of acidified potassium mangate (VII)
iii) To the 3rd portion, add all sodium hydrogen carbonate provided.

Page | 251
 IGEMBE SUB COUNTY
Paper 1
233/1
Marking Scheme
1. Moles of HNO3 = 1 x 40 = 0.04
1000
Moles of KCO3 = 0.04 = 0.02
2
Molar mass of KCO3 = 2 = 100
100
KCO3 = 100
K + 12 + (16 x 3) = 100
K + 60 = 100
K = 40
2. a) To lower the melting point of sodium chloride
b) - low density
- low melting point
3. a) The level of the solution rose above 300cm³
H2SO4 absorbed atmospheric water 1
b) H2SO4 is hygroscopic 1
4. a) sublimation 1
b) bleaching 1
c) polymerisation 1
5. a) filtration 1
b) CaO(S) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq) 1
6 a) N2O 1
b) K2O
c) Al2O3
7. a) a brown solid is formed 1
b) CuO(s) + C(S) → CU(s) + CO(g) 1
c) Carbon (II) oxide 1
8. Silicon (IV) oxide has giant structure 1 , with strong covalent bond, 1/2 holding the atom
together. These require a lot energy to break, hence it has high melting point. Carbon(IV)oxide has
simple molecular 1/2 structure with weak 1/2 Van der Waals forces holding the molecules
together which require little energy to break, hence is a gas at room temperature
and pressure.
9. i) X—calcium carbonate / CaCO3 1/2
ii) Y—calcium oxide / CaO 1/2
b) Mix sodium carbonate solution with calcium nitrate solution 1/2 filter 1/2 wash 1/2 the residue
with distilled water, filter and dry it between filter papers 1/2 (any other soluble carbonate and any
other soluble calcium salt)
10. Increasing the pressure1
lowering the temperature 1
11. i) B - sulphur 1/2
C—sulphuric (IV) acid // H2SO3 1/2
ii) SO2(g) + H2O(l) H2SO3(aq) 1
12. a) Salt bridge 1
b) 0.80 - - 2.37 = +3.171
13. BOND BREAKING
4 C—H 4 x 410 = 1640
C = C 1 x 610 = 610
H—H 1 x 436 = 436
+ 2686 1

Page | 252
 BOND FORMATION
6 C—H 6 x 410= 2,460
C—C 345
- 2805 1
∆H = + 2686—2805 = -119kJ / mol 1
14.
a) i) effervescence 1 / bubbles
ii) no effervescence 1/2
b) Ethanoic acid ionizes in water 1
H reacts with CO2-3 to form CO2 in hexane ethanoic acid exists in form of molecules. No reaction
with carbonate or acid does not ionize 1
16. The volume of a fixed mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure at constant
temperature. 1

b) P1V1 = P2V2
T1 T2
P1 = 760
V1= 80
T1 = 273
P2 = ?
T2 = 273 + 105 = 378

P2 = P1V1T2
T1T2 1
= 760 x 80 x 378 = 526.5
273 x 160 = 526.15 1

17. a) alkaline earth metals 1

b) 2.8.2
c)

18. a) Barium hydroxide// Ba(OH)2 1

b) Dip glass rod in connc HCl, then dip into gas jar of ammonia, dense white fumes 1
19. i) Lead (II) carbonate // PbCO3 1
ii) PbO(S) + 2HNO3(aq) → Pb(NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l)
iii) Yellow precipitate 1
20. Are atoms of the same element with same atomic number but different mass number 1
b) 35y + 37(100—y) = 35.5
100

35y + 3700—37y = 3550

-2y = -100
y = 75%
100—75 = 25%
21. To separate samples of CuO and charcoal in testtubes, dilute mineral 1/2 acid is added with
shaking CuO dissolves to form blue solution 1/2 charcoal does not dissolve in dilute mineral
acids 1
22. i) as a fuel 1
ii) As a reducing agent 1

Page | 253
23. i) x—3 (-2) = -2
x—6 = -2

x = +4 1
2.8.2 1/2

ii) x + 3 (-2) = 0
x—6 = 0
x=+6
2.8 1/2

24. Hard water containing Ca2+ and Mg2+ is passed through a column packed with a sodium complex
(Na2X). Ca2+ and Mg2+ is precipitate as CaX and MgX which remains in the column 1
Na2X + Ca2+ → CaX + 2Na+ 1
Na2X + Mg2+ → Mg X + 2Na+ 1

25.a) Soapless detergent

b) A molecule of the detergent has a polar head and a nonpolar tail. The polar head is hydrophilic
(water-loving) therefore it gets attracted to water molecules while the non-polar tail is hydrophobic
(water-hating). The polar head dissolves in water while the non-polar tail dissolves in grease. This
results in the lowering of the surface tension of water or the emulsification of grease.
26. a) Hydrochloric acid 1/2
Hypochlorous acid // chloric (I) acid 1/2
b) i) lower a glowing 1/2 splint into a gas jar containing a gas X. The glowing splint rekindles /
relights 1/2
sunlight
ii) 2HOCl(aq) → 2HCl(aq) + O2(g) 1
27.
Metal Aluminum Lead Sodium
Chief Ore Bauxite Galena Rock salt
Hydrated aluminum
Chemical name oxide Lead (II) sulphide Sodium chloride
Method of extraction Electrolysis Reduction Electrolysis
28. a) X-pale blue
Y—almost colourless region / unburnt gas zone
b) Non-luminous flame

Page | 254
 IGEMBE SUB COUNTY
Paper 2
233/2
Marking Scheme
1. a) 2.8.3 (1/2)
b) 2,8,8 (1/2)
b) i) B
ii) D
c) Group ii
d) G is more reactive that C1 G is less attracted to the nucleus compare to C1 consider.
- number of energy levels
- shielding effect
- weaker attraction
e)

f) D has stronger metallic bond than C.

D has more protons and valency electrons as compared to C in the giant metallic structure / D has
more delocalised electrons than C
g) 2C(S) + A2(g) → 2CA2(S)
h) Ionic radius is larger than atomic radius F gains electrons to form ion that weaken the attraction to
the nucleus.
2 a) P; Carbon (IV) oxide (1/2 mark)
Q; hydrogen gas (1/2 mark)
J : polypropene (1/2 mark)

b)

i) Esterification (1 mark)
ii) Pleasant smell (1 mark)
d)
Reaction Reagents Condition
W Ethanol (1/2 mark) Conc. H2SO4 heat (1/2 mark)
Z Chlorine (1/2 mark) U.V (1/2 mark)
1
Y Hydrogen gas ( /2 mark) Nickel catalyst 150-250°
i) Sodium propanoate (1/2 mark)
ii 2CH3CH2CH2OH+Na→ 2CH3CH2CH2ONa + H2 (1 mark)
f) Polymerization (1/2 mark)
g) Substitution reaction (1/2 mark)
h) - It forms a dimmer (1 mark)
- it has more hydrogen bonding (1 mark)
3.a) i) N1 reference standard electrode 1
ii) +2.87 1

iii)

Page | 255
 iv) +0.34—- 2.37 1 = + 2.71V1
b) i) CU2+(aq) + 2e– → CU(s) 1
Q = It
ii) 0.8 x 10 x 60 x 60 = 28,800C1

193,000C → 63.5g
28,800C → ?
28,800 x 63.5 1
193,00 = 9.48g 1
Graph marking points scaled (1 mark)
Correct vertical scale and labelled (1/2 mark)
Correct horizontal scale and labelled (1/2 mark)
Plotting all 6 points correct (1 mark)
At least 5 correctly plotted (1 mark)
4 and below correctly plotted (0 mark)
smooth curve (1 mark) (penalize fully if curve dotted.
b)
H2SO4(aq) + Mg(s) → MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)
Balance (1/2 mark)
Correct state symbols (1 mark)
c) i) Value read from the graph, must be evidence of having used the graph (1 mark)
ii) Value read from the graph. Must be evidence of having used the graph. (1 mark)
d) i) Rate of reaction would be slower (1/2 mark) magnesium ribbon offers a smaller surface are in
contact with the acid hence lower frequency of effective collisions (1/2 mark)
ii) Rate of reaction world be faster (1/2 mark) 3M sulphuric (VI) acid is of higher concentration.
The H+ ions are crowded. There is higher frequency of effective collision causing a faster rate
of reaction. (1/2 mark)
e) Moles of gas produced 600 = 0.02 moles
24,000 (1 mark)
Mole ratio Mg : H2 = 1 : 1
Moles of Mg = 0.025 moles (1/2 mark)
RMM of Mg = 1 x 0.6
0.025 = 24
penalise (1/2 mark) mk for unit if present.
f) Pale brown colour intensifies / blue green colour fades (1 mark) hydrochloric acid increases in
concentration. Backward reaction is favoured / equilibrium shifts to the left causing formation of
Iron (III) chloride (1 mark)
5.a) Its the heat change that occurs when a compound is formed from its constituents elements in their
standard state (1 mark)

b) i) 2C(S) + H2(g) → C2H2(g) (1 mark)

iii) ∆H1 = ∆H3—∆H2
= (-394 x 2) + - 286—(-1300) 1

-788—286 + 1300
-1074 + 1300
+226kJ/mol 1

Page | 256
c) i) 126.5—124.7 = 1.8g
ii) ∆H = 100 x 4.2 x (43.5—20.5)
1000
= 9.66kJ 1
iii) C3H7OH = (12 x 3) + (7 x 1) + 16 + 1 = 60
1.8g → 9.66kJ
60g → ?
60 x 9.66
1.8
= - 322kJ/mol 1

Moles of C3 H7OH = 1.8 1/2 = 0.03 1/2

60
0.03 mole → 9.66kJ
1 mole → ?
1 x 9.66 1/2 = -322kJmol 1 1/2
0.03
6. i) Fractional distillation of liquid air 1/2
ii) Argon // Noble gas 1/2
b) W—Sulphur // S 1/2
X—Ammonia // NH3 1/2
Y—Oleum // H2S2O7 1/2
Z—Ammonium sulphate //((NH4)2SO4) 1/2
c) i) Finely divided iron 1/2
ii) Platinum or vanadium (V) oxide 1/2
d) Lowers the activation energy of the reaction by providing a shorter route for reactions. 1
e) 2NH3(g) + H2SO4(l) → (NH4)2 SO4(aq) 1
f) RMM = 132 1/2
Mass of nitrogen = 28
% mass = 28/132 x 100 1 = 21.2121% 1/2
g) fertilizer  1
h) Basic / Alkaline 1
a) Name—copper pyrite 1/2
Formula—CuFeS2 ½
b) Froth flotation 1
c) 2CUFeS2(S) + 402(g) → CU2S(S) + 2FeO(S) + 3SO2(g) 1/2
d) FeO(S) + SiO(2) → FeSiO3(S) 1
e)

Cathode—CU(S) → CU2+(aq) + 2e- 1

Anode CU2+(aq) + 2e- → CU(S)1

Page | 257
 IGEMBE SUB COUNTY
Paper 3
233/3
Marking Scheme
1. Table 1
Complete table with realistic values—1 mark
Decimal place (DP) - ½ mark
Accuracy (tied to the 1st temperature reading) ½ mark
Trend—continuous rise then continuous drop 1 mark
Total for table 1 = 3 marks

i) Scale—½ mark
Labelling—½ mark
Plotting—1 mark
Shape—1 mark

ii) must be correctly shown on extrapolated graph, otherwise penalise fully.

iii) 40 x 4.2 x ans (ii) ½ mark = Ans ½ mark
1000
Procedure II
Complete table (CT) = 1 mark
Decimal place (dp) = 1 mark
Accuracy (AC) = 1 mark
Principle of averaging—1 mark
Final accuracy (FA) - 1 mark 5 marks
iv) Values to be averaged must be consistent.
v) i) 25 x 0.3 ½ mark = 0.0075 ½ mark
1000
HCl : NaOH
1 : 1 ½ mark
Moles of HCl = 0.0075 ½ mark
ii) 250 x 0.0075 ½ mark = ans ½ mark
average volume
iii) 40 x 2 ½ mark = 0.08 ½ mark
1000
vi) 0.08—ans V, II ½ mark ans ½ mark
vii) 1 x ans (iii)½ mark = ans ½ mark
Ans (vi)
Penalise ½ mark once for wrong unit and wrong or missing sign on ∆H

Page | 258
 Question 2
a) Observations Inferences

No, white precipitate formed (1 Ba2+ ½ Ca2+ ½ & Pb 2+ ½ Absent . Each ½ mk penalize
mark) ½ to a maximum of 1½ marks for any contradictory ion

b) Observations Inferences

No white precipitate insoluble in excess Zn2+ absent.

No white precipitate ½ mk penalize 1mark for each contradictory ion
insoluble in excess ½ to max @ 1mk

c) Observations Inferences
A white precipitate ½ mk Mg2+ present 1mk
Accept Al3+ absent for ½ mk
insoluble in excess ½ mk penalise 1mk for contradictory ion to max of 2 mark

d) Observations Inferences
A white precipitate is formed ½ Cl-, SO2-3, SO2-4 and CO2-3 present ½ mk each
mk Penalise ½ mk for any contradictory ion to max of (2
marks)

e) Observations Inferences
No white precipitate is formed 1 Cl– present 1mk
mk accept SO2-4 and SO2-3 or CO2-3 absent for fully marks
penalise 1mk for any contradictory ion to a max of 1
mark
- three anions given—1 mark
- two anions give—½ mk
- one anion given—0 mk
3.

a) Observations Inferences
- solid burns with yellow sooty flame ü1 - C = C—ü1
i) Observations Inferences
Dissolves to form a colourless solution 1 Polar compound 1
ii) Observations Inferences
PH1—PH3 1 Strongly acid 1
Penalise fully if a candidate gives a range 7PH Penalise fully strong acid
iii) Observations Inferences
Effervescence / fizzing // bubbles a colourless R—COOH present 1
gas

Page | 259
 KABARAK
233/1
PAPER 1
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. a) State Graham’s law of diffusion. (1mk)
b) 50cm³ of nitrogen (ii) oxide was allowed to diffuse through a porous membrane in 20
seconds.
Calculate the time taken by equal volume of carbon (ii) oxide to diffuse through the same
membrane. (C=12, N=14, O=16). (2mks)
2. State two functions of a fume chamber in a laboratory. (2mks)
3. The diagram below shows a structure of water molecule.

Name the bonds labelled. (2mks)

i) A
ii) B
4. Two samples of water were put in separate beakers. They were boiled for sometime and allowed to
cool. Equal volumes of soap were added to each sample and stirred. Water in beaker C readily
formed lather with soap while water in beaker D required more soap to lather.
i) Write the formula of one salt likely to be in water in beaker. (2mks)
a) C
b) D
ii) Name one method that can be used to soften water in beaker D. (1mk)
5. Describe how you would prepare lead (ii) sulphate given the following reagents: dilute nitric (v)
acid, distilled water, sodium sulphate solid and lead metal. (3mks)
6. During manufacture of sulphuric (vi) acid, sulphur (iv) oxide is oxidised to sulphur (vi) oxide in
the presence of vanadium oxide catalyst as shown below:

The reaction is carried out at a pressure of 3 atmospheres and a temperature of 4500C. State and
explain the effect on the yield of sulphur (vi) oxide if the reaction is:
a) Carried out at 3 atmospheres and 6000C. (2mks)
b) In absence of a catalyst. (2mks)
7. a) Hydrogen gas was passed over 4.64g of an oxide of iron in a combustion tube until there was
no further change. The mass of the final substance was found to be 3.36g. Determine the
empirical formula of the oxide. (Fe=56, O= 16). (3mks)
b) State the property of hydrogen demonstrated in the experiment above. (1mk)
8. Atoms of element X exist as 14 6X and 12 6 X.
a) What name is given to the two types of atoms? (1mk)
b) Use dot (.) and (x) diagram to represent electrons draw the atomic structure of x. (2mks)
9. Hydrogen sulphide gas was passed through a solution of iron (ii) chloride.
i) State two observations made. (2mks)
ii) Write an equation for the reaction taking place in (i) above. (1mk)

Page | 260
10. Two clean iron nails of the same size were connected with wire to magnesium and silver stripes as
shown.

State and explain the observation made on nail x and y if they were left in the open for 2 weeks.
(2mks)
11. The diagram below shows an incomplete setup used to prepare sulphur (IV) oxide in the
laboratory.

a) Identify solid H. (1mk)

b) Complete the set up above to show how dry sulphur (iv) oxide may be collected. (2mks)
12. Some average bond energies are given below.
Bond Energy in kJ/MOL
C-C 348
C-H 414
Cl- Cl 243
H-Cl 340
C – Cl 432

Determine whether the reaction below is exothermic or endothermic. (3mks)

C2 H6(g) + Cl2(g) → C2H5Cl(g) + HCl(g)
13. Study the scheme below and answer questions that follow

a) Identify reagent A. (1mk)

b) Name process B (1mk)
c) What does PVC stand for? (1mk)
14. Ethanedioic acid (H2C2O4) is used instead of methanoic acid (HCOOH) to prepare carbon (ii) oxide
in the laboratory. It gives equal volume of carbon (ii) oxide and carbon (iv) oxide.
a) Write an equation for the dehydration of ethanedioic acid. (1mk)
b) Explain how pure carbon (ii) oxide can be obtained from the mixture. (2mks)

Page | 261
15. The diagram below represents a set-up of apparatus used to investigate the effect of an electric
current on lead (ii) bromide.

a) Describe the observation made at electrode C. (2mks)

b) State two applications of electrolysis. (1mk)
16. The set up below was used to investigate a property of ammonia gas.

i) What property of ammonia gas is being investigated? (1mk)

ii) The experiment above is commonly known as ‘the fountain experiment’; explain. (2mks)
iii) Identify another gas that may be used instead at ammonia gas. (1mk)
17. Draw a well labelled diagram to show how crystals of sodium chloride can be obtained from
sodium chloride solution. (3mks)
18. a) Define the term solubility. (1mk)
b) 40g of a saturated solution yields 15g of salt when evaporated to dryness. Calculate the
solubility of the salt. (2mks)
19. Increased levels of carbon (ii) oxide leads to global warming. Give two reasons why the amount of
carbon (iv) oxide in the atmosphere is increasing gradually. (2mks)
20. Explain the observation made when a blue litmus paper is dipped in methylbenzene in which
hydrogen chloride gas is bubbled through. (2mks)
21. The reaction between hydrogen gas and oxygen releases energy. A student drew the reaction
profile for the reaction between hydrogen gas and oxygen gas.

State two errors made when drawing the reaction profile. (2mks)
22. Both water (18) and hydrogen sulphide (34) are molecular substances. However water has a higher
boiling point than hydrogen sulphide. Explain. (2mks)
23. The grid below represents part of a periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

E A X
R G C
Q
a) How do the atomic radii of R and G compare. (1mk)
Page | 262
b) How do the pH of the oxides of A and E compare. (1mk)
c) On the grid, indicate with a tick () the position of K which is found on the third period and forms
K3- ions. (1mk)
24. The curves below were obtained when equal volumes of nitric (v) acid of same concentration were
reacted with 25.0g of calcium carbonate, labelled Y. In one case, the acid was first warmed before
the reaction.

a) Which curve represents the reaction involving warm nitric (v) acid? (1mk)
b) Sketch the curves obtained if the graph of the volume of CO2 produced against time were plotted.
(NB: on the same axis) (2mks)
25. i) State two observations made when a small piece of potassium metal is put in a beaker full of
water. (2mks)
ii) Name the group of the periodic table to which potassium belongs. (1mk)
26. When a hydrocarbon with formula CxHy burns in chlorine gas, black specks and a colourless gas
are obtained.
a) To which homologous series does the hydrocarbon belong? (1mk)
b) Write the general equation for the reaction between the hydrocarbon and chlorine gas. (1mk)
27. The diagram below represents a set up for large scale manufacture of hydrochloric acid. Study it
and answer the questions that follow.

i) Name the substance X. (1mk)

ii) What is the purpose of glass beads? (1mk)
iii) Give one use of hydrochloric acid. (1mk)
28. When 25cm³ of 0.5M HCl is added to 25cm³ of 0.5M NaOH, the temperature of the solution rose
from 230C to 260C. Given that the density of the solution is 1g/cm³ and its specific heat capacity is
4.2Jg-1k-1.
a) Determine the amount of heat evolved that caused the temperature to rise. (1mk)
b) Work out the molar enthalpy of neutralization for this reaction. (2mks)

Page | 263
 KABARAK
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The table below shows some elements in the periodic table. Use it to answer the questions that
follow. The letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.

F
A G E B D
C

a) i) Show the electron arrangement of ions of elements: A,B (1mk)

ii) Using dots (.) and crosses (x) to represent electrons draw a diagram to show how elements C
and oxygen combine to form a compound. (O = 8) (1mk)
b) Show on the grid above an element Y whose ion Y2- has an electron configuration of 2.8.8.
(1mk)
c) Compare the following with explanation.
i) The reactivity of A and C. (2mks)
ii) Atomic radii of elements A and B. (2mks)
iii) The melting point of the oxide of element G and the oxide of D. (2mks)
d) Name the type of bond formed when E and D react. Explain your answer. (2mks)
e) The ionic radius of element E is bigger than its atomic radius. Explain. (2mks)
2. The following diagram below shows a series of steps followed in the manufacture of sodium
carbonate.

a) Name substances A and B (2mks)

b) Write equations for the reactions taking place in:
i) The solvay tower. (2mks)
ii) Chamber E. (1mk)
c) i) Identify substance G. (1mk)
ii) State one laboratory use and one industrial use of substance G.
I. Laboratory use (1mk)
II. Industrial use (1mk)
d) Name one most important industry where sodium carbonate is used as a raw material. (1mk)
e) The reaction equation below represents a chemical change that occurs when hydrated sodium
carbonate is exposed to the air for 24 hrs.

i) Give the name of the chemical change represented by the above equation. (1mk)
Page | 264
 ii) What observable change is accompanied by the above reaction? (1mk)
3. a) Draw the structures of the following compounds. (2mks)
i) 2 – methylbut-2-ene
ii) heptanoic acid
b) Describe a physical test that can be used to distinguish between methanol and hexanol.
c) Use the flow chart below to answer the questions that follow.

i) Name:
I. The type of reaction that occurs in step VII. (1mk)
II. Substance B
ii) What conditions and reagents are necessary to convert CH3CH2OH to CH3CH2COOCH2CH3 in
step II (2 mk)
Reagent (1mk)
iii) Give the formula and name of substance C. (1mk)
iv) Give the reagent and conditions necessary for the reaction in step IV. (2mks)
v) i) Draw and name the structure of polymer P. (1mk)
ii) Name one use of the polymer P. (1mk)
4. a) Two reagents that can be used to prepare chlorine gas are manganese (IV)oxide and
concentrated hydrochloric acid.
i) Write an equation for the reaction. (1mk)
ii) Give the formula of another reagent that can be reacted with concentrated hydrochloric acid to
produce chlorine gas. (1mk)
iii) Describe how the chlorine gas could gas could be dried in the laboratory. (1mk)
b) In an experiment dry chlorine gas was reacted with aluminum as shown in the diagram below.

i) Name substance A. (1mk)

ii) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube. (1mk)
iii) 0.84g of aluminium reacted completely with chlorine gas. Calculate the volume of chlorine
gas used. (Molar gas volume is 24dm³ Al = 27). (3mks)
iv) Give two reasons why calcium oxide is used in the set-up. (2mks)
5. The combustion of propane can be represented by the following equation:
C3H8 (g) + 5O2 (g) → 3CO2 (g) + 4H2O (l)
a) i) Define the term ‘molar enthalpy of combustion’ of a compound. (1mk)
Page | 265
 ii) Use the thermo chemical equations below to answer the questions that follow.
1. C(graphite)(s) + O2 (g) → CO2 (g) ∆H1 = - 393.5kJ/mole
2. H2 (g) + ½O2 (g) → H2O (l) ∆H2 = -285.8kJ/mole
3. 3C(graphite)(s) + 4H2 (g) → C3H8 (g) ∆H3 = - 103.7kJ/mole
I. Name the type of enthalpy change represented by ∆H3. (1mk)
II. Draw an energy level diagram for the reaction represented by equation 1. (3mks)
iii) Using energy cycle diagram, calculate the molar enthalpy of combustion of propane.
b) The enthalpy of formation of ethanol (CH3CH2OH) is -3239Kj/mole. Use the bond energies given
below to calculate the bond energy of formation of O-H. (3mks)
C-C = -346kJ/mole
C-H = -414kJ/mole
C-O = -360kJ/mole
6. Equal volumes of dilute sulphuric (vi) acid of various concentrations were placed in five test tubes.
0.26g of zinc granules was used in each experiment and time taken for each experiment to be
completed noted. The table below shows the results obtained.

Acid concentration 0.25M 1.5M 1.6M 2.6M 3.5M

Time in sec 500 250 67.5 40 30
1
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡(𝑠𝑠 −1 )
1
a) i) Complete the table above by calculating (2mks)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
1
ii) Using the grid provided plot a graph of against concentration of the acid. (3mks)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡(𝑠𝑠 −1 )
iii) Using the graph determine the rate of reaction when the concentration is 1.5M. (1mk)
iv) Briefly explain the relationship between the rate of reaction and concentration. (2mks)
v) Identify any other condition if carried would increase the rate of reaction between Zinc and
Dilute suplhuric (vi) acid. (1mk)
b) What volume of hydrogen gas is evolved when all the zinc is reacted with excess dilute sulphuric
(VI) acid. (Zn = 65.4, molar gas volume = 22.4 litres) (3mks)
7. Study the scheme below and answer the questions that follow.

Page | 266
a) What property of mixture S is shown in step 1. (1mk)
b) Name the following. (1mk)
i) Solid U
ii) Solid V
c) Write the formula of precipitate R. (1mk)
d) Identify the ions present in solution T. (1mk)
e) Write an ionic equation for the reaction between solution T and Barium chloride solution.
(1mk)
f) Identify mixture S. (1mk)
g) i) Write a chemical equation for the reaction in which the white precipitate dissolves in excess
reagent in Step II. (1mk)
ii) Name the complex ion formed in Step III. (1mk)
h) Starting with lead (II) oxide, describe how a pure sample of lead (II) sulphate can be prepared in
the laboratory. (3mks)

Page | 267
 KABARAK
233/3
Paper 3
(PRACTICAL)
TIME 2 ¼ hours
1. You are provided with:
• Acidified aqueous potassium manganate (VII), KMnO4, solution A.
• Solution B containing 11.75g of ammoniumiron(II)sulphate, (NH4)2Fe(SO4)2.6H2O dissolved in
500 cm3of solution.
• Solution C containing 1.25g of a dibasic acid, H2X. 2H2O dissolved in 250cm3 of solution.
You are required to:
• Standardize solution A using solution B.
• Use the standardized solution A to determine the concentration of solution C.
• Determine the molecular mass of X.
Procedure I:
Fill the burette with solution A.Using a pipette and pipette filler, place 25 cm3of solution B into a
250 ml conical flask. Titrate solution A with B until a permanent pink colour just appears.Record
your results in table 1 below. Repeat this procedure two more times and complete table 1.
TABLE 1
Titration I II III
Final burette reading, cm3
Initial burette reading, cm3
Volume of solution A used, cm3
(4 marks)
(a) Calculate the average volume of solution A used. (1 mark)
(b) Calculate the concentration of B in moles per litre. (RFM of B is 392) (1 mark)
(c) Calculate the number of moles of iron (II)ions in the 25 cm3 of solution B. (1 mark)
(d) Calculate the concentration of manganate(VII)ions in solution A in moles per litre given:
(1 mark)
MnO4- (aq) + 5Fe2+ (aq) + 8H+ (aq) → Mn2+ (aq) + 5Fe3+ (aq) + 4H2O (l)
Procedure II:
Pipette 25 cm3 of solution C into a conical flask. Heat this solution to about 70 0C and titrate the
hot solution C with solution A in the burette until a permanent pink colour just appears. Shake
thoroughly during titration. Record your results in table II. Repeat this procedure to complete table
II.
TABLE 1I
Titration I II III
Final burette reading, cm3
Initial burette reading, cm3
Volume of solution A used, cm3
(4 marks)
(e) Calculate the average volume of solution A used in table II.. (1 mark)
(f) Calculate the number of moles of manganate (VII) ions in table II above. (1 mark)
(g) Given that 2 moles of of manganate (VII) ions react with 5 moles of the dibasic acid C, calculate
the number of moles of the dibasic acid used in moles per litre. (1 mark)
(h) Calculate the:
(I) Formula mass of the dibasic acid, solution C. (H = 1.0, O = 16.0) (1 mark)
(II) Formula mass of X in the dibasic acid C. (1 mark)
2. You are provided with solid M. Carry out the tests and write your observations and inferences in
the spaces provided.
(a) Describe the appearance of solid P. (1 mark)

Page | 268
(b) Place the solid M in a boiling tube. Add about 12cm3of distilled water and Shake well.Divide the
solution into five portions and carry out the tests below.
(I) To the first portion, dip both red and blue litmus paper.
(II) To the second portion, add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until in excess.
(III) To the third portion, add aqueous ammonia dropwise until in excess.
(IV) To the fourth portion, add three drops of sodium chloride solution.
(V) To the fifth portion, add two drops of barium nitrate followed by five drops of nitric(V) acid.
3. You are provided with solid P. Carry out the following tests and record your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
(a) Place about one third of the solid P on a clean metallic spatula and ignite using a Bunsen burner.
(b) Place the remaining solid P in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3of distilled water and Shake well.
(c) Divide the mixture into three portions.
i. To the first portion add two drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII).
ii. To the second portion, add two drops of bromine water.
iii. To the third portion, describe the procedure you can use to determine the PH using the reagents
given.
iv. Carry out your procedure in (iii) to determine the PH.

Page | 269
 KABARAK
233/1
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS
MARKING SCHEME
1.(a) Under constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely
proportional to the square root of its density.
TNO MNO
=�
TCO MCO

20 30
(b) =�
TCO 28
20
TCO = = 19.322 seconds
1.0351
2. A place where experiments producing poisonous gases are carried out
Storage of substances that produce foul or poisonous fumes.
3. (i) Hydrogen bond
(ii) Covalent bond
4. (a) (i) Ca(HCO3 )2 , Mg(HCO3 )2
(ii)CaSO4 , MgSO4
(b) Ion exchange
Addition of sodium carbonate
Distillation
5. Add excess lead metal to a certain volume of nitric(v)acid.
Filter to obtain excess lead metal as the residue and lead(ii)nitrate as the filtrate
Add distilled water to sodium Sulphate to form sodium Sulphate solution
Add lead(ii)nitrate solution to sodium Sulphate solution to precipitate lead(ii)Sulphate and
form sodium nitrate solution.
Filter to obtain lead(ii)Sulphate as the residue and sodium nitrate as the solution
Wash the residue and dry in between the filter paper.
6. a) Yield of Sulphur(vi)oxide decreases. Increase in temperature favours backward reaction
which is endothermic.
b) No effect on the yield. Absence of a catalyst makes the equilibrium not to be achieved faster.
7. a)
Element Fe O
Mass 3.36 1.28
Molar mass 56 16
Mole 0.06 0.08
Mole ratio 1x3 1.333 x 3
3 4
Empirical formula = Fe3 O4
b) Reducing property
8 a) Isotopes

b)

Page | 270
9. a) i) Yellow solution changes to pale green solution
Yellow deposit
ii) 2FeCl3(s) + H2 S(g) → 2FeCl2(g) + S(s) + 2HCl(g)
10. A brown coating/rust is observed on nail Y. Rust occurs on Y because silver is less reactive
than iron.
No brown coating /no rust on nail X. This is because magnesium is more reactive than iron
11.(a) Sodium sulphite/ NaSO3
(b)

12. Reactants Products

C – C = 348 x 1 = 348 C – C =348 x 1 = 348
C – H = 6 x 414 = 2484 C – H = 5 x 414 = 2070
Cl – Cl = 243 x 1 = 243 C – Cl = 432 x 1 = 432
+3075kJ/mol H – Cl = 340 x 1 = 340
-3190KJ/mol
∆H = 3075 − 3190 = −115kJ/mol
13. (a) Hydrogen chloride gas
(b) Polymerization
(c) Polyvinylchloride
14. (a) H2 CO3(s) → CO2(g) + CO(g) + H2 O(l)
(b) Bubble/pass the mixture of two gases through sodium hydroxide solution.
Carbon(iv)oxide is absorbed leaving carbon(ii)oxide
15. a) Grey solid are deposited Pb2+ ions migrate to the migrate to the cathode and gain electron
to form lead metal.
b) Electroplating
Purification of water
16. a) Solubility
b) When tap is opened and closed a small drop of water dissolves a large volume of
ammonia gas creating a partial vacuum decreasing pressure inside the flask.
When the tap is opened for the second time, water gets in forming a fountain.
c) HCl gas /NO2 gas
17.
18. a) The maximum mass in grams of solute that saturates 100g of water at a specific
temperature.
b) Mass of water = 40-15 = 25g of H2 O
15g of salt = 25g ofH2 O
= 100g of H2 O
100 × 15 60g
= of H2 O
25 100g
19. Deforestation
More cars
Page | 271
 More industries
Sea unable to absorb extra CO2 produces
20. Blue litmus paper remains blue; HCl gas dissolves in methylbenzene but does not dissociate to
produce H+ ions
21. The activation energy should be from the reactants to the peak.
The product should be below the reactants/products should have less energy than reactants
22. Water has hydrogen bond as intermolecular forces of attraction while H2 S gas has weaker van
der Waals forces of attraction between its molecules. Hydrogen bonds are stronger than weak
van der Waals forces.
23. a) Atomic radius of R is bigger than that of G.
b) Oxide of A is acidic while oxide of E 1 basic
c) Indicated in the periodic table before letter C.
24. a) Curve II
b)

25. i) Melts into silvery ball

Darts on the surface of the water
Ignites spontaneously
ii) Alkali metal
26. a) Alkynes
b) C x Hy + Cl2(g) → C(s)+ HCl(g)
27. i) Hydrogen gas
ii) To increase surface area for absorption
iii) Pricking of metal
Treatment of sewerage
Standardizing of PH in beers and wines
28. a) ∆H = 50g × 4.2Jg−1 k −1 × 3K = 630J
b) Moles of NaOH =
25×0.5
= 0.0125moles
1000
1×630
= −50400J or moles = −50.4kJ/mol
0.0125

Page | 272
 KABARAK
233/2
TIME: 2 HOURS
MARKING SCHEME
l.(a) (i) A- 2.8
B-2.8.8
(ii)

b) shown on the grid between (B and D)

c) i) A is less reactive than C, C has a larger atomic radius hence loses its outermost electrons
more easily.
ii) B has a smaller atomic radius than A Since B has stronger nucleus
iii) Oxide of G has a higher melting point than oxide of D since G oxide is ionic and has strong
ionic bonds whereas oxide of D has a molecular structure with weak van der Waals forces
between molecules.
d) Covalent bond - E and D share valence electrons to form covalent bond.
e) E forms ion by gaining electrons. There exist repulsive forces between the incoming electron
and the existing electrons in E making the outer energy level bulge outwards.
2. a) A- brine/concentrated sodium chloride
B- Carbon(IV)oxide
b) i) NH3(g) + H2 O(l) + CO2(g) → NH4 HCO3(aq)
ii) NH4 HCO3(aq) + NaCl(aq) → NH4 Cl(aq) + NaHCO3(s)
iii) Ca(OH)2(s) + 2NH4 Cl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + 2H2 O(l) + 2NH3(aq)
c) i) Calcium chloride
ii) I – Drying agent for gases/drying agent in the desiccators
II- In extraction of sodium from molten sodium chloride. It lowers the melting point of NaCl
from 801°c to above 600°c
d) i) Glass manufacturing industry
ii) Paper industry
e) i) Efflorescence
ii) Decrease in mass
Loss of crystalline nature
3. a) i)
H H H
| | |
H–C–C=C–C–H
| |
H H
H–C–H
|
H

Page | 273
 ii)
H H H H H H H
| | | | | | | O
H–C–C–C–C–C–C–C
| | | | | | | OH
H H H H H H H
b) Heat the two substances separately and determine their boiling point. Hexanol has a higher boiling
point than methanol.
c) i) I – substitution II – chloroethane
ii) condition: warming
concentrated sulphuric(vi) acid
reagent; Propanoic acid
iii) CH3 CH2 ONa − sodium ethoxide
iv) Hydrogen Nickel catalyst Temperature 150℃ - 250℃
v) I – polyethene
H H
| |
C C
| |
H H
II – polyethene bags
4. i) 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀2(𝑠𝑠) + 4𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻(𝑙𝑙) → 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀2(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶2(𝑔𝑔) + 2𝐻𝐻2 𝑂𝑂(𝑙𝑙)
ii) 𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾4(𝑠𝑠) /𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃2(𝑠𝑠)
iii) By passing it through concentrated sulphuric(vi) acid.
b) i) Aluminium chloride
ii) 2Al(s) + 3Cl2(g) → 2AlCl3(s)
iii) 2Al(s) + 3Cl2(g) → 2AlCl3(s)
0.84g/27 = 0.0311moles
Cl2(g) volume used = 0.03111 × 3 = 0.09333moles
volume of chlorine = 2240cm3
iv) Calcium oxide prevents any moisture from outside since the 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴3 is deliquescent hence keeps the
combustion tube dry.
Calcium oxide reacts with moisture from calcium hydroxide that prevents chlorine from escaping
to the atmosphere.
5.(a)(i) energy or enthalpy change that occurs when a compound reacts completely with oxygen at
standard condition.
(ii)I – Molar enthalpy of formation of propane.
II –

𝐶𝐶𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔ℎ𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖)(𝑠𝑠) + 𝑂𝑂2(𝑔𝑔)

∆𝐻𝐻1 = −393.5𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶2(𝑔𝑔)

Reaction path

Page | 274
 iii)
3𝐶𝐶(𝑠𝑠) + 4𝐻𝐻2 ∆𝐻𝐻3 𝐶𝐶3 𝐻𝐻8

∆𝐻𝐻1 3𝑂𝑂2 ∆𝐻𝐻2 ∆𝐻𝐻4 − 5𝑂𝑂2

+2𝑂𝑂2
3𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶2(𝑔𝑔) + 4𝐻𝐻2 𝑂𝑂
∆𝐻𝐻1 + ∆𝐻𝐻2 = ∆𝐻𝐻3 + ∆𝐻𝐻4
103.7𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
3(−393.5) + 4(−285.8) = − − + ∆𝐻𝐻4
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
−1180.5 ± 1143.2 = −103.7 + ∆𝐻𝐻4
−2323.7 + 103.7 = ∆𝐻𝐻4
∆𝐻𝐻4 = −2220𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
b)
H H
| |
H–C–C–O–H
| |
H H
1(C – C) = -346kJ
5(C – H) = -2070kJ
1(C – O) = -360Kj = -2776kJ
1 × −346𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
5 × −414 = −2070𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
1 × −360 = −360𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
−2776𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + (𝑂𝑂 − 𝐻𝐻) = −3239
𝑂𝑂 − 𝐻𝐻 = −463𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
6.(a)(i)
Acid concentration 0.25M 1.5M 1.6M 2.6M 3.5M
Time in sec 500 250 67.5 40 30
1/time(𝑠𝑠 −1 ) 0.002 0.004 0.015 0.025 0.033
(ii)

Page | 275
 N.B. straight line passing through the origin
iii) 0.014
iv) The rate of reaction increases with increase in concentration/ increased concentration increases
the number of reacting particles and number of effective collisions
v) Increased temperature (warm the mixture)
Presence of catalyst/ add crystals of CuS𝑂𝑂4
vi) Zn(s) + H2 SO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)
1 1 1 1
65.4g of Zinc produce 22400𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝐻𝐻2 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
0.26g of zinc produces 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝐻𝐻2 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
0.26×22400cm3
= = 89.05𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3
65.45
7. a) Mixture of soluble and insoluble salt
b) i) Lead carbonate
ii) Carbon(iv) oxide
c) 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃2
d) 𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍2+ , 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆2− 4
e) 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 2+ (aq) +𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆2− 4(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) → 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵4(𝑠𝑠)
f) 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃3 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍4
g) i) 𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍(𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂)2(𝑔𝑔) + 2𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 − (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) → [𝑍𝑍𝑍𝑍(𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂)4 ]2− (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
ii) Tetra mine zinc(ii) ions
h) Add excess lead(ii)oxide to dilute nitric(v) acid
Filter the unreacted lead(ii) oxide
Add sodium Sulphate /potassium Sulphate/sulphuric acid to the filtrate
Filter to obtain lead(ii)Sulphate as the residue
Wash the residue with distilled water
Dry the residue between filter paper

Page | 276
 ITHANGA /KAKUZI
233/1
PAPER 1
(Theory)
Answer ALL the questions in the spaces provided below each question.
1. State the name of the apparatus described by their functions below.
i) Used to safely hold corrosive or hot solids. (1mk)
ii) Used for holding small amount of substances being burnt. (1mk)
2. a) State Graham’s law of diffusion. (1mk)
b) 100cm3 of methane gas diffused through a porous partition in 40 seconds. How long would it
take 90cm3 of ozone gas to diffuse through the same partition? C = 12, H = 1, O = 16.
(3marks)
3. Ammonia is produced on large scale by Haber process.
i) Write an equation for the formation of ammonia gas. (1 mark)
ii) State two optimum conditions for obtaining a high yield of ammonia in the process.
(2 marks
4. The scheme below shows some reactions starting with ethyne. Study it and answer the questions
that follow.
CHBrCHBr

Reagent M
1 mole
HC≡CH Substance X
HBr(g)
Pt(s)
+
Reagent Y (1 Mole)
Conc.
CH2CH2 Substance N
H2SO4
(a) Name substance X and N (1mark)
(b) Name reagent M (1 Mark)
(c) Ethene undergoes polymerization to form a polymer. Give an equation for the reaction and name
the product.
i) Equation; (1 mark)
ii) Name: (1mark)
5. The diagram below illustrates a method of preparing salts by direct synthesis

This method can be used to prepare either aluminium chloride or iron (III) chloride.
a) Explain why it cannot be used to prepare sodium chloride. (1mk)
b) Describe how a sample of sodium chloride can be prepared in the laboratory by direct
synthesis. (2mks)
6. An isotope of an element E has 31 neutrons and its mass number is 59. E forms an ion by

Page | 277
 Loosing 2 electrons. Write the formula of the ion of E by indicating i t s mass and atomic
numbers. (1mk)
7. The table below gives some elements in the periodic table. Use it to answer the questions that
follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.
Element A B C D E
Atomic number 12 13 14 15 16
Which of the above letters represent:
(a) A metallic element which forms ions with the smallest ionic radius? Explain (2 marks)
(b) A non metallic element with the largest atomic size? Explain. (1mark)
8. The diagram below shows a burning jiko. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

(a) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in region A. (1 mark)
(b) Name the gas produced at region b. (1 mark)
(c) State ONE use of the gas named in (b) above. (1 mark)
9. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

(i) What is the purpose of passing tap water through the air aspirator? (1 Mark)
(ii) State and explain the observation that would be made in tube M after sometime. (1 Mark)
10. 15g of sodium chloride was dissolved in 120cm3 of distilled water. Calculate the concentration of
the resulting solution in moles per litre. (Na = 23, Cl = 35.5) (3Marks)
11. a) State Boyle’s Law. (1 Mark)
b) The volume of a gas at 300C and 780mmHg is 400cm3. What will be its volume at 500C at
600mmHg. (3marks)
12. Sulphur exhibits allotropy.
(a) What is allotropy? (1 Mark)
(b) Name the two allotropes of sulphur. (2 Marks)
(c) Sulphur powder was placed in a deflagrating spoon and heated on a Bunsen Burner.
(i) State the observation made. (1 Mark)
(ii) The product obtained was dissolved in water. Comment on the PH of the solution formed.
(1 Mark)
13. 0.318g of an oxide of metal M was completely reduced by hydrogen gas to 0.254g of metal.
Calculate empirical formula of the metal oxide. (M = 63.5, O = 16) (3 Marks)

Page | 278
14. Given the following reagents: Solid sodium Carbonate, water, solid Lead (II) nitrate. Describe how
a sample of Lead (II) Carbonate can be prepared in the laboratory. (3 Marks)
15. Volume of liquids can be measured using a pipette; measuring cylinder or burette. Explain which
one would be best for measuring 29.1cm3 of liquid. (1 Mark)
16. Study the information in the table and answer the questions below.
Substance Solubility g/100g water
V 126
W 2
Describe how a solid sample of substance V could be obtained from a solid mixture of V and W.
(2 Marks)
17. The set up below was used to investigate the effect of heat on nitric (V) acid.

a) What was observed when nitric (V) acid vapour was passed over glass wool? (1mark)
b) State the role of glass wool in the set up. (1mark)
c) Identify gas C. (1mark)
18. The PH of a soil sample was found to be 5.7. An agricultural officer recommended addition of
lime.
(a) State two functions of the lime. (2 marks)
(b) Give the name of the process applied in (a) above. (1mark)
19. The electronic configuration of ions X2+ is 2.8 while that of ion Y- is 2.8.8.
(a) Write down the electron arrangement of the atoms of X and Y (2 marks)
(b) Compare the atomic radii of the two elements. (1 mark)
(c) Give the name of the chemical family to which element X belongs . (1 mark)
20. A compound with a general formula X(OH) 3 reacts as shown by the equations below.
X (OH)3(s) + OH- (aq) → [ X (OH)4 ]- aq
X (OH)3(s) + 3H+ (aq) → X3+ (aq)+3H2O (L)
a) What name is given to compounds which react like X (OH)3? (1mark)
b) Name any two elements whose hydroxides behave like that of X. (1mark)
21. a) i) A student found a colourless liquid in the laboratory which he suspected to be water.
Describe a chemical test the could have performed to confirm that the liquid is water.
(2 marks)
ii) What other test could he have done to prove that the liquid is pure water? (1 Mark)
22. The diagram below shows that the set-up that was used to prepare and collect a sample of nitric
acid

(a) Give a reason why it is possible to separate nitric acid from sulphuric acid in the set-up. (1 Mark)

Page | 279
(b) Name another substance that can be used instead of potassium nitrate. (1 Mark)
(c) Give one use of nitric acid. (1mark)
23. The structure of water molecules can be represented as shown below.

(i) Name the bond type represented by letter X and W. (1 Mark)

(ii) Relative molecular mass of methane and water are almost similar, however the boiling point
of water is 1000C while that of methane is -1610C. Explain. (1 Mark)
24. Diamond and graphite are allotropes of carbon. In terms of structure and bonding, explain why?
(i) Diamond is used in drilling of hard rocks. (1 Mark)
(ii) Graphite is a lubricant. (1Mark)
25. The set up was used to prepare dry hydrogen gas. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
Hydrochloric
acid Cardboard

Zinc granules

Liquid Y

(i) Identify the mistake in the setup (1 Mark)

(ii) Give the name of liquid Y? (1mark)
(iii) Give two physical properties of hydrogen gas (1 Mark)
26. Given element W has atomic number 14 and consists of isotopes as shown below.
Isotope A B C
Isotope mass 28 29 30
Percentage abundance 92.2 4.7 3.1
Determine the relative atomic mass of W (2 Marks)
27.The diagram below represents a set up used for the large scale manufacture of hydrochloric acid.

Page | 280
(a) Name substance X (1mark)
(b) What is the purpose of the glass beads? (1 mark)
(c) Give one use of hydrochloric acid (1mark)
28. A mixture contains Iron (III) Chloride, calcium chloride and iron filings. Describe how one can
separate and recover the substances in the mixture. (3marks)
29. The diagram below is a section of a model of the structure of element R.

+ + + + KEY

+ + + + + Charged nucleus

+ + + + An electron

i) State the type of bonding that exists in R. (½mk)

ii) State the name of the chemical family to which element R belongs. Give a reason for your answer.
(1½mks)

Page | 281
 ITHANGA/KAKUZI
233/2
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
Answer all questions
1. (a) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions
that follow. (The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements).
A
B C D E
F G H I J K
L

a) i) Explain the variation in the atomic radius of element G and I. (2marks)

ii) Compare the 1st ionization energies of B to that of E. Explain. (2 marks)
iii) Select an element that readily loses an electron .Give a reason. (2 marks)
iv) Give the type of bond and structure formed when F and J react (2 marks)
v) State the nature of the solution formed when the oxide of F dissolves in water. (1 mark)
vi) On the grid, indicate the position of element X which is in the second period of the periodic table
and forms X3- ions. (1 mark)
vii) In terms of structure and bonding compare the melting point of J and K. (2 marks)
b) Using dots (.) and crosses (x) to represent outermost electrons draw diagrams to represent the
bonding in;
(i) PH4 + (P = 15, H =1) (2 marks)
2. (a) When few drops of ammonia solution was added to hydroxides of zinc, copper and Iron (III),
the following solution were obtained; colorless solution, deep blue Solution and brown
precipitate. Identify the substances responsible for;
(i) Deep blue solution (1 mark)
(ii) Colourless solution (1 mark)
(iii) Brown precipitate (1 mark)
(b) A saturated solution of potassium chloride is to be prepared at 40oC. Its solubility at 40oC is
34g/100g water and 27g/100g of water at 5oC.
i) What mass of water would be saturated with 8.5g of potassium chloride at 40oC? (2mark)
ii) What mass of potassium chloride would crystallize out if the saturated solution at 40oC is cooled to
5oC? (1 mark)
c) Given two samples of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate. Describe a chemical
test that would distinguish them. (2 marks)
d) Two equal pieces of magnesium ribbon were placed in two separate test tubes, one containing
10cm3 of water and the other containing 10cm3 of methylbenzene. State and explain the
observations made in the two test tubes. (2 marks)
e) In an experiment, soap solution was added to three separate samples of water. The table below
shows the volumes of soap solution required to form lather with 2 litres of each sample of water
before and after boiling.
Sample Sample A Sample B Sample C
Volume of soap before water is boiled (cm3) 30 3 13
Volume of soap after water is boiled (cm3) 30 3 3
(i) Which sample is likely to be soft water? Explain. (2 marks)
(ii) Explain the change in volume of soap used in Sample C. (1 mark)
3. (a) 12.0cm3 of 0.05M hydrochloric acid reacted completely with calcium hydrogen carbonate
solution.
(i) Write the chemical equation for the reaction. (1 mark)
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid used. (1 mark)

Page | 282
(iii) Determine the number of moles of calcium hydrogen carbonate used. (1 mark)
(b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Sulphur

Step I
Step 3
Step 2
Sulphur (IV) oxide Sulphur (VI) oxide Concentrated sulphuric
(VI) acid

Gas K Zinc metal

Step 4 Solution L + Gas M +

Sulphur Rhombic sulphur
Liquid N

I) Name
(i) Gas K. (1 mark)
(ii) Gas M (1 mark)
II) Steps 1, 2 and 3 constitute the contact process. State optimum conditions necessary for step 2 to
occur. (1 mark)
III) Explain what happens in step 4. (2 marks)
IV) Explain why water is not used in step 3 . (1 mark)
V) Write an equation to show how pollution effects of sulphur (IV) oxide is controlled in contact
process. (1 mark)
VI) State two uses of sulphur. (2 marks)
4. Study the diagram below and use it to answer the questions that follow

(a) i) Suggest a suitable reagent that can be used as solid A (1 mark)

ii) Name liquids C and H. (2 marks)
iv) Explain why solid U collects further away from aluminum metal (1 mark)
(b) During a class experiment, chlorine gas was bubbled into a solution of potassium iodide.
i) State the observation made. (1 mark)
ii) Write the ionic equation for the reaction that took place. (1 mark)
(c) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction between hot concentrated sodium hydroxide and
chlorine gas. (1 mark)
(d) Explain the difference in bleaching by chlorine and bleaching by sulphur (IV) oxide gas (2mrks)
(e) Describe how to test for the presence of chloride ions in a water sample (2 marks)

Page | 283
5. (a) The setup below was used to investigate the reaction between metals and water.

Water
i) Identify solid X and state its purpose. (2 mark)
ii) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that produces the flame. (1 mark)
(b) The set-up below was used to investigate the properties of hydrogen.

i) On the diagram, indicate what should be done for the reaction to occur. (1 mark)
ii) Hydrogen gas is allowed to pass through the tube for some time before it is lit. Explain.
(1 mark)
iii) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
iv) When the reaction is complete, hydrogen gas is passed through the apparatus until it cools down.
Explain. (2 marks)
v) What property of hydrogen is being investigated? (1 mark)
vi) What observation confirms the property stated in (v) above? (1 mark
vii) Why is zinc oxide not used to investigate this property of hydrogen gas? (1 marks)
6. A student set up the apparatus shown below to prepare and collect dry carbon (IV) oxide gas.

Dilute H2SO4 acid

Water

Calcium carbonate Conc. H2SO4 (l)

(a) State a correction for two mistakes in the set up above (2marks)
(b) Give two reasons why carbon (IV) oxide is used as a fire extinguisher (2 marks)

Page | 284
(c) The flow chart below is for the manufacture of sodium carbonate by the Solvay process. Use it to
answer the questions that follow.

Brine Ammoniacal Tower

Brine P Filter

Gas Q
Heating Solution Chamber G
Gas M F Solid X
limestone
Add water Heat
Chamber K
Na2CO3
i) Name gas M and Q L (1 mark)
ii) Name solution F and solid X (1 mark)
iii) Name the product L formed and give one of its uses (2 marks)
iv) Write equations of the reactions in (2marks)
Tower:
Chamber K:
v) Name the two raw materials required in the manufacture of sodium carbonate (2marks)
7. The scheme below shows some organic reactions. Study it carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
NaOH(aq)
CH3 CH2 COOH CH3 CH2 COONa
Reagent C
Step I

CH3 CH3
CH3 CH2 CH2 OH B
CH3 COOH

Step 4
Excess Cl2 gas

Step 3 Step 5
A CH3 CH = CH2 CH3 CH2 CH3
Br2(g)

Step II
Red-bromine liquid
Heating D

E CO2 + H2O

1. Name the type of reaction, reagent and conditions for the reactions of the following steps.
a) Step 4: (2 marks)
b) Step 5: (2 marks)
2. Name reagent C.
3. Draw and name the structural formula of D. (2 marks)
4. Complete the following reaction (1mark)
CaC2 + H2O →

Page | 285
 ITHANGA/ KAKUZI
233/3
PRACTICAL
PAPER 3
TIME: 2 HOURS 15 MINUTES
1. You are provided with:
• 6.0g of an alkanoic acid labeled solid P in a boiling tube
• 2M sodium hydroxide solution labeled solution Q
You are required to;
i. Determine the solubility of solid P at different temperatures
ii. Determine the number of moles of water of crystallization in solid P
iii. Find the molar mass of the alkanoic acid
Procedure I
i) Using a burette add 10cm3 of distilled water to solid P in the boiling tube. Heat the mixture while
stirring with the thermometer to about 70 oc. When the entire solid has dissolved allow the solution
to cool while stirring with the thermometer. Note the temperature at which crystals of solid P
appears. Record this temperature in table I.
ii) using the burette add 2cm3 of distilled water to the contents of the boiling tube . Warm the mixture
while stirring with the thermometer until all the solids dissolves. Allow the mixture to cool while
stirring. Note the temperature at which the crystals of solid P first appears.
(ii) Repeat procedure [II] two more times and record the temperatures in table I. Retain the contents
of the boiling tube for use in procedure II.
a) i) complete table I by calculating the solubility of solid P at different temperatures
[6marks]

Volume of water in the Temperatures at which crystals Solubility of solid P

boiling tube [cm3] of solid P first appear [ oc] [g/100g water]
10
12
14
16
ii) On the grid provided, plot a graph of the solubility of solid P [vertical axis] against temperature
Using the graph, determine the temperature at which 55g of solid P would dissolve in 100cm3 of
water [1mark]
PROCEDURE II
i) Transfer the contents of the boiling tube in procedure [i] into a 250ml volumetric flask. Rinse both
the boiling tube and the thermometer with distilled water and add to the volumetric flask. Add
more distilled water to make up to the mark. Transfer the solution to a 250 ml beaker and wash the
volumetric flask then rinse it with distilled water ready for use in step II. Label this solution R.
ii) Using a measuring cylinder place 25.0 cm3 of solution Q into a 250ml volumetric flask. Add about
200cm3 0f distilled water. Shake well. Add more distilled water to make up to the mark. Label this
solution T.
iii) Fill a burette with solution R. Using a pipette and a pipette filler, place 25cm3 of solution T into a
250ml conical flask. Add 2-3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate with solution R. Record
your results in table II. Repeat the titration two more times and complete the table.

titrations I II III
Final burette reading
Initial burette reading
Volume of solution R [ cm3 ] added
[4 marks)
(i) concentration of solution T in moles per liter [ 1mark]
Page | 286
(ii) concentration of alkanoic acid solution R in moles per litre [ 1mole of acid reacts with 2moles of
the base] [2marks]
(iii) relative formula mass of the alkanoic acid, solid P. [ 1marks]
(iv) The formula of P has the form M. xH2O. Determine the value of X in the form. [the relative
formula mas of M is 90 .0 , O=16 and H=1.0 ] (1mark)
2. You are provided with solid R. Carry out the following tests and record the observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
(a) Place about one-third of solid R in dry test-tube. Heat the solid strongly and test any gas with both
blue and red litmus papers.
(b) Place the remaining amount of solid R in a boiling tube. Add about 15cm3 of distilled water and
shake. Divide the mixture into five test tubes each containing about 2cm3.
(i) To the first portion, add four drops of dilute hydrochloric acid.
(ii) To the second portion, add two or three drops of aqueous barium nitrate.
(iii) To the third portion, add aqueous sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.
(iv) To the fourth portion, add aqueous ammonia dropwise until in excess.
(v) To the fifth portion, add few drops sodium chloride
3. You are provided with solid Q. carry out the tests below and record your observations and
inferences.
a. Place a spatula-end full of solid R in a dry boiling tube and add about 10cm3 of distilled water.
Shake thoroughly Divide the solution into four portions.
b. (i) Test the first portion with the universal indicator solution provided.
(ii) To the second portion, add a few drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution
(iv) To the fourth portion, add half spatula of sodium hydrogen carbonate

Page | 287
 ITHANGA/ KAKUZI
233/1
PAPER 1
(Theory)
marking scheme
1. State the name of the apparatus described by their functions below.
(i) pair of tongs.
(ii) Deflagrating spoon
2. a)under similar conditions of temperature and pressure the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely
proportional to the square root of its density.
100𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3
b) Rate of diffusion of methane gas = = 2.5cmsec-1 ½ mark
40 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
90
Let rate of diffusion of ozone be = R
𝑡𝑡
Molar mass of CH4 = 12 + 4 = 16 ½ mark
Molar mass of O3 = 16 x 3 = 48
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 �𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀3
∴ =
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 �𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀4
2.5 √48
=  ½ mark
𝑅𝑅 √16
2.5 𝑥𝑥 √16
∴R = = 1.4434cm3/sec  ½ mark
√48
90
∴ = 1.4434  ½ mark
𝑡𝑡
90
∴t=
1.4434
= 62.3528sec  ½ mark
3. Ammonia is produced on large scale by Haber process.
i) N2(g) + 3H2(g)→ 2NH3(g)
ii) Pressures of 200 atms
Temperature of 450 ℃ to 500℃
Finely divided iron (any two)
4. The scheme below shows some reactions starting with ethyne. Study it and answer the questions
that follow.
(a) X – Bromoethene 1 mark
N – Ethyl hydrogen sulphate 1 mark
(b) M – Bromine gas  1 mark
(c) Ethene undergoes polymerization to form a polymer. Give an equation for the reaction and name
the product.
(i) Equation; (1 mark)
(ii) Name: (1mark)
Polyethene
5.
a) sodium chloride does not sublime’
b) cut a small piece of a sodium metal, place it on a deflagrating spoon, heat it directly
and bring the hot metal in a gas jar full of chlorine gas. The white solid formed is
sodium chloride.
6.
59 2+
28E
7. The table below gives some elements in the periodic table. Use it to answer the questions that
follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.
(a) A metallic element which forms ions with the smallest ionic radius? Explain(2 marks)
B 1mk - It looses 3 electrons and the remaining electrons are strongly held than before due to
less repulsion. (1 Mark) total (2marks)
(b) AC 1mark - It has the weakest nuclear charge among the non-metals given
Page | 288
8.
(a) 2CO(g) + O2(g) → 2CO2(g) 1
(b) Carbon (II) Oxide 1
(c) Extraction of metals 
9. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.
(i) To displace/drive out the air in the aspirator
(ii) A black solid (1 ); copper (II) oxide is formed // copper is oxidized to copper (II) oxide
10.
10No. of moles = mass
R.f.m
15
=
58.5
= 0.25641 moles
0.25641
Molarity =
0.12
= 2.13675M
11. a) Boyles law states that the volume V1 of a fixed mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its
pressure P1 when temperature is kept constant.
𝑃𝑃1 𝑉𝑉1 𝑃𝑃 𝑉𝑉
b) = 22
𝑇𝑇1 𝑇𝑇12
780 𝑋𝑋 400 600𝑥𝑥𝑉𝑉2
=
303 323
323 𝑥𝑥 780 𝑥𝑥 400
 V2 =
303 𝑥𝑥 600
= 554.3234cm3
12. Sulphur exhibits allotropy.
(a) Allotropy – existence of an element in more than one structural form in the same physical state.
(b) Rhombic/  1mk
Monoclini//  1mk
(c) Sulphur powder was placed in a deflagrating spoon and heated on a Bunsen Burner.
i) Blue flame  (1 mk)// pungent smell
ii) Acidic  (1 mk)//the pH of the solution formed is lower than 7.0
13.
Ratio M O
0.254 0.64
Moles ½
63.5 16
Ratio 0.04 : 0.04  ½
1 : 1
E.F = MO 1
14. Add water to Lead (II) nitrate to obtain Lead (II) nitrate solution. ½
- Add water to sodium carbonate to obtain sodium carbonate solution. ½
- Mix the solutions to ppt Lead (II) carbonate.  1
- Filter to obtain Lead (II) carbonate as a residue. ½
- Was the residue and dry between filter paper ½
15. Burette  1 has accuracy of 0.1 cm3 1
16. Add water to the solid mixture.
V dissolves while W will not.
Filter to obtain W as residue.
Heat the filtrate to evaporate the water.
17. a) What was observed when nitric (V) acid vapour was passed over glass wool? (1mk)
brown fumes were formed.
b) SIt is a reducing agent.
c) oxygen gas
18. The PH of a soil sample was found to be 5.7. An agricultural officer recommended addition of
lime.

Page | 289
a) Adding calcium ions to soil 
Raise PH of soil/Neutralize soil acidity 1
b) liming
19. The electronic configuration of ions X2+ is 2.8 while that of ion Y- is 2.8.8.
(a) X – 2.8.2
Y – 2.8.7
(b) Atomic radii of x is larger than that of y
(c) Alkaline earth metals
20. a) Amphoteric
b) zinc , Lead ,Aluminium
a) i) By putting a few drops of the liquid to anhydrous copper (II) sulphate, which would change from
white to blue. ORCobalt (II)chloride paper (anhydrous (II) chloride changes from blue to pink on
adding the liquid
ii) By determining its boiling point, has b.p of 1000 c at sea level/determining freezing point which is
00 c at sea Level / determining its density which is 1g/cm3.
22.
(a) It has a low boiling point (it is volatile)
(b) Sodium nitrate
(c) Manufacture of Nitrogenous fertilizer
Manufacture of dyes and paints
Manufacture of explosives
23. The structure of water molecules can be represented as shown below.
i) X – Hydrogen bond Y – Covalent bond
ii) Water contain hydrogen bonds holding the molecules together which are stronger than weak van
der waals forces whereas CH4 has only weak van der waals forces holding molecules together.
24. Diamond and graphite are allotropes of carbon. In terms of structure and bonding, explain why?
i) In diamond all carbon atoms are joined together by covalent bonds in three-dimensional
structure//or Diamond has tetrahedral structure thus very hard.
ii) The carbon atoms are bonded in layers/or hexagonal layers which are held together by weak van
der waals forces of attraction// or Van der waal’s forces these layers slide over one another easily.
Hence making it slippery
25. i) wrong method of gas collection the gas less dense than air hence it is collected upward
delivery
ii) concentrated sulphuric (vi) acid
iii) it is colourless
- Odourless
- Less dense than air
(92.2 𝑥𝑥 2.8)+ (4.7 𝑥𝑥 29)+ (3.2 𝑥𝑥 30) 2581.6+136.3+93.0
26. 1= = 28.109 1
100 100
27.
(a) Hydrogen 
(b) They increase the surface area over which the gas dissolves in water.
(c) Treatment of water at the water works.
• Sewage treatment
• Manufacture of dyes, drugs etc
• To clean metal surfaces to remove rust
28. Place the mixture on a piece of paper and pass a magnet 1above the mixture to attract iron filings
Heat the remaining part of the mixture for FeCl31to sublime and collect the sublimate.
Calcium chloride will remain at the bottom of the tube as a residue.1
29. The diagram below is a section of a model of the structure of element R.
i) Metallic bonding
ii) Alkali metal each nucleus loses 1 electron

Page | 290
 ITHANGA/KAKUZI JOINT EXAMINATION
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1. (a) The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions
that follow. (The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements).

A
B C X D E
F G H I J K
L

i) Atomic radius of G is larger than that of I. G has less nuclear charge .

ii) E has higher ionization energy than B √ 1
Exp> it has stable electronic configuration √ 1
>has a smallest ionic radius
>Stronger nuclear attraction to the outermost electrons
iii) Element L . Valence electrons are weakly attracted to the nucleus due to its bigger atomic size√ 1.
iv) Bond ionic bond
Structure Giant ionic structure
v) SBasic /Alkaline
vi) On the grid, indicate the position of element X which is in the second period of the periodic table
and forms X3- ions. (1mark)
vi) J has a higher melting point than K√ 1 . There are more van -der waals forces in J than K since J
exist as a diatomic molecule while K as a monoatomic molecule√ 1 .
b) Using dots (.) and crosses (x) to represent outermost electrons draw diagrams to represent the
bonding in;
i) PH4 + (P = 15, H =1) (2 marks)
2. (a)
(i) Tetraammine copper (ii) ions or the correct formula
(ii) Tetraammine zinc (II) ions or the correct formula
(iii) Iron (III) hydroxide
(b) i) of KCl → 100g of H2O
8.5×100
8.5g of KCl → = 25g of H2O√ 1
34
(ii) Mass = (34 – 27) √ ½
= 7g of KCl √ ½
c) When two solids are separately heated √ ½ and the gas passed over lime water, √ ½ white
precipitate is formed √ ½ with sodium hydrogen carbonate while sodium carbonate does not
produce a gas which turns lime water √ ½ into a white precipitate.
d) Effevescences are seen in test tube with √ ½ water and no effervescence are seen in test tube √ ½
with methylbenzene. Water can react with magnesium to form hydrogen gas due to hydrogen ions
√ ½ in water while methylbenzene is non – polar √ ½ hence lack ions.
e)
(i) B; √ 1 requires less volume of soap to form lather and the volume of soap used does not change
even after boiling √1
(ii) Sample C contains temporary hardness √ ½ which is removed through boiling √ ½ hence reduction
in volume of soap.
3. (a) 12.0cm3 of 0.05M hydrochloric acid reacted completely with calcium hydrogen carbonate
solution.
(i) Write the chemical equation for the reaction. (1 mk)
2HCl(aq) + Ca(HCO3 )2(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + 2H2 O(l) + 2CO2(g) √ 1

Page | 291
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid used. (1 mk)
12.0×0.05
= ? ½ 0.0006 moles √ ½
1000
(iii) Determine the number of moles of calcium hydrogen carbonate used. (1 mk)
0.0006
√ ½ = 0.0003moles√ ½
2
b) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.
I) Name
(i) Hydrogen sulphide
(ii) Sulphur (IV) oxide
II) Steps 1, 2 and 3 constitute the contact process. State optimum conditions necessary for step 2 to
occur. (1 mk)
 Pressure of 2-3 atmospheres
 Temperature of 4500c
 Vanadium (V) oxide /platinum catalyst
III) Explain what happens in step 4. (2 mks)
Sulphur obtained from sulphur (IV) oxide is added to carbon (IV) sulphide in a boiling tube. The
contents is then stirred and filtered into a dry beaker. The filtrate is allowed to evaporate to form
Rhombic sulphur
IV) Explain why water is not used in step 3 . (1 mk)
When sulphur (IV) oxide is dissolved in water; excessive heat is generated that boil the acid to
produce fine droplets that can cause burn√1
V) Write an equation to show how pollution effects of sulphur (VI) oxide is controlled in contact
process. (1 mk)
Ca(OH)2(aq) + SO2(g) → CaSO3(s) + H2 O(l) √1
VI) State two uses of sulphur. (2 mks)
- Large scale manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid √1
- Vulcanisation √1
- manufacture of bleaching agents √1
- Used as a fungicide. √1
- Manufacture of fireworks and dyes √1
Any two
4. Study the diagram below and use it to answer the questions that follow
(a) i) Suggest a suitable reagent that can be used as solid A (1 mark)
Calcium oxide √1
ii) Name liquids C and H. (2 marks)
C- water √1
H - concentrated hydrochloric acid √1
iv) Explain why solid U collects further away from aluminium metal (1 mark)
Solid U sublimes √ ½ when heated and deposits in flask B where the temperature is low. √ ½
(b) During a class experiment, chlorine gas was bubbled into a solution of potassium iodide.
i) State the observation made. (1 mark)
Colourless solution changes to dark brown √ ½ then a black solid √ ½ is deposited.
ii) Write the ionic equation for the reaction that took place. (1 mark)
Cl2(g) + 2I-(aq) → I2(s) + 2Cl-(aq) √1
(c) 6NaOH(aq) + 3Cl2(g) → NaClO3(aq) + 5NaCl(aq) + 3H2O(l) √1
(d) Chlorine bleaches by adding oxygen to the dye (oxidation) √1 hence permanent, while Sulphur
(IV) oxide bleaches by removing oxygen from the dye (reduction) √1 hence temporary since
the action can be reversed when the dyed material is exposed to air.
(e) To the water sample, add a few drops of lead(II) nitrate solution. √1 Formation of a white
precipitate confirms the presence of chloride ions. √1.The precipitate dissolves on warming .
5. (a) The setup below was used to investigate the reaction between metals and water.

Page | 292
i) Identify solid X and state its purpose.
Solid X Anhydrous calcium chloride/ Calcium oxide √ ½ (½ mark)
Purpose To dry hydrogen gas √ ½ (½ mark)
ii) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that produces the flame. (1 mark)
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g) √1
(b) The set-up below was used to investigate the properties of hydrogen.

Heat √1
i) On the diagram, indicate what should be done for the reaction to occur. (1 mark)
ii) To drive away air which would form an explosive mixture with hydrogen when ignited.
iii) CuO(s) + H2(g) → Cu(s) + H2O(l) √1
iv) To prevent re-oxidation of hot copper metal √1 by atmospheric oxygen.
v) Reducing property / Reduction.
vi) Black copper (II) oxide powder turns to reddish brown copper metal. √1
vii) Zinc is more reactive than hydrogen, √1 hence cannot be displaced from its oxide by hydrogen. √1
6. (a) State a correction for three mistakes in the set up above (3 mks)
i. CO2 is collected by downward delivery.
ii. Water absorbs carbon iv oxide.
iii. Use dilute hydrochloric acid for dilute sulphuric acid.
iv. Use of a thistle funnel in place of dropping funnel .
(b) It does not support combustion1
• It is denser than air1
(c)
(i) M-Ammonia gas1/2
Q-carbon (iv) oxide1/2
(ii) F-Ammonium chloride1/2
X-Sodium hydrogen carbonate1/2
(iii) L-Calcium chloride1
• Used as a drying agent1
• Used in defrosting 1
(iv) Tower P-NH3(aq)+CO2(g)+NaCl(aq)+H2O(l) →NaHCO3(s)+NH4Cl(aq) 1
Chamber K- 2NH4Cl(aq) + Ca(OH)2(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + 2NH3(g) + H2O(l) 1
(v) Sodium chloride1, Ammonia,water, coke or limestone. 1
7. a) Name the type of reaction, reagent and conditions for the reactions of the following steps.
i) Type Dehydration1
Reagent – Conc H2SO41
ii) SType – Hydrogenation 1
Reagent – presence of Nickel catalyst1
b) Sodium hydroxide
c) 1,1,2,2 tetrachrolopropane1
1,1,1,2,2,2 hexachrolopropane
Structure 1
d) CaC2 (s) + 2H2O (l) → Ca(OH)2 (aq) + C2H2 (g) 1

Page | 293
 LANJET
233/1
THEORY
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS.
1. The diagram below shows the heating curve of a pure substance. Study it and answer the questions
that follow.

a) What are the physical states of the substances at point W and Y. (2mks)
b) Explain why the temperature remains constant between point B and C. (2mks)
2. Consider the reaction below.
Cr2O7(aq) CrO2-4(aq) + 2H+(aq)
Using oxidation numbers explain whether the above reaction is a redox reaction or not.
(3mks)
3. Dry sulphur (IV) oxide was passed through two pieces of coloured silk both in a gas jar as shown
in the diagram.

a) State the observation in the gas jars. (2mks)

b) Write equations to explain your observations in flask II. (2mks)
4. The equations show some reactions. Use the equations to answer the following questions.
CH3CH2OH Step I CH2=CH2 Step II CH3CH3
a) Name the type of reaction in step I and II. (2mks)
b) Explain why ethane burns with a more smoky flame than ethane. (2mks)
5. The third number of the alkenes is converted to its corresponding saturated hydrocarbon by
hydrogenation. Using the bond energy values given below, answer the questions that follow.
Bond Bond energy kJ/mol
H-H 432
C=C 610
C-C 346
C-H 413
Determine the enthalphy change for the conversion of the third member of the alkenes to its
corresponding saturated hydrocarbon by hydrogenation. (3mks)
6. a) Graphite is a non metal most commonly used as an electrode. State two properties that make
it suitable for use as an electrode. (2mks)
b) Graphite is an allotrope of carbon. Distinguish between allotropes and isotopes.(2mks)

Page | 294
7. Use the information in the energy cycle below to answer the questions that follow.

i. What is the name given to the energy changes? (3mks)

∆H1-
∆H2-
∆H3-
ii. Given H1= 2237KJ/Mol and ∆ H2= -2378KJ/Mol, calculate the value of ∆ H3. (1mk)

8. The 1st 2nd and 3rd ionization energies in KJ/Mol of element G and R are given below.
Element 1st I.E 2nd I.E 3rd I.E
G 520 7,300 9,500
R 420 3,100 4,800
i. Define the term 1st ionization energy. (1mk)
ii. Apart from the decrease in energy levels, explain the big difference between the 1st and 2nd
ionization energies. (1mk)
iii. Calculate the amount of energy for the process. (1mk)
R(g) → R(g) +3e
9. When solid Zinc carbonate was added to a solution of hydrogen chloride in methylbenzene, there
was no observable change. On addition of some water to the mixture to the mixture there was
effervescence. Explain theses observation. (2mks)
10. a) The diagram below represents an incomplete set-up of apparatus that can be used to prepare dry
carbon (iv) oxide gas. Complete the diagram and answer the questions that follow.

i. Write an equation for the reaction that takes place. (1mk)

ii. Name liquid Z. (1mk)
iii. State two advantages of using ‘dry ice’ over ordinary ice as a refrigerant. (2mks)

Page | 295
 11. Study the chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Mixture X

Step I

Add water and filter

White precipitate Step II

Colourless Black solid
insoluble on boiling solution
Add Barium Step IV
nitrate solution Step III
Add dilute nitric acid

Add ammonia insoluble on

excess

White precipitate Pale blue solution

a) Name: insoluble on excess
i. Cations present in mixture X. (1mk)
ii. Anions present in the solution. (1mk)
b) Write an equation to show how the white precipitate in step III dissolves. (1mk)
c) Name the process outlined in step IV above. (1mk)
12. i) A student intending to prepare lead (II) sulphate reacted lead metal with dilute sulphuric acid.
However, he was not successful. Explain why he was not successful. (1mk)
ii) Suggest a method the student could have used to prepare lead (II) sulphate. (2mks)
iii) Write an ionic equation that would take place in (ii) above. (1mk)
13. In an experiment, ammonium chloride was heated in a test-tube. A moist red litmus paper placed at
the mouth of the test-tube first changed blue then red. Explain these observations. (2mks)
14. An element X has two naturally occurring isotopes X-22 and X-20. If its relative atomic mass is
21.8, calculate the percentage abundance of the more stable isotope. (2mks)
15. Fractional distillation of crude oil used to produce the following fractions; petrol, diesel, petroleum
gases, kerosene, naphtha and bitumen. Below is a simplified diagram of a fractionating column
used during the refining of crude oil.
i. On the diagram, write the names of theses fractions in their correct positions. (3mks)

ii. Which fraction is used as a jet fuel? (1mk)

iii. What process is used to convert higher fractions to lower fractions? (1mk)
16. Carbon (iv) oxide and silicon (iv) oxide are both covalent oxides but carbon is a gas whereas
silicon (iv) oxide is a solid with high melting point. Explain. (2mks)
17. The ability of hard water to conduct electricity falls when water is boiled but is not much affected
when the water hardness is removed by addition of washing soda (sodium carbonate). Explain.
(2mks)
Page | 296
18. When sulphur is heated in a boiling tube in absence of air, the yellow crystals melts into golden
yellow mobile liquid at 113oC. The liquid changes at 180oC into a dark brown very viscous liquid.
More heating to about 400oC, produces a brown less viscous liquid.
a) Draw the molecular structure of sulphur in the yellow crystals. (1mk)
b) Explain why the molten liquid becomes viscous. (1mk)
c) If the brown liquid at 400oC is cooled rapidly by pouring it into cold water, which form of sulphur
is produced? (1mk)
d) State the observation made when sulphur is heated in a deflagrating spoon. (1mk)
19. The table below gives some information about certain chemical substances. The letters used are not
the actual chemical symbols or formulae.
Substance Melting point (oC) Boiling Electrical conductivity
point (oC) Of solid Of liquid In water
A 1540 3000 Good good Insoluble
B -114 -85 Poor poor good
C 712 1418 Poor good good
D -39 357 Good good insoluble
E 2045 3000 Poor good insoluble
f 1700 2776 Poor good insoluble
a) From the table, select;
i. Two substances that cannot be elements. (1mk)
ii. A substance that is likely to have giant atomic structure. (1mk)
iii. A substance that is likely to consist of molecules and which produce ions when added to water.
20. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

i. Write the equation for the combustion of propane. (1mk)

ii. The pH of substance K was found to be less than 7. Explain this observation. (1mk)
21. Explain how you would separate a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen gases given that their boiling
points are -196oC and -183oC respectively. (2mks)
22. Dry carbon (iv) oxide gas reacts with heated lead (ii) oxide as shown in the equation below.
PbO(s) + CO(g) → Pb(s) +CO2(g)
a) Name the process undergone by the lead (ii) oxide. (1mk)
b) Give a reason for your answer in (a) above. (1mk)
c) Name another gas that can be used to perform the same function as carbon (IV) oxide gas in the
above reaction. (1mk
23. The set-up below was used to collect gas F, provided by the reaction between water and calcium
metal.

Page | 297
a) Name gas F. (1mk)
b) At the end of the experiment the solution was found to be a weak base. Explain why the solution is
a weak base. (2mks)
c) Give one laboratory use of the solution formed in the beaker. (1mk)
24. In terms of structure and bonding, explain why graphite is used as a lubricant. (2mks)
25. The reaction between a piece of magnesium ribbon with excess 2M hydrochloric acid was
investigated at 25oC by measuring the volume of hydrogen gas produced as the reaction
progressed. The sketch below represents the graph that was obtained.

Volume of H2 gas
produced

Time sec

a) Name one piece of apparatus that may be used to measure the volume of hydrogen gas produced.
(1mk)
b) On the same diagram the curve that would be obtained if the experiment was repeated at 35oC.
(1mk)
26. Methane reacts with oxygen according to the equation given below;
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) 2H2O(g) ∆ H= -890KJMol-1
Calculate the volume of methane whoch would produce 11.25KJ when completely burnt at r.t.p
(molar volume of a gas at r.t.p = 24litre) (2mks)

Page | 298
 LANJET
233/2
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The grid shown below represents the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow (
the letters do not represent actual symbols of the element)

K S
G T

H
L
a) Which element exists naturally as a; (2mks)
i. Diatomic gas
ii. Monoatomic gas
b) Write down the formula for the most stable ion of K and its electronic arrangement. (1mk)
c) How do the atomic radii of G and L compare? Explain. (2mks)
d) How do the first ionization energies of G and L compare? Explain. (2mks)
e) Which two electrons would react most vigorously with each other? (1mk)
f) Give an equation for the reaction between the elements you have given in (e) above. (2mks)
g) Which element has the smallest atomic radius? Explain. (2mks)
h) Give the number of valence electrons in; (2mks)
i. K
ii. T
2. Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.

Sulphur (iv) Oxide Sodium

Step 2 Heat Step 6

Step 1 Step 3
Hydrogen peroxide Oxygen Sodium peroxide

Step 5 Copper Step 4 Water

Substance U Solution V

a) Identify substance U and solution V. (2mks)

b) Name the reagents necessary for the reactions in the following steps. (2mks)
i. Step 1
ii. Step 2
iii. Step 3
iv. Step 6
c) Give the condition necessary for the reaction in step 5 to take place. (1mk)
Page | 299
d) Write equations for the reactions in the following steps. (3mks)
i. Step 1
ii. Step 2
iii. Step 5
e) State and explain the observation made in step 5. (2mks)
3. The table shows the variation of volumes at different amounts of pressure.
Pressure in atmosphere 10 8 5 2 1
Volume (cm3) 160 200 320 800 1600
Reciprocal of pressure (I/p)

i. Complete the table by determine the reciprocal of pressure. (2mks)

ii. Plot a graph of volume against reciprocal of pressure. (3mks)
iii. Use the graph to determine the volume of gas P at a pressure of 3.2 atmosphere. (1mk)
iv. Calculate the pressure of gas P which has a volume of 5 litres. (2mks)
v. A given volume of nitrogen gas requires 68.3 seconds to diffuse through a tinny hole in a chamber.
Under the same conditions another unknown gas requires 85.6 seconds for the same volume to
diffuse. What is the molecular mass of this gas? (r=14) (3mks)
4. In an experiment to determine the molar heat of neutralization of hydrochloric acid with sodium
hydroxide, students of Anestar Secondary school reacted 100cm3 of 1M hydrochloric acid with
50cm3 of 2M sodium hydroxide solution. They obtained the following results.
Initial temperature of acid=25.0oC
Initial temperature of base = 25.0oC
Highest temperature reached (acid +alkali mixture) = 34.0oC
a) Define the term molar heat of neutralization. (1mk)
b) Write an ionic equation for the neutralization reaction between hydrochloric acid and sodium
hydroxide. (1mk)
c) Calculate:
i) The change in temperature (∆ T)
ii) The amount of heat produced during the reaction (specific heat capacity = 4.2KJkg-1k-)
iii) The molar heat of neutralization of sodium hydroxide.
d) Write the thermochemical equation for the reaction. (1mk)
e) Draw an energy level diagram for the reaction. (2mks)
f) Explain why the enthalpy of neutralization of ethanoic acid with sodium hydroxide
5. a) The diagram below was used to prepare a gas X in the laboratory. Study it answer the questions
that follow.

i. Name gas x. (1mk)

Page | 300
 ii. Write an equation to show the production of gas x. (1mk)
b) Study the scheme diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

Ethanol

Step 1

Step III Step II

C2H6 Ethene - CH2CH2- n

Step IV

CH3CH2Cl

i. Name the catalyst that is suitable to carry out the reaction in step 1. (1mk)
ii. Name the process that takes place in step II. (1mk)
iii. State the conditions necessary for the reaction in step III to occur. (1mk)
iv. Write down the equation for the reaction that takes place in step IV. (1mk)
c) Other than using burning, describe how you would distinguish between ethane and ethayne.
d) Draw and name all structures of the isomers of the compound with molecular formula C4H8.
(3mks)
6. The diagram below shows a voltaic cell formed between half cells Cr3+(aq)/Cr(s) Eө=+0.80
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

a) What is the e.m.f of the cell? (1mk)

b) State the direction of movement of electrons. (1mk)
c) Which electrode is the anode? Explain. (1mk)
d) State the half cell in which reduction occurs and give the equation for the reaction. (2mks)
e) What will happen to the electrodes during the operation of the cell? (2mks)
f) State two function of the salt bridge. (2mks)
Page | 301
 7. Study the flow chart below and use it to answer the questions that follow.
SO Step 3 SO Step 4 Step 5 H SO Step 6 G
2 3 F 2 4

H2 Air H D

A A A D
Step 1
NH3 B C HNO3

N2(s)
Step 2

E
a) Name substance A,B,D, and F. (2mks)
b) Substance E and ammonium sulphate have one common use. State the use. (1mk)
c) Name the suitable catalyst in step 3. (1mk)
d) Write the chemical equation in step 4. (1mk)
e) Identify two gaseous environmental pollutants from the above flow chart. (1mk)
f) State the observation when potassium hydroxide is warmed with substance G. (1mk)
g) Write a chemical equation where concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid is used as an oxidizing agent.
h) Write type of reaction is shown in the equation: (1mk)
KNO3(aq) + H2SO4(l) + HNO3(g)
i) Carbon (IV) oxide reacts with red hot carbon to produce a colourless gas P. Name gas P and state
and explain the precaution you take when preparing this colourless gas P. (2mks)

Page | 302
 LANJET
PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
On top of common reagents and apparatus each candidate requires;
• About 100cm3 of Solution A containing 5.3g per litre of anhydrous sodium carbonate (Na2CO3(s).
• About 100 cm3 of Hydrochloric acid solution B
• 50cm3 burette
• 25cm3 pipette
• A clamp, boss and stand
• Methyl range indicator
• 3 conical flasks
• White tile.
• Distilled water
• 5g maleic acid
• Glass rod
• Universal indicator paper
ACCESS
• Barium nitrate
• 2M Nitric acid
• Potasium dichromate
• Source of heat
• Sodium carbonate
• PH chart

LANJET
CHEMISTRY
(233/3)
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
1. You are provided with;
• Solution A which is dilute hydrochloric acid.
• Solution B which is made of dissolving 5.3g of Na2Co3 in 500cm3 of dilute water.
You are required to standardize solution A.
Procedure 1
i) Mark your conical flasks as 1,2,3
ii) Put solution A into the burette.
iii) Place25cm3 of solution B into conical flask 1 and titrate with solution A using 3 drops of
phenolphthalein indicator. Retain the content for next procedure.
iii) Record your results in table1 below and repeat the procedure using other flask 2 and 3respectively.
Table 1
I II III
Find burette readings
Initial burette readings
Volume v1 A used (cm3)
Calculate the average volume v1 of solution A used. (5mks)
Procedure 2
i) Refill the burette with solution A.
ii) Add 3 drops of methyl orange indicator to the content of conical flask 1 and continue titrating with
solution A.
iii) Record your result in table 2 below.
Page | 303
 Repeat procedure 2 using the other conical flask 2 and 3 respectively. Fill the table below.

Find burette readings

Initial burette readings
Volume v2 A used

Calculate the average volume of solution v2 of solution A used. (5mks)

a) Calculate the total volume of v1 + v2 used in table 1 and table 2. (1mk)
b) Write the chemical equation between solution A and solution B. (1mk)
c) Determine the concentration of solution B in moles per litre (Na=23 O=16 C=16) (1mk)
d) Calculate the number of moles of solution A used in titration. (1mk)
e) Calculate the concentration of solution A in moles per litre. (2mks)
2.
You are provided with solid E
i) Place little amount of solid E on a watch glass.
Describe its appearance. (2 mks)
ii) Place all amount of solid E in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water. Shake the
mixture.
iii) Divide the resulting solution into 4 portions. To the first portion, add drops of Barium Nitrate
provide.
iv) To the mixture attained in (iii) acidity using about 5 drops of nitric provided in the access.
v) To the second portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium chromate (vi) provided.
vi) To the third portion add ammonia solution provided.
vii) To the last portion, dip a glass rod and place it on non luminous flame
3.) You are provided with solid M, carry out experiment and record observation and inferences in
spaces provided
i) Take half spatula full M and ignite using a luminous flame
ii) Place all amount of solid M in a boiling tube. Add about 20cm3 of distilled water. Shake the
mixture and divide the into 4 portions
iii). To the first portion, add 2-3drops of bromine water provided.
iv) To the second portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium chromate (vi) provided.
vi) To the third portion few crystals of sodium carbonate provided
vi) To the fourth portion determine the PH of solution using universal indicator

Page | 304
 LANJET
THEORY
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS.
MARKING SCHEME:
1.
a) W – solid
Y – liquid
b) The heat absorbed by the solid is to break the bond between the solid particles.
2. ON of Cr in Cr2072-
2Cr + (7-2)-2
2Cr + (7x-2) -2
2Cr + (-14) = -2
2Cr = +12
Cr=+12
Cr=+12/2=+6
On of Cr in CrO42
Cr+ (4x-2) =-2
Cr= +(-8)=-2
Cr=+8-2
Cr=+16
3.
a)
• No observable change
• The silk cloth was bleached
b)
• SO2 (g) + H2O(l) → H2SO3(aq)
• H2SO3+ Dye → H2SO4+ (Dye – 0)
Colourless substance
4.
a) Step I – Dehydration
Step – II - Hydrogenation
b) Ethane burns with more smoky flame than ethane since ethane has a higher percentage content of
Carbon as compared to ethane and hence the carbon escapes unodixized causing the smoky flame.
5.
H H H H H H H H
| | | | | | | |
C = C- C - C- H H–H → H -C–C–C–C- H
| | | | | | |
H H H H H H H

∆ H (2x346)+610+xx413+432 ) – (10xx413+3x346)
= 5083 – 5168 = -130kjmol-1
6. a) It is a good conductor of electricity
It is unreactive/inert
b) Allotropes are different forms of an element in the same physical state while isotopes are
atoms of the same element having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
7.
i. ∆H1- Lattice energy
∆H2- Hydration energy
ii. ∆H3- ∆ H1 + ∆ H2
= 2237 + (-2378) = - 141Kjmol-1
Page | 305
8.
i. Energy required to remove the first electron from an atom in the gaseous state.
ii. The second electron is being removed from a stable energy level.
iii. ∆H= 430 + 3100 + 4800 = 8320KJmol-1
9. Hydrogen chloride in methyl benzene is in molecular form. It allows no reaction with zinc
carbonate. When water is added, the hydrogen chloride ionizes and the H ions react with Zinc
carbonate producing carbon (VI) oxide.
10. a)
i. CaCO3(s) + 2HCL(aq) + CAcl2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
ii. Liquid Z – concentrated sulphuric acid.
iii. Last longer than ordinary ice
- Leaves no residue behind and it sublimes with ordinary ice which melts.
11.
a) Name:
i. Cu2+ and Zn2+
ii. SO42
b) Zn(OH)2(s) + 4NH3(aq) → Zn (NH3)42+ (aq) +2OH(aq)
c) Neutralization
12. i) Insoluble lead (II) suplhate is formed and it coats the lead metal preventing further reaction with
the acid.
ii) Precipitation. React a soluble lead salt with a soluble sulphate.
iii) Pb2+(aq) + SO42-(aq) → PbSO4(s)
13. Ammonium chloride decomposes on heating to form ammonia and hydrogen chloride. Ammonia
diffuse than hydrogen chloride and reaches the litmus first turning it blue. The hydrogen chloride
turns blue litmus red again.
14. Let y be % abundance of most abundant
22y + (100-x) 20 = 218
100
= 218
Y= 90%
15. .
i. On the diagram, write the names of theses fractions in their correct positions.
ii. Kerosene
iii. Cracking
16. Carbon (IV) oxide has simple molecular structure and hence weak vander waals forces of attraction
while silicon (IV) oxide has giant atomic structure and a strong net work of strong covalent bonds.
17. Boiling precipitates magnesium carbonate or calcium carbonate and this reduces the concentration
of ions. The addition of sodium carbonate exchanges ions which are responsible for electrical
conductivity.
18.
a) Draw the molecular structure of sulphur in the yellow crystals.
b) Rings open to chains which join up to form long chains which entangle up.
c) Plastic sulphur
d) Melt and burns with a blue flame.
19. From the table, select;
i. C E
ii. F
iii. B
20.
i. 2C3H6(g) +9O2(g)+ 6H2O(g)
ii. Carbon (IV) oxide which is acidic dissolves in the condensed water and forms carbonic acid whose
pH is less than 7.

Page | 306
21. Cool the moisture to a temperature below -190oC to form a liquid then start boiling and Nitrogen
distills off as gas -196oC.
22.
a) Reduction
b) Removal of oxygen gas from a substance is reduction or lead ions gained electrons to become lead
metal and gain of electrons is a reduction.
c) Hydrogen gas
23.
a) Hydrogen gas.
b) Calcium hydroxide is slightly soluble in water and only a few ions are produced.
- It is used for testing presence of Carbon IV oxide.
- Used in the preparation of ammonia/calcium oxide
24. Graphite structure is layered with layers held together by weak van der waals forces.
25.
a) Gas syringe or a measuring cylinder.
b) On the same diagram the curve that would be obtained if the experiment was repeated at 35oC.
26. From equation 890KJ 24 litres
1 mole of methane produce 890KJ
41.25 → 111.25 x 24
890
= 3 litres

Page | 307
 LANJET
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The grid shown below represents the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow (
the letters do not represent actual symbols of the element)

K S
G T

H
L
a) Which element exists naturally as a; (2mks)
T
S
b) K2+,2
c) L has a larger atomic radius than G. L has 6 energy levels while G has 3.
d) L has a lower first ionization than G. l has a larger atomic radius hence its outermost electron is
further from the nucleus thus strongly attracted.
e) L and T
f) 2L(s) + T2(g) → 2LT(g)
g) Which has least number of energy level with more protons which attract the electrons very
strongly.
h) Give the number of valence electrons in; (2mks)
i. K-2
ii. T- 7
2. Study the reaction scheme below and answer the questions that follow.
a) Identify substance U and solution V.
• U – Copper (II) oxide/CUO
• V – Sodium hydroxide/NaOH
b) Name the reagents necessary for the reactions in the following steps.
i. Step 1- manganese (IV) oxide
ii. Step 2–sulphur
iii. Step 3 - water
iv. Step 6 – Excess oxygen gas
c) Heat
d) Write equations for the reactions in the following steps. (3mks)
i. Step 1
2H2O2(l) MnO2(s) 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
ii. Step 2
S(s) + O2(g) → SO2(s)
iii. Step 5
2CU(s) +O2(g)→ 2CUO(s)
e) Brown copper turns black CU combine with oxygen to form copper (II) oxide.
3. The table shows the variation of volumes at different amounts of pressure.
Pressure in atmosphere 10 8 5 2 1
Volume (cm3) 160 200 320 800 1600
Reciprocal of pressure (I/p) 0.100 0.125 0.200 0.500 10000
i. Complete the table by determine the reciprocal of pressure.
ii. Plot a graph of volume against reciprocal of pressure.

Page | 308
 iii. 500cm3
iv. K=VP
For any pair of the given values of P and V
K= 10x160 =1600
Therefore when V=5000
P= 1600 = 0.32 atmospheres
5000
v.
35.6 = x
68.3 28

1.25321432 = x
25

(x/28 = 1.5707466)28
X= 43.98
4.
a) This enthalpy change involve when one mole of hydrogen ions from an acid is completely
neutralized by an alkali to form one mole of water.
b) H+(aq) +OH-(aq) → H2O(l)
c) Calculate:
i. The change in temperature(∆T)
=34 – (25+25) = 9K
2
ii. The amount of heat produced during the reaction (specific heat capacity = 4.2KJkg-1k-)
∆H=MCDT
(100+50) x 43 x9 = 5.67KJ
1000
iii. The molar heat of neutralization of sodium hydroxide.
Moles = 1x100 =0.1 moles
1000
= 0.1 moles → 5.67
1 → ?
1x5.67
0.1
=-56.7KJmol
d) HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCL(aq) + H2O(l)
∆ H= -56.7KJmol
e) Draw an energy level diagram for the reaction. (2mks)
f) Hcl is strong acid and fully ionizes while ethanoic acid is a weak acid and partially ionizes hence
some energy is used to completely ionize the acid before neutralization.
5. a)
i. Ethane
ii. CH3CH2COONa(s) + NaOH(s) → C2H6(g) + 2H2O(l)
b)
i. Aluminium oxide
ii. Polymerization
iii. Ricket/palladium catalyst, temperature 200oC.
iv. C2H4(g) + HCl(g) → CH3CH2Cl(l)
c) Bubble both gases separetly into yellow bromine water or purple acidified potassium
manganate(VII).
Page | 309
• Ethynedecolourise the two solution while ethane does not decolourise them.
d) Draw and name all structures of the isomers of the compound with molecular formula C4H8.
6.
a) 0.80- ( -0.74) = 1.5hvolts
b) From chromium rod to the silver rod.
c) Chromium rod. Because oxidation takes place here.
d) Silver rod
Ag+(aq) + e- → Ag(s)
e) Mass of the chromium electrode will decrease while that of the silver electrode will increase.
f) It maintain electrical neutrality in the two solution.
It allows electrical contact between the two half-cells thus complasting the circuit.
7.
a) Name substance A,B,D, and F.
• A – Oxygen
• B – nitrogen
• D- water
• F –oleum
b) As fertilizer
c) Vanadium(v) oxide
d) H2SO4(g) + SO3(g) → H2S2O7(l)
e) SO2
• No
• SO3
• NO2
f) A gas with a pungent smell is evolved that changes red litmus paper blue.
g) Mg(s) + 2H2SO4(l) → MgSO4(aq) +2H2O(l) +SO2(s)
CU(s) + 2H2SO4(l) → CuSO4(aq)+2H2O + SO2(g)
H2SO4 with Zn(s) C(s) or S(s)
h) Displacement reaction
KNO3(aq) + H2SO4(l) + HNO3(g)
i) Gas p – carbon (II) Oxide
Precaution – reaction should be done in a working fume chamber because the gas is poisonous
when inhaled.

Page | 310
 LANJET
(233/3)
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
1. Calculate the average volume v1 of solution A used. (5mks)
A=12.5 ± 0.1 √ ± 0.2 √
CT√
D√
PA√
FA√

Procedure 2
A=12.5 ± 0.1 √ ± 0.2 √
CT√
D√
PA√
FA√

Calculate the average volume of solution v2 of solution A used. (5mks)

a) Calculate the total volume of v1 + v2 used in table 1 and table 2. (1mk)
12.5 + 12.5
= 25.0cm3 √
b) Write the chemical equation between solution A and solution B. (1mk)
Na2CO3 (aq) + 2HCl (aq) → 2NaCl (aq) + CO (g) + H2O (l)
c) Determine the concentration of solution B in moles per litre (Na=23 O=16 C=16) (1mk)
Molarity in moles/l = g/l
RFM √
= 5.3 x 2 = 0.1m
(23 x 2 + 12 + 16 3)√
d) Calculate the number of moles of solution A used in titration. (1mk)
Moles of B = 0.1 x 25 moles A moles ratio 1:2
1000 = 0.0025 x 2
= 0.0025√ = 0.005 moles√

e) Calculate the concentration of solution A in moles per litre. (2mks)

0.005 X 1000√
25
= 0.2M√
2.
i) Place little amount of solid E on a watch glass.
Describe its appearance. (2 mks)
Write crystalline solid.√
ii) Place all amount of solid E in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water. Shake the
mixture.
Observations Inferences
Solid dissolved forming - Soluble salt/ compound
colorless solution√ - Absence of Fe2+/ Fe3+/cu2+or colored ions.
(1mk) (1mk)
iii) Observations Inferences
White precipitate formed SO32-
SO42- CO32- present
(1mk) (1mk)

Page | 311
iv) To the mixture attained in (iii) acidity using about 5 drops of nitric provided in the access.
Observations Inferences
White precipitate SO32- 2 =√
dissolved forming present 1 =√
colorless solution CO32--
(1mk) (1mk)
v) To the second portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium chromate (vi) provided.
Observations Inferences
Orange potassium SO32- confirmed.
Turns green
(1mk) (1mk)
vi) To the third portion add ammonia solution provided.
Observations Inferences
No white precipitate AP+ K+
√ Zn 2+
Absent√ Lit present
Pb2+ Na+ √
(1mk) (1mk)
vii) To the last portion, dip a glass rod and place it on non luminous flame
Observations Inferences
Non luminous flame
Turns to golden yellow Na+ confirmed.
(1mk) (1mk)
3. You are provided with solid M, carry out experiment and record observation and inferences in
spaces provided
i) Take half spatula full M and ignite using a luminous flame
observation Inferences (2mk)
Burns with yellow sooty alkenes or alkynes present
flame
ii) Place all amount of solid M in a boiling tube. Add about 20cm3 of distilled water. Shake the
mixture and divide the into 4 portions
Observations Inferences
Dissolves to form colourless polar compound present
Solution ROH,RCOOH Present
(1mk) (1mk)
iii). To the first portion, add 2-3drops of bromine water provided.
Observations Inferences
Yellow bromine water alkenes or alkynes present
decolourised
(1mk) (1mk)
iv) To the second portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium chromate (vi) provided.
Observations Inferences
Orange colour persists ROH Absent
(1mk) (1mk)
vi) To the third portion few crystals of sodium carbonate provided
Observations Inferences (2mks)
Effervescence observed H+Prsent

vi) To the fourth portion determine the PH of solution using universal indicator
Observation Inferences (1mks
PH 5 Weakly acidic compound present

Page | 312
 VIHIGA COUNTY QUAKER CLUSTER EXAM
233 /1
Paper 1 (Theory)
Time: 2 Hours 30 Min
QUESTION 1
a) What do you understand by the term rust as used in chemistry? (1 mark)
b) Differentiate between sacrificial protection and cathodic protection as methods used to prevent
rusting. (2 marks)
2. Both Sodium chloride and Lead (II) bromide conduct electricity in molten state;
a) Identify the particles responsible for electrical conductivity in both molten Sodium chloride and
molten Lead (II) bromide. (1 mark).
b) Compare the electrical conductivity of equal quantities on molten sodium chloride and lead (II)
chloride. Explain your answer. (2 marks)
QUESTION 3
a) State Boyle’s law (1 mark)
b) Table 1 below shows the data obtained in an experiment using a given mass of hydrogen gas.
Table 1
Pressure (atmospheres) Volume (cm3) Temperature (k)
10 160 298
5 320 298
i) Show that the above data is in consistent with Boyle’s law. (1 mark)
ii) What would be the volume of the gas if pressure was adjusted to 8 atmospheres? (1 mark)
QUESTION 4
a) Define the term salt. (1 mark)
b) Identify the acid salt produced when sodium hydroxide is reacted with Sulphuric (VI) acid.
c) Describe the procedure that can be used to prepare a sample of the salt identified in 4(b) above.
5. When 20.0 cm3 of 0.5M sulphuric (VI) acid were mixed with 20.0 cm3 of 1M sodium hydroxide,
the temperature of the solution changed from 24.0 to 31.50c.Calculate the molar heat of
neutralization.(Specific heat capacity of solution is 4.2Jg-1K-1, density of solution is 1gcm3)
QUESTION 6
a) Define the term molar heat of vaporization. (1 mark)
b) Table 2below shows the molar heat of vaporization of ethanol and ethane
Table 2
Compound Molar heat of vaporization (kJ/mole)
Ethanol 18.7
Ethane 15
Compare the molar heat of vaporization of ethanol to that of ethane, explain your answer. (

Page | 313
7. The figure 1 shows the process by which Sulphur is extracted from underground.

a) Name the process represented above (1/2 mark)

b) Suggest the reason why hot compressed air is passed through the middle tube (1/2 mark)
c) Describe how a sample of rhombic Sulphur can be prepared in the laboratory using Sulphur
extracted from the above process (1 mark)
d) State one effect of extraction of Sulphur to the environment. (1 mark)
8. An organic compound has the formula shown below;
HCOOCH2CH3
a) Draw and name two structures of the organic compounds used to prepare it. (2 marks)
b) State two natural sources of the compound. (1 mark)
QUESTION 9
a) Define the term chemical bond as used in chemistry (1 mark)
b) Beryllium has atomic number 4 while fluorine has atomic number 7. Using dot ( ) and cross(X)
diagrams, show bonding between beryllium and fluorine. (1 mark).
c) Give one physical property of the compound formed between beryllium and fluorine (1 mark)
10. Figure 2 shows a graph obtained when the change in temperature was plotted against volume of
sodium hydroxide in a reaction where 0.5M sodium hydroxide solution was added to 20cm3 of
hydrochloric acid in a plastic beaker.

a) Suggest a reason why the experiment was carried out in a plastic beaker (1/2 marks)
b) What is the significance of point S? (1/2 marks)
Page | 314
c) Explain the change in temperature from point R to S (1 mark)
d) Suggest the nature of solution obtained in region BC,explain your answer (1 mark)
11. Write equations representing the reactions that occur when each of the following salts are heated in
a test tube. (2 marks)
a) Sodium nitrate
b) Lead (II) nitrate
12. In an experiment, 20cm3 of a solution containing 4.0 grams per litre of sodium hydroxide was
completely neutralized by 8.0cm3 of a dibasic acid. Calculate the molarity of the dibasic acid. (Na
= 23, O=16, H=1) (3 marks)
QUESTION 13
a) Define an acid (1 mark)
b) The dissociation of a simple acid-base indicator can be represented by the equation below;
HIn(aq) H+(aq) + In-(aq)
With reference to the above dissociation process, explain why it is not advisable to add excess of
the acid – base indicator to a base during titration experiments. (2 mark)
QUESTION 14
a) Define the term element (1 mark)
b) Give the names of the compounds formed when each of the following elements chemically
combine.
i) Magnesium and carbon (1 mark)
ii) Zinc and phosphorous. (1 mark)
QUESTION 15
Analysis of water from a lake indicated that the pH of the water was quite low.
a) Suggest one cause of the low pHof the water. (1 mark)
b) Give one effect of the low water pH to the water environment (1 mark)
c) Suggest the nature of a chemical that can be added to the water to raise its pH (1 mark)

16. Figure 3 shows a set-up of apparatus used during an experiment with ammonia gas in the
laboratory,

a) What was the aim of the experiment (1 mark)

b) State and explain the observation made during this experiment. (2 marks)
17. Table 4 shows period three elements and their atomic numbers, study the table and use it to answer
the questions that follow.
Table 4
Element Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorous Sulphur Chlorine Argon
Atomic number 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

a) Write the formulae of;

Page | 315
i) Two oxides of sodium (1/2 mark)
ii) Two chlorides of phosphorous (1/2 mark)
b) Identify an element that has atomicity of 1 (1 mark)
c) Write the equation for reaction between the chloride of silicon and water. (1 mark)
18. Figure 4 shows a flow diagram starting with zinc metal. Study it and use it to answer the questions
that follow;

a) Identify gas Y (1/2 mark)

b) Give the test for gas X (1/2 mark)
c) Ammonia solution was added drop wise until in excess into solution Z. State and explain the
observations made. (2 mark)
QUESTION 19
a) Give one example of an organic solvent (1 mark)
b) In an experiment, solid sodium carbonate was added into the organic solvent named in (a) above.
State and explain the observations made. (2 marks)
20. In an experiment to determine the molar heat of reaction when magnesium displaces copper,0.15g
of magnesium metal was added to 25cm3 of 2M copper (II) chloride solution. The temperature of
the copper (II) chloride solution rose from 25.00c to 43.00c.Determine the molar heat of
displacement of copper by magnesium (Mg = 24, C = 4.2kJ/Kg/K, density of solution = 1g/cm3).
21. Figure 5 shows the variation in the solubility of some salts with temperature. Study it and answer
the questions that follow.

a) In terms of kinetic theory, explain the shape of the curve (2 marks).

b) With reference to the graph, explain one advantage of high temperature to aquatic plants.
QUESTION 22
a) State Gay Lussac’s law. (1 mark).
Page | 316
b) In an experiment, 100 cm3 of ethene gas, C2H4, was exploded in 350cm3 of oxygen gas which was
in excess. After the reaction, the gasses were allowed to cool and then passed through concentrated
sodium hydroxide solution, it was noticed that the volume of the gases reduced by 200cm3.
Determine the composition of the residual gases. (2 marks)
26 Figure 6 shows a set-up of apparatus used to prepare a sample of nitrogen gas in the laboratory,
study it and answer the questions that follow.

a) Write the equation for the reaction that occurs in the flask L (1 mark).
b) What property of nitrogen gas makes it suitable to be collected as shown? (1 mark).
c) State two uses of nitrogen gas. (1 mark).
24. You are provided with a sample of Copper (II) carbonate. Describe the procedure that can be used
to determine the percentage of copper metal in the sample (3 marks).
25. Draw a diagram for the set-up of apparatus that can be used to heat a sample of sodium hydrogen
carbonate and test for any gaseous products. (3 marks).
26. An organic compound contains Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen atoms only. When 5.0g of the
compound were burnt, 9.533g of Carbon (IV) Oxide and 5.85g of water were produced. Determine
the empirical formula of the organic compound.(C = 12.H = 1, O = 16) (3 marks)
27. Figure 7 shows a set-up of apparatus that was used to determine the standard electrode potential of
a zinc half-cell. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

When the cell was connected, a voltage of -0.76 was recorded on the voltmeter.
a) What is the significance of the negative sign on the value 0.76? (1 mark)
b) Explain the direction of flow of electrons. (1 mark)
c) Write half-cell equations for the reactions that took place in each of the electrodes. (1 mark)
Electrode A
Electrode B
28 Figure 8 show the graph obtained when potassium carbonate was reacted with 1M Sulphuric VI
acid at room temperature and the volume of Carbon (IV) Oxide gas produced (cm3) was plotted
against time (s). Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Page | 317
a) Determine the rate of reaction at time,t = 25 seconds. (11/2 marks)
b) Explain how the rate of the above reaction can be increased. (11/2 marks).
QUESTION 29
a) Name two raw materials used in the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid.
b) The main reaction that occurs in the contact process and determines the final yield of sulphuric
(VI) acid is given below;
2SO2 (g) + O2 (g) 2 SO3 (g), ΔH = -197kJ/mole.
With reference to the above equation, explain the temperature condition that would result into a
high yield of Sulphur (VI) oxide gas and eventually sulphuric (VI) acid. (1 mark)
30. Figure 8 shows the set-up of apparatus used to prepare a sample of Iron (III) Chloride salt. Study it
and answer the questions that follow;

a) Define the term sublimation (1 mark).

b) Explain why anhydrous calcium oxide is preferred to anhydrous calcium chloride in the guard tube
c) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs in the combustion tube. (1 mark).
QUESTION 31
a) Differentiate between temporary hard water and permanent hard water. (1 mark)
b) Explain how the use of hard water during laundry leads to wastage of soap. (2 marks).
QUESTION 32
a) Define the term mixture. (1mark)
b) A mixture contains solid calcium carbonate and solid calcium hydrogen carbonate.
Describe the procedure that can be used to obtain a sample of calcium carbonate from the mixture.
QUESTION 33
a) Differentiate between a dilute acid and a weak acid. (1 mark).
b) Calculate the volume of 5.0M hydrochloric acid solution that would be required to prepare 400cm3
of 0.8M hydrochloric acid solution. (2 marks).
QUESTION 34
Cleansing agents can be classified into soapy detergents and soapless detergents.
a) Distinguish between a soapy detergent and a soapless detergent (1 mark).
b) Explain how a cleansing agent removes dirt from cloths during washing. (2 marks).
Page | 318
 VIHIGA QUAKER JOINT EXAMINATION
PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the common laboratory apparatus and fittings, each candidate shall be supplied with
the following:
• 60 cm3of 0.5M copper (II) sulphate labeled Solution X
• 2.5g of Solid Y
• 90cm3 of acidified potassium manganate (VII), labelled as Solution Z
• Solid L, about 0.5 g
• About 0.5g of solid K
• 60 cm3of 2M sulphuric (VI) acid, H2SO4
• Burette
• Pipette and pipette filler
• Three conical flasks
• 100 ml plastic beaker
• 250 ml volumetric flask with a stopper
• 1 label
• Stop watch
• Clean and dry Metallic spatula
• Thermometer (-10-1100c)
• Six test tubes in a rack
• One boiling tube
• test tube holder
• Filter paper
• Filter funnel
• Retort stand
• white tile
• 10ml measuring cylinder.
• 50ml measuring cylinder.
• Distilled water in a wash bottle
• About 0.2g of solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Access to the following:
• 2 M NH4OH solution with a dropper
• 0.1M barium nitrate solution, with a dropper
• 0.1M lead (II) nitrate solution
• 0.1M acidified potassium dichromate (VI) with a dropper
• Acidified potassium manganate (VII) with a dropper (Same a solution Z)
• Chlorine water with a dropper
• Universal indicator solution supplied with a dropper and with the corresponding PH chart
• Bunsen burner`
Note
• Solution X is prepared by accurately weighing 125g of hydrated copper (II) sulphate and making
up to 1000 cm3 of solution
• Solution Z is prepared by accurately weighing 3.2g of KMnO4.then dissolving in 100ml of 2M
sulphuric acid and topping up to 1000ml of the solution
• Solid Y is iron powder
• Solid L is Potassium iodide
• Solid K is Oxalic acid
• Chlorine is prepared by dissolving 100g/ 100ml of calcium hypochlorite in a liter of distilled water.

Page | 319
 VIHIGA QUAKER JOINT EXAMINATION
233/3
Chemistry 233/3
2 ¼ Hours
Question 1
You are provided with the following reagents:
• Solution X- 0.5M Copper (II) sulphate solution
• Solid Y- Iron powder
• Solution Z- Acidified Potassium Manganate (VII) solution, containing 0.8g of Potassium Manganate
(VII) in 250cm3 of the solution.
You are required to determine the molar heat of displacement of copper in a solution of its ions by
iron metal.
Procedure I
• Place 50cm3 of Solution X in a 100cm3 plastic beaker using a burette.
• Measure the constant temperature of the solution and record it in the Table 1 below.
• Add all of the Solid Y provided at once and start a stop watch immediately.
• Using a thermometer, Stir the mixture thoroughly and continuously and record the temperature of
the mixture after every one minute in the table 1.
• Retain the resultant mixture for use in Procedure II.
Table 1
Time (Min) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Temperature(0C)
(3 marks)
(i) Plot a graph of temperature (vertical axis) against time on the grid provided below. (3 marks)
(ii) From the graph you have drawn, determine the;
a) highest change in temperature, ∆T (1 mark)
b) time taken for the reaction to completely occur (1 mark)
(iii) Calculate the heat change for the reaction. (Take density of the solution to be 1g/cm3 and specific
heat capacity of the solution to be 4200kJ/Kg/K) (2 marks)
Procedure II
• Swirl the mixture obtained in procedure I above and filter into a 250ml volumetric flask.
• Thoroughly rinse the beaker with 20cm3 of distilled water and ensure all the mixture has been
transferred onto the filter paper.
• Add 50cm3 of 2M Sulphuric (VI) acid to the filtrate mixture in the volumetric flask.
• Add more distilled water to the solution in the volumetric flask to the mark. Mix the contents
thoroughly and label this solution as Solution N.
• Fill the burette with Solution Z.
• Place 25 cm3 of Solution N into a 250 cm3 conical flask using a pipette and a pipette filler.
• Titrate Solution N against Solution Z until the first permanent pink colour is seen.
• Record your results in Table 2 below.
• Repeat the titration twice and complete Table 2.
Table 2
Titre I II III
Final burette reading(cm3)
Initial burette reading(cm3)
Volume of Solution Z used(cm3)
(3 marks)
(i) What is the average volume of Solution Z used? (1 mark)
(ii) Calculate the molarity of Solution Z, KMnO4 (1 mark)
(K=39, Mn=55, O=16)
(iii) Calculate the number of moles of:
Page | 320
a) Potassium manganate (VII) used, Solution Z (1 mark)
b) Iron (II) ions in 25cm3 of solution N (1 mark)
The equation for the reaction is:
MnO4-(aq) + 8H+ (aq) + 5Fe2+ (aq) → Mn2+ (aq) + 4H2O (l) + 5Fe3+ (aq)
c) Iron (II) ions in the 250cm3 of solution N (1 mark)
(iv) Determine the molar heat of displacement of copper from a solution of its ions by iron metal
(2 marks)
(v) Draw an energy level diagram for the reaction (2 marks)
Question 2
You are provided with solid L. Carry out the tests below. Record your observations and inferences
in the spaces provided.
(a) Place about half of solid L in a clean test-tube and add about 8 ml of distilled water and
shake. Retain the other half of solid L for use in part (c) while the solution is for use in
part (b) (i) to (iv).

(b) Divide the solution obtained in part (a) above into four portions.
(i) To the first portion, add 2 M ammonium hydroxide solution drop-wise until in excess.
(ii) To the second portion add 2 – 3 drops of barium nitrate solution. (1 mark)
(iii) To the third portion add about equal volume of chlorine water.
(iv) To the fourth add 2 – 3 drops of lead (II) nitrate solution.
(c) Place a little of solid L on the spatula and heat it strongly with a non-luminous flame.
Question 3
You are provided with solid K. Place all the solid K in the boiling tube. Add 10 cm3 of distilled
water and shake well. Divide the resulting mixture into four portions.

a) To the first portion add 2 drops of universal indicator. Compare the result with the PH chart.
b) To the second portion add two drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) Solution.
c) To the third portion add drops of potassium dichromate (VI) Solution.
d) To the fourth portion add, a little amount of NaHCO3

Page | 321
 VIHIGA COUNTY QUAKER SCHOOLS CLUSTER EXAM
233 /1
Chemistry
Paper 1 (Theory)
QUESTION 1
a) The brown substance formed when iron combines with oxygen and moisture.//
Hydrated iron III oxide//
Fe2O3.XH2O.
(Either for 1 mark)
b) Sacrificial Protection – a layer of a more reactive metal is coated on the surface of iron. (1)
Cathodic Protection – iron metal is connected onto another more reactive metal through a
conducting wire. (1)
QUESTION 2
a) Ions (1)
b) The ratio of sodium ions to chloride ions in sodium chloride is 1:1 leading to few ions in sodium
chloride hence lower electrical conductivity.(1)
The ratio of lead ions to bromide ions in lead ii bromide is 1:2 leading to more ions in lead ii
bromide hence higher electrical conductivity.(1)//
Lead ions have higher charge than sodium ions leading to higher electrical conductivity in lead ii
bromide. (2 marks)
QUESTION 3
a) The volume of a given mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure, temperature kept
constant. (1)
b) Table 1 below shows the data obtained in an experiment using a given mass of hydrogen gas.
i) I-(10) x (160) = 1600
II – (5) X (320) = 1600 (1 mark for both working)
Therefore PV is a constant for all values of pressure and volume, temperature kept constant.
ii) P1V1 = P2V2
(5)X (320) = P2 X 8
P2 = (5 X 320)/8 (1/2 mark)
= 200cm3 (1/2 mark)
QUESTION 4
a) An ionic compound formed when the hydrogen part of an acid is partially or completely replaced
by a metal or an ammonium ion. (1 mark)
b) Sodium hydrogen sulphate//
NaHSO4 (Either for one mark)
c) Mix equal volumes of sodium hydroxide and sulphuric (VI) acid of same molarity. (1/2 mark)
Heat the resulting mixture to saturation, allow it to cool to form crystals, rinse the crystals with
distilled water and dry them between filter papers. (1/2 mark)
QUESTION 5
DH = 40 x 4.2 x 7.5 = 1,260J (1/2 mark)
Moles of acid = (20 x 0.5)/1000 = 0.01 (1/2)
Moles of the base = (20 x 1)/1000 = 0.02(1/2)
Since mole reaction ratio of base to acid is 2:1, then all the acid will be used up and all the base
will also be used up, from the equation, 0.02 moles of water will be produced. (1/2)
We use the moles of water produced to work out the molar heat of neutralization.
Molar heat of neutralization = 1,260/0.02 (1/2) = - 63.0kJ/mole. (1/2)
QUESTION 6
a) Amount of neat energy required to convert one mole of a liquid into a gas at its boiling point. (1)
b) Ethanol has higher heat of vaporization than ethane (1/2)
Ethanol has van der waals forces and additional hydrogen bonds resulting in stronger
intermolecular forces (1)

Page | 322
 Ethane has only van der waals forces leading to weak intermolecular forces.(1/2)
QUESTION 7
a) Frasch process (1/2)
b) The middle pipe is narrow, provides small surface area for the high pressure required for the hot
compressed air to reach the Sulphur deposits. (1/2)
c) Add the Sulphur produced to carbon disulphide andstir (1/2) and filter the resulting mixture into a
beaker (1/2)
Allow the filtrate to evaporate slowly to obtain rhombic Sulphur. (1/2)
d) Land degradation.(½)
QUESTION 8
a) Draw and name two structures of the organic compounds used to prepare it. (2 marks)
b) Fats and oils (1)
QUESTION 9
a) An attraction or association of atoms or ions to form molecules, crystals and other structures. (1)
b)
c) Conducts electricity in molten and aqueous state but does not conduct in solid state. //
- Dissolves in inorganic solvents like water but does not dissolve in organic solvents like methyl
benzene.
QUESTION 10
a) Plastics are poor conductors of heat hence minimize lose of heat to the environment
b) Point of complete neutralization.
c) Acid still in excess, any morebase added leads to more reaction taking place hence increase in
temperature.
d) Basic – reaction stopped at point S hence no more acid present in the mixture, the mixture mainly
contains the excess base.
QUESTION 11
a) 2NaNO3 (s) →- 2NaNO2 (s) + 02 (g)
b) 2Pb (NO2)2 (s) →2 Pb0 (s) +4 NO2 (g) + 02 (g)
QUESTION 12
Molarity of base = 0.1M
Moles of the base = (20 x 0.1)/1000 = 0.002 moles.
Reaction ratio between base and acid = 2: 1
Moles of the acid = 0.001
Molarity of the acid = (1000) x (0.001)/8 = 0.125M
QUESTION 13
a) Substance that dissociates in water to produce hydrogen ions as the only positively charged ions.
b) The indicator is acidic in nature, excess of the indicator will react with the base hence lowering the
concentration of the base,and less acid will be required to neutralize the base hence titre value
reduces.
QUESTION 14
a) A substance made up of the same type of atoms //
A substance that cannot be broken down into any other simpler substances by chemical means
b) Give the names of the compounds formed when each of the following elements chemically
combine.
iii) Magnesium carbide
iv) ZZinc phosphide
QUESTION 15
a) Acidic gases combine with rain water to form acid rain which falls into the water body
b) Affects body functioning of the enzymes of aquatic organisms//
Leads to death.
c) Basic //alkaline
QUESTION 16

Page | 323
a) To demonstrate the solubility of ammonia gas in water,
b) When a drop of water gets into the jet, it dissolves a lot of ammonia gas in the flask creating a
partial vacuum.
This leads water to be forced into the flask at high pressure by the atmospheric pressure leading to
formation of a blue fountain since ammonia gas is basic in nature.
QUESTION 17
a) Write the formulae of;
i) Na2O
Na2O2
ii) PCl3
PCl5
b) Argon
c) SiCl4 (s) + 2H20 (l) → SiO2 (s) + 4HCl (aq) (1)
QUESTION 18
a) Hydrogen gas (1/2)
b) Bubble gas X through acidified potassium dichromate VIsolution, the orange colour changes to
green confirming gas X to be Sulphur IV oxide gas. (1/2)
c) A white precipitate (1/2) that dissolves in excess ammonia solution to form am colourless (1/2)
solution is produced.
The zinc ions reacted with hydroxyl ions to form a white precipitate of zinc hydroxide (1/2) which
further reacted with ammonia solution to form a complex ion called tetra amine zinc ii ions (1/2)
which is the colorless solution.
QUESTION 19
a) Methyl benzene//toluene (1)
Carbon tetra chloride
b) No effervescence of a colorless gas (1)
Hydrogen chloride gas does not dissociate (1/2) in methylbenzene, there are no hydrogen ions (1/2)
to react with the carbonate ions hence no carbon IV oxide gas will be produced.
QUESTION 20
DH = 25 /1000 x 4.2 x 18 = 1.89Kj (1/2)
Moles of magnesium = 0.15/24 = 0.00625 (1/2)
Moles of copper ions = (25 x 2)/1000 = 0.05 (1/2)
Reaction ratio of Mg: Cu2+ is 1:1
With 0.00625 moles, we shall only displace 0.00625 moles of copper ions (1/2)
Hence we use 0.00625 moles of copper ions to calculate the molar heat of displacement.
Heat of displacement = 1.89/0.00625 (1/2) = - 302.4 Kj/mole. (1/2)
QUESTION 21
a) At high temperature, both the solvent and solute particles gain kinetic energy(1), this enables the
solvent molecules to more effectively break apart the solute molecules leading to higher
solubility(1).
b) At higher temperatures, much of the salts are in solution form (1/2)hence the aquatic plants will
absorb (1/2) the salts more easily.
QUESTION 22
a) When gases combine, they do so in volumes that bear simple whole number ratios to one another
and to volumes of gaseous products, temperature and pressure kept constant. (1)
b)
Volume of carbon IV oxide gas = 200cm3 (1/2)
C2H4 (g) + 302(g) …………….. 2CO2 (g) + 2H2O (g) (1/2)
100 cm3 300 cm3 200cm3 200cm3
Residual gasses;
50cm3 of unreacted oxygen gas (1/2)
200cm3 of steam (1/2)

Page | 324
 QUESTION 23
a) NaNO2(s) + NH4Cl (s) → NH4NO2 (s) + NaCl (s) (1)
NH4NO2 (s) → N2(s) + H2O (l) (1)
b) Insoluble in water (1/2)
c) manufacture of ammonia (1/2)
ii) Refrigerant
QUESTION 24
Weigh the sample and record its mass (1/2)
Heat the sample until there is no further change to obtain copper II oxide (1/2)
Pass excess hydrogen gas over heated copper II oxide until there is no further change to obtain
copper metal (1/2)
Weigh the copper metal obtained and record (1/2)
Divide the mass of copper by the mass of copper II carbonate and multiply by 100 to obtain the
percentage of copper in the sample. (1)
QUESTION 25
Draw a diagram for the set-up of apparatus that can be used to heat a sample of sodium hydrogen
carbonate and test for any gaseous products. (3 marks)

QUESTION 26
Mass of C = (12/44) X 9.533 = 2.6g (1/2)
Mass of H = (2/18) X 5.85 = 0.65 (1/2)
Mass of 0 = 5.0 – (2.6 + 0.65) = 1.75 (1/2)
C H O
Mass 2.6 0.65 1.75
Moles 2.6/12 = 0.21666 0.65/1 = 0.65 1.75/16 =0.1094(1/2)
Mole ratio 0.21666/0.1094 0.65/0.1094 0.1094/0.1094 (1/2)
1.98 5.9 1
2 6 1
Empirical formula is C2H60 (1/2)
QUESTION 27
a) Shows the zinc electrode is the negative electrode when connected to the standard hydrogen half
cell (1/2)
b) Zinc metal is more reactive than hydrogen hence zinc loses electrons faster than hydrogen. (1/2)
c) Electrode A2 H+ (g) + 2e- → H2 (g) (1)
Electrode BZn (s) → Zn 2+ (aq) + 2e- (1)
QUESTION 28
a) Determine the rate of reaction at time, t = 25 seconds. (11/2 marks)
b) Crush the potassium carbonate (1/2)
Small particles offer a large surface area (1/2) for reaction leading to more effective collisions per
unit time (1/2)//
Increase the temperature
At high temperature, the reactant particles gain kinetic energy and move more randomly, also more
reactant particles have activation energy, these leads to more effective collisions per unit time
leading to faster reaction.//
Use higher concentration of the acid, at higher concentration, the reactant particles are close to each
other leading to more effective collisions per unit time.
QUESTION 29
a) Sulphur /metal sulphide (1/2)
Air (1/2)
b) Since the forward reaction is exothermic, low temperature (1/2)would favor the forward reaction
hence high yield of Sulphur iv oxide gas, however very low temperature would lead to slow
reaction, optimum temperature of 450 0c (1/2)is used.

Page | 325
 QUESTION 30
a) Process by which a solid changes directly into gas when heated. (1 mark)
b) Anhydrous calcium oxide absorbs both moisture and the excess chlorine gas (1/2) hence preventing
pollution but anhydrous calcium oxide only absorbs moisture (1/2)
c) 2Fe (s) + Cl2 (g) →. 2FeCl3 (s) (1)
QUESTION 31
a) Temporary hardness is caused by presence of bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium hence can
be removed (1/2) by boiling while permanent hardness is caused by presence of sulphates and
chlorides of calcium and magnesium hence cannot be removed by boiling.(1/2)
b) The calcium and magnesium ions present in hard water forms insoluble salts (1) with soap
molecules, this hinders (1) the formation of lather required for washing hence more soap used to
produce lather.

QUESTION 32
a) An impure substance made up of two or more substances that are not chemically combined. (1)
b) Add water to the mixture (1/2), calcium hydrogen carbonate dissolves but calcium carbonate does
not. (1/2)
Filter the resulting mixture to calcium carbonate as the residue (1/2)
Wash the residue with distilled water and dry it under the sun. (1/2)
QUESTION 33
a) A dilute acid has few acid molecules per given volume of solution relative to the amount of water.
(1/2)
A weak acid partially dissociates in water to produce a low concentration of hydrogen ions. (1/2)
b) M1V1 = M2V2
V1 (5) = (400) (0.8) (1)
V1 = 64 cm3 (1)
QUESTION 34
a) A soapy detergent has a carboxylate (1/2) end as the polar end while a soapless detergent has a
sulphonate end as the polar end. (1/2)
b) A cleansing agent has the polar end and non-polar end (1/2)
During washing, the polar end dissolves in or is attracted to water while the non-polar end
dissolves or is attracted to the grease which contains the dirt. (1/2)
When the water is agitated, the grease breaks into small droplets which get surrounded by negative
charges from the polar end of the soap molecule. (1/2)
The droplets therefore repel each other, remain suspended in the water and can be washed away
with the dirt. (1/2)

Page | 326
 VIHIGA COUNTY QUAKER SCHOOLS CLUSTER EXAM
233 /3
Chemistry
Paper 3
Marking scheme
1. Table 1 = 3 marks
Complete table …………………………………………………………1mk
Decimal …………………………………………………………………½mk
Accuracy…………………………………………………………………1mk
Trend…………………………………………………………………… ½ mk
a) COMPLETE TABLE (CT) (1marks)
(Complete the table with 11 readings.)

PENALTIES/CONDITIONS
i. Penalize ⅟2marks for 10 to 6 filled spaces.
ii. Penalize fully for less than 6 filled spaces.
iii. PENALISE ⅟2marks for any temperature reading that is less than 10⁰C (<10⁰C) OR greater than 40
(10≤ t ≤40).

b) USE OF DECIMALS (D) (½mark)

i. Accept whole numbers or 1d.p or 2d.p used CONSISTENTLY THROUGHOUT otherwise
penalize fully.
ii. Where two decimals are used, the second should be either o or 5

c) ACCURACY (A) (1mark)

i. Compare the candidates FIRST READING with the school value (s.v)
ii. If the school value is with ±2 units of teacher’s value award 1mark otherwise penalize fully.

d) TREND (T) (½mark)

i. Award ½mark for either of the following temperature changes:
• Increases, remains constant then drops
• Is constant,increases then drops
• Is constant, increases, remains constant then drops

i) GRAPH (3marks)
Marks distributed as follows;

a) SCALE (S) (⅟2mark)

• Area covered by ACTUAL PLOTS should be half or more than half of the graph paper provided
otherwise penalize fully.
• Scale must be consistent (linear) on both axes otherwise penalize fully.
• The candidates scale must accommodate all the 11 plots whether plotted or not, otherwise penalize
fully.

b) LABELLING OF AXES(A) (⅟2mark)

• Penalize ⅟2marks for wrong units.
• Penalize ⅟2marks for INVERTED axes.
• ACCEPT if NO UNITS are shown both axes.
• Both axes MUST be correctly labeled.
• Accept if 1unit is correctly given.
c) PLOTTING (P) (1marks) CONDITIONS;
• Accept 10 – 11 points correctly plotted for 1marks
Page | 327
• Accept 6 - 9 points correctly plotted for⅟2mark
• If less than 6 points are correctly plotted for 0mark
NOTE;
i. If scale interval changes, mark the correct points within the 1st interval and award accordingly.
ii. Accept correct plots even if the axes are INVERTED OR INTERCHANGED
d) LINE (L) 1mark
i. Accept any straight lines drawn as follows:

ii) a)
• Showing ∆T on the correct graph ⅟2mark.
• Stating correct reading on the correct graph ⅟2mark.
b)
• Showing time on the correct graph ⅟2mark.
• Stating correct reading on the correct graph ⅟2mark.
CONDITIONS;
 .Penalize ⅟2mark if not shown on the graph.
 Award ZERO (0) if not shown on the graph and the stated value is wrong.
 If the value is shown on the graph, BUT stated wrongly penalize ⅟2mark for wrong reading
(stating)
iii) Heat evolved = Mass × Specific heat capacity × Temperature change
= 0.05 Kg × 4.2 kJ Kg-1 K-1 × ans a (ii)
= ans iii in kJ

Table 2 and averaging (5 marks)

I. Complete table . . . . . . (1 mark)
Conditions
1. 3 titrations done (1 mark)
2. 2 titrations done (½ mark)
3. 1 titration done (0 mark)
Penalties
Penalise ½ mark only once for any of the following
a) Wrong arithmetic / subtraction
b) Inverted table
c) Unrealistic burette readings and titre values i.e. burette readings beyond 50cm³, unless explained or
titre values less than 1cm³ or in hundreds.
II. Use of decimal (1 mark) (Tied to 1st and 2nd row only)
Conditions
a) Accept 1 or 2 decimal places used consistently, otherwise penalise fully.
b) If 2d.p used, the second decimal place must be '0' or '5', otherwise penalise fully.
c) Accept inconsistency in the use of zeros as the initial burette reading e.g. 0, 0.0 or 0.00.
III. Accuracy (1 mark)
Compare the candidate's correct titre values with the school value and tick () the chosen value if
it earns a mark and award as follows:
a) If at least one titre value is within ± 0.1 of SV…… (1 mark)
b) If at least one titre value is within ± 0.2 of S. V….. (½ mark)
c) If none is within ± 0.2 of S.V.….(0 mark)

Page | 328
 NOTE
1. The school value must be written above the table.
2. If there was wrong arithmetic or no subtraction, then work out the correct value and compare the
correctly worked out value with the S.V and award accordingly.
IV. Principles of averaging (1 mark)
Values averaged must be consistent within ± 0.2 of each other.
a. 3 consistent titrations done and averaged . . . . . 1 mark
b. 3 titration done but only 2 are consistent and averaged . . . . 1 mark
c. Only 2 titrations done, are consistent and averaged . . . . 1 mark
d. 3 consistent titrations done but only 2 are averaged. .... 0 mark
e. 3 inconsistent titrations done and averaged . . . . . 0 mark
NOTE.
(a) The mark for principles of averaging is awarded after marking the working and answer for
calculating the average volume of solution z.
(b) Penalise ½ mark if no working is shown but correct answer is given.
(c) Penalise fully if no working shown but answer given in wrong or wrong working done and correct
answer given
(d) Accept rounding off or truncation of answer to at least 2 decimal places, otherwise penalise ½ mark
for rounding off to less than 2 decimal places, unless the answer works out exactly to a whole number
or to 1 decimal place.
V) Final accuracy . . . . . . . (1 mark)
Compare the candidates' correct averaged titre with the school value and award as follows:
(a) If within ± 0.1 of school value . . . . . . 1 mark
(b) If within ± 0.2 of school value . . . . . . ½ mark
iii) If not within ± 0.2 of S.V. . . . . . . . . . 0 mark
NB
If wrong principles of averaging is used by the candidate, then pick the correct values
(if any), average and award accordingly.
Procedure II
(ii) Molar mass of KMnO4 = 158
0.8 1000
Molarity of KMnO4 = x = 0.02023M (Ans ii)
358 250
Conditions and penalties for all the working
- Accept correct answer for ½ mark if working is not shown.
- Penalise fully for any strange figure used in the working
- Answer to be to at least 4 decimal places, otherwise penalise ½ mark for rounding off to less than
4dp, unless it works out exactly to lesser number of decimal places.
- Answer should be as expected, otherwise penalise ½ mark for wrong arithmetic.
- Units may not be shown, but if shown must be correct, otherwise penalise ½ mark for wrong units.
Average volume in procedure II × Ans(ii )
iii) a) Moles of solution Z used = ½
1000
= Correct answer iii(a)½
b) Iron (II) ions in 25cm3 solution N = Correct answer iii(a)× 5  ½
= Correct answer iii(b)½
c) Iron (II) ions in 250 ml solution N = Correct answer iii(b) x 10½
= Correct answer iii(c) ½
50 × 0.5
(iv) Moles of Cu = 2+
= 0.025 moles 1
1000

ans iii procedure I

Molar enthalpy of displacement = ½
0.025

= - ans iv in Kj/mol ½
- Penalise ½ mark for wrong or no units or for wrong or no sign on correct answer.

Page | 329
V)
QUESTION 2
Observations Inferences
(a) Dissolves to form a colourless solution  Soluble salt // absence of coloured ions//
Cu2+, Fe2+, Fe3+ absent 
(b) (i) No white ppt  Zn2+(aq), Al3+(aq) , Pb2+(aq,) Ca2+ or Mg2+absent
3 – mentioned – 1mk
2 – mentioned– ½mk
1 – mentioned – 0mk
Penalise ½ mk for any contradictory ion upto a
maximum of 1mk.
(ii) No white ppt  SO42-(aq), SO32-(aq) and CO32-(aq) absent
3 – mentioned – 1mk
2 – mentioned – ½mk
1 – mentioned – 0mk
Penalise ½ mk for any contradictory ion upto a
maximum of 1mk.
(iii) Brown solution / yellow solution  Br-(aq) or I-(aq) 1mk (½mk each)
Penalise ½ mk for any contradictory ion upto a
maximum of 1mk.
(iv) Bright yellow ppt  I-(aq) 
(Tied to being correctly inferred in iii above)
(c) Blue-purple or lilac  K+ 
Penalise FULLY for any contradictory ion
QUESTION 3
OBSERVATION INFERENCE
Solid dissolves to form a colourless solution Polar organic compound
Accept polar compound
(1 mark)

a) Test the first portion with universal indicator papers.

OBSERVATION INFERENCE
PH = 4 or 5 (1mark) Weakly Acidic substance

b) To the second portion, add 2 drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII) and shake well

Page | 330
 OBSERVATION INFERENCE
\ /
Purple colour of acidified potassium manganate C = C or –C ≡ C- ½ , R-OH ½
(VII) decourised / \

c) To the third portion, add 2 drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI) and shake well
OBSERVATION INFERENCE

Orange colour of acidified potassium dichromate R-OH present ½

(VI) changes to green

d) To the fourth portion, add a little solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.

OBSERVATION INFERENCE
Effervescence/ bubbles RCOOH/ - COOH/ H+/ H3O+
REJECT fizzling/sizzling

Page | 331
 PRACTICE EXERCISES
ACK DIOCESE OF MUMIAS JOINT EVALUATION
233/1
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. a) Define the term solubility (1mk)
b) calculate the solubility of a salt given that 15g of the salt can saturate 25cm3 at room
temperature. (2mks)
2. Starting with sodium metal, describe how a solid sample of sodium hydrogen carbonate can be
prepared. (2mks)
3. Describe how you can distinguish between CuO, MnO2 and FeS using dilute hydrochloric acid
only. (3mks)
4. Write the equations for the reactions that take place during electrolysis of magnesium Sulphate
solution using platinum electrodes at the:
i) Anode (1mk)
ii) cathode (1mk)
iii) give the name of the material that can be used as the electrode instead of platinum
5. Study the following part of the solvay process for the manufacture of sodium carbonate and answer
the questions that follows:

a) State the main source of Carbon (IV) oxide in the process. (1 mk)
Write down the overall equation for the reaction in chamber I. (1m k)
b) Name process in
i) step 1. (½ mk)
ii) step 2 (½ mk)
6. Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid as shown in the equation below
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
State two ways in which the rate of the reaction above can be increased (2mks)
7. Study the scheme below hence answer the questions that follow.

Page | 332
a) Identify
i) solid Q. …………………………………………………………………….. (½ mk)
ii) condition necessary for step 1 to take place (½ mk)
b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction in Step II. 1 mk)
c) describe a chemical test for ammonia ( 1mk)
8. 45.0cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide containing 12.0 g per litre of sodium hydroxide were
completely neutralized by 0.441 g of dibasic acid. Determine the relative formula mass of the
dibasic acid (Na =23.0, O=16.0; H=1.0) (3mks)
9. Study the following flow chart and answer the questions that follow.

(i) Write the formula of

I Alcohol A ( ½ mk)
II Compound B ( ½ mk)
(ii) Name substance C (1mk)
10. If chlorine gas is passed over heated iron fillings and the product dissolved in water, a yellow
solution is formed.
(i) Identify the yellow solution. (1 mk)
(ii) What would be observed if aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to the yellow solution?
(iii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction between the yellow solution and sodium hydroxid(1 mk)
11. Under certain conditions, carbon(IV) oxide react with water to form methanol and oxygen as
shown in the reaction below
2CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) → 2CH3OH(l) +3O2(g) ; ∆H=+1452kJ
What would be the effect equilibrium
i) Of Increase of pressure on the mixture? Explain (1mks)
ii) When the oxygen formed is liquefied? Explain (1 mks)
12. In terms of structure and bonding, explain the following.
i) Graphite is used as a lubricant. (1 mk)
ii) Alluminium is better conductor of electricity then magnesium. (1 mk)
iii) Water is a liquid at room temperature while hydrogen sulphide is a gas. (1 mk)
13. The diagram below illustrates an experiment to investigate the conduction of electricity in
liquids. Study it and answer the questions that follows.

a) State one mistake in the set-up. (1mk)

b) If the liquid in the beaker was benzene. State what expected at the bulb? Explain (2mks)

Page | 333
14.The diagrams below were set up by form 4 students to investigate methods of preventing rusting.

i) It was observed that rusting occurred in set up II and not in set up I. Explain. (1mk)
ii) What is the name given to this method of preventing rusting (1mk)
iii) State one other method of preventing rusting in iron. (1mk)
15 Study the information given in the table below and answer the questions below the table:
Bond Bond energy (kjmol-1)
C - H 414
CI - CI 244
C - CI 326
H - CI 431
Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction.
CH4 (g) + Cl2 (g) → CH3Cl (g) + HCl (g) (3 marks)
16. A student was supplied with a colourless liquid suspected to be water.
(i) Describe one chemical test that could be carried out to show that the liquid was water.
(ii) How could it have been shown that one liquid was pure water? (1mk)
(iii) Name two substances that react to form pure water. (1mk)
17. a) The diagram below represents an apparatus found in a chemistry laboratory.
Give its name. and use (1 mark)

b) Draw and name the apparatus used for

i) Holding liquids for boiling
iii) Holding solids that are heated strongly
18 Study the crude oil fractionating column in the diagram below.

i) How would you expect the temperature to vary from U to Y? (½mk)

(i) For each fraction given below, state at what position U, V, W, Z and Y it will be collected.
Compound with Position collected
C15 - C25 atoms ……………………………………
C4- C15 atoms …………………………………….
Compound with Position collected
C20 – Upwards …………………………………….
C8 - C16 atoms ……………………………………
C1 - C4 atoms ……………………………………

Page | 334
19. An element G is atomic number 3, relative atomic mass 6.94 and consists of two isotopes of mass
numbers 6 and 7 respectively
a. What is the mass number of the more abundant isotope of G? (1mk)
b. Calculate the relative abundance of each of the isotopes. (2mks)
20. a) P o t a s s i u m manganate (VII) reacts with chloride salts to produce chlorine. Both chlorine and
potassium manganate (VII) are strong oxidizing agents. Which one of the two is the stronger
oxidizing agent? Explain your answer (2marks)
b) Chlorine and sulphur (IV) oxide are bleaching agents; explain the difference in their bleaching
action. (1mk)
21. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

(a) Name the substanc (1mk)

(i) A
(ii)B
(b) State the property of S02 exhibited in step 2. (1mk)
22. An organic compound K was analysed and found to contain carbon, hydrogen and oxygen only.
1.29g of K on complete combustion gave 2.64g of carbon (IV) oxide
and 0.81g of water. Find the empricial formula of K. (C = 12, H = 1, O = 16). (3 marks)
23. An experiment was carried out to detriment the presence of substanceI, J, K and L in mixture M.
the result obtained are shown in figure below.

a) Name the method of separation illustrated in figure 2 1 mark

b) Select
i) One substance which contains a component not present in T 1 mark
ii) Substance which is least soluble in the solvent used 1 mk
24. Calculate the heating value of methanol CH3OH given that 0.87g of the fuel burn in air to raise the
temperature of 500g of water from 20oC to 27oC.(C-12.0,H=1.0 O=16.0). (3mks)
25. give the IUPAC names of compounds whose formulae are given below
a) CH3CH2CH2COOH
b) CH3(CH2)3OH
c) O
||
CH3 - C - O - CH2CH3
26 a) Name and ore from which copper could be extracted (1mk)
b) Draw a well labelled diagram showing the set-up that is used in electronic purification of
copper (2mks)
27. Calculate the mass of nitrogen-13 that remains from 4g after one hour if the half-life period of
nitrogen-13 is 10minutes. (2mks)
28. i) State the Gay-Lussac’s Law. (1mk)
ii) 15cm³ of a gaseous hydrocarbon reacted completely with 45cm³ of oxygen. 30cm³ of
carbon (IV) oxide were formed. Determine the formula of the hydrocarbon given that all
volumes of gases were measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.
Page | 335
 ACK DIOCESE OF MUMIAS JOINT EVALUATION
CHEMISTRY
PAPER TWO (233/2)
Time - 2 Hours
1. a) Study the information given below and answer the questions that follow.
Element Atomic radius Ionic radius Formula of Melting point Electrical conductivity of oxide
(nm) (nm) oxide of oxide (ºC) in solid or molten state
A 0.064 0.136 OA2 -224 Does not conduct
B 0.117 0.040 BO2 1710 Does not conduct
C 0.125 0.054 C2O3 2045 Conducts in molten state
D 0.110 0.212 D2O5 563 Does not conduct
E 0.157 0.095 E2O 1193 Conducts in molten state
(i) Select two elements, whose oxides have giant ionic structure (2 marks)
(ii) Which element is likely to be silicon? Give a reason. (2 marks)
(iii) Explain why the melting point of the oxide of A is lower than that of the oxide of C (2 marks)
(iv) State the nature of the solution formed when oxide of D, D2O5 dissolves in water. (1 mark)
(b) Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow (The letters do not
represent the actual symbols of the elements)
Element Electronic configuration Electron affinity(kJ/mol)
F 2.7 -322
G 2.8.7 -349
H 2.8.18.7 -325
(i) What chemical family do the elements F, G and H belong? (1 mark)
(ii) What is meant by the term electron affinity? (1 mark)
(c) When a piece of calcium is placed in cold water, it sinks to the bottom and a colorless gas that
extinguishes a burning splint with a pop sound is produced. Use a simple diagram to illustrate how
this gas can be collected during this experiment. (3 marks)
2. a) Draw and name the structures of;
i. the second member of the alkene homologous series (1 mark)
ii the second member of the alkane homologous series (1mark)
b) Use the information in the scheme below to answer the questions that follow.

Page | 336
(i) give the name of ;
(I) compound J (1 mark)
(II)compound K (1 mark)
(ii)Give the name of the reaction which occurs in step V (1 mark)
(iii)
Write the equation for the chemical reaction in step III (1 mark)
(iv)Name the reagent(s) and conditions necessary for the reaction step IV
Reagent(s) (1 mark)
Condition (s) (1 mark)
(v) State the observations made in step II (1 mark)
(d) The two reactions below show how a long chained alkanoic acid can be converted into detergent
M.
Step I

CH2 — C17H35COOH
|
CH — C17H35COOH +3H2O → 3C17H35COOH + C3H8O3
|
CH2 — C17H35COOH
Step II
3C17H35COOH + 3NaOH → C17H35COONa + 3H2O
(detergent M)
(i) Name the type of reaction in step II (1 mark)
(ii) When detergent M is added to a beaker containing hard water a scum is formed. Write the formula
of the scum. (1 mark)
3. a) The diagram below represents an industrial process for the manufacture of ammonia.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Page | 337
i) Give the name of;
(I) the process above (1 mark)
(II) Gas N (1 mark)
ii) Carbon (IV) oxide, sulphur (VI) oxide and dust are the impurities in this process. Give a reason
why these impurities are removed. (1 mark)
iii) Other than iron catalyst, state two optimum conditions for this process (2 marks)
iv) Give two uses of ammonia (2 marks)
(b) Urea, (CO(NH2)2) is prepared by reacting carbon (IV) oxide and ammonia.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction which occurs. (1 mark)
(ii) 20 kilograms of urea was applied to a farm and 25 kilograms of ammonium nitrate applied to
another farm. Determine the farm enriched with nitrogen.(C=12, N = 14, O=16, H =1)
(3 marks)
(c) State and explain what would be observed when aqueous ammonia is added dropwise until in
excess to a solution of copper (II) chloride. (2 marks)
4. a) i) State Le Chatelier’s principle. (1 mark)
(ii) Bromine water can be prepared by dissolving 1 cm3 of liquid bromine in 100 cm3of water. After
shaking, the equilibrium below is established.
Br2 (aq) + H2O (l) OBr - (aq) +Br- (aq) +2H+ (aq)
(Yellow) (colourless)
State and explain the effect of adding sodium hydroxide to the above equilibrium (2 marks)
(b) Colloidal sulphur may be formed by reacting sodium thiosulphate and dilute hydrochloric acid
shown in the equation below.
Na2S2O3(aq) +2HCl(aq) → 2NaCl(aq) + S(s) +SO2(g) + H2O (l)
(i) State and explain the effect of increase in temperature on the rate of the reaction above. (2 marks)
(ii) Other than temperature name one factor that can alter the rate of the reaction in b (i) (1 mark)
(c) 2.50 grams of a calcium carbonate was reacted with excess 1.8 M hydrochloric acid. The volume of
carbon (IV) oxide evolved measured and recorded at 10 second intervals. The results were recorded
as shown in the table below.
Time (seconds) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
volume of gas ( cm3) 0 150 295 420 525 580 600 600 600
(i) I) On the grid provided, plot a graph of volume (vertical axis) against time. (3 marks)
II) From your graph, determine the rate of reaction at 37th second. (3 marks)
5. (a) The table below shows the standard reduction potentials for four half cells. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.
Number Half -reaction E0volts
I Ag (aq) + 2ē
+
Ag (s) + 0.80
II Cu2+(aq) + 2ē Cu (s) + 0.34

III Pb2+(aq) + 2ē Pb (s) - 0.13

IV Fe2+(aq)+ 2ē Fe (s) - 0.44

(i) Identify the strongest oxidizing agent (1 mark)

ii) Explain why it’s not advisable to store a solution of silver nitrate in a container made of lead
(2 marks)
iii) In the space provided, draw a labeled diagram of the electrochemical cell that would be obtained
when half-cell of copper and iron are combined. (3 marks)
θ
iv) Calculate the E of the electrochemical cell constructed in (iii) above. (1 mark)
b) During the electrolysis of aqueous copper (II) sulphate using copper electrodes, a current of 0.75 A
was passed through the cell for 3 hours and 45 minutes.
i) Write an ionic equation for the reaction that took place at the anode. (1 mark)

Page | 338
ii) Determine the change in mass of the anode which occurred as a result of the electrolysis process.
(Cu=63.5 1 F = 96,500C) (3 marks)
6. a) i) What is fractional crystallization (1 mark)
(ii) The table below shows the solubility of two salts A and B at variousTemperatures
Salt Solubility at various temperatures(ºC)
50 20
86 g 31 g
B 18 g 8g

A mixture of the salts contains 29.5 g of salt A and 16.25 g of salt B at 50 ºC. The mixture is
cooled to 20 ºC. Determine the mass of the salt that crystallizes (2 marks)
(b) Explain how the use of ion exchange resin removes water hardness (2 marks)
(c) Name two disadvantages of hard water (2 marks)
(d) What is the effect of adding ammonia solution to a sample of water containing magnesium ions
(1 marks)
7. Study the information given in the table below and answer the questions below the table:
Bond Bond energy (kjmol-1)
C - H 414
CI - CI 244
C - CI 326
H - CI 431

a) Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction.

CH4 (g) + Cl2 (g) → CH3Cl (g) + HCl (g) (3 marks)
b) Draw an energy level diagram for this process (1 marks)
(c) In an experiment to determine the heat of combustion of methanol, CH3OH a student used a set up
like the one shown in the diagram below.

Volume of water = 500cm3

Final temperature of water = 27.00C
Initial temperature of water = 20.00C
Final mass of lamp + methanol = 22.11g
Initial mass of lamp+ methanol = 22.98g
Density of water = 1.0g cm3
Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 J/g/K
d) Write an equation for the combustion of methanol (1 mark)
e) Calculate:
i) The number of moles of methanol used in this experiment (C = 12; O = 16; H = 1)
(2 marks)

Page | 339
ii) The heat of combustion per mole of methanol. (1mark)
iii) The heat of combustion per mole of methanol (2marks)
f) Explain why the value of the molar heat of combustion for methanol obtained in this experiment is
different from the theoretical value. (1 mark)
g) State two effects of fuels on the environment. (2 mark)

ACK DIOCESE OF MUMIAS JOINT EVALUATION

CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the fitting and apparatus found in chemistry laboratory, each candidate will require;
1. 100 cm3 of solution E
2. I00 cm3 of solution F
3. 50 cm3 of solution G
4. 50 ml Burette
5. 25 ml Of Pipette
6. 2 Conical Flash (250 Ml)
7. A white tile
8. Clamp and Stand
9. Filter funnel
10. 50 ml measuring cylinder
11. A 250ml plastic beaker
12. One thermometer
13. About 2g of solid H
14. About 2g of solid J
15. 2 clean boiling tubes
16. 5 clean test-tubes
17. Distilled water supplied in a wash bottle
18. One filter paper
19. A clean metallic spatula
Access to;
1. Phenolphthalein indicator
2. Acidified barium nitrate solution
3. 2 M sodium hydroxide solution
4. 2M ammonia solution
5. 2 M nitric (V)acid solution
6. Source of heat
7. Acidified Potassium Manganate (VII) Solution
8. Acidified Potassium Dichromate (VI) Solution
Note:
1. Solution E is 0.5M sodium hydroxide solution
2. Solution F is 0.25 M sulphuric (VI) acid solution
3. Solution G is 0.5 M hydrochloric acid solution
4. Solid H is a mixture of zing carbonate and Aluminum sulphate mixed in the ratio of 2:l
respectively.
5. Solid J is maleic acid

Page | 340
 ACK DIOCESE OF MUMIAS JOINT EVALUATION
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
TIME: 2 HOURS 15 MIUTES
1. You are provided with:
 Sodium hydroxide solution E
 0.25M dibasic acid solution F
 Hydrochloric acid solution G
You are required to:
I. Standardize sodium hydroxide solution E using solution F.
II. Determine the heart of the hydrochloric acid solution G with sodium hydroxide solution F hence
determine its concentration in moles per liter.
Procedure I
Fill the burette with solution E. Pipette 25 cm3 of dibasic acid solution F and place it in a clean
conical flask. Add to it 2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate against sodium hydroxide
solution E from burette. Record your results in table 1 below. Repeat the procedure two more times
and complete table 1 below. (4mks)
Table 1
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution E used (cm3)

a) Determine the average volume of sodium hydroxide solution E used (1 mark)

b) Determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide solution E used (2 marks)
c) Determine the concentration of sodium hydroxide solution E in moles per liter (1 mark)
Procedure II
Using a clean measuring cylinder, measure 30 cm3 of solution G and transfer it to a 250 ml plastic
beaker. Record the initial temperature of solution G to the nearest 0.50C in table 2 below. Wash the
measuring cylinder. Use it to measure 10cm3 of solution E and add it to solution G in the plastic
beaker. Stir gently with the thermometer and record the highest steady temperature attained in the
table 2 below. Continue adding 10cm3 portions of solution E in the content of the plastic beaker,
stirring with the thermometer and recording the highest steady temperature after each addition in
the table 2 below until 80 cm3 of solution E has been added. (3 marks)

Volume of solution (cm3) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Temperature of the mixture (0C)
Changes in temperature , ∆ T (0C)
a) Complete table 2 above by filling in the change in temperature, ∆T values (1 mark)
b) Plot a graph of change in temperature, ∆ T against volume of solution E added (3 marks)
c) Using your graph;
i. Determine the maximum change in temperature, ∆T (1 mark)
ii. Determine the volume of sodium hydroxide E that completely neutralized 30cm3 of solution G.
(1 mark)
d) Calculate the heat evolved when 30cm3 of solution G react with the volume of solution E stated in
c(ii) above (specific heat capacity =4.2Jg-1K-1, density of solution =1 g/cm3) (2 marks)
e) Given that the molar heat of neutralization of hydrochloric acid is -57.2 kJmol-1, determine the
concentration of hydrochloric acid solution G in moles per litre. (2 marks)
2. You are provided with solid H. Carry out the following tests on it and record the observations and
references made in the spaces provided.

Page | 341
a) Put solid H in a clean dry boiling tube and at to it about 15cm3 of distilled water. Shake the mixture
thoroughly and filter. Wash and preserve the residue for use in part (c) below.
b) Divide the filtration into three portions.
i. To the first portion, add 2-3 drops of acidified barium nitrate solution
ii. To the second portion, add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until in excess
iii. To the third portion, add ammonia solution dropwise until in excess
c) Using a clean spatula, transfer the residue obtained in (a) above carefully into a clean dry boiling
tube. Add to it about 5cm3 of nitric acid (V) acid. PRESERVE the resulting solution for use in (d)
below.
d) To a portion of the solution preserved in (c) above, add ammonia solution dropwise until in excess.
3. You are provided with solid J. Carry out the tests below on it and record observations and
inferences in spaces provided
a) Scoop solid J on a clean dry spatula and heat it in a non –luminous flame.
b) Put the remaining solid J in a clean dry boiling tube and add to it about 10 cm3 of distilled water,
divide the resulting solution into two portions
I. To the first portion, add 2-3 drops of acidified potassium manganate (VII)
II. To the second portion, add 2-3 drops of acidified potassium dichromate (vi) solution

Page | 342
 ACK DIOCESE OF MUMIAS JOINT EVALUATION
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS 15 MIUTES
MARKING SCHEME
1. (a) i) C and E
ii) B – Grant atomic structure hence high melting point.
iii) A - is a non metal and forms an oxide with simple molecular structure while the oxide
of C has a giant ionic structure.
iv) Acidic solution
b) i) Halogens
ii) Refers to the energy released when an atom gains an electron(s)
c)

H
2. (a) i) H
H C = C− C− H
H H

ii) H − CH − CH − H
H H

(b) i) Ethanoic acid

ii) 2 – Bromoethanol
iii) CH 3 CH 2 OH ( l ) + 3O2 ( g ) → 2CO2 ( g ) + 3H 2 O( l )
iv)Sulphuric (vi) acid / steam
v) Acidified K2Cr2O7 changes from orange to green
(c) i) Neautralisation
ii)(C17H35 COO)2 Mg
3. a) I) Harber process
II) Nitrogen
ii) They damage the catalyst / Reduce the efficiency of the catalyst
iii) Pressure – 200 at
Temperature – 5000C
iv) Large scale manufacture of HNO3
Manufacture of ammonium fertilizers
(b) i) CO2 ( g ) + 2 NH 3( g ) → CO ( NH 2 )2 + H 2 O( l ) (CH 4 N 2 O )
ii) Mmurea = 60
% N = 28 x100 = 46.67 %
60
MM NH4 NO3 = 80
% N = 28 x100 = 35%
80
The farm with urea it has a higher % of nitrogen.
(c) Blue precipitate is formed which dissolves to form a deep blue solution. The blue precipitate
dissolves to form a complex.
4. (a) (i) Sates that when a change in condition is applied to a system at equilibrium the system moves
so as to oppose the change.
ii) Solution changes from yellow to colourless. NAOH introduces OH- which removes H+ hence

Page | 343
 need for more to be formed / OH- introduced reduces the concentration of H+ hence need for
more to be formed.
(b) i) Rate of reaction increases, increase in temperature increases the motion of the particles, thus
effective collisions increases increasing reaction rate.
ii) Concentration
(c) i) Diagram – graph
ii) 580 − 420 = 6.9565 cm3 / s
50 − 27
5. a) i) Ag
ii) Pb will reduce the silver ions to Ag(s) (ref calculated E value)
2 Ag ( aq ) +→
2e
Ag ( s ) + 0.80
Pb( s ) → Pb 2+ + 2e
E = 0.8 + 0.13= ± 0.93
iii)

iv) 0.44 + 0.34 = 0.78

+ 0.34 – (-0.44)
= + 0.78v
(b) i) Cu ( s ) → Cu 2+ ( aq ) + 2e −
ii) Q=1t
= 0.75 x[(3 x 60 x 60 ) + 45 x 60] = 10125 c
1m of e = 96500c
2 mol of e = 193000c
63.5 → 193000c
10125 c
63.5 x10125 = 3.3313 g
193000
Decreased by 3.3313g
6. a) i) A process of separating crystals of a solid from a solution basing on their solubility in the
same solvent.
ii) 16.25 g – 8g = 8.25 g
b) Containing Ca2+ / Mg2+ is through a column containing Na+ when the ions are exchanges forming
ppt which remain in the colu,m as water containing Na+ passes through the column.
c) - Soap is wasted
- Forms scales in boilers and electric kettles.
- Leaves spots on while liner during washing
(d) White precipitate insoluble in excess.
H
7. (a) H − C − H
H

C – H = 414 x 4
Cl – Cl = 244 x 1
+1900 k j/mol
C – H = 414 x 3
C – Cl = 326 x 1
H – Cl = 431 x 1
-1999 kg/mol
+1900 – 1999 = -99 kg/mol
Page | 344
(b)

(c) 2CH 3 OH ( l ) + 3O2 ( g ) → 2CO2 ( g ) + 4 H 2 O

(d) 5
CH 3 OH ( aq ) + O2 ( g ) → CO2 ( g ) + 2 H 2 O( l )
2
(e) i) Mass of methanol burnt = 22.98 – 22.11 = 0.87
Mol = 0.87 = 0.02719mol
32
ii) 4 H = MC ∆ H
= 500 x 4.2 x (27 – 20) = 14 700 J
iii) 0.02719 → 147000x1
0.02719
= -540,639. 94 J/mol / -540.639 kj/mol
(f) Some heat is lost to the environment
Heat absorbed by apparatus is not accounted for.
(g) produces gaseous products which pollute the environment
It is flammable hence can result to fire out breaks.

Page | 345
 THE SUPERIOR
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 2
233/2
1 The grid below represents part of the periodic table. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
The letters do not represent the actual symbol of elements.
G
K I
M V
J
L
N
i) State a chemical family and Select elements which belong to that chemical family. (1)
ii) Write the formulae of stable ions for elements in the same period. (1 mark)
b) The first ionization energies of two elements J and M at random are 577kJ/mol and 494kJ/mol.
i) Giving a reason, identify the element whose 1st ionisation energy is 577 kJ/mol. (2 marks)
ii) Explain why element V has the highest ionization energy. (1 mark)
iii) Write the formula of the compound of I and M. (1 mark)
iv) Give one use of an alloy of L. (1 mark)
v). Select divalent elements and write formulae of their stable ions. (1mark)
c) Compare the reducing power of elements M and N. Explain. (2marks)
d) i) Element L and M form chlorides. Complete the table by writing the formulae of each
chloride and state the nature of their aqueous solutions. (2 marks)
ii) The chloride of element M vaporizes easily while its oxide has a high melting point. Explain.
Element Formula of chloride Nature of chloride solution
L
M

2. a). The following is a structure of an organic compound.

i) Name the homologous series to which this compound belong? (1 mark)

ii). Give the structures and names of the reactants that form the above compound. (2 marks)
Name. structural formula
b). The table shows structural formula of some organic compounds.
Compound Structural formula
A CH3CH2CH2CH3
B CH3CH2COOH
C CH3CHCH2
D CHCCH3
E CH3CH2CH2CH2OH

i). Give the chemical test that can be used to identify compound C. (1 mark)
ii). Compare the boiling points of compounds E and A. (2 marks)
iii). Explain the observation made when Sodium carbonate is added to compound B. (2 marks)
iv). Write an equation to show the reaction between compound E and potassium metal and give the
name of the organic product formed. (2 marks)
c). i). Draw the structural formula of a polymer called PVC. (1mark)
Page | 346
 ii) HOOC-CH2-CH2OH is a monomer of polyester. Using 3 molecules show how the polyester forms.
iii) Give a reason why plastic polymers a menace to environment unlike cellulose that is friendly.
(1 mark)
3. a) Dry chlorine gas was passed over heated iron forming P. Compound P dissolved in water
resulting in the formation of a solution. To a little of the solution of P a few drops of Sodium
hydroxide were added and solid Q was obtained.
b) Name substances: P,Q
a) P ……………………………………………………………………… (1mark)
b) Q……………………………………………………………………… (1mark)
c) Write equations to show how each of the substances P and Q were formed. (2 marks)
d) Name a suitable drying agent for chlorine gas. (1 mark)
c. Chlorine burns in dry ammonia gas as shown in the diagram below.

Given that white fumes N together with a colourless, odourless and neutral gas form in the gas jar:-
(i) Identify the white fumes of solid N. (1 mark)
(ii) Name the gas formed. (1 mark)
(iii) Write the equation for the burning of chlorine in dry ammonia gas. (1 mark)
(iv) 3g of divalent metal X react with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Calculate the volume of hydrogen gas produced at STP.
(C=12, H=1 O=16, X= 24 , molar gas volume at STP = 22.4dm3 (2 marks)
(v) When excess chlorine was bubbled into hot concentrated sodium hydroxide, the following reaction
occurred.
3Cl 2g + 6 NaOH aq → 3NaClO3aq + 5NaCl aq + 3H 2 Ol
By use of oxidation numbers in the above equation, identify the product in which chlorine will
undergo oxidation? Explain. (2 marks)
4. (a) Dilute aqueous potassium sulphate was electrolysed using platinum electrodes.
i) Write the reaction equation for the changes at the:-
Anode………………………………………...………………………............……… (1 mark)
Cathode………………………………………………………………………………… (1 mark)
(i) Explain the change in concentration of the above potassium sulphate solution during electrolysis?
iii) State two factors that determine discharge at the electrodes during electrolysis. (1mark).
Use the standard electrode potential for elements A, B, C, D and F given below to answer that
follow;

i) Which element is likely to be hydrogen? (½marks)

Page | 347
 ii) What is the Eo value of the strongest reducing agent? (½marks)
iii) In the space provided draw a labelled diagram of the electrochemical cell that would be formed
when half cells of element B and D are combined. (2marks)
o
iv) Calculate the E value of the electrochemical cell constructed in (iii) above. (1 mark)
c) During electrolysis of aqueous copper (II) sulphate using copper electrodes, a current of 0.2
amperes was passed through the cell for 5 hours.
i) State what will happen at the cathode and anode and hence calculate the change in mass as a result
of electrolysis. (Cu =63.5, I Faraday= 96500C (2 marks)
ii) State one application of electrolysis as shown in the experiment above. (1 mark)
(d) The diagram below represents the electrolytic cell used for extraction of aluminium.

i) Write the formula of the main ore in which aluminium is extracted. (1mark)
ii) Explain why the ore is first dissolved in hot concentrated sodium hydroxide. (1 mark)
iii) Give two reasons for mixing aluminium oxide with cryolite in the electrolyte cell. (1 mark)
5. a) What are isotopes? (1 mark)
b). Bismuth undergoes radioactive decay. The table below shows the mass of Bismuth remaining
at different times.
Time (min) 0 6 12 22 38 62 100
Mass of Bismuth remaining (g) 50 41.5 32.5 23 14.5 6 1.5
i) Plot a graph of mass of bismuth remaining (vertical axis) against time. (4marks)
ii). From the graph determine:
I. Mass of Bismuth remaining after 30 minutes. (1 mark)
II. The half-life of bismuth. (1 mark)
III. What would happen to the rate of disintegration of bismuth if the temperature is increased?
Explain. (1 marks)
c). The table below shows the isotopic composition of naturally occurring neon.
20
Particle 22
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 21
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 10𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
10 10

% Abundance 9.2 0.3 90.5

i) Which is the most stable isotope of Neon? Explain. (1 marks)

ii) Calculate the relative mass of Neon. (2 marks)
iii) Balance the nuclear equation below. (1 mark)
14
6C → 14
7N
iv). Distinguish between nuclear fission and nuclear fusion. (1 mark)
v). State one application of radioactive isotopes in agriculture. (1mark)
6. a.The following tests were carried out on solid Q.
a. Solid Q was dissolved in water and it formed a colourless solution.
b. Barium nitrate was added to a portion of the colourless solution and a white precipitate
that dissolved in dilute nitric (V) acid was formed.
c. When acidified potassium dichromate (VI) was added to a portion of the colourless solution, it

Page | 348
 changed from orange to green.
d. When a few drops of hydrogen peroxide were added to the colourless solution followed by drops
of barium nitrate, a white precipitate which was insoluble on addition of dilute nitric (v) acid.
(i). What inference can be made in step I only? (1 mark)
(ii). Name and write the formula of the precipitate formed in Step II.
Name……………………………………………………………………………. (½marks)
Formulae………………………………………………………………………. (½marks)
(iii). Name another reagent that can be used in step III. (½marks)
iv) State the role of hydrogen peroxide in step IV. (½marks)
b). When magnesium burns in air a mixture of a white solid and grey-green solid are formed. When
water is added to the grey-green solid a colourless gas Z is evolved.
(i). Write the equation for the formation of:
I. White solid (1 mark)
II. Grey-green solid formed Z. (1 mark)
c). The set-up below was used to prepare dry sulphur (IV) Oxide in the laboratory. Answer question
that follow:

i). Identify the mistake in the set-up (1mark)

ii). Write an equation for the reaction in the set-up (1mark)
iii). How can the polluting effect of this gas on the environment be controlled (1 mark)
d). Describe how one can obtain a pure sample of sodium sulphate using 0.02litre of 0.5M sulphuric
VI acid and 0.4M sodium hydroxide solution. (2 marks).
e) Zinc granules reacted with 1.5M hydrochlric acid at 30°c for 78 seconds.
The volume of the gas produced was 160cm3
i) Explain one way of obtaining more of this gas within the same time. (2mark).
ii) Give reason why silver or gold are not suitable in the above reaction. (1mark).

Page | 349
 SUPERIOR JET
233/3
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
2 ¼ Hours
1. You are provided with :
● Exactly 4.5 g of solid F
● You are required to determine the solubility of substance F in water.
Procedure 1
i) Place 200cm3 of tap water in a 250ml beaker and keep it for use in step (VI)
ii) Place all the substance F in a dry boiling tube .
iii) Using a burette measure 10.0cm3 of distilled water and add to substance F in the boiling tube.
iv) While stirring the mixture in the boiling tube with a thermometer, warm the mixture using a
Bunsen burner until the temperature rises to 65℃. Stop warming the mixture.
v) Allow the mixture to cool while stirring with the thermometer.
vi) When the temperature drops to 60℃ , start the stop watch / clock, place the boiling tube in a beaker
with tap water prepared in step (i) above.
vii) Continue stirring and record the temperature of the mixture after two minutes then thereafter record
the temperature of the mixture after every one minute interval and complete the table 1.
Time in minutes 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Temperature (℃) 60
(4mks)
a) On the graph provided, plot a graph of temperature (vertical axis) against time. (3mks)
b) Using the graph, determine the temperature (T) when 4.5g of substance F dissolves completely in
100cm3 of distilled water. (1mk)
c) Calculate the solubility of substance F in grammes per 100g of water at temperatures (T)
2. You are provided with:
● 1M Potassium iodide solution
● 0.5M Lead (II) nitrate solution
● Ethanol
You are required to determine the formulae of lead (II) iodide and the equation for the reaction
between lead (II) nitrate and potassium iodide.
Procedure
Take 5 test tubes and label them 1, 2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8. Using a burette add to separate test tubes
volumes of aqueous potassium iodide and aqueous lead (II) nitrate as shown in the table below;
followed by 3-4 drops of ethanol. Stir and allow it to settle. Measure the height of the precipitate
in each test tube in mm and record the measurements in the table below.

Test tube No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Volume of KI (cm3) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Volume of Pb(NO3)2 cm3 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
Height of the precipitate (mm)
(4mks)
a) Plot a graph of height of the precipitate against the volume of lead (II) nitrate. (3mks)
b) Use your graph to
i) Find the maximum height of the precipitate formed. (1mk)
ii) Determine the volume of the 0.5M Pb (NO3)2 used in b (i) above (1mk)
iii) Determine the volume of 1M Potassium Iodide that completely reacts with 0.5M Pb (NO3)2 (aq)
Potassium iodide solution. (1mk)
iv) Use your answer in b(ii) above to determine the number of moles iodide ions which reacts with one
mole of lead (II ) ions hence determine the formulae of lead (II) iodide. (1mk)
3. You are provided with
Page | 350
● Substance M 0.5g
● Sodium hydroxide
● Aqueous ammonia
● Solution G– aqueous lead (II) Nitrate
● Distilled water in wash bottle
● Source of heat
a) Describe the appearance of substance M
b) Add 10cm3 water to substance M
c) Substance M is suspected to be calcium chloride.
From the reagent provided and results in procedure (b) above select and describe four tests that
could be carried out consequently to confirm substance M is calcium chloride. Write the results
and expected observation in the spaces provided.Divide the solution into about 2 cm3 portions .
d) Carry out the tests described in (c) above using substance M and record the observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
i) Test 1
ii) Test 2
iii) Test 3
iv) Identify the Cation………………… and the anion ………… (1mrk)
4. You are provided with substance P. Carry out the following test and record your observation and
inferences in the spaces provided. Use above 2cm3 of portion of substance P in a test tube for each
tests a, b, c and d
a) Add about 2 cm3 of distilled water and shake
b) To the second portion add about 1cm3 of acidified potassium Manganate (VII) .
c) To the third portion add about 1g sodium carbonate provided.
d) To the forth portion add 2 drops of 2M Sulphuric (VI) acid followed by 2cm3 of ethanol and warm
the mixture. Pour the mixture in a beaker containing about 10 cm3 cold water.

Page | 351
 SUPERIOR JET
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to apparatus and fittings in a chemistry laboratory, each candidate will require
the following:
1. Exactly 2.5g of oxalic acid solid F in a stoppered container
2. 1M potassium iodide solution
3. 0.5M Lead (II) nitrate solution
4. 6 test tubes
5. 10ml Ethanol
6. 500ml of distilled water in a wash bottle
7. Thermometer
8. One burette 0 – 50cm3.
9. One filter funnel.
10. One 100cm3 measuring cylinder.
12. Stand and clamp.
13. One test tube holder.
14. 0.2g of solid sodium hydrogen carbonate.
15. 0.5 g of Solid M (zinc sulphate)
16. 0.5 g of Solid P(Maleic acid)
17. One boiling tube.

Each candidate should have Access to.

1. 2.0 M sodium hydroxide solution
2. Lead (II) nitrate solution.
3. Source of heat
4. Aqueous ammonia
5. Tap water
6. 2M sulphuric (VI) acid
8. Ethanol
9. Acidified Potassium manganate (VII)

Page | 352
 SUPERIOR JET
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
Question 1
(a)

(b) Read the constant temperature from a correct graph

(c) 200 cm3 of water → 4.5g
∴ 100cm3 of water →
100𝑥𝑥4.5
200
= 2.125 g / 100g of water
Question 2
Test tube No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Volume of KI (cm2) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Volume of Pb(NO3)2 cm3 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
Height of the precipitate (mm) 30 46 70 76 86 76 60 54

(a) Diagram
(b) (i) ≈ 91𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (where the two lines meet on extrapolation)
(ii) ≈ 5.9 cm3
(iii) 12 – 5.9 = 6.1 cm3
6.1𝑥𝑥1
(iv) Moles of KI = = 0.0061
1000
Moles of lead (ii) nitrate
5.9𝑥𝑥0.5
= = 0.00295 moles
100
0.0061
Mole ratio 1 : Pb2+ = = 1: 2
0.00295
Question 3
(b)
Observations Inferences
Dissolves to form a colourless solution Soluble salt
Cu2+, Fe2+, Fe3+ absent
(c)
Test 1 Expected observation
To the first portion, add Naoh until in excess White PPT insoluble in excess

Page | 353
 Test 2 Expected observation
To the 2nd portion, add aqueous ammonia until in excess No white PPT formed

Test 3 Expected observation

To the 3rd portion, add 2 – 3 drops of Pb (NO3)2 then warm White PPT forms
Soluble in warming
(d) (i) Test 1
Observations Inferences
White PPT soluble in excess Al3+, Pb2+ , Zn2+ present
(ii) Test 2
Observations Inferences
White ppt soluble in excess Zn2+ present
(iii) Test 3
Observations Inferences
White ppt insoluble on warming SO42- Present
(iv) Zn2+ and SO42-
Question 4 (a)
Observations Inferences
Dissolves to form a colourless solution Polar organic compound
(b)
Observations Inferences
Purple H1 / KMnO4 is decolourised -C=C-, - C= C-
R- OH present
(c)
Observations Inferences
Effervescence / bubbles R-COOH, H+ Present
(d)
Observations Inferences
Pleasant / fruity smell R- COOH present
R-COOR formed

Page | 354
 KIPSIGIS
PAPER 1
(233/1)
Time: 2 Hours
1. (a) What is the meaning of the term homologous series? (1 mark)
(b) Describe the procedure of preparing a soapless detergent from dodecene (4 marks)
2. State three factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction. (3 marks)
3. In an industrial process, ammonia is produced by reacting nitrogen gas and hydrogen gas in the
presence of a catalyst.
(a) Sate Le Chatelier's principle. (1 mark)
(b) Write the equation for the formation of ammonia gas. (1 mark)
(c) State how an increase in temperature affects the position of equilibrium. (1 mark)
4. The diagram below shows the relationship between the physical states of matter. Study it and
answer the questions that follow.
(a) Identify energy changes represented by the letters:

P ……………………………and Q ………………………… (2 marks)

(b) Explain why there is no change in temperature during each of the processes shown in the diagram.
(2 marks)
5. State two methods that can be used to determine the purity of a substance. (2 marks)
6. The volume of a fixed mass of a gas at a pressure of 550mmHg and 45oC is 220 cm3. What would
be the volume of the gas if the pressure and temperature are raised to 700mmHg and 40oC
respectively? (3 marks)
7. Study the information below and use it to answer the questions that follow.
bond Bond energy kJ/mol
H-H 435
C-H 413
C-C 346
C=C 611
C≡ C 835

(i) Calculate the energy released during the hydrogenation of prop-1-ene to propane. (3 marks)
8. The diagram below shows the apparatus used for the electrolysis of molten sodium bromide.

(a) Which letter R, S, T or U on the diagram represents the cathode? (1 mark)

(b) State and explain the observation made at the anode. (2 marks)
(c) Which condition is missing in the set-up? (1 mark)

Page | 355
9. The grid below is part of the periodic table. The elements are not represented by their actual
symbols. Use the information to answer the questions that follow.

a) i) Which is the most reactive non — metal? Explain. (2marks)

ii) Write an equation for the reaction between elements Q and K (1 mark)
10. The apparatus below was set – up to show the catalytic oxidation of ammonia. Study the
diagram and answer the questions that follow.

a) State what would be observed in the experiment above. Explain. (2 marks)

b) Write the equation for the reaction that takes place during oxidation of ammonia. (1mark)
11. A heavy metal X was dissolved in dilute nitric acid to form a solution of compound X(NO3)2.
Portions of the resulting solution were treated as follows:
a. To the first portion a solution of dilute hydrochloric acid is added, where a white precipitate (S) is
formed, which dissolves on warming.
b. The second portion is treated with two drops of 2M Sodium hydroxide solution where a white
precipitate T is formed. The white precipitate dissolved in excess sodium hydroxide to form a
colourless solution.
c. A solution of potassium iodide is added to the third portion where a yellow precipitate (U) is
formed.
d. When the resulting solution is evaporated to dryness and heated strongly a yellow solid (V) is
formed and a brown gas (W) and a colourless gas (X) are formed.
i) Identify the substances X, S, T, U, V, W (3 marks)
ii) Write an ionic equation of the reaction that occurs in part (iii) (1 mark)
12. The diagram below shows industrial manufacture of hydrochloric acid.

a) Name the substance: A,B,C (3 marks)

b) State the function of the glass beads in the above process. (1 mark)
13. (a) What do you understand by the term recycling? (1 mark)
(b) Describe how a mixture of iron filings and sulphur. (2 marks)
14. An organic compound P contains 68.9% carbon, 13.5% hydrogen and 21.6% oxygen. The relative
formula mass of P is 74. Determine its molecular formula (C=12, H=1, O=16). (3 marks)
15. Calculate the molarity of phosphoric (V) acid (H3PO4) that is obtained by dissolving 13g of
phosphoric (V) acid in 250 cm3 of solution. (H=1, P=31, O=16). (2 marks)

Page | 356
16. Study the reaction scheme below and answer the following questions:

(a) Write the equation for step I. (1 mark)

(b) What is the name of gas D and Liquid E? (1 mark)
(c) Name the process taking place in step II. (1 mark)
17. State the type of bonding in the following substances: (2 marks)
(a) Diamond
(b) Copper (I) oxide
18. The set-up below was used to collect gas F produced by the reaction between sodium peroxide and
water

(i) Name gas F (1 mark)

(ii) At the end of the experiment, the solution in the round-bottomed flask was found to be a strong
base. Explain why this was a strong base. (1 mark)
(iii) Which property of gas F makes it be collected by the method used in the set-up? (1 mark)
(iv) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in the flask. (1 mark)
19. (a) Using an equation, explain the observation made when concentrated sulphuric (IV) acid is
added to sugar crystals. (2 marks)
(b) What property is displayed by the acid in (a) above. (1mark)
20. Carbon (II) oxide was passed over heated copper (II) oxide in a combustion tube as shown in the
diagram below.

(a) State and explain the observation made in tube A. (2 marks)

(b) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube. (1 mark)
Page | 357
21. (a) What is isomerism ? (1 mark)
(b) Draw and name any two isomers of C4 H8 (2 marks)
22. Liquids A and R are immiscible. (Density of A – 1.6gcm-3 and density of R = 1.9gcm-3).
(a) Draw a diagram to illustrate the most suitable method of separation that would be used to separate
the two liquids. (3 mark)
23. Chlorine gas was passed over heated iron wire. On cooling the set-up, a solid X was formed. All
the solid X was dissolved in water to form solution X. Sodium hydroxide solution was added to
about 2 ml of solution X, little by little until in excess.
(a) Write the equation for the reaction of chlorine and iron. (1 mark)
(b) Calculate the number of volume of chlorine that reacted with 1.4g of iron. (Fe = 56, Cl = 35.5,
Molar gas volume = 24dm3). (3 marks)
(c) State the observation that was made when sodium hydroxide was added to solution X drop by drop
until in excess. (1 mark)
24. Draw a well-labelled diagram to show how nitrogen (I) oxide can be prepared and collected in the
laboratory. (3 marks)
25. Name the two types of bonds within a molecule of ammonia. (2 marks)

Page | 358
 KIPSIGIS
PAPER 2
(233/2)
Time: 2 Hours
1. (a) Give the systematic names of the following compounds;
(i) CH2 = C – CH2CH3 (1 mark)
|
Cl
ii) CH3CH2CH2 CH2C≡ CH (1 mark)
b) State the observations made when propan-2-ol is reacted with;
i) Acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution (1 mark)
ii) sodium metal (1mark)
c) Ethanol may be obtained from sugarcane and converted to ethene as shown below;

Sugarcane Step I Ethanol Step II Ethene

i) Give the name of the process that takes place in step I (1 mark)
ii) Name the reagent and condition in step II (2 marks)
iii) Give two uses of ethanol other than as a solvent. (2 marks)
d) Compounds P and Q have the same molecular formula C4H8O2. Compound P liberates
Carbon (IV) Oxide on addition of solid sodium hydrogen carbonate while compound Q does not.
Compound Q has a pleasant smell. Draw the possible structures of;
Compound P (1 mark)
Compound Q (1 mark)
e) Disposal of polymers such as polyethene by burning pollutes the environment.
Explain how this happens. (2 marks)
2.
a) i) Name the two crystalline forms of sulphur (2 marks)
ii) Sulphur is extracted from underground deposits through Frasch process.
Describe how this process works. (3 marks)
b) The scheme below represents the steps followed in the contact process. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.
SO2
Air

Purifier
Conc. H2SO4
Dry SO2 and air

Heat exchanger
Absorption SO3 Cooler
Tower
SO3
Oleum SO2
Air
Substance A
Catalytic
Conc. H2SO4 converter
a) Name substance A (1 mark)
Page | 359
b) Name one impurity removed by the purifier (1 mark)
c) Give a reason why vanadium (V) oxide is preferred to platinum rhodium in the above process
(1 mark)
d) Write down the equation of the reaction taking place in the catalytic converter. (1 mark)
e) Give the role of the heat exchanger (1 mark)
(f) When sulphur (VI) oxide is dissolved in water, acid fumes are formed. Explain the effect of
exposure to these fumes. (1 mark)
g) (I) Name the main pollutant in the contact process. (1 mark)
(II) How can the pollution in (g) (I) above be prevented? (1 mark)
h) Give two uses of sulphuric (VI) acid. (2 marks)
3.
a) The table below shows some alkaline earth elements and halogens. Use the table to answer
the questions that follow.

Alkaline earth elements Halogens

Element Be Mg Ca F Cl Br
Atomic radius (nm) 0.089 0.136 0.174 0.064 0.099 0.144
Ionic radius (nm) 0.031 0.065 0.099 0.136 0.181 0.195
i) Atomic radius increases from Be to Ca and from F to Br. Explain (2 marks)
ii) Explain the difference in the atomic and ionic radii of halogens. (2 marks)
iii) Give the formula of the hydrogen carbonate of Ca (1 mark)
iv) Give the type bond and structure formed when Mg and Cl react (2 marks)
Bond.................................................................................................................................
Structure...........................................................................................................................
v) Starting with the least reactive, arrange the halogens in the order of reactivity. 1 mark)
vi) Write the equation for the reaction between Be and Cl. (1 mark)
(b) The graph below shows the relationship between the boiling point of beryllium and magnesium.

Boiling point
(K)

Be Mg

State and explain the trend shown in the graph above. (2 marks)
4. a) i) What is fractional crystallization? (1 mark)
ii) The table below shows the solubility of two salts K and L at various
Temperatures

Salt Solubility at 50 (ºC) Solubility at 20 (ºC)

K 86 g 31 g
L 18 g 8g
A mixture of the salts contains 28 g of salt K and 17.5 g of salt L at 50 ºC. The mixture is cooled to
20 ºC.

Page | 360
(I) State the salt that crystallizes (1 mark)
(II) Determine the mass of the salt that crystalizes (2 marks)
b) i) What is hard water? (1 mark)
ii) Give one use hard water (1 mark)
iii) Explain how use of sodium carbonate removes water hardness. (2 marks)
c) Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Dil. hydochloric acid Solution F and

Solid E Step I
colourless3drops
gas G of aqueous
Step II
ammonia
Blue precipitate
Step III Excess aqueous
ammonia
Deep Blue solution H

(i) identify
I solid E (1 mark)
II gas G (1 mark)
(ii) Give the formula of the compound in solution H (1 mark)
(iii) Write the ionic equation for the reaction in step II (1 mark)
5 (a) What is enthalpy of solution? (1 mark)
(b) In an experiment to determine the molar heat of solution of substance M, 50.0 cm3 of water was
placed in a plastic beaker. The temperature was measured after every half a minute. At the second
minute, 8.2 g of substance M was added at once and temperature recorded up to the fourth minute.
The table below shows the results obtained.

Time (minutes) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Temperature (oC ) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 X 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0

(i) Draw a graph of temperature against time. (3 marks)

(ii) Using the graph, determine the temperature change, ∆T (2 marks)
(iii) Calculate the;
I heat change for the reaction (2 marks)
II molar heat of solution of substance M.
(specific heat capacity of solution = 4.2Jg-1K-1, molar mass of substance M =82 (3 marks)
6. The scheme below shows various reactions starting with ammonia. Study it and answer the
questions that follow.

Page | 361
 Substance
KOH M

Step IV

Step V

(i) Name the catalyst used in the conversion of ammonia to nitric (V) acid. (1 mark)
(ii)Name the process that takes place in step II. (1 mark)
(iii)
Write the equation for the reaction that takes place in step III. (1 mark)
(iv)Explain why silver cannot be used in step V. (2 marks)
(v) Give two uses of substance M. (2 marks)
(vi)Calculate the percentage of nitrogen by mass that is present in compound J.(N=14, H=1, O=16)
(vii)
Give one advantage that urea has over ammonium nitrate as a fertilizer. (1 mark)
7 (a) state the particle responsible for electric carriage in
(i) aqueous sodium chloride (1 mark)
(ii)graphite rod (1 mark)
(b) Name the product at the anode when brine is electrolysed using graphite electrodes (1 mark)
(c) During electrolysis of aqueous silver nitrate using inert electrodes, a current of 0.75A was passed
through the solution for 210 minutes.
I Write the equation at the anode (1 mark)
II Determine the mass of the product at the cathode.(Ag=108, 1 Faraday = 96 500 coulombs)
(3 marks)
(d) (i) What is electroplating? (1 mark)
(ii) Give one importance for the process in d (i) (1 mark)

Page | 362
 KIPSIGIS
PAPER 3
(233/3)
CONFIDENTIAL REPORT
In addition to the fittings and apparatus found in a chemistry laboratory, each candidate will require
the following:
A. Each student is to be provided with:
1. One burette 0 – 50 ml
2. One pipette 25.0 ml and a pipette filler
3. Two clean and dry conical flasks (250ml)
4. Six clean and dry test-tubes
5. One label
6. One boiling tube
7. About 500cm3 of distilled water supplied in a wash bottle
8. One 250ml volumetric flask supplied with a stopper.
9. About 150cm3 of solution R – 0.5M HCl.
10. 100ml plastic beaker
11. Thermometer
12. Solid Q - Exactly 5.38g of solid sodium carbonate in a stoppered container.
13. About 1.0 g sodium carbonate in a stoppered container.
14. Solid D1 – about 1.5g of zinc nitrated in a stoppered container.
15. Solid M – about 2g of maleic acid crystals in a stoppered container.
B Access to:
1. methyl orange indicator
2. Bunsen burner
3. 2.0M sodium hydroxide solution supplied with a dropper
4. Acidified potassium manganate (VII) supplied with a dropper
5. 0.5M aqueous barium (II) nitrate solution supplied with a dropper
6. 2.0M ammonia solution supplied with a dropper.
7. 2.0 M nitric (V) acid supplied with a dropper.
8. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI)
9. Bromine water

Page | 363
 KIPSIGIS
PAPER 3
(233/3)
Time: 2 ¼ Hours
1. You are provided with:
• Anhydrous sodium carbonate, solid Q.
• 0.5M hydrochloric acid, solution R.
• A thermometer
You are required to determine the molar heat of solution of solid Q.
Procedure 1
(a) Place 50 ml of distilled water in a 100ml plastic beaker. Note the temperature of the water and
record it in table 1 below.
(b) Add all solid Q to the water in the plastic beaker and stir gently with eh thermometer and record the
highest temperature of the solution in table 1 below. Keep the resulting solution for procedure 2
Table 1. (3 marks)
Highest temperature (T2) oC
Initial temperature (T1) oC
Temperature change (∆T) oC

i. Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction. (assume the specific heat capacity of the solution
is 4.2 Jg-1K-1, density of solution = 1.00 gcm-3) (2 marks)
Procedure 2
(a) Transfer the contents of the beaker into a 250 ml volumetric flask. Rinse both the beaker and the
thermometer with distilled water and add to the volumetric flask. Add more water to make up to the
mark. Label this solution Q.
(b) Fill the burette with solution R.
(c) Pipette 25.0 cm3 of solution Q into the flask. Add 2 drops of methyl orange indicator and titrate
with solution R from the burette.
(d) Repeat the titration two more times to complete table 2 below.

Table 2 I II II
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution R used, (cm3)
(4 marks)
Calculate the:
(a) Average volume of solution R used. (1 mark)
(b) Number of moles of solution R used. (2 marks)
(c) Write the equation for the reaction between solution Q and solution R. (1 mark)
(d) Number of moles of sodium carbonate solution Q used in the titration. (1 mark)
(e) Number of moles of solid Q used in procedure 1. (2 marks)
(f) Molar heat of solution of anhydrous sodium carbonate. (2 marks)
2. You are provided with solid D1. Carry out the following tests and write your observations and
inferences in the spaces provided.
(a) Place half of solid D1 in a boiling tube. Add about 10cm3 of distilled water and shake. Divide the
mixture into four portions.
(b) To the first portion, add sodium hydroxide dropwise until in excess.
(c) To the second portion, add aqueous ammonia dropwise until in excess.
(d) To the third portion, add 3 drops of barium nitrate followed by 2 cm3 of 2M nitric (V) acid.
(e) To the fourth portion, add 1 cm3 sodium hydroxide followed by aluminium foil and warm the
mixture. Test any gases produced using red litmus paper.

Page | 364
(f) Place the remaining solid D1 in a test – tube and heat it strongly. Test any gases produced with a
burning splint.
3. You are provided with solid M1
Carry out the tests below and write your observations and inferences in the spaces provided
a) Place about half of solid M1 in a metallic spatula and burn it in a non-luminous flame.
b. Place the remaining solid M1 in a boiling tube. Add about 6 cm3 of distilled water and shake the
boiling tube. Divide the solution into three portions.
c. To the first portion, add 2 drops of bromine water.
i) To the second portion, add all the sodium carbonate. Test for any gases using a burning splint.
ii) To the third portion, add 3 drops of acidified potassium dichromate (VI)

Page | 365
 KIPSIGIS
PAPER 1
(233/1)
Time: 2 Hours
MARKING SCHEME
1. (a) A homologous series is a group of organic compounds that have similar chemical properties and
structural features, with each successive member of the series differing from the previous one by a
specific unit, such as a -CH2- group.
(b) Dodecene is reacted with benzene to form alkylbenzene. The alkylbenzene is reacted with
sulphuric (VI) acid to form alkylbenzene sulphonate. The alkylbenzene sulphonate is reacted with
sodium hydroxide to form a soapless detergent.
2. State three factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction. (3 marks)
• Concentration
• Temperature
• Catalyst
• Light
• Surface area
3. In an industrial process, ammonia is produced by reacting nitrogen gas and hydrogen gas in the
presence of a catalyst.
(a) When a change is applied to a system at equilibrium, the system moves so as to oppose that
change.
(b) N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
(c) The reaction is exothermic. An increase in temperature favours the endothermic reaction which is
the reverse reaction. The equilibrium shifts to the left.
4.
(a) P Latent heat of fusion and Q Latent heat of vaporisation (2 marks)
(b) The heat energy is used to break or weaken the bonds during the processes and hence no change in
temperature.
5. Melting and boiling points
Refractive index
6. The volume of a fixed mass of a gas at a pressure of 550mmHg and 45oC is 220 cm3. What would
be the volume of the gas if the pressure and temperature are raised to 700mmHg and 40oC
respectively? (3 marks)
7. Study the information below and use it to answer the questions that follow.

bond Bond energy kJ/mol

H-H 435
C-H 413
C-C 346
C=C 611
C≡ C 835

(i) Calculate the energy released during the hydrogenation of prop-1-ene to propane. (3 marks)
8.
(a) S
(b) A brown gas is formed. Bromide ions migrate to the anode, they lose electrons to form bromine
atoms which combine to form bromine gas.
(c) Which condition is missing in the set-up? Heat (1 mark)
9. The grid below is part of the periodic table. The elements are not represented by their actual
symbols. Use the information to answer the questions that follow.
a) i) S – It is the most electronegative or it most readily gains electrons.
ii) 4Q(s) + K2(g) → 2Q2K(s)
Page | 366
10.
a) Brown fumes are seen. Ammonia reacts with oxygen to form nitrogen (II) oxide gas which is
oxidised to brown nitrogen (IV) oxide.
b) 4NH3(g) + SO2 (g) → 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g)
11.
i. Identify the substances X, S, T, U, V, W (3 marks)
S – lead (II) chloride
T – lead (II) hydroxide
U – lead (II) iodide
V – lead (II) oxide
W – nitrogen (IV) oxide
X - oxygen
ii. Pb2+(aq) + 2l-(aq) → Pbl2(s)
12. The diagram below shows industrial manufacture of hydrochloric acid.
a) Name the substance: (3 marks)
A - water
B – Dry chlorine
C – Dry hydrogen
b) To increase the surface area
13. (a) The re-processing of used products into new products.
(b) Spread the mixture on a flat surface, pass a magnet over the mixture several times to attract all the
iron filings leaving sulphur on the flat surface.
14. An organic compound P contains 68.9% carbon, 13.5% hydrogen and 21.6% oxygen. The relative
formula mass of P is 74. Determine its molecular formula (C=12, H=1, O=16). (3 marks)
15. Calculate the molarity of phosphoric (V) acid (H3PO4) that is obtained by dissolving 13g of
phosphoric (V) acid in 250 cm3 of solution. (H=1, P=31, O=16). (2 marks)
16. Study the reaction scheme below and answer the following questions:
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
a) C2HSOH(l) → C2H4+H2O(l)
𝐻𝐻2𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆4
(b) Gas D – carbon (IV) oxide
Liquid E - water
(c) Hydrogenation
17. State the type of bonding in the following substances: (2 marks)
(a) Covalent bonding
(b) Ionic bonding
18. The set-up below was used to collect gas F produced by the reaction between sodium peroxide and
water.
(i) Oxygen
(ii) AThe reaction forms sodium hydroxide and oxygen gas. Sodium hydroxide is a strong base.
(iii) It is slightly soluble in water.
(iv) 2Na2O2(s) + 2H20(l) → 4NaOH(aq) + O2(g)
19. (a) A black charred mass is formed. Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid removes elements of water
from sugar to form carbon and water.
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
C12H22O11(s) → 12C(s)+11H2O(l)
𝐻𝐻2𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆4(𝑙𝑙)
(b) Dehydrating property
20.
(a) A white precipitate is formed. Carbon (II) oxide is reduces copper (II) oxide to copper metal while
it is oxidized to carbon (IV) oxide which reacts with calcium hydroxide to form insoluble calcium
carbonate.
(b) CO(g) + CuO(s) → Cu(s) +CO2(g)
21. (a) It is the existence of compounds with same molecular formula but different structural formulae.

Page | 367
(b) Draw and name any two isomers of C4 H8 (2 marks)

H H H
| | |
C ≡ C–C–C−H but -1 -ene
| | | |
H H H H

H H
| |
H− C − C≡C - C–H but -2 -ene
| | | |
H H H H

22. Liquids A and R are immiscible. (Density of A – 1.6gcm-3 and density of R = 1.9gcm-3).
(a) Draw a diagram to illustrate the most suitable method of separation that would be used to separate
the two liquids. (3 mark)

23.
(a) 2Fe(s) + 3Cl2(g) →2FeCl3(s)
(b) Calculate the volume of chlorine that reacted with 1.4g of iron. (Fe = 56, Cl = 35.5, Molar gas
volume = 24dm3). (3 marks)
(c) A brown precipitate that does not dissolve in excess NaOH is formed.
24. Draw a well labelled diagram to show how nitrogen (I) oxide can be prepared and collected in the
laboratory. (3 marks)

25. Covalent bonds and co-ordinate/ dative bonds.

Page | 368
 BOKAKE
233/1
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The samples of equal volumes of water were put in 100cm3 conical flasks and heated for 5 minutes
on a Bunsen flame. It was observed that sample 1 registered a low temperature than sample II

Flame I Flame II
(a) Name flame I (1mark)
(b) State one disadvantage of using flame I for heating (1mark)
2. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.
The diagram shows the method used to separate component of mixture P

X
Hot water
. Lie big condenser

Cold
water

Liquid mixture P Distillate

Heat

(a) Name X . (½mk)

(b) What is the name given to the method used in separation of mixture P (½mk)
(c) What would happen if the inlet and outlet of water were interchanged (1mk)
(d) Which physical property is used to separate mixture P (1mk)
3. The table below shows the solubility of three solids P, Q, and R.
SOLID COLD WATER HOT WATER
P Soluble soluble
Q insoluble insoluble
R insoluble soluble
How would you obtain pure samples of R,P and Q (2mks)

Page | 369
4. State one physical property that would suggest the presence of each of the following gases from a
leaking gas cylinder:
a) H2S (1mk)
b) N2O (1mk)
c) Cl2 (1mk)
5. The PH values of some solutions are given below
PH 14.0 1.0 8.0 6.5 7.0
Solution M L N P Z
(a) Identify the solution with the lowest concentration of hydrogen ion. Give reason for your answer.
(1mk)
(b) Which solution would be used as an anti-acid for treating stomach upset. Give reason for your
answer (1mk)
6. The data below gives the electronic configuration of some selected atoms and ions
Atom/ion A2+ B C2- D2+ E F- G+ H
Electronic configuration 2 2.4 2.8 2.8.8 2.8 2.8.8 0 2.8.2

(a) Select an atom that is a noble gas. (1mk)

(b) What is the atomic number of C and A. (1mk)
(c) Select an element that belong to group 2 and period four. (1mk)
7. Helium is used instead of hydrogen in balloons for metrological research. Explain. (1mk)
8. Zinc metal and hydrochloric acid reacts according to the following equation
Zn(s) + 2HCl (aq) → ZnCl2 (aq) + H2 (g)
1.96g of Zinc metal were reacted with 100cm3 of 0.2M hydrochloric acid
a) Determine the reagent that was in excess (2mks)
Zn=65.2; Molar gas volume at s.t.p 22.4 liters
(b) Calculate the total volume of hydrogen gas that was liberated at s.t.p (1mk)
9. Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds (1mk)
(i) CH3CH2CH2CH CH3
|
CH3
(ii) CH3CH=CHCl (1mk)
10. 0.9g of potassium chloride and potassium carbonate mixture completely reacted with 25cm3 of
0.2M hydrochloric acid
(i) Write an equation of the reaction which takes place (1mk)
(ii) Determine the number of moles of the acid used (1mk)
(iii) Calculate the mass of potassium chloride in the mixture (K=39.0; C=12.0; O=16.0) (1mk)
11. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow

Metal M

Dilute Hydrochloric acid Colourlesss gas

White ppt soluble Process I Process 2

Solution E
in excess Ammonia solution White ppt soluble in excess
added drop wise NaOH added
drop wise
(i) Identify metal M: (1mk)
(ii) Colourless gas: (1mk)

Page | 370
 iii) Write an equation that leads to the formation of white precipitate in process (1mk)
12. a) Define the term dynamic equilibrium (1mk)
b) A reaction at equilibrium can be represented as
2CrO2-4[aq] + 2H+[aq] Cr2O7 2[-aq] + H2O{l}
Yellow orange
State and explain the observation made when NaOH is added to the equilibrium mixture
13. Few drops of hydrochloric acid were added into a test tube containing lead {II} Nitrate solution
a) State one observation made (1mk)
b) Write an ionic equation of the reaction that occurred in the test tube (1mk)
14. A compound of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen contains 57.15% carbon, 4.76% hydrogen and the
rest oxygen. If its relative molecular mass is 126, find its molecular formula. (C = 12, H = 1, O = 16)
(3mks)
a) State Grahams law of diffusion. (1mk)
b) The rate of diffusion of sulphur(IV)oxide gas through a porous material is 40cm3s -1.
Calculate the rate of diffusion of carbon(IV)oxide gas through the same porous material
(S=32,O=16,C=12) (2 mks)
15. a) Distinguish between strong and concentrated acid (1mk)
b) A solution of ammonia in methylbenzene has no effects on red litmus paper while a solution
of ammonia in water turns red litmus paper blue. Explain (2mks)
16. Name the process which takes place when
i. Iodine changes directly from solid to gas (1mk)
ii. Fe2+( aq) changes to Fe3+(aq) (1mk)
iii. White sugar changes to black when mixed with concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid (1mk)
17. In the last stage of the solvay process, a mixture of sodium hydrogen carbonate and ammonium
chloride is formed
a) State the method of separation used (1mk)
b) Write an equation showing how lime is slaked (1mk)
c) Name the product recycled in the above process (1mk)
18. The diagram below is a section of a model of the structure of element K

+ + + + + + Key
+ charged nucleus

+ + + + + + electron

+ + + + + +

a) State the type of bonding that exist in K (1mk)

b) In which group of the periodic table does element K belong. Give a reason (2mks)
19. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

Page | 371
a) State two observations made in the above experiment when sodium react with water (2 mks)
b) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that takes place (1mk)
20. (a) Explain why permanent hardness in water cannot be removed by boiling (2mks)
(b) Name two methods that can be used to remove permanent hardness from water (1mk)
22. Write an equation to show the effect of heat on the nitrate of: - (2mks)
i) Potassium
ii) Silver
23. Study the diagram below and use it to answer the questions that follow.

(a) State the observation made in the combustion tube. (1mk)

(b) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube. (1mk)
(c) Name gas P (1mk)
24. Sulphur exists in two crystalline forms.
a) Name one crystalline form of Sulphur. (1mk)
b) State two uses of Sulphur. (2mks)
25. Bond energies for some bonds are tabulated below: -
BOND BOND ENERGY KJ/mol
H–H 436
C=C 610
C- H 410
C–C 345

Use the bond energies to estimate the enthalpy for the reaction. (3mks)

26. Study the set up below and answer the questions that flows

State all the observations that would be made when the circuit is completed (3mks)
27. Describe how solid samples of salts can be obtained from a mixture of lead (II) chloride, sodium
chloride and ammonium chloride. (3mks)

Page | 372
28. The diagram below represents a set-up used to prepare oxygen gas.

(a) Name substance Q. (1mk)

(b) Complete the set-up to show how oxygen gas is collected. (1mk
(c) Write the equation for the reaction that occur. (1mk)
29. Two reagents that can be used to prepare chlorine gas are potassium manganate (VII) and
hydrochloric acid.
(a) Write an equation for the reaction. (1mk)
c) Give the formula of another reagent that can be used instead of potassium manganate (VII).
(d) Using an equation illustrate how chlorine bleach coloured substances. (2mks)

Page | 373
 BOKAKE JOINT EXAMINATIONS
233/2
CHEMISTRY
Time: 2 hours
2. Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follows. The letters do not
represent the symbol of the elements.
Element Atomic number Melting point (°C)
A 8 -2188
B 9 -219.6
C 12 650
D 13 660
E 14 1410
F 17 -101
G 20 842
a) Write the electron arrangement for the
i) Atom of D. (1mark)
ii) Ion of F (1mark)
b) Select an element which is
i) The most reactive non-metal. (1mark)
ii) Best conductor of electricity. (1mark)
c) To which group of the periodic table does element G belong. (1 mark)
d) How do the reactivity of element C and G compare? Explain (2 marks)
e) Using dots [•] and crosses [×] to represent outermost electrons, show the bonding in the compound
formed between elements B and D. (1 mark)
f) Explain why the melting point of element D is higher than that of element C. (2 marks)
g) Write a chemical equation for the reaction that will occur between C and A. (1 mark)
h) Compare the atomic and ionic radius of element F. (2 marks)
3. a) The following diagrams show the structures of two allotropes of carbon. Study them and
answer the questions that follow.

(ii) What is meant by the term allotropy? (1mark)

ii) Name allotrope
M and N (2mark)
iii) Give one use of N (1mark)
iv) Which allotrope conducts electricity? Explain (2mark)

Page | 374
b) In an experiment, carbon (IV) oxide gas was passed over heated charcoal and the gas produced
collected as shown in the diagram below

i) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube (1mark)
ii) Name another substance that can be used instead of sodium hydroxide (1mark)
i) Describe a simple chemical test that can be used to distinguish between carbon (IV)oxide and
carbon (II) oxide
(3marks)
ii) Give one use of carbon (II) oxide (1mark)
4. The flow chart below represents some industrial processes leading to the formation of two
nitrogenous fertilizers.

c) Name each of the process above

i) Process 1 (1mark)
ii) Process 2 (1mark)

d) Name the catalyst used in

i) Process 2 (1mark)
ii) Ostwald process (1mark)
iii) Contact process (1mark)
e) Name compound Y (1mark)
f) Write the equation for the reaction that leads to formation of ammonium sulphate (1mark)

Page | 375
g) Ammonium nitrate is a better fertilizer than ammonium sulphate. Explain and show your
working. (N = 14, H = 1, O = 16, S = 32). (2 marks)
5. a) Study the table below and answer the questions that follows
Formula of hydrocarbon Boiling points (K)
C2H4 -104
C3H6 -47.7
C4 H8 -62
C5 H10 30
C6H12 63.9
d) What name is given to a series of organic compounds like the ones in the table? (1 mark)
ii) To what class of organic compounds does the above hydrocarbon belong? (1 mark)
iii) Select one hydrocarbon that would be a gas at room temperature (298K); give a reason for your
answer. (2 marks)
iv) Give the formula of the seventh member of the above series. (1 mark)
v) What is the relationship between the boiling point and the relative molecular masses of the
hydrocarbons in the table above? Explain your answer. (2marks)
b. S t u d y the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.
Conc. H₂SO₄ HCl

d. Write the formula of

i) Alcohol X (1mark)
ii) Compound Z (1mark)
iii) Name process Y. (1mark)
b) Propane and chlorine react as shown below;
CH3CH2CH3 ⟶ CH3CH2CH2Cl + HCl
iv) Name the type of reaction that takes place. (1mark)
v) State the condition under which this reaction takes place. (1 mark)
c) The table below gives the volume of the gas produced when different volumes of 2M Sulphuric
(VI) acid were reacted with 0.6g of magnesium powder at room temperature.

Volume of sulphuric acid(cm3) Volume of gas (cm3)

0 0
10 240
20 480
30 600
40 600
50 600
a) On the grid provided plot a graph of the volume of gas produced against volume of the acid used.
b) Write an equation for the reaction between sulphuric (VI) acid and magnesium(1mark)
c) From the graph determine
(i) The volume of the gas produced if 12.5cm3 of 2M sulphuric (VI) acid has been used.(1mark)
(ii) The volume of 2M sulphuric (VI) acid which reacted completely with 0.6g of magnesium powder.
d) Explain the effect on rate of production of the gas if;
i) 0.6g of magnesium ribbon was used instead of magnesium powder. (1mark)
ii) 3M sulphuric (VI) acid was used instead of 2M sulphuric (VI) acid. (1mark)
e) Given that one mole of a gas occupied 24000cm3 at room temperature, calculate the relative
atomic mass of magnesium. (3marks)
h) In another experiment, aqueous iron (III) chloride reacts with hydrogen sulphide gas in a closed
system as shown below.
Page | 376
 2FeCl3(aq) + H2S (g) ⇌ 2FeCl2(aq) + 2HCl(aq) + S(S)
(pale brown) (pale green)
State and explain the observation that would be made if dilute hydrochloric acid is added to the
system at equilibrium. (2marks)
6. The curves below represent the variation of temperature with time when pure and impure samples
of a solid were heated separately.

a) Which curve shows the variation in temperature for the pure solid? Explain. (2marks)
b) State the effect of impurities on the melting and boiling points of a pure substance.
i. Melting points (1/2mark)
ii. Boiling points (1/2mark)
c) The diagram below shows the relationship between the physical states of matter.
A

B C
solid Gas

E D
F
i) Identify the processes B and D.
ii) Name process A (1mark)
iii) State two substances in chemistry that undergo the process A (2marks)
iv) Is the process E exothermic or endothermic? Explain (2marks)
7
a) What method can be used to separate a mixture of ethanol and propanol. (1mark)
b) Explain how a solid mixture of Sulphur and sodium chloride can be separated into solid Sulphur
and sodium chloride crystals. (3marks)
c) The table below gives the solubility’s of potassium bromide and potassium sulphate at 00C and
400C

Substance Solubility g/100g water at

400C 800C
Potassium bromide 55 75
Potassium sulphate 85 95
When an aqueous mixture containing 60g of potassium bromide and 70 g of potassium sulphate in
100g of water at 800C was cooled to 400C some crystals were formed
i) Identify the crystals. (1mark)
ii) Determine the mass of the crystals formed. (1mark)
iii) Name the method used to obtain the crystals. (1mark)
iv) Suggest one industrial application of the method named in (iii) above. (1mark)
Page | 377
 MOKASA EXAMINATION
233/2
Chemistry
Paper 2
2 hours
1. a) Below is part of periodic table with elements shown. The letters are not actual chemical
symbols. Use it to answer question that follow.

P C D E
F G B H
Z

i) What is the most likely nature of the solution formed by the oxide of Z? (1mark)
ii) Chose a letter representing the most electronegative element. (1mark)
iii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between B and oxygen. (1mark)
iv) Compare the reactivity of C and D. Explain your answer. (2marks)
v) An element Q has mass number 40 and 22 neutrons. Place it on the position on the grid.
vi) Using dots (.) or (x) to represent electrons draw bonding between element G and H (2marks)
vii) State one properly of the element in the shaded region. (1mark)
(b) Study the information given and use it to answer the questions that follow

Formula NaCl MgCl2 AlCl3 SiCl4 PCl3 SCl2

Boiling point (0C) 1470 1420 ___ 60 75 60
Melting point (0C) 800 710 Sublimes at 1800C -70 -90 -80

(i) Name the physical state of SiCl4 at room temperature (1mark)

(ii) Although Aluminum and magnesium are metals, AlCl3 has a much lower melting point than
MgCl2. Explain this observation. (2marks)
2. Study the scheme below and answer the questions that follow

Page | 378
(a) State the sources of the substance X and Y. (2marks)
(b) Identify the catalyst used in step I and how it is made to be effective. (1mark)
(c) Name the substance A, B, D and E. (2marks)
(d) Write the chemical equations that shows
(i) The reaction in step III (1mark)
(ii)The reaction between substance C and copper metal. (1mark)
(e) Describe a chemical test for gas E. (1mark)
(f) i) State one economic use of substance F. (1mark)
ii) Name the optimum conditions for the production ammonia gas. (1mark)
(g) Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in salt F (2marks)
3. (a) State two factors that should be considered when choosing fuel for cooking. (2marks)
(b) The diagram below represents a set–up that was used to determine the molar heat of combustion of
ethanol.

During the experiment, the data given below was recorded:

Volume of water 500 cm3

Initial temperature of water 25.5 °C
Final temperature of water 48.5 °C
Mass of ethanol + Lamp before burning 155.5 g
Mass of ethanol + lamp after burning 154.0 g

Calculate the:
(i) Heat evolved during the experiment. (density of water = 1g/cm3, specific heat capacity of
water = 4.2 Jg-1K-1) (3marks)
(ii) Molar heat of combustion of ethanol. (C = 12.0, O = 16.0, H=1.0) (2marks)
c) i) What is meant by the term Enthalpy of formation? (1mark)
ii) The enthalpies of combustion of carbon, ethane and hydrogen are indicated below:

C(s) +O2(g) �⎯⎯⎯⎯� CO2(g); ∆H = -393 kJ mol-1

H2(g) +1/2 O2(g) �⎯⎯⎯⎯� H2O (l); ∆ H= - 286 kJ mol-1
C2H6 (g) +7/2 O2 (g) �⎯⎯⎯⎯� 2CO2 (g) + 3H2O (l); ∆ H= -1560 kJ mol-1
(i) Draw an energy cycle diagram that links the enthalpy of formation of ethane to enthalpies of
combustion of carbon, hydrogen and ethane (2marks)

Page | 379
(ii) Determine the enthalpy of formation of ethane (2marks)
4. In an experiment to determine the percentage of oxygen in air, the apparatus belowwere set up.
Study the set up and the information provided to answer the questions that follow.

A. 500cm3 measuring cylinder K was filled with water and assembled for gas collection.Copper
turnings were heated red hot and water was slowly passed into 500cm3 flask Huntil it reached the
500cm3 mark. A colourless gas was collected in K.
(i) What was the purpose of passing water into flask H? (1mark)
(ii) What observations were made in the tube I? (1mark)
(iii) Name one of the gases that is likely to be found in K. (1mark)
(iv) What was the volume of the gas collected in the measuring cylinder at the end ofthe experiment
(1mark)
(v) Calculate the percentage of oxygen in air using the above results. (2marks)
B. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

Page | 380
(i) State the observations made in the combustion tube. Explain. (2marks)
(ii) Write an equation for the formation of the colourless liquid Y. (1mark)
(iii)What was the aim of the above experiment as demonstrated in the combustion tube? (1mark)
(iv) Give two uses of hydrogen gas. (2marks)
5. a) What are hydrocarbons? (1mark)
(a) The list below comprises organic compound:-
CH3CH2CH3, CH3(CH2)CH3, CH3CH3
(i) To which homologous series does the compound belong? (1mark)
(ii) Write down the general formulae of the homologous series you have named in (a) above
(1mark)
(b) Name the following compounds. (2marks)
(i) CH3CCCH3

(ii)

(c) Study the flow chart below and answer questions that follow

(i) Name the process labeled: (2marks)

(a) Step (I)
(b) Step (III)
(c) Step (IV)
(d) Step (V)
(ii) State the reagent and conditions necessary for Step (IV). (1mark)
(iii) Name (2marks)
(a) Compound Q
(b) Gas P
(iv) Write a balanced chemical equation for Step (VI). (1mark)
(v) Describe a chemical test to differentiate between CH3CHCH2 and CH3CH2CH3. (1mark)

Page | 381
 6. (i) In a experiment, Carbon (IV) oxide gas was passed over heated charcoal and the gas produced
collected as shown in the figurer below.

(a) Write an equation for the reaction that took place in the combustion tube. (1mark)
(b) Name another substance that can be used instead of sodium hydroxide. (1mark)
(c) Describe a simple chemical test that can be used to distinguish between CO2 and CO(2marks)
(d) What property makes carbon (iv) oxide to be collected over water. (1mark)
(e) Carbon (II) oxide is described as a “Silent killer” state one physical property of CO that makes it a
silent killer. (1mark)
(II). (a) What is allotropy? (1mark)
(b) Name one other element that exhibit allotropy apart from carbon. (1mark)
(c) Explain why graphite is used as a lubricant in Heavy machines (2marks)
7. (a)

i) Give an observation in the boiling tube. (1mark)

ii) What is the type change investigated?
Give a reason. (2marks)
i. Name Liquid P (1mark)

Page | 382
(c) The curve shown below was obtained when pure naphthalene was heated to boiling.

(i) Identify the type of curve shown above. (1mark)

(ii) Explain in terms of kinetic theory, the process occurring in region AB. (2marks)
(iii) The curve above shows pure substances. On the same axis, sketch a curve of an impure substance.
(1mark)
(iv) Give Two industrial application of the effect of impurities on substances. (2marks)

Page | 383
 MOKASA
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the apparatus and fittings in a chemistry laboratory each candidate will require the
following:
1. About 60cm3of solution B
2. 4 g of Solid D in a stoppered container
3. 2 g of solid E in a stoppered container
4. 5 g of solid A in a stoppered container
5. One 50ml Burette
6. One 25ml pipette and a pipette filler
7. Clamp and stand and a white tile.
8. Source of heat
9. Thermometer (-10-110oC )
10. Distilled water
11. 250ml volumetric flask
12. 2 conical flask
13. Test-tube holder
14. Two boiling tubes
15. 6 dry test tubes
16. Two labels
17. One metallic spatula
18. Test-tube holder
19. One filter funnel
Access to the following
1. 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide
2. 2M aqueous ammonia solution
3. Acidified potassium manganate VII
4. Barium nitrate
5. 2M hydrochloric acid
6. Solid sodium hydrogen carbonate

N/b. Solid D = Maleic acid

Solid E = Zinc sulphate
Solid A = Oxalic acid
NB: Solution B is prepared by dissolving 20.54g of solid potassium manganate (VII) in 200cm3 of
conc sulphuric (VI) acid then top up with distilled water to make 1 litre solution.

Page | 384
 MOKASA
Paper 3
PRACTICAL
Time: 2 ¼ hours
1. You are provided with the following:
• Solid A, 5.0g (COOH)n.2H2O
• Solution B, 0.13M KMnO4/H+(aq)

You are required to:

 Determine the solubility of solid A at different temperatures.
 Determine the value of n in (COOH)n.H2O

Procedure I
a) Using a burette, add 4cm3 of distilled water into a boiling tube containing solid A. Heat the mixture
while stirring with the thermometer up to 70oC. When all the solid has dissolved allow the solution
to cool while stirring with the thermometer. Record the temperature at which the crystals first
appears in the table I below.
b) Using a burette add 2cm3 more into the content of the boiling tube and warm until all the solid
dissolves. Cool the mixture while stirring with the thermometer. Note and record the temperature at
which crystals appear in the table I below.
c) Repeat procedure in b) 3 more times to complete the table I below. Retain the contents of the
boiling tubes for procedure II.
Table I
Volume of water in the boiling tube (cm3) 4 6 8 10 12
Temperature at which the crystals of solid Appear
Solubility of solid A in g/100g H2O
(6marks)
i. Draw a graph of solubility of solid A in g/100g H2O against temperature (3marks)
ii. From the graph determine the solubility of solid A at 60oC (1mark)
Procedure II
a. Transfer all the contents of the boiling tube into a 250ml volumetric flask. Add distilled water
while swirling up to the mark. Label this solution A.
b. Using a clean pipette and a pipette filler transfer 25ml of solution A into a clean conical flask and
warm the solution up to 60oC
c. Fill the burette with solution B and titrate B against the hot solution A until a permanent dirty
brown colour persists. Record the results in the table below.
d. Repeat procedure in b two more times and record your results I the table below.

Titration 1 2 3
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution B used (cm3)
(4marks)
a) Calculate the average volume of solution B used (1mark)
b) Calculate the number of moles of B used. (1mark)
c) Given that 2 moles of KMnO4 reacts with 5 moles of A, calculate the moles of A in 25cm3
(1mark)
d) Calculate the molarity of A (1mark)
e) Determine the molar mass of A. (1mark)
f) Determine the value of n in (COOH)n.2H2O (2marks)
g) From the graph calculate the molarity of solution of solid A at 45oC (2marks)

Page | 385
2. You are provided with solid E in a stoppered container.
a. Place all the solid in a boiling tube and add about 10cm3 of distilled water
b. Divide the resulting solution into 4 portions.
i) To the first portion add 4 drops of dilute HCl.
ii) To the second portion add 3 drops of aqueous barium nitrate.
iii) To the third portion, add aqueous sodium hydroxide drop wise until in excess.
iv) To the fourth portion add aqueous ammonia dropwise until in excess.

3. You are provided with an organic compound solid D. Carry out the following tests. Record the
observations and inferences in the spaces provided.
a. Describe the appearance of solid D (1 mark)
i. Using a clean metallic spatula scoop a half full spatula of solid D and ignite on a non-luminous
flame of a Bunsen burner.
ii. Place a half full spatula of solid D in a clean dry boiling tube. Add 10cm3 of 2M sodium hydroxide
and shake well.
iii. Place a half full spatula of solid D in a clean test-tube and add about 5cm3 of distilled water. Warm
the mixture for about 3 seconds and then add three drops of acidified potassium manganate VII
iv. Place a half full spatula of solid D in a clean test-tube and add about 4cm3 of distilled water. Warm
the mixture for about 3 seconds and then add a half full spatula of sodium hydrogen carbonate.

Page | 386
 KAPSABET
233/1
CHEMISTY
PAPER 1
1. An element Y has the electronic configuration 2.8.5
a) Identify its period (1mk)
b) Write a formula of the most stable anion formed when Y ionizes. (1mk)
c) Explain the differences between the atomic radius of element Y and its ionic radius. (2mks)
2. The table below shows tests carried out on a sample of water and the results obtained.

Test Results
I Addition of sodium hydroxide solution White precipitate which dissolves in excess
II Addition of excess aqueous ammonia Colourless solution obtained
III Addition of dilute hydrochloric acid and White precipitate
barium chloride
a) Identify the anion present in the water. (1mark)
b) Write an ionic equation for the reaction in III. (1mark)
3. Solutions can be classified as acids bases or neutral. The table below shows
solutions and their pHvalues.

Solution PH - VALUES
K 1.5
L 7.0
M 14.0

(i) Select any pair that would react to form a solution of pH 7. (1mark)
(ii) Identify two solutions that would react with aluminum hydroxide. Explain. (1marks)
4. a) State Graham’s Law of diffusion. (1mk)
b) 60cm3 of oxygen gas diffused through a porous partition in 50 seconds. How long would it takefor
60cm3 of sulphur (IV) oxide gas to diffuse through the same partition under the same conditions?
( S = 32.0, O = 16.0) ( 3 marks )
5. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

a) Identify the metal oxide. (1mk)

b) Write an ionic equation leading to the formation of the white precipitate X. (1mk)
c) Give the formula of the ions responsible for the colourless solution Y. (1mk)
6. Two compounds of barium are barium sulfide and barium chloride.

Page | 387
(a) The hazard symbol shown in Figure below is on bottles containing barium metal.

State the meaning of this hazard symbol. (1mk

(b) Give the names of the elements combined in barium sulfide. (1mk)
(c) Hydrogen sulphide gas is highly poisonous. Sate one safety precaution that should be takenwhen
handling hydrogen sulphide. (1mk)
7. Study the information in the table and answer questions that follow:

Isotope 69 71
R1 R2
Relative abundance % 61.3 38.7
(a) Determine the number of neutrons of R1 . (1mk)
(b) Calculate the relative atomic mass of element R. (2mks)
8. a) Identify the type of bond formed compound below. (1mk)
O
H H

b) Using dots (•) and crosses (x) to represent electrons show bonding in magnesium oxide (2mks)
9. Show the products formed when the following salts are heated by writing a balanced chemical
equation .(2 marks)
Heat
(i) KNO3(s)
Heat
(ii) (NH4)2 CO3(s)
10. Explain why when one is stung by a bee application of a little solution of sodium
hydrogen carbonate helps to relieve the pain. ( 2 marks )
11. The following table gives the melting point of oxides of the third period elements.
Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Formula of oxides Na2O MgO Al2O3 SiO2 P4O10 SO2

Melting point (0O) 1190 3080 3050 1730 560 -73

(a) Explain the large difference in the melting points of Na2O and P4O10. (2 mark)
(b) Write the equation for the reaction between Al2O3 with;
(i) NaOH (1 mark)
(ii)HCl (1 mark)
12. A hydrocarbon slowly decolourlises bromine in presence of sunlight but does not decolourise
acidified potassium permanganate. Name and draw the structural formula of the fourth member of
the series to which the hydrocarbon belongs. (2 marks )
13. Distinguish between ionization energy and electron affinity. (2mks)

Page | 388
14. The set-up below was used to prepare a carbon (IV) oxide gas.

Calcium carbonate
(a) Give the name of substance A (1mk)
(b) Complete the diagram to show how the dry gas can be collected. (2mks)
(c) Write the equation for the reaction (1mk)
15. Calculate the mass of sulphur which on complete combustion would yield 7dm3 of sulphur (IV)
oxide measured at 182oc and 722 mm Hg pressure.
(0=16, S=32, molar gas volume = 24dm3at r.t.p) . (3 mks)
16. Form two students from Achiever’s secondary school reacted three elements as shown in the table
below
Element Reaction with Oxygen Reaction with water
X Formed acidic oxide No reaction
Y Formed basic oxide Formed soluble hydroxide gave offhydrogen gas
Z Formed acidic oxide Dissolved to form an acidic solution
Which element (s) is likely to be: (3mks)
i) Non-metal (s)
ii) Metal (s)
iii) Insoluble in water.
17. A polymer has the following structure
CH2 CH CH2 CH CH2 CH
| | |
CN CN CN

A sample of this polymer is found to have a molecular mass of 5194. Determine the number
of monomers on the polymer. ( H = 1.0, C = 12.0, N = 14.0 ) (2 marks )
18. a) State the likely products of the electrolysis of molten potassium chloride at the:-
(i) Cathode… (½mk)
(ii) Anode (½mk)
b) Write the equations that occur at the anode and cathode. (2mks)
19. Give two reasons why helium is used in weather balloons. (2mks)
20. A Bunsen burner produces a yellow flame when airhole is close. Explain. (2mks)

Page | 389
21. In an experiment, a boiling tube full of chlorine gas was inverted into a trough of water as shown
below.

Sunligh

a) State and explain the observations. (2mks)

b) If the experiment is repeated with tetrachloromethane instead of water.
i) State the observations made. (1mk)
ii) Explain your observations in b(i) above. (1mk)
23. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

a) Name substances W,Y

b) An organic compound K reacted with bromine to form 2,3 – dibromobutane. Draw the
structural formula of K. (1mks)
24. Starting with copper metal describe how a solid sample of copper (II) carbonate can be prepared.
(3 marks)
25. Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow. The letters do not
represent the actual symbols of the elements.
Element Electrical conductivity Ductility Action of water
A Good Good No reaction
B Good Poor No reaction
C Good Good Reacts
Select the element which is
(a) Likely to be in group II of the periodic table. (½ mark)
(b) Could be used to make electric cables. (½mark)
(c) Likely to be graphite. (½ mark)
26. In an investigation, sulphur (IV) oxide gas was bubbled through acidified bromine water. This was
followed by drops of barium nitrate solution.
27.
(a) State the property of sulphur (IV) oxide under investigation. (½ mark)

Page | 390
(b) i) State the observation that were made on addition on sulphur (IV) oxide into the bromine
water. (1mk)
ii) Explain the observation. (1mk)
28. Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow

a) Identify gas X (1mk)

b) Write an equation for the reaction between ammonia and gas X (1mk)
c) Write an equation to show the formation of G and J (1mk)
29. (a) Define pollution. (1 mark)
(b) Mention one pollutant that is
(i) A Particle (½ mark)
(ii) Gaseous (½ mark)
30. Hydrogen gas was burnt in air to form a colourless liquid.
a) Describe a chemical test to identify the colourless liquid. (2mk)
b) State how the purity of the colourless liquid can be determined. (1mk)

Page | 391
 KAPSABET
PAPER 3
CHEMISTRY
CONFIDENTIAL
INSTRUCTIONS
In additional to the apparatus and fittings common in a chemistry laboratory, each candidate will
require the following.
- About 150ml of solution labelled A.
- About 100ml solution labelled B.
- About 50ml of solution labelled C
- About 0.2g of sodium hydrogen carbonate in a stoppered container.
- About 0.5g of solid M in a stoppered container.
- About 0.5g of solid G in a stoppered container
- 0 – 50ml burette.
- 25ml pipette.
- Two 250ml conical flasks
- 250ml volumetric flask
- 10ml measuring cylinder.
- Six test tubes on a test tube rack.
- A boiling tube.
- test tube holder.
- Complete stand.
- A white tile.
- One metallic spatula.
- Distilled water in a wash bottle.
- One label
Access to:
- Source of heat.
- Universal indicator paper and its pH chart.
- 2M aqueous ammonia supplied with a dropper.
- 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide supplied with a dropper.
- Pb(NO3)2 (aq) supplied with a dropper
- Acidified potassium manganate (VII) supplied with a dropper.
- Bromine water supplied with a dropper.
- 2M dilute nitric (V) acid.
- Methyl orange indicator with a dropper
- Phenolphthalein indicator with a dropper
- Sodium chloride solution
NB:
1. Solution A is prepared by dissolving 4.3 cm3 of concentrated HCl (1.18g/cm3) to 500cm3 of water
and dilute to 1 litre.
2. Solution B is prepared by dissolving 1.2g of NaOH pellets in about 600ml of distilledwater and
diluting to 1 litre.
3. Solution C is prepared by dissolving 62.9g of Na2CO3.10H2O in about 800ml of distilledwater
and then topping up to 1 litre.
4. Acidified potassium permanganate is prepared by dissolving 3.5g of KMnO4 (s) in200cm3 of 2M
H2SO4(aq) and toping up to one litre solution.
Page | 392
5. 2M H2SO4 (aq) is prepared by diluting 110cm3 of concentrated Sulphuric (VI) acid to make one
litre of solution.
6. 2M NaOH(aq) is prepared by dissolving 80g of NaOH pellets in one litre of solution.
7. 2M HNO3 is prepared by adding 128 cm3 of Conc. HNO3 to about 500ml of water anddilute to 1
litre.
8. Sodium chloride solution is prepared dissolving 5.85g of NaCl in 1 litre of water
9. Lead (II) nitrate solution is prepared by dissolving 30g of Pb(NO3)2 in 1litre of water
10. Solid M is aluminium sulphate
11. Solid G is maleic acid.

Page | 393
 KAPSABET
PAPER 3
CHEMISTRY
PAPER 3
Question 1
You are provided with the following:
• Solution A ; Hydrochloric acid
• Solution B; 0.03M sodium hydroxide
• Solution C, Containing 15.74g of Na2CO3. XH2O in 250ml of the solution.You are required to
determine: -
i) The concentration of solution A
ii) The value of X in the carbonate Na2CO3. XH2O
PROCEDURE A
 Fill the burette with solution A. Using clean pipette, place 25.0cm3 of solution B into a 250ml
conical flask.
 Add 2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator and titrate with solution A. Record your results in
table I below. Repeat the experiment two more times and complete the table.
Table I (4mks)

I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution A (cm3) used
a) Determine the :-
(i) Average volume of solution A used. (1mk)
(ii) Number of moles of sodium hydroxide in 25 cm3 of solution B used. (1mk)
(iii) Number of moles of acid in volume of solution A used. (1mk)
(iv) Concentration of solution A in moles per litre. (1mk)
PROCEDURE B
 Using a clean pipette, place 25.0 cm3 of solution C into a 250ml volumetric flask. Add about
100cm3 of distilled water. Shake well and add more distilled water to make up to the mark. Label
this solution D
 Fill the burette with solution A. Using a clean pipette, place 25 cm3 of solution D into a conical
flask. Add 2 drops of methyl orange indicator and titrate with solution A. Recordyour results in
the table II.
 Repeat the titration two more times and complete table II.
Table II (4mks)
I II III
Final burette reading (cm3)
Initial burette reading (cm3)
Volume of solution A (cm3) used
b) Determine the: -
(i) Average volume of solution A used. (1mk)
(ii) Moles of the acid of solution A that reacted with the carbonate solution D. (1mk)
(iii) Number of moles of the carbonate in 25 cm3 of solution D used. (1mk)
(iv) Number of moles of carbonate in 250cm3 of solution D (1mk)
(v) Concentration of carbonate solution C in moles per litre. (1mk)
(vi) Concentration of the carbonate solution C in grams per litre. (1mk)
(vii) Value of X in Na2CO3. XH2O (H=1.0, C=12.0, O=16.0 Na=23.0) (1mk)

Page | 394
 Question 2
You are provided with solid M. Use it to carry out the tests below. Write the observations and
inferences in the space provided.
(i) Place solid M in a boiling tube and add about 10cm3 of distilled water. Divide the resultingsolution
into five portions
(ii) To the first portion add sodium hydroxide solution dropwise till excess.
(iii) To the second portion add aqueous ammonia solution dropwise till excess.
(iv) To the third portion add 3 drops of sodium chloride solution.
(v) To the fourth portion add about 2cm3 of HNO3 acid.
(vi) To the fifth portion add 3 drops of lead (II) nitrate solution and warm.
Question 3
You are provided with solid G. Use it to carry out the tests below. Write the observations and
inferences in the space provided.
(a) Using a clean metallic spatula, take one third of solid G and place on Bunsen burner flame.
(b) Place the remaining solid G in a boiling tube. Add 10cm3 of distilled water and shake themixture
until all the solid dissolves. Divide the resulting solution into four portions.
To the first portion add 3 drops of acidified potassium manganate (vii)
(c) To the second portion add 3drops of bromine water
(d) To the fourth portion dip universal indicator paper and determine the pH of the solution
(e) To the third portion add solid sodium hydrogen carbonate

Page | 395